UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG 1994-96 William Paterson College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, age, sex, religion, creed, national origin or handicap. College policies and practices are consistent with federal and state laws pertaining to equal oportunity in admission and education policies, scholarship, loan, athletic and other school·administered programs.

Specifically, William Paterson College complies with Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Section 504 of the Vocational RehabilitationAct of 1973 ,Title VI of the Civil RightsAct of 1964 and their respective implementing regulations.

The College reserves the right to make changes in its academic program, courses, schedules, fees or calendar. With respect to such changes, students have a continuo ing right to pursue programs in the form that appied at the time of their matriculation or to choose program changes that occur subsequently.

For additional information and applications, write or call: Office ofAdmissions William Paterson College Wayne, New Jersey 07470 (201)595-2125 Dear Student, Every William Paterson College student is provided an Undergraduate Catalog upon enrollment. This is the only copy of the current catalog you will automatically receive during your studies at the College. Should your copy become damaged, or should you misplace it, you may purchase a new copy at the WPC Bookstore, located in the Student Center. Always remember to bring your catalog to registration. Best wishes for success, Office of Admissions

General Information ...... 7 School of the Arts and Communication ...... 43 School of Education ...... 70 School of Humanities, Management and Social Sciences ...... 80 School of Science and Health ...... 135 Directories ...... 179 Maps ...... 199 Index ...... 201 WILLIAM PATERSON COLLEGE MISSION STATEMENT

William Paterson College aspires to excellence through backgrounds. The College is working to create such a educational programs that challenge students to high lev­ community and pledges a special effort to improve op­ els of intellectual and personal development. This com­ portunities and programs for minority members, particu­ mitment to excellence is reflected in a carefully con­ larly Blacks and Hispanics, and for nontraditional students. structed and distinctive undergraduate curriculum that To achieve the educational excellence outlined above, offers a broad foundation in the liberal arts and a wide the students, faculty, staff, administrators and trustees variety of majors that help students prepare for produc­ are committed to strengthening current learning com­ tive lives in a pluralistic society and professional careers munities and to building new ones; to continuing effort in a rapidly changing technological world. Graduate pro­ toward effective teaching and active involvement in learn­ grams are designed to meet the needs of the surround­ ing; to maintaining a stimulating intellectual and schol­ ing region for in-depth preparation in fields of correspond­ arly life in which students are accepted as contributing ing institutional strength. members; and to providing effective and efficient sup­ The College believes that a measure of true educational port services. An integral part of these efforts is a com­ excellence is the extent to which its students develop mitment to ongoing assessment and a willingness to use the abilities for and commitment to lifelong learning and the results of this assessment as the basis for making contributing to the common good. In order to realize changes in order to achieve desired outcomes. this excellence, the College seeks to involve students As a state-supported institution, William Paterson Col­ actively and personally in learning and to help them per­ lege recognizes a special obligation to serve the public. ceive connections: across disciplines and between class­ It fulfills this responsibility through its graduate and un­ rooms, from individual experiences to those o( fellow dergraduate courses and programs, by offering continu­ learners, from the campus to the larger world, and from ing education courses on topics of current interest, and the past and present to the future. It does this by involv­ by serving as a cultural center and educational resource ing faculty and students in a rich network of intercon­ for schools, social agencies, businesses and the general nected learning communities that extend throughout the public. The College seeks to provide access, at a reason­ campus and beyond. These are based on a distinctive able cost, to all in the surrounding region who can prop­ educational philosophy that views learning as an active erly be served by its courses and programs. and collaborative process in which each member con­ William Paterson College is committed to participatory tributes to the intellectual and personal growth of oth­ governance and will actively work to foster mutual re­ ers. spect and cooperation among its members. The College Through this emphasis on learning communities, the reafftrms rigorous adherence to itsMfrrmativeAction and College seeks to help students become self-confident Non-Discrimination Policies. It is further committed to learners who take responsibility for their own learning academic freedom as important to intellectual inquiry and contribute to the learning of others; who are open and the development of ideas. to new ideas and experiences; who can both work collaboratively and accept leadership responsibilities; and Revised: Board of Trustees, September 19,1983 who are effective listeners and communicators. The Col­ Revised: Board of Trustees, June 5, 1989 lege further seeks to provide an educational experience that develops and refines intellectual skills and, equally important, ethical standards and an appreciation of the commonality and diversity of the human experience. This necessarily involves creative conflict that challenges hab­ its, practices and assumptions and enriches the ability to participate with others while maintaining individuality and independence of judgment. Because each member of the William Paterson College community contributes to the education of all, this edu­ cation is enhanced by a membership that is drawn from diverse ethnic, cultural, socioeconomic and experiential

2 WILLIAM PATERSON COLLEGE

Since its founding in 1855, William Paterson richness of the weave. College has been educating the people of New The College's diversity of programs is per­ Jersey. Their needs-and the College-have haps the best evidence of the strides made changed dramatically during the years, yet the since its founding. Degree offerings other than commitment to education, to 'the future, to those leading to a teaching career were added improving the quality of life where people live in 1966; ranging from the traditional to the and work remains stronger than ever. Provid­ contemporary, they provide students the edu­ ing accessible education, the College is a cation most suited to their interests and needs. primary resource for training the education, Today, 30 undergraduate and 15 graduate de­ business, health care, science and art profes­ gree programs are offered in the College's four sionals of northern New Jersey. schools: Arts and Communication; Education; At William Paterson College, students receive Humanities,Management and Social Sciences; a first-class education at a fraction of the cost and Science and Health. experienced by students at private colleges Supported by the citizens of New Jersey, and universities. The College offers value in William Paterson College is one of nine in the education-the value of our top-notch facUlty, state college system. It operates under the educational resources, facilities and services, policy direction of the State Board of Higher and the value of a future unburdened by ex­ Education (as of May 1994, legislation is pend­ cessive debt. ing that may change the State's governance More than a century of meeting diverse edu­ structure for higher education). Governed by cational needs has given the College its rich a local board of trustees, the College is accred­ texture and unique character. Its long history ited by the Middle States Association of Col­ is everywhere symbolized on its 250-acre hill­ leges and Secondary Schools. top campus in Wayne. Even the shortest stroll A long tradition of weaving the needs of the around the grounds delights the eye with di­ people of New Jersey into the fabric of the versity-from the v,ariety of faces, ages and in~ College has made William Paterson the vital terests of our 10,000 students to the very fi­ and flexible institution it is today. The chal­ ber of the physical institution as well. Here lenge for the future is the continued strength­ radio and television transmitters vie with tow-' ening of our intellectual, economic and cul­ ering pines; modern architecture shares the tural development. This responsiveness and hillside with historic landmarks; and students commitment ensures William Paterson's place pass from parking lots to wooded lanes to among the best state colleges in New Jersey. reach their destinations. And a location only 20 miles west of the cultural and cosmopoli­ tan resources of New York City adds to the

3 ACADEMIC CALENDAR

Summer Session I 1994 DECEMBER MAY 19-24 inclusive Examination period 26 Thursday Summer session I registration 24 Saturday Fall semester ends, winter break 30 Monday Memorial Day, College closed begins 31 1Uesday First day of classes, last day for 25 Sunday Christmas 26 Monday 100% refund for withdrawal from Christmas celebrated, College summer session I closed JUNE 8 Wednesday Last day for 50% refund for with- Spring 1995 drawal from summer session I JANUARY 13 Monday Last day for withdrawal from Sunday New Year's Day summer session I courses 2 Monday New Year's Day celebrated, College 29 Wednesday Summer session I ends closed 16 Monday Martin Luther King's birthday Summer Session n 1994 celebrated, College closed 20 Friday First day of classes JUNE 27 Friday Last day for 100% refund for 30 Thursday Summer session II registration withdrawal from spring semester JULY FEBRUARY 4 Monday Independence Day, College closed 13 Monday Lincoln's birthday, College open, 5 1Uesday First day of classes, last day for classes in session 100% refund for withdrawal from 20 Monday Washington's birthday celebrated, summer session II College closed, classes canceled 19 1Uesday Last day for 50% refund for with­ drawal from summer session II MARCH 21 Thursday Last day for withdrawal from 2 Thursday summer session II courses Last day for 50% refund for withdrawal from spring semester AUGUST 16 Thursday Last day for withdrawal from 15 Monday Summer session II ends spring semester courses 19-25 inclusive Spring break, College open, classes Fall 1994 canceled SEPTEMBER APRIL 1 Thursday First day of classes 14 Friday Good Friday, College closed, 5 Monday Labor Day, College closed classes canceled 13 1Uesday Last day for 100% refund for 15 Saturday College closed, classes canceled withdrawal from fall semester MAY OCTOBER 16-22 inclusive Examination period 10 Monday Columbus Day celebrated, College 22 Monday Spring semester ends open, classes in session 23 1Uesday Commencement 12 Wednesday Last day for 50% refund for 24 Wednesday Commencement rain date withdrawal from fall semester 26 Wednesday Last day for withdrawal from fall Summer Session I 1995 semester courses MAY NOVEMBER 25 Thursday Summer Session I registration 8 1Uesday Election Day, College open, classes 29 Monday Memorial Day, College closed in session 30 1Uesday First day of classes, last day for 11 Friday Veterans' Day, College open, 100% refund for withdrawal from classes in session summer session I 24 Thursday Thanksgiving Day, College closed 25 Friday College open, classes canceled 26 Saturday College closed, classes canceled

4 JUNE FEBRUARY 7 Wednesday Last day for 50% refund for with- 12 Monday Lincoln's birthday, College open, drawal from summer session I classes in session 12 Monday Last ~y for withdrawal from 19 Monday Washington's birthday celebrated, summer session I courses College closed, classes canceled 28 Wednesday Summer session I ends 20 Thesday Last day for 50% refund for withdrawal from spring semester Summer Session II 1995 'MARCH JUNE 5 Thesday Last day for academic withdrawal from spring semester courses 29 Thursday Summer session II registration 10-16 inclusive Spring break, College open, classes JULY canceled Independence Day, College closed 4 Thesday APRIL 5 Wednesday First day of classes, last day for Friday Good Friday, College closed 100% refund for withdrawal from 5 6 Saturday College closed, classes canceled summer session II 19 Wednesday Last day for 50% refund for with- MAY drawal from summer session II 6-11 inclusive Examination period 24 Monday Last day for withdrawal from 11 Saturday Spring semester ends courses for summer session II 13 Monday Commencement AUGUST 14 Thesday Commencement rain date 15 Thesday Summer session II ends Summer Session I 1996 Fall 1995 MAY SEPI'EMBER 15 Wednesday Summer session I registration 16 Thursday First day of classes, last day for 4 Monday Labor Day, College closed 100% refund for withdrawal from 5 Tuesday First day of classes summer session I 12 Thesday Last day for 100% refund for Monday Memorial Day, College closed withdrawal from fall semester 27 29 Wednesday Last day for 50% refund for with- OCTOBER drawal from summer session I 9 Monday Columbus Day celebrated, College open, classes in session JUNE 10 Thesday Last day for 50% refund for 4 Thesday Last day for academic withdrawal from summer session I courses withdrawal from fall semester Tuesday Summer session I ends 31 Thesday Last day for academic withdrawal 25 from fall semester courses NOVEMBER Summer Session II 1996 7 Thesday Election Day, College open, classes JUNE in session 26 Wednesday Summer session II registration 10 Friday Veterans' Day celebrated, College 27 Thursday First day of classes, last day for open, classes in session 100% refund for withdrawal from 23 Thursday Thanksgiving Day, College closed summer session II 24 Friday College open, classes canceled JULY Saturday College closed, classes canceled 25 4 Thursday Independence Day, College closed, DECEMBER classes canceled 18-23 inclusive Examination period 11 Thursday Last day for 50% refund for with- 23 Saturday Fall semester ends drawal from summer session II 25 Monday Christmas, College closed, winter 17 Wednesday Last day' for academic withdrawal break begins from summer session II courses AUGUST Spring 1996 8 Thursday Summer session II ends JANUARY Monday New Year's Day, College closed Fall 1996 15 Monday Martin Luther King's birthday SEPI'EMBER celebrated, College closed 2 Monday Labor Day, College closed 16 Thesday First day of classes 3 Thesday First day of classes 23 Thesday Last day for 100% refund for 10 Thesday Last day for 100% refund for withdrawal from spring semester withdrawal from fall semester

5 OCTOBER MAY 8 Tuesday Last day for 50% refund for 5-10 inclusive Examination period withdrawal from fall semester 10 Saturday Spring semester ends 14 Monday Columbus Day celebrated, College 12 Monday Commencement open, classes in session 13 Tuesday Commencement rain date 22 Tuesday Last day for academic withdrawal from fall semester courses Summer Session I 1997 NOVEMBER MAY Election Day, College open, classes 5 Tuesday 14 Wednesday Summer session I registration in session 15 Thursday First day of classes, last day for Veterans' Day, College open, 11 Monday 100% refund for withdrawal from classes in session summer session I Thanksgiving Day, College closed 28 Thursday 26 Monday Memorial Day, College closed 29 Friday College open, classes canceled 27 Tuesday Last day for 50% refund for with- 30 Saturday College closed, classes canceled drawal from summer session I DECEMBER JUNE 16-21 inclusive Examination period 3 Tuesday Last day for academic withdrawal Fall semester ends 21 Saturday from summer session I courses Winter break begins 23 Monday 24 Tuesday Summer session I ends 25 Wednesday Christmas, College closed Summer Session IT 1997 Spring 1997 JUNE JANUARY 25 Wednesday Summer session 11 registration 1 Wednesday New Year's Day, College closed 26 Thursday First day of classes, last day for 13 Monday First day of classes 100% refund for withdrawal from 20 Monday Martin Luther King's birthday summer session 11 celebrated, College closed 21 Tuesday Last day for 100% refund for JULY withdrawal from spring semester 4 Friday Independence Day, College closed 9 Wednesday Last day for 50% refund for with­ FEBRUARY drawal from summer session II 12 Wednesday Lincoln's birthday, College open, 15 Tuesday Last day for academic withdrawal classes in session from summer session 11 courses 17 Monday Washington's birthday celebrated, AUGUST College closed, classes canceled 18 Tuesday ~t day for 50% refund for 7 Thursday Summer session II ends withdrawal from spring semester MARCH 4 Tuesday Last day for academic withdrawal from spring semester courses 9-15 inclusive Spring break, College open, classes canceled 28 Friday Good Friday, College closed, classes canceled 29 Saturday College closed, classes canceled

6 GENERAL INFORMATION

GENERAL INFORMATION

CAMPUS FACILITIES

In 1990, the William Paterson College Board of Trustees area-Reference, Circulation,AV, Periodicals and Curricu­ adopted a comprehensive three-stage facilities master lum Materials, will be located in the newly renovated first plan that identifies and prioritiZes the College's need for floor of the Ubrary by August, 1994. new and expanded facilities for the next 20 years. When completed, the two-and-one-half story build­ The College has implemented a significant portion of ing will contain lecture rooms, student study rooms, con­ Phase I of the facilities master plan that included the ex­ ference rooms, video and listening rooms, student seat­ tensive expansion and renovation of Hobart Hall. This ing rooms, reading rooms, open stack arrangement of was completed in August, 1993; the construction of a the book and periodical collection, and an expanded Elec­ 250-bed, three-story dormitory on Mills Drive which tronic Reference Lab. A large collection includes peri­ opened in August, 1993; and a major renovation to odicals, microforms, dissertations, CD ROMS, and a com­ Wightman Memorial Gymnasium which was completed plete file of ERIC (Educational Research Information in the spring of 1993. During the fall 1993 semester, Center), along with the necessary readers. Microfiche construction work began on the expansion and renova­ readers are also available for home use. Microfiche tion to the Sarah Byrd Askew Ubrary. In the summer of reader/printers and photocopy machines are available for 1994, construction of a new academic building overlook­ use at minimal cost. ing Pompton Road will begin. Also planned for new con­ struction during the spring of 1994, is a new athletic The Bookstore is located in the Student Center and is locker facility which will be located adjacent to an exist­ open when the College is in session. Regular hours are ing athletic locker facility at the Wightman Athletic Field Monday through Thursday; 8:30 a.m. to 7:30 p.m.; Friday Complex. from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Saturday from 10:00 a.m. to During construction, the major buildings that house 1:00 p.m. The Convenience Store hours are Monday and support the programs offered by the College's four through Thursday from 8:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m. schools include the following: Caldwell Plaza, an open forum located at the center of Academic Support Center is located between the the campus, adjoins the Ben Shahn Center for the Visual Coach House and Raubinger Hall. The Center provides Arts, Science Hall, the Student Center and the Towers. tutoring and workshops for individuals seeking assistance in coursework and basic skills. The College plans to Campus Police Building is located near the Mainte­ relocate the Center to the third floor of HunzikerWing nance Building on Mills Drive and contains the Campus in 1994. Police Department and the Parking Violations Bureau.

The Sarah Byrd Askew library is currently undergo­ The Coach House accommodates the College's admin­ ing a major expansion and renovation which will be com­ istrative computer facilities, academic computing offices pleted by spring of 1995. During this construction pe­ and labs and the Office of Minority Education. For fur­ riod, the various services offered by the library have been ther information on computer facilities, see the section temporarily relocated to Wayne Hall, Hobart Hall and on Academic and Institutional Support Services. Hunziker Wmg. The existing library building will con­ tinue to house the Lending Services, Reference and Cur­ riculum Materials Departments and the general circulat­ ing collection. It is hoped that our main public services

7 GENERAL INFORMATION

College Hall In 1993, the College purchased the unfin­ Academic Support will be relocated to the third floor of ished office building located at entrance number 5 (the Hunziker Wing. The Center will provide tutoring and intersection of Hamburg Turnpike and Mills Drive) for workshops for individuals seeking asistance in the purpose of relocating certain administrative depart­ coursework and basic skills. Six air-conditioned modu­ ments to this location. Under consideration for reloca­ lar units located outside Hunziker Wing will provide ad­ tion are Administration and Finance, Affirmative Action, ditional classroom space for the College during this pe­ Human Resources, Bursar, Registrar, Payroll, Business riod of intense construction. Services, Administrative Computing, Administrative Ser­ vices andTelecommunications,Institutional Research and Matelson Hall houses the office of the dean of Student Planning, Continuing Education and College Relations. Services and component units of the School of the Hu­ Relocation to College Hall will begin in late 1994. manities, Management and Social Sciences, including of­ fices for the following departments: English, languages Heritage Hall, air-conditioned and complete with fur­ and cultures, history, philosophy and African, African­ nishings and appliances, provides, along with Pioneer American and Caribbean studies. Also located here are Hall, apartment-style living for 530 students. the Office of Career Services, the Athletic Office, Coun­ seling Services, the Bilingual Education Program, Fresh­ Hillside Hall located on College Road near the Towers man Life and Student Programs Offices. The College plans residential facility, is a new three-story, air-conditioned to reconvert Matelson Hall back to a dormitory in 1996. residential facility for 250 undergraduate students. Com­ plete with modern furnishings, each room houses two Morrison Hall includes the office of the President of students. The facility is designed with two rooms con­ the College and other central administration offices: aca­ nected by a bathroom. HiIlside Hall opened in August, demic affairs, administration and finance, affirmative ac­ 1993. tion, business services, external relations, personnel and purchasing. Hobart Hall located on Pompton Road across from the main campus and accessible by a pedestrian footbridge, Pioneer Hall, a student residential hall, is described houses the Communication Department, WCRN-AM and under Heritage Hall. WPSC-FM, the campus radio stations, and WPC-TY, the television center; the communication facilities for inter­ Raubinger Hall contains offices for the dean of the active teleconferences; electronic journalism labs; film School of Education and the following departments: cur­ production and screening facilities; the cable distribu­ riculum and instruction, educational leadership and spe­ tion control center; and the Office of the Dean of the cial education and counseling.The office of the vice presi­ School of The Arts and Communication. dent for Enrollment Management and Student Services, the Registrar, FinancialAid, Graduate Services,Assessment Hobart Manor is one of the two original structures on and Institutional Research and Planning are located here. campus, the other being the Coach House. Hobart Manor, a national and historic site, was once the home of the Rec Center, serving as the focal point for physical recre­ family of Garret Hobart, the twenty-fourth vice president ational activities, is available for use by WPC students, of the United States. Hobart Manor houses the Admis­ faculty and staff with a current/valid WPC ID. It contains sions Office, Alumni Affairs, Community Affairs and Ex­ a large mUltipurpose area that can accommodate 4,000 ternal Relations Offices. The Office of the President will spectators at concerts or exhibitions, or can be divided be relocated to Hobart Manor in 1995.The Manor is the into three courts for basketball and volleyball; four rac­ symbolic and actual center of the College's interaction quetball/handball (one equipped for wallyball); a multi­ with the Northern New Jersey region. purpose room equipped with dance barre and mirrors; a weight/exercise room equipped with free weights, Nau­ Hunziker Hall houses the Theatre Department, its of­ tilus equipment, lifecyc1es, rowing machines, Nordic fices, scenic design and costume shops, Hunziker The­ Track Pro, Lifesteps and treadmill and Gravitron; saunas atre and a theatre box office. Also included here are the and whirlpools; and a TicketMaster outlet. Office of Field Laboratory Experiences and a number of classrooms. Residential Facilities The campus ofWilliam Paterson College contains five modern living quarters which pro­ Hunziker Wing contains classrooms, the Nursing, Com­ vide accommodations for a total capacity of 1,800 stu­ munity Health and Communiation Disorders Departments dents. Housing options include single, double rooms and and a learning resource center. The Child Care Center apartment suites in traditional residence halls. Students and Speech and Hearing Clinic are located in the Wing. residing in the apartments, unlike the residence hall stu­ Until the completion of the Askew Library expansion dents, are not required to participate in the meal plan program in 1995, the Library'sTechnicai Services and Col­ but may elect to do so. Specific rules and regulations lection Development Departments will be housed on the governing the reisdence halls are published and made third floor in Hunziker Wing. In 1994, the Center for available each year in the Student Handbook.

8 CAMPUS FAC1LITIES

Science Hall houses the office of the dean fur the School The Towers is a four-winged dormitory facility, which of Science and Health, and the fullowing departments/ accommodates 1,033 students. Complete with modern programs are located here: anthropology, biology, chem­ furnishings, each room houses two students.Two rooms, istry and physics, mathematics, environmental science connected by a bathroom, comprise a suite. The Office and geography, psychology, political science and sociol­ of Residence life is located here. ogy.Sophisticated laboratories,research facilities and two large lecture halls,containing modem audiovisual instruc­ Wayne Hall houses the Advisement Center and the pri­ tional equipment,extensive computer labs and two green­ mary fuod service facilities for resident students. Until houses complete the complex. the Askew Library expansion program is completed in 1995, the Library's administrative offices and other ac­ Ben Shahn Center for the Visual Arts features a cen­ tivities will be located there. tral, two-story glass-walled and domed courtyard, art gal­ leries, studios, classrooms, a filmmaking laboratory and White Hall contains offices fur the dean of the School the office of the chairman of the Art Department. The of Humanities, Management and Social Sciences and the Center for Computer Art and Animation houses an ad­ school's component units: accounting and law, computer vanced IRIS computer lab. . science and quantitative analysis, economics and finance, and marketing and management sciences.White Hall also Shea Center for Performing Arts features a 900-seat houses the Center fur Continuing Education, Department theatre and the Shea Box Office; individual band, orches­ of College Relations and the Student Health Center. Dur­ tra and choral practice rooms; classrooms the offices of ing 1995, the College plans to reconvert White Hall back the Music Department, a small recital hall and a 16-track to a dormitory. recording studio. Wightman Field is a light-equipped athletic complex The Shuttle Bus System of the College ties into the with fields fur baseball, field hockey, football, soccer and various parking lots with the academic and recreational softball. Eight tennis courts, a permatrack and locker fa­ areas of the campus. The shutrle route helps students cilities are among the additional athletic facilities used avoid the hassle of looking for a parking space and, at by both athletes and intramural activities. the same time, allows students to enjoy the relaxing ride and tour of the campus while riding to class. The College's Wightman Memorial Gymnasium contains the Exer­ shutrle bus system is known as the Pioneer Shuttle and cise and Movement Sciences Department, a gym. dance operates free of charge to all WPC students, faculty, staff studio, athletic training and exercise physiology labs, an and guests. Olympic-sized swimming pool, classrooms and weight Currently, the shutrle bus operates from 7:30 a.m. to room. 5:00 p.m. approximately 15 minutes apart. Maps and other information can be obtained from Campus Police and the information desk in the lobby of the Student Center building.

Student Center, serving as a focal point for campus ac­ tivities, including a dining room, meeting rooms, a snack bar, restaurant and Billy ~t's Pub. Also housed here are game room, perfurming arts and visual art lounges, the College bookstore, a print shop,an automatic cash dis­ penser and a ballroom. The Student Development Office is located here, as are the offices of the SGA, vari­ ous student organizations and the College newspaper, the Beacon. Pioneer Gear, a store specializing in cloth­ ing that bears the WPC name, logo and the College col­ ors of orange and black, is in the Center. It is open Mon­ day through Friday, 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.

9 GEN~INFORMATION

ADMISSION

William Paterson College invites applications from all Proof of High School Graduation qualified students. Students seeking undergraduate ad­ In order to comply with state and federal regulations re­ mission, whether full or part time, degree or nondegree, garding immunization and financial aid, all applicants must submit a completed application form, all of the re­ (freshmen, transfer, readmit, second degree students) quired transcripts and documents and a $20 nonrefund­ MUST submit proof of high school graduation (copy of able, nontransferable application fee. In order to be con­ high school diploma or high school record with date of sidered for any semester, the application and all graduation posted). Students will not be allowed to reg­ supporting transcripts and information must be received ister without compliance with these laws. on or before the established deadlines. Although we have established deadlines, the College may choose to close Art and Music Majors earlier if enrollments appear to jeopardize the quality of All freshmen, transfer and second baccalaureate degree services and programs offered to our undergraduates. students selecting art as their major must submit a port­ Please review the admissions information for specific in­ folio for review by the Art Department as part of the ad­ strucrions regarding your level (freshman, transfer, read­ missions criteria. Information regarding the review will mit, second degree, nondegree). be sent to you upon receipt of your application, or you may contact the Art Department at (201)595-2404. All Applicants All freshmen, transfer and second baccalaureate degree students selecting music (except musical studies) as their Because the number of applications has continued to in­ major must audition as part of the admissions criteria. crease over the past several years, William Paterson Col­ Information regarding the audition will be sent to you lege has experienced an unprecedented demand for ser­ upon receipt of your application, or you may contact the vices to new students. It is now essential that students Music Department at (201)595-2315. interested in attending William Paterson College apply Acceptance to the art and music programs is based for admission and related services (financial aid, scholar­ not only on the recommendation of the respective de­ ships, residence hall space and testing) as early as pos­ partments, but also on meeting the appropriate academic sible. To encourage early applications, William Paterson criteria for admission. College has instituted the Priority Service Program. In the Priority Service Program, students applying for Freshmen admissions by April 1 for the faIl semester and October 1 for the spring semester, will receive priority service from Admissions Requirements participating offices. While these dates are the priority Freshman candidates are required to have an official high service deadlines, students may apply much earlier, and school transcript and SAT or ACf scores sent to the Ad­ are encouraged to do so. missions Office. Application Deadlines High School Record Applications and supporting transcripts and information Admission to WPC is selective. Students must complete must be received by the deadline dates shown below: a minimum of 16 Carnegie Units and have demonstrated Freshmen: strong academic ability. Your record must show the fol­ Fall-May 15 Spring-November 1 lowing courses: Transfer, Second Degree, Readmit: Subject Area Unit Requirements Fall-May 15 Spring-November 1 English 4 Composition, literature Note: 1. The College may stop accepting and review­ ing applications prior to these dates if enrollment pro­ Mathematics 3 Algebra I, II, geometry jections go beyond our budgetary restraInts and nega­ tively affect the quality of the College's services and Laboratory science 2 Biology, chemistry, physics programs. 2. Applicants who do not submit required Laboratory science requirements may be chosen from records of all prior college coursework, high school biology, chemistry, physics, earth science or anatomy/ records, standardized test results or other required docu­ physiology. ments by the deadline will not have their application re­ viewed for that semester. Social science 2 American history, world Enrollment Deposit history, political science Prior to enrolling, a $50.00 deposit is required of all stu­ Additional college 5 Advanced math, literature, dents by the Office of Admissions. This deposit is non­ preparatory subjects foreign language, social refundable and non-transferable. Upon acceptance of ad­ science mission, these funds are applied to the student's tuition Certain departments have specific requirements beyond and fees and are not refundable upon withdrawal from those listed above. the College.

10 ADMISSION

1. Students who plan to major in mathematics or sci­ 2. They fit into the requirements or curriculum ence are expected to have taken more than the mini­ selected; mum courses in those areas. 3. All post high school work carries at least a 2.0 2. Nursing students need a full year of both biology and (C) cumulative grade point average on a four (4) chemistry. point scale; 3. GED-If you have a high school equivalency diploma 4. A minimum grade of C is achieved for the course. recognized by New Jersey, this may be presented in D. Admissions decisions are made on a rolling basis. Early place of the above requirements. application and early submission of all required SAT/ACT Requirements records are advised as first choice courses and hous­ ing space may be limited or gone before the applica­ Entering freshmen must have taken the Scholastic Apti­ tude Test (SAl) or the American College Test (ACl) and tion deadline. E. Applicants admitted with 60 credits must declare a have had their scores sent to the Admissions Office of William Paterson College. To submit your scores to WPC, major and be accepted by a major department. indicate code 2518 for the SAT and code 2584 for the E If you have completed fewer than 12 transferable cred-. ACT. its, you must submit SAT scores and an official high school transcript. Advanced Standing Students Note: Applicants who do not submit required records of all prior college coursework, high school records, (Transfer, Readmit, Second Baccalaureate Degree standardized test results, or other required documents Students) by the deadline, will not have their applications reviewed Priority Service for that semester. Priority service through individualized appointments and Readmit Students course registration is provided for advanced standing stu­ Students who have enrolled in undergraduate courses at dents accepted by May 1 for the fall semester and Octo­ WPC as matriculated (degree) students and who with­ ber 1 for the spring semester. drew or took an unofficial leave of absence must me an Transfer Students application for readmission. If college courses have been William Paterson College accepts students for the fall and completed at another college or university, an official spring semesters (September and January) for full- or part­ copy of the transcript(s) must be forwarded to the WPC time study. When applying, students must present at Admissions Office. On receipt of the application, a Re­ least 12 college-level credits with a minimum 2.0 grade Admit Option Policy Form will be sent to you and must point average (GPA); business administration and nurs­ be returned whether you wish to take advantage of this ing majors must have at least a 2.5 GPA. Applicants who policy or not. have completed fewer than 12 college-level credits must Your application me will remain incomplete until the also submit a high school transcript. form and transcripts are received. Certain college poli­ There are some limitations on the number of credits cies may require you to complete additional forms and/ accepted, e.g., a maximum of 70 credits from a two-year or supply further information resulting in a delay of the college, 90 credits from a four-year college; the last 30 admissions process. Please submit your application and credits required for graduation must be earned at WPC, all required documents as early as possible. 24 of these must be earned on the main campus; no more WPC students who exited the college in poor academic than 15 transfer credits required for a major will be ac­ standing may be required to me an appeal with the Coun­ cepted; credits earned 10 years prior to the date of ad­ seling Office prior to the deadline. If you are uncertain missions are accepted only at the discretion of the Col­ of your prior academic history, please contact the Coun­ lege, regardless of achievement. More details on seling Office or request a student copy of your transcript. transferring credits can be obtained from our admissions Second Baccalaureate Degree staff. Students who already hold a baccalaureate degree and a Please follow these steps when applying for admission: minimum 2.0 grade point average (a 2.5 average for busi­ A. You must request that ALL colleges previously at­ ness) may obtain a second baccalaureate degree in any tended forward a transcript of all college work com­ nonteaching program. Applicants are considered upper­ pleted to the Admissions Office. The application form level division students and pay undergraduate fees. All should show all courses in progress which will not credits earned through this program appear as under­ appear on a transcript as submitted. To insure accu­ graduate credits on the student's transcript. Students ac­ rate evaluations, applicants from out-of-state colleges cepted into this program register as undergraduates and should have appropriate catalogs sent to the Admis­ are subject to all requirements affecting undergraduates. sions Office. Students must complete all major requirements and col­ B. Please include a copy of credit by examination, lateral courses. A minimum of 30 credits must be com­ either CLEP or USAFl. pleted at WPC while enrolled in this program. NurSing C. Credit will most likely be transferred in most cases if: students must have completed the freshman requirements 1. The college from which credits are to be trans­ in order to be eligible for sophomore status in nursing. ferred is on a list of approved colleges and uni­ versities;

11 GENERAL INFORMATION

Full-Faith-and-Credlt Policy B. Nongraduates of approved transfer programs in New William Paterson College recognizes and abides by the Jersey county colleges and Edison College: New Jersey Full-Faith-and-Creqit Policy. 1. Normally, county college students shall be encour­ Policy of the Board of Higher Education: Full-Faith-and­ aged to complete the associate degree prior to CreditTransfer andArticuIation Between the Public Com­ transfer. However, state colleges may admit munity Colleges, Edison College and the State Colleges nongraduates under the same conditions which it of New Jersey. imposes upon any transfer student except as pro­ A. Graduates of approved transfer programs in New Jer­ vided below. Acceptability for admission and ac­ sey county colleges and Edison College: ceptance of credits shall be at the discretion of the 1. Graduates shall be guaranteed admission to a state state college. college, although not necessari1y to the college of 2. Students who earn sufficient credits to graduate their first choice. A uniform reply date for all trans­ from a community college transfer program, but fer applications should be established. have not completed a specific course requirement, 2. Graduates shall be considered to have met all gen­ should be treated as if they were graduates pro­ eral education requirements of the state college vided that the missed requirement is not a require­ normally expected of their own students in the ment of the receiving state college. freshman and sophomore years. C. Graduates and nongraduates of nontransfer programs General education credits earned by gradu­ at New Jersey county colleges and Edison College: ates of approved transfer programs shall be 1. State colleges may admit graduates or nongraduates accepted in their entirety toward the general of nontransfer programs and decide on the trans­ education requirement at the state college. ferability of credits at their discretion, except as Each state college shall apply the same rules con­ further provided below. cerning acceptability of D grades of graduates 2. When a state college establishes a program which which it applies to its own students. has a~ one of its major purposes the enrollment of The following is an interpretive statement from graduates of specific programs which are not for­ the state of New Jersey Transfer Advisory Board: mally designated as approved transfer programs, The first sentence [of the immediately preced­ then such students shall be entitled to guaranteed ing paragraph] merely states that all general edu­ enrollment in such a program under the same con­ cation credits from the county college will be ac­ ditions as if they were graduates of an approved cepted. Since the state colleges require more total transfer program. credits in general education (approximately 60) 3. When a state college fmds that large numbers of than do the county colleges (45), additional cred­ graduates of specific programs are applying for ad­ its in general education might appropriately be mission as transfer students to a state college pro­ required. gram other than those indicated in C-2 above, the The second sentence of the (aforementioned institutions involved shall jointly determine and paragraph) is also straightforward; if the state col­ publish a standard listing of courses and conditions lege allows a non-transfer student to graduate with which are accepted by the state college for trans­ a "D" grade in a course, then a "D" in the same fer credits. course requirement from a county college gradu­ ate is also acceptable. Special Admission Some interpretations of this statement have lim­ ited its application to general education courses. Educational Opportunity Fund Since it is highly unlikely that the state colleges Program. (EOF) require their own students to achieve higher than The Educational Opportunity Fund Program (EOF) is a "D" grades in general education courses, but more special admissions and support program for students who likely in courses in the major, the Board interprets are educationally underprepared and financially disadvan­ this statement to include all courses in the cur­ taged. The program is designed to provide financial sup­ riculum. That is, wherever a "D" is acceptable in a port and a broad range of educational and counseling state college course, it is also acceptable as such assistance for all eligible students. for a graduate, whether in the major, general edu­ The program offers students the opportunity to begin cation or free electives. their college experience in a summer program organized 3. A state college may not require graduates to suc­ to assist students to become familiar with the academic cessfu11y complete more than an additional 68 cred­ demands of higher education, to strengthen basic skills, its in order to be eligible to receive the baccalau­ and to gain exposure to the campus and college life. The reate degree, unless such students change their EOF program also assists students in their personal and major into an area for which their county college social adjustment to college. preparation may not have been appropriate. To be eligible, students must have been residents of 4. While admission to a state college is guaranteed, New Jersey for the past year, have a gross family income admission to a specific curriculum shall be deter­ that meets criteria and demonstrate potential for aca­ mined by the college based upon the criteria which demic success.-Additional information can be received it imposes upon it's own students. by contacting the EOF Office directly.

12 ADMISSION

Early Admission Advanced Placement This program is available for highly motivated and aca­ An entering student who presents an outstanding score demically exceptional students who have completed their on an appropriate Cullege Board Achievement Test, Col­ junior year of high school and seek college admission. lege Level Examination Program (CLEP) or who demon­ They may submit an application for early admission pro­ strates advance standing qualifications by other accept­ vided they meet the following criteria: (1) minimum com­ able evidence may, with proper approval, enroll in an bined SAT scores of 1,000 (or equivalent PSAT score) and advanced course. rank in the top 10 percent of their class, and exhibit ex­ William Paterson College participates in the Advanced ceptional talent in a special area; (2) receive the endorse­ Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination ment of a teacher or counselor; (3) submit a written Board (CEEB). In this program, high schools offer accel­ essay describing their reasons for seeking early admis­ erated or honors courses on a college level to students sion. in several fields. Examinations covering these courses Adult Students are administered annually by the CEEB and are graded by Within the William Paterson College community there the Board on a scale of 1 to 5. The College accepts scores are a large number of adult or nontraditional students. of 3, 4 or 5 and awards credit and, if desired, placement Some are returning to school after a time lapse, some are in intermediate courses according to the achievement taking courses to directly support their careers and demonstrated. others come for personal enrichment. Most attend on a part-time basis with classes in the day, evening, or on Nondegree Students Saturday. Students who have not completed any college Undergraduate Nondegree Students coursework and are 21 years old or older or have been Adults may attend William Paterson College on a out of high school for 2 years or more are considered nondegree basis. Such students may register for a maxi­ nontraditional students. They must submit a high school mum of six credits per semester. In order to qualify for transcript indicating graduation or copies of GED ·scores registration you must meet the following requirements: and a diploma for evaluation. An interview may be nec­ 1. Possess a high school or GED diploma essary before a decision is made. The Center for Con­ 2. Must not have been in attendance at a high school for tinuing Education works in conjunction with other ad­ a minimum of two years prior to the completion of ministrative offices to provide support services for these the application. Any applicant who attended a previ­ students. For further information, call (201) 595-2436. ous college or university, must have achieved a mini­ mum grade point average of 2.0. Adult Learner Assistance Network Students who have graduated from high school two . years prior to the application or who have completed The Adult Learner Assistance Network provides adult a GED must submit a copy of their diploma or students who are entering college for the first time or transcript indicating date of graduation with the returning to higher education after a lapse of several years application. with academic counseling and guidance and access to Students with previous college studies must sub­ services. Through the network, adult students will have mit a transcript of all previous college work showing access to academic advising, tutoring and other special­ a minimum 2.0 GPA with the application. ized support services while gaining the knowledge 3. Please refer to the non-degree application for the necessary to succeed in college. For information, call deadlines for each semester. (201) 595-2521. Special Note: Non-degree students are not eligible International Students for state or federal financial assistance of any kind. The William Paterson College Program for Applicants from other countries are welcome at William Paterson College. Admissions is based on a review of the High School Students appropriate educational documents as well as proficiency William Paterson College offers its facilities to enrich the in the English language as measured by the Test of En­ academic development of gifted and talented high school glish as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). All foreign docu­ students in the area. Outstanding high school juniors ments must be evaluated by World Educational Services and seniors may apply to take regular college courses or other recognized agency and must meet the established during the school year. Students attend regular college admissions criteria. All non-native English speakers must courses and earn credits that are applied to their college score a minimum of 550 on the TOEFL test. Finally, all records. nonresidents/foreign nationals must submit certified bank/financial statements showing liquid assetslbalances of $18,000 to cover educational and living expenses for one year.

13 GENERAL INFORMATION

Students must submit a nondegree application with a $20 application fee, the results of the SAT with a mini­ mum·score of 1,000 (pSAT of 100), a high school tran­ script with a minimum rank in the 90 percentile and rec­ ommendations from a teacher and/or guidance counselor. Successful applicants may also enroll for courses during the College's summer sessions. Students enrolling in this program cannot take any math or English courses unless they have taken the New Jersey College Basic Skills ex­ amination. Visiting Students Students from other colleges who wish to attend WPC as visiting students must provide a letter of permission from the appropriate official (registrar, dean, etc.) at their "home" institution. The letter must state that the student is in good aca­ demic standing as well as the course(s) or statement about the course(s) to be taken. This letter must be returned with the nondegree application for you to receive regis­ tration information. No exceptions are permitted. Senior Citizens Senior citizens, age 65 or over, who wish to take courses on a tuition-free, space-available basis must submit the nondegree application along with proof of age (driver's license photocopy). The $20 application fee is waived.

14 FEESAND FINANCIAL AID

FEES AND FINANCIALAID

Thition, fees and refund policies are subject to change at semester and who register late are charged an added any time in accordance with policies established by the course fee of $15 for each course for which they New Jersey State Board of Education or the William Pater­ register. I son College Board ofTrustees. Partial Payment Plan Students previously enrolled may Thition and fee rates are published each semester and defer tuition during the first third of the semester. Stu­ for the summer sessions in the Master Schedule of dents not previously enrolled may defer 50 percent of the Courses. Please consult the appropriate issue for current tuition. Students granted a deferral are assessed a partial rates. payment fee of $15. Fees are not deferrable and an initial payment must be made for all fees, including the $15 Undergraduate Tuition and Fees partial payment fee. Students who do not pay deferred New Jersey resident (per credit) ...... $71.00 tuition by the end of the first third of the semester are Out-of-state resident (per credit) ...... 100.00 assessed an additional $50 and their accounts will be General service fee (per credit) ...... 9.00 placed on "HOLD". In order to be eligible for subsequent Student activity fee (per credit) ...... 2.25 registration, the entire balance must be paid including Student athletic fee (per credit) ...... 2.00 the $50 late payment fee. Student Center fee (per credit) ...... 7.25 Student Parking The parking fee for automobiles is $15 Orientation fee ...... 25.00 for the school year. The motorcycle fee is $1. The fee is Laboratory course fee ...... 30.00 nonrefundable. Student cars and motorcycles without (Applicable courses only, maximum charge of $90 current decals permanently affixed are not permitted to per semester) park on campus. Music practice room fee ...... 30.00 (Music majors only) Student Medical Insurance New Jersey state law Student teaching fee ...... 100.00 requires students to maintain medical insurance. The (Applicable courses only) current ~ost of mandatory student accident and Sickness (Each incoming full-time freshman who enrolls in insurance is $53 per year for full-time students effective September must pay the orientation fee.) from August 15 to August 14. Coverage can also be Late fee (nonrefundable) ...... 50.00 purchased for a spouse or dependents, or for a half-year Bad check fee (nonrefundable) ...... 15.00 (spring semester) for $32. Added course fee (nonrefundable, per course) .... 15.00 Music Instrument Fee A music fee of $5 per semester Partial payment fee (nonrefundable) ...... 15.00 is charged for music instrument courses. The fee is Refund Poliey Students withdrawing from a course nonrefundable. must give written notice to the Registrar's Office. The Room and Board The current annual charge for residing date the Registrar's Office receives the written notice of on campus is $2830 in the Towers and Hillside Hall, and withdrawal is used to determine any refund due. This $3030 in the apartments per semester. Students residing does not apply to nonrefundable fees. in the Towers and Hillside Hall, are required to purchase The refund schedule is as follows: a food plan. Students living in the apartments, Pioneer Withdrawal before the end of drop/add...... 100% and Heritage Halls, are eligible to participate in the food Withdrawal during the first third of the semester ... 50% plan but are not required to do so. Room and board rates Withdrawal after the first third of the semester ... NONE pertain to academic year 1993-94 and are subject to Dates for each of the above categories are published change. in the Master Schedule of Courses each semester/ session. Financial Aid Thition and fees are refunded in full when classes are The responsibility of paying college expenses rests pri­ canceled by the College. marily with the student and his or her parent(s) or Thition and fees pertain to academic year 1993-94 and guardian(s). WPC understands, however, that many of are subject to change. the parents, who are interested in having their children Fees study at WPC, cannot manage the full cost of fees with­ out some type of financial assistance. Late Fee Students paying tuition or fees late are assessed a late payment fee of $50. Application Process To officially apply for need-based fmancial aid and WPC Orientation Fee Each new full-time freshman who is scholarship programs, a student is required to fill out and entering the College is required to pay a $25 orientation submit a Free Application for Federal Student Aid fee. (FAFSA). FAFSA's are available from high school guid­ Added Course Fee Students requesting program chang­ ance offices or directly from the College. Transfer stu­ es are required to pay an added course fee of $15 for each dents must submit a fmancial aid transcript from their course added after the regularly scheduled program ad­ previous institution. justment. Students who were enrolled in the previous 15 GE~INFORMATION

To allow ample time for processing, applicants are Scholarships are categorized as those available to in­ urged to file their FAFSA before April l. coming freshmen and transfers, and those available to In addition,manyWilliam Paterson College scholarships upperclass students. An additional listing describes schol­ and awards require individual applications available arship opportunities provided through the New Jersey through designated departments and offices. Department of Higher Education. Requirements for Receiving Federal and Freshman Scholarships/Awards State Aid William Paterson College Trustee Scholarships award full tuition and fees to freshmen among the top To receive financial assistance, a student must meet the ten-ranked admitted students in each of the ftve ethnic following eligibility requirements: categories deftned by the federal government. The group­ A. Be a citizen of the United States or a permanent ings are Black, Caucasian, Hispanic, American Indian/ resident B. Usually have ftnancial need Alaskan Native or Asian/Pacillc Islander. C. Have a high school diploma or General Education Paul P. Vouras Minority Student Scholarships are Degree Certillcate awarded to academically outstanding freshman minority D. Have a social security number students majoring in African, African-American and E. Register with Selective Service, if required Caribbean Studies. The award amounts may vary. E Sign a statement of updated information; a statement C. Kent Warner Scholarships award a minimum of of educational purpose/c~rtificaton statement on re­ $500 to full-time biology majors who demonstrate an ex­ funds and default cellent academic record. G. Be accepted as a full-timelhalf-time matriculated stu­ dent atWPc. Freshman and Transfer Student Special Note: Nondegree students are not eligible for Scholarships/Awards state or federal ftnancial assistance of any kind. William Paterson College Scholarships for African­ H. Be in a program of academic study leading to a American and Hispanic Students are granted to mi­ bachelor's degree nority students on the basis of academic profile and ex­ I. Maintain satisfactory academic progress according to tracurricular activities in high school or college. Sel~cted federal, state and institutional guidelines students receive $1000 from William Paterson College. J. Submission of required documentation in a timely Academic Excellence Scholarships grant ten $ 1000 manner. awards and seven $750 awards based on academic Note: Challenge and/or standardized exams may not be achievement and extracurricular activities. One scholar­ , used as part of'full-time status in determining ftnancial ship is reserved for a music or art major, alternating each aid eligibility. Additionally, fees for credit 'by exam op­ academic year. tions will not be covered by financial aid. William Paterson College Distinguished Scholars are Applicants for ftnancial aid must have been admitted awarded a $1000 matching scholarship based upon se­ to WPC before an award can be given. lection as a Bloustein Scholar for demonstrated high aca­ "All federal and state ftnancial aid awards are based on demic achievement as indicated in their high school need and are awarded without regard to race, religion, record and SAT scores. creed, age, sex or handicap. Music Department Talent Scholarship grants full in­ Cost of Attendance/Student Budgets state tuition to one incoming music major each year wl),o Student budgets can only be determined by reflecting demonstrates outstanding musical talent in performance average costs. Independent student budgets are adjusted audition. Students who apply for the scholarship are au­ according to federal guidelines. tomatically considered for smaller music department Commuter Costs Resident Costs awards, which are typically in the amount of $300-$500. Thition and Fees $2928 Thition and Fees $2928 (32 credits per year) (32 credits per year) Upperclass Student Scholarships/Awards . Books and supplies $450 Books and supplies $450 Academic Achievement Awards are granted to full-time Total $3370 Room $2900 students enrolled for at least one term based on a mini­ Meal Plan $1605 mum GPA of 3.45 and evidence of acaden;tic accomplish­ Total $7748 ment and contribution to the community. The award Thition and fees for out-of-state students is $3856. amounts vary. Part-time students are eligible to apply All charges (tuition, room, board, fees) pertain to only if they will be enrolled as full-time students for the academic year 1993-94 and are subject to change following fall semester. by Board of Trustee approval. Alumni Scholarships are awarded based on academic achievement, extracurricular activities, service to the col­ Scholarships and Awards lege or community and on financial status. Applicants Recognizing and reinforcing the College's commitment must be in the process of completing a minimum of 30 to excellence, the College offers numerous scholarship credits. programs, granted on the basis of academic performance Thad Jones Memorial Scholarships are awarded to and related achievements. full-time majors in the Jazz Studies program for demon­ strated outstanding jazz performance. Each scholarship

16 FEES AND FINANCIAL AI)) will be no less than the tuition fO)t6 credits and inore payment of vouchers. The Gateway System provides the than 30 credits for the academic ye . individual up-to-date financial aid eligibility for students Enid Hoffman Scholarships aw d $2000 to female who apply for grants and scholarships through the New full-time accounting majors who demonstrate an excel­ Jersey Office of Student Assistance. lent academic record. State Grants* Hoffmann-LaRoche Nursing Scholarships are Tuition Aid Grants (TAG) are awarded to students with awarded to nursing majors who meet criteria established a minimum of 12 earned credits or who are or intend to by the nursing department and have earned a minimum be full-time undergraduates. Applicants must demonstrate of eight credits within the discipline. The award amounts a need for college student aid. Grants for the 1993-94 vary. academic year ranged in value from $400 to $2,272 per Harry Leahey Scholarship Fund awards are available academic year. to full-time guitarists in the jazz program, typically in the Educational Opportunity Fund Grants (EOF) are amount of $500. awarded to students from educationally disadvantaged New Jersey State Scholarships backgrounds with demonstrated financial need. Grants for undergraduates range from $550 to $1000 per aca­ Edward J. Bloustein Distin~hed Scholars Pro­ demic year. gram awards $1000 each year to full-time students dem­ onstrating the highest level of academic achievement Public Tuition Benefits ~ogram awards dependents based upon high school record and SAT scores. Finan­ of emergency service personnel and law enforcement of­ cial need is not an eligibility factor. ficers killed in the line of duty, who are enrolled in a Garden State Scholarship (GSS) awards $5Od each year New Jersey college or university on at least a half-time basis, the actual costs of tuition up to the highest tuition to full-time students demonstrating high academic achievement based upon their high school record and charged at a New Jersey college or university. SAT scores. Federal Grants** Paul Douglas Teacher Scholarship awards up to $5000 Federal Pell Grants are awarded to undergraduate stu­ to high school seniors and undergraduate students cur­ dents who are entolled at least half-time and demonstrate rently enrolled in college. Recipients must teach on a financial need. Grants range from $400 to $2,300 per full-time basis in any state for not less than two years for academic year. each year the scholarship is received. Candidates must Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity rank in the top 10 percent of their high school graduat­ Grants (FSEOG) are awarded to undergraduate students ing class. Undergraduate candidates must be enrolled who demonstrate financial need and are enrolled at least full-time at a New Jersey college or university and attain half-time. Grants may range from $100 to $4000 per aca­ a minimumGPA of 2.5. demicyear. . Grants, Loans and Student Employment Educational Loans*** (Federal and State Programs) Federal Direct Student Loans (Formerly the Guaran­ Students may also be eligible for need-based financial aid teed Student Loan-GSL).Direct Loans are available to full­ available through state and federal programs. These and half-time students whose eligibility is determined by awards generally come from more than one source and filing the FAFSA. The loan may not exceed $2,625 per are called financial aid "packages." They are usually com­ academic year for freshmen; $3,500 for sophomores; and prised of grants, loans and campus employment. $5,500 for juniors and seniors. The interest rate is vari­ A grant is financial aid that does not have to be paid able, with a maximum annual rate of 8.25%. Repayment back. begins six months after graduation or withdrawal from Loans are borrowed money that must be repaid with school. interest, after the student graduates ;'r is no longer en­ Federal Direct Plus Loans (Parental Loan to Assist rolled at the College. Undergraduate Students) are available to parents of Student employment consists of campus jobs and pro­ eligible dependent undergraduate students enrolled at vides an excellent opportunity for students to meet and least half-time making satisfactory progress toward a de­ work with faculty, staff and fellow students while learn­ gree or certificate. Parents may borrow up to the cost of ing skills that could impact positively on their future. attendance minus other financial aid per eligible depen­ Beginning with the 1994-95 Academic Year Ouly 1, dent student per academic year. Repayment must begin 1994), WPC will be participating in the Federal Direct within 60 days after disbursement at variable interest rate, Student Loan Program. This new program consists of with a maximum annual rate of 9%. Parents will need to Federal Direct Stafford Loans (subsidized and fill out a separate application for a Direct Plus loan. unsubsidized) and the Federal Direct Plus loans. The U.S. Department of Education is the lender (rather, than a bank Perkins Loan (Formerly National Direct Student Loan­ or credit union) and delivers loan proceeds directly to NDSL). These loans are available to students with finan­ WPC. cial need. Students may borrow $4,500 for the first two The William Paterson College FinancialAid Office uti­ years of undergraduate study up to a maximum of $9,000 lizes the Gateway/ALPS System to insure expediency in for undergraduate study. Repayment at five percent in- approving grants and loans and to assist in the timely

17 GENERAL INFORMATION terest begins six to nine months after the borrower ceases Meeting Satisfactory Academic to be at least a half-time student with up to 10 years to repay. Progress for Financial Aid The New Jersey College Loans to Assist State Stu­ Maintaining satisfactory academic progress (SAP) is one dents (NJCLASS) The NJCLASS Loan Program is a loan of many criteria examined in determining a student's eli­ program designed to assist middle-income New Jersey gibility for continued receipt of fmancial aid. In order to families in financing higher education. It is available to be considered as making "satisfactory academic progress" full- and half-time graduate and undergraduate students a student must earn a minimum number of credit hours or their parents. Families with an income no greater than and maintain a minimum cumulative grade point aver­ $95,000 may apply for loans up to $5,000 per grade level. age. Grades of "Incomplete" or "F" result in unsatisfac­ A Financial Aid Form must be submitted and an applica­ tory academic progress. tion for A Stafford Loan is necessary before applying for Students who continue enrollment in the College, but the NJCLASS funds. who fail to maintain the minimum grade point average Work-Study during any period of enrollment, will be ineligible for financial aid. Federal Work-Study provides jobs for students in need of financial assistance and permits them to work on cam­ Federal Financial Aid Academic Progress pus for a maximum of 15 hours per week. Students are Policy paid bimonthly. A student shall be considered to be maintaining SAP for Veterans Programs the purpose offederaf' financial aid upon the successful completion of ten (10) semester hours per semester dur­ For information on state and federal veterans programs, ing the first year of enrollment. including veterans benefits, veterans tuition and credit During the second and third year of enrollment the stu­ program and the POW/MIA program, contact the Student dent must successfully complete twelve (12) semester Programs Office at (201) 595-2491. hours per semester. Thereafter, the successful completion of fifteen (15) • Applicants must be legal New Jersey residents for at credit hours per semester will constitute satisfactory least 12 consecutive months prior to receiving progress. In addition, each student must maintain the grants. minimum grade point average to be considered for fed­ •• Applicants must be citizens or eligible noncitizens eral financial aid (see list above right). of the United States . ••• The loan when added to any other financial aid/ Credit Hours Cumulative Grade Point Average resources may not exceed the total cost of educa­ -20 tion for that academic year. o 1.50 Note: The total amount of scholarship and fmancial as­ 21 - 32 1.75 sistance may not exceed the cost of attendance at wpc. 33 - 44 1.90 45 and above 2.00

Financial and Satisfactory Academic Progress Chart 1993-94 (Credit Hours to Be Successfully Completed After Full-Time Enrollment Each Semester)

Semester Federal State EOF 1 10 9 2 10 12 9 3 12 12 9 4 12 12 9 5 12 12 12 6 12 12 12 7 15 12 12 8 15 12 12 9 15 12 12 10 15 12 12 11 12 12 12

18 ACADEMIC AND INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT SERVICES

ACADEMIC AND INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT SERVICES

Academic Support Programs Academic Information Services Priscilla Orr, Director Students who need answers to routine academic ques­ Mary Ann Spatz,Assistant Director tions can visit the Academic Information Counter, lo­ Drop-In Hours/NoAppointment Necessary cated just inside the Advisement Center. Staffed with Academic Support Center 595-3324 specially trained student assistants called "PeerAdvisors," Supplemental Instruction 595-3325 the Academic Information Counter is available daily to Science Enrichment Center 595-3340 students on a drop-in basis during the day and in the Writing Center 595-2633 evening. "When the going gets tough, the tough get going to the In addition to having their questions answered, stu­ Academic Support Center." At the Academic Support dents can obtain the following materials from the Advise­ Center, you'll find tutors to help you make sense of those ment Center: catalogs, curriculum control sheets for 31 troublesome assignments in your general education different majors, schedule of classes booklets, academic courses. For nursing students we offer an advanced speed department brochures and fliers and many other items reading course to improve general reading ability (LEAP). of interest. The Center also offers workshops that teach test-taking skills and techniques to reduce exam anxiety. Advisement Services Supplemental Instruction (S1) is a special program that Undeclared students and students who are searching for focuses on certain high risk general education courses. alternate majors may need more in-depth advice than that SI schedules regular out-of-class study sessions, directed supplied at the Academic Information Counter. These by trained SI group leaders, in which students work to­ students may schedule an appointment to see one of the gether to get a better understanding of the course con­ faculty advisor volunteers, who regularly donate time in tent. Students learn how to take good notes, how to the center to assist students with the major exploration read a college textbook, and how to prepare for exams. process. Housed in the Science Building, the Science Enrich­ As transfer, readmitted and second degree students are ment Center (SEC) provides a variety of services for the accepted by the College, their transcripts are sent to the science student. Anatomical models, science reference Advisement Center for evaluation. Every student is then books, study guides, computer programs and a test bank given a copy of this evaluation, which contains the trans­ are available as study aids. Workshops that teach science ferred credits and their eqUivalents at wpc. study and test-taking techniques are given each semes­ ter. Individual tutoring and/or the opportunity to join a Advisor Assignments study group (SWAT) are also available. Do you need help writing a paper? Are you puzzled by Upon admission to the College, each student in a major a poem or short story? Thtors at The Writing Center can is aSSigned a faculty advisor to provide assistance with help you with assignments in writing and literature. They curriculum planning appropriate to the major course of can also show you how to use a word processor. Just study. Freshman students who are not in a declared ma­ fmd your way to the Coach House and be sure to bring jor receive advisement from their Freshman Seminar in­ your own disk. structors. Transfer students and upperclassmen who are For hours of operation, please call the appropriate undeclared majors receive advisement from faculty and number listed above. All Academic Support Services are staff in the Advisement Center. offered free of charge to William Paterson students and operate on a first-come, flrst-served basis. Declaration/Change of Major Students may declare or change one or more majors af­ The Advisement Center ter completing at least one semester at William Paterson Located in Wayne Hall, theAdvisement Center fulfills three College. Declaration/change of major applications may important campus needs: be completed at the Advisement Center during operat­ 1. The need for an information and referral service for ing hours. These are then forwarded to the appropriate students with general academic questions and prob­ department chairperson for a decision. Students are no­ lems tilled, in writing, of the chairperson's decision and are 2. The need for more personalized advisement services asSigned an advisor in the new major upon acceptance. for students who have not yet decided on a major, or The Office of Career Services provides a comprehen­ are not happy with their current major sive career development program designed to assist 3. The need for evaluation services and advisement for students in making appropriate career choices and in de­ new transfers, second degree and readmitted students. veloping plans to achieve their goals. To maximize po­ tential and marketability, students are encouraged to take

19 GENERAL INFORMATION advantage of services early and often in their college terview techniques, job search strategies, careers in fed­ careers. The office is open Monday, 8:00 a.m.-7:00 p.m., eral and state government, versatiliry of a teaching de­ and Tuesday-Thursday, 8:00 a.m.- 5:00 p.m. The office gree and many others. can be reached at 595-2282. Credential Services Graduates may establish, main­ tain and update their own reference file. Alumni Association Recruiting On-campus interviews are scheduled for Every student who earns a degree from William Paterson graduates with employers from government, education and industry each year. College is automatically a member of the Alumni Asso­ ciation. The association maintains contact with alumni; Career Column A biweekly column appears in the informs alumni about college developments; produces college newspaper describing the office's activities, ser­ the alumni newspaper; coordinates alumni events, such vices and current career information. as Homecoming Weekend and reunions; sponsors the Ath­ Career Conferences and Job Fairs Programs are letic HaIl of Fame, Distinguished Alumni Awards and the scheduled periodically for students to meet and discuss career-related information and opportunities with re­ Student AwardsAssembly;awards dozens of scholarships gional employers. each year; and promotes the interests of the College. Job Location and Development Program (JLD) A Upon graduation, all alumni receive identification counselor assists students in securing part-time, summer cards, enabling use of many college facilities that were and temporary off-campus employment. Primary empha­ available to them as students. Alumni may attend athletic events and use recreational sis is on development of career-related positions and paid internships. facilities, have library borrowing privileges, may attend Career Ubrary An up-to-date resource center con­ student events, have access to the Student Center and tains an extensive selection of career books and litera­ much more. The Alumni Association is fmanced through an annual ture,job hunting directories, full-time, part-time and sum­ mer job listings, company literature, local, state and fund drive, which solicits contributions from all alumni. federal job opportunities, graduate school information The association's annual phonathon is one of the annual and salary surveys. fund drive activities. Audiovisual Equipment Instructional videocassettes Campus Ministry on various career-related topics enable students to ex­ plore and learn at their own pace. Interview training In recognition of the various religious backgrounds that may be enhanced with videotaping equipment. form the college communiry, the Interfaith Council has Computer Technology An easy-to-use computerized been formed to address the needs of students, faculry guidance system aides students in the career decision and staff. The council members are the advisers to the making process. Graduate school test review software Student Government Association's chartered religious helps students prepare for various entrance exams. Re­ clubs: Catholic Campus Ministry, Christian Fellowship sume printing services are also available. and the Jewish Students Association. All three groups may be contacted on campus at the Student Center. The Child Care Center Catholic Campus Ministry Center is located next to gate The WPC Child Care Center, located in Hunziker Wing, #1 and is open to members of the WPC communiry (201- Room 35, provides an affordable and balanced preschool 595-6184). program for children and grandchildren of WPC students, Career Services staff, faculry and alumni. The center, licensed by the state of New Jersey, is open to children who are toilet-trained The Office of Career Services provides a comprehensive and between the ages of 2 1/2 and 6. Registered stu­ career development program designed to assist students dents may use the center for as many hours per week as in making appropriate career choices and in developing needed, regardless of class schedule, from 7:45 a.m.-5:00 plans to achieve their goals. To maximize potential and p.m., Monday through Friday. The daily schedule of ac­ marketabiliry, students are encouraged to take advantage tivities, preplanned and spontaneous, are child-inspired. of services early and often in their college careers. Ser­ They include language, prereading and premath skills and vices include: the introduction of social studies, science, music and art Personalized Career Guidance: Professional coun­ in a developmentally appropriate, integrative setting. selors are available during day and evening hours for in­ Please visit the center, or call the director at 595-2529 dividual appointments. Decision making, career pathing, for fees and further information. vocational testing, critiquing of resumes, preparing stu­ dents for interviews and discussing the job market are Computer Facilities just a few areas that staff members are equipped to The College provides a wide variery of microcomputers handle. Workshops Each semester an extensive job readiness for student use. At the Coach House about 80 IDM or and career planning workshop series is offered covering IDM compatible 486 or 386 microcomputers are avail­ able for any student when not in use for scheduled a wide range of topics, some of which include career decisions for the undecided, exploring careers in your classes. These systems provide access to typical produc­ major, planning for graduate school, resume writing, in- tivity software such as word processors, data bases,

20 ACADEMICAND INS1TI'UTIONAL SUPPORT SERVICES

spreadsheets,graphics packages and statistical software. tate the relocation of that class, program or service to an Additional mM systems and Macintosh systems are avail­ accessible area. able in the Science Building for students in programs The director of student programs may involve the in­ within the School of Science and Health. A variety of structor, department chairperson, and/or the appropri­ other computer systems and laboratories are tailored to ate dean when a problem arises concerning a specific specific needs of various disciplines. For example, state­ classroom activity or course requirement. At the begin­ of-the-art computer graphics and computer animation ning of each semester, the student should contact the facilities are available for art students in Ben Shahn. The Office of Student Programs to notify the student's instruc­ College is connected to major national and international tors of the special considerations required of a student computer networks (e.g., Bitnet, Internet, NSFnet). with a disability. This cooperation enhances the prob­ ability of a student's success in a course. Counseling Services To ensure the safety of all students, the College requests The Office of Counseling Services offers a wide range of that all students with disabilities me their schedules with counseling services to students. Staff members trained the Campus Police each term. This information will be in clinical and counseling psychology are available to used only in the event of a fire or other natural disaster. Suggestions as to how William Paterson College can meet with any student who requests personal counsel­ more effectively assist students with disabilities are ing. welcomed and should be addressed to the Director of Counseling interviews are private and totally confiden­ tial. Initial interviews are arranged within a few days of a Student Programs. General questions pertaining to acces­ sibility and accommodations of students should be di­ student's request. Emergency situations, of course, are handled immediately. . rected to the Office of Student Programs, Matelson Hall A psychologist or counselor.is available, without 106, 595-2491. charge, to discuss any deep personal conflicts that may Any student with a disability who believes that he or she has been a victim of discrimination should refer to be preventing a student from moving forward and achiev­ ing goals. Both short-term individual and group psycho­ the Discrimination Complaint Procedure published in the therapy are offered. Student Handbook for resolution of the grievance. Disabled Student Services Freshman life The Freshman life Office serves the needs of all fresh­ William Paterson College provides equal access to all pro­ men, regardless of age. The director assists students with grams, activities, awards and related benefits without dis­ crimination on the basis of disabling conditions. the complexities of making the transition into college William Paterson College believes in a total educational life. This is done either through personalized, confiden­ tial counseling, by referral to a campus support service, experience and, as such, mainstreams students with dis­ or by means of a variety of programs and services that abilities into its regular programs and activities and adapts the office administers either directly or indirectly (orien­ the programs and methods of teaching, evaluation and tation leader training, August orientation, Freshman Setni­ services delivery to meet the individualized and unique nar and June registration). Our freshman commuters capabilities of the student. Students are encouraged to receive specialized assistance from their "Orientation lead­ participate in the. diverse activities of the college com­ ers throughout the fall and spring semesters. munity. The Office of Student Programs coordinates services for students with permanent disabilities, including assis­ Freshman Seminar tance in registration, advisement, parking, referrals, The Freshman Setninar is a one-credit course designed adapted classroom activities and other special needs. All for all freshmen. It is administered jointly by the direc­ offices, departments, programs and personnel of the tor of freshman life and two faculty members. College cooperate to ensure an equally accessible educa­ The goals of the Freshman Seminar are to introduce fresh­ tional environment. A pamphlet outlining the services men to the acadetnic demands and social aspects of col­ available and large print and access maps are available lege life and to ease their transition into a new environ­ from the Office of Student Programs. ment. Freshmen meet with their instructors twice a week There are a limited number of specially equipped rooms for eight weeks during the semester to discuss. issues de­ for students with disabilities in the Towers residence life fined as problematic for freshmen: communication with complex. Students wishing to live on campus must be peers, faculty and staff, study skills, time and money man­ self-sufficient, and final determination as to occupancy agement and the use of college support services. shall be made by the director of residence life in consul­ tation with the director of student health services and Health Services/Insurance other college specialists. The Health Office in White Hall, which is open Monday It is the responsibility of the student to identify him! through Friday from 8:30 a.m. - 11 :00 p.m. and is staffed herself and request assistance from the Office of Student by three full-time nurses and a part-time physician, serves Programs. the medical needs of students. Each student is required If a student experiences difficulty because a program to submit a self-evaluation medical history'form prior to or class is housed in a facility that is inaccessible, the Office of Student Programs should be contacted to facili- entry. An examination by the college physician may be

21 GENERAL INFORMATION required of any student at any time to determine whether The most important thing for you to remember about the student's physical condition warrants continuing in the Library is that it is yours, and that the people who college. work here are working for you. The Library is a great Students are urged to enroll in the College's insurance resource for information, but you have to learn how to plan. The policy offered is in force, regardless of family use it. The best way to do that is to spend some time in policies, 24 hours a day, 12 months a year. Instructions the Library and talk with our staff members. for enrollment may be obtained at the Bursar's Office. National Student Exchange International Student Advisor The National Student Exchange Program aims to provide The director of student programs serves as designated students with educational alternates and academic ex­ official to the u.S. Immigration and Naturalization Ser­ posure to environments that differ from those offered at vice and assists international students in maintaining their wpc. Thus, without losing student status at WPC, and status while in the United States. International students while incurring only slight increases in cost, participants should contact the Office of Student Programs upon their are able to take advantage of resources available at other arrival in the United States or when they have transferred member institutions, as well as those inherent in the from another college in the United States to ensure that multicultural mosaic of the United States. The NSE pro­ their credentials are in order. A separate brochure intro­ gram is offered through the Student Programs Office in ducing the student to American customs and I.N.S. regu­ Matelson Hall. lations is available upon request. Residential Facilities Library Residential life at WPC is based on the belief that on-cam­ The Sarah ByrdAskew Library is open days, evenings and pus living provides a unique opportunity for students to weekends during the fall, spring and summer sessions. gain a variety of personal learning experiences that Exact hours are posted. supplement and complement the formal learning that Although the Library is undergoing construction for occurs in the classroom. The goal of the residence life an addition to the current building and renovation of the program is to develop an environment that supports stu­ existing facility, which will last approximately two years, dents' academic endeavors and promotes individual de­ our collections and services will remain the same. We velopment. It is expected that students will contribute have a staff of twenty highly trained librarians and an equal positively to the on-campus community as involvement number of clerical and other support staff whose primary is paramount to personal fulfillment and growth. The job is to help you. We consider our staff to be the single program seeks to make the residence halls a place where most important resouce we have to offer you and hope students can that you will take full advantage of the rich information • Meet other students and live successfully with others services which are available at your request. • Assume responsibility for their own lives and the liv­ The best place to begin your search for information is ing environment at the reference desk, which is located on the second • Participate in a variety of educational, social and cul­ floor of the existing Library building during construction. tural activities Librarians are stationed at the desk whenever the Library • Develop leadership skills through participation in resi­ is open. They can get you started on any project, large or dence hall government, social and judicial organiza­ small. tions. Other vital resources, quite apart from the staff, are The College provides three areas of housing for stu­ books, periodicals, audiovisual (AY) materials and com­ dents: the Towers, Hillside Hall and Pioneer or Heritage puter services, which are available to all members of the Halls. College community. Towers The Towers is a large, modern facility designed The Library has an =cellent collection of some 300,000 to accommodate 1,033 underclassmen. Two double­ volumes, close to 1,500 periodical subscriptions, hun­ occupancy rooms are connected by a bath and together dreds of periodical ind=es, databases on compact disc constitute a suite housing four persons. A limited number read-only-memory (CD-ROM), and a variety of films, video of single-occupancy rooms are also available with stu­ cassettes, audio tapes, records and microcomputer soft­ dent with disabilities or special needs. Each room is ware. furnished to include beds, desks, chairs, wardrobes and The basic public service areas-reference, circulation, drawer space. Students are responsible for their own periodicals andAV-are located in three different build­ linens and personal effects. ings during the renovation: reference and circulation on Located within the pavilion that connects the Towers the second floor of the Library building; periodicals on is a spacious lounge and recreation area. Individual floors the second floor of Wayne Hall; and AV in the Hobart also have lounge and study space. Laundry, television Hall Ann=. You will find photocopiers in all three areas and vending facilities are also located in the bUilding. and microfiche/microfilm reader-printers in the periodi­ cals area. Until the new facility is completed, we hope Hillside Hall accommodates 250 students in double and to offer as much reading and study space as possible and single rooms. The rooms are arranged in "suite style" know you will bear with us during this temporary with a bathroom connecting two separate rooms. disruption.

22 ACADEMIC AND INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT SERVICES

Pioneer and Heritage Halls Pioneer and Heritage Halls Health Insurance and Medical Services All residents offer apartment-style living for upperclass students (jun­ are required to provide proof of health insurance. This iors and seniors). Each apartment is designed to accom­ can be done by submitting proof that a student is still modate four students. Each apartment contains two bed~ covered under his/her parents' health plan or by purchas­ rooms, a full bath, kitchen and living/dining area. The ing the student health insurance available through the apartments are furnished with closets, desks, beds, chairs, College. Proof of insurance must be provided before a dinette set, sofa and occasional furniture. Students are students are permitted to move into the residence halls. responsible for their own cooking utensils, linens and The College also provides free medical services through personal effects. Srudy and recreation lounges, laundry the Student Health Center conveniently located next to and vending facilities are also available. the Towers complex. The Center is staffed by a part-time Residence Ilfe Staff Each of the residence hall areas is physician and full-time nurses. administered by a live-in resident director who is a full­ Financial Matters Room rates are quoted on a per time member of the Srudent Services staff. The "RD" person academic year basis. The residence agreement is responsible for the overall operation of the hall, supervis­ signed for the full academic year. Students are billed on a es the resident assistant staff and coordinates education­ semester basis. The semester's room payment is due iri al, cultural, social and recreational programs and srudent full before a student is allowed to move into the residence advisement. hall. In addition, payment for the meal plan is required of The resident assistant is a fellow student who has re­ all Towers and Hillside Hall residents prior to moving in. ceived extensive training to work with srudents. The"RA" Off-Campus Housing Many srudents choose to live off is one of the first people to greet srudents when they campus. A full list of off campus vacancies in local homes arrive on campus. An upperclassman selectfd for his/ and apartments is maintained by the Residence Life Of­ her special personal qualities and dedication to serve fel­ fice and is available on request. Atrangements regarding low students, an RA lives on each floor and seeks to en­ rent and regulations are negotiated directly with the hance the community spirit essential to the residence landlord. halls. RAs are knowledgeable about the College and its resources and are trained in counseling and advisement skills. Veteran, Reservist, New Jersey Dining Services Students living in the Towers and National Guard Members and Hillside Hall are required to be on the meal plan each Dependent Services semester. Apartment residents may either use the cook­ WPC offers assistance for veteran and dependent stu­ ing facilities in their apartment or choose a meal plan dents in obtaining monthly educational benefits from the arrangement. Major college dining facilities are the Veterans Administration. Srudents applying for benefits Wayne Hall Dining Room and the Student Center Restau­ for the first time or transferring to WPC must contact the rant. Billy Pat's Pub is the focal point for campus enter­ Office of Student Programs to complete the necessary tainment and gatherings. Food is also available in the forms. All students receiving veteran benefits must re­ Student Center Cafeteria. port to the Office of Srudent Programs each semester or Activities and Programs The Residence life staff to­ summer session to verify course load, graduation date gether with srudents plan dances, outings, dinners, lec­ and academic program. The Veterans Administration re­ tures, srudy workshops, movie nights and a host of other quires each person receiving Y.A. benefits to acknowl­ events that take place on weekdays and weekends. Resi­ edge and agree to all rules and regulations governing vet­ dent srudents traditionally are enthusiastic participants in eran eligibility at WPC. these programs. Outdoor tennis courts, football, baseball The state of NewJersey has granted a waiver of tuition and softball fields, in addition to a fully equipped recre­ for active members of the New Jersey National Guard for ation center, are a short walk from the residence halls. up to 12 credits per semester. For further information Wightman Gym houses a heated Olympic-sized swim­ on veteran benefits and the rules and regulations, and to ming pool and a basketball court. For jogging enthUSiasts, apply for these benefits, please contact the Student Pro­ a quarter-mile track rims the football field. grams Office, Matelson Hall, 595-2491. The Office of Campus Activities also works closely with the Residence Life staff in coordinating programs and events. In short, students can always find some extracur­ ricular activity with which to get involved. Religious ser­ vices for all denominations are conducted through the William Paterson Christian Fellowship. The Catholic Cam­ pus Center serves many residents and invites students to use the center. The Jewish Student Association also en­ courages participation by resident students. Many churches and synagogues are conveniently siruated near the campus. Rides are available by directly contacting the church or synagogue.

23 GENERAL INFORMATION

STUDENT LIFE

Recognizing the need for the social and cultural, as well The SAPB is composed of the following committees, as the academic development of the indiVidual, WPC each sponsoring activities in its particular area: cinema, offers a wide range of activities to meet the needs and concerts, entertainment, lectures, advertising, festivals, interests of the entire student body. Students directly daytime, travel and multicultural activities. participate in selecting, planning and implementing so­ Active Chartered Clubs and Organizations cial and cultural events. Through participation in campus organizations and ac­ Anthropology Club Natural Science Club tivities, students gain experience in governing their own Beacon Newspaper Organization of Latin affairs, accepting responsibility and learning to appreci­ Black Student Assn. American Students ate other people and their points of view. Bowling Club O.M.S. (Organization of Annual activities generally include Homecoming Week­ Brothers for Awareness Minority Students) end, Fall Fest, Spring Week, feature and art films, folk, Business Student Assn. Outdoors Club rock and jaZz concerts, lectures, dances, theatre presen­ Caribbean Students Assn. People for Peace tations, art exhibits and many others. Catholic Campus Ministry Phi Beta Lambda (Future Any student who wishes to participate on committees Club Business Leaders of or join any club or organization may obtain information Chinese Club America) by contacting the Office of Student Development or Stu­ Christianf'ellowship Philosophy Club dent Government Association in the Student Center. All Coalition of Lesbians, Pioneer Yearbook students are encouraged to participate in the activities Gays and Friends Political Science Club of their choice, and membership in all clubs and organi­ Commuter Council Psychology Club zations is open to all William Paterson College students Computer Society Sisters for Awareness, regardless of race, religion, sex, national origin, handi­ Early Childhood Club Black Leadership & cap or sexual orientation. Equestrian Team Equality Essence/English Club Sociology qub Student Government Association Feminist Collective Spanish Club Galen Society All students are members of the Student GovernmentAs­ Student Activities sociation (SGA), which is funded by the student activity Greek Senate Programming Board fee. The Student Governxnent Association is the focal Health Professions Student Art Association point for student participation in the governance of the Ice HockeyTeam Student Council for College. Each year students are elected to hold execu­ International Student Exceptional Citizens tive, committee, class and representative offices within Assn. (Special Education the Student Government Association. The legislature is Italian Club Club) Jewish Students Assn. responsible for political and fmancial decisions that af­ Student Environxnental fect the student body. Math Club Action Coalition The Student Governxnent Association is responsible Music and Entertainment Student Film Assn. Industry Student Assn.· for chartering and funding over 50 clubs and organiza­ Student Mobilization tions that are active on campus. N.A.A.C.P. (National Committee Additionally, the Student Government Association re­ Association for the Towers Life Committee tains the services of an attorney, who offers free consul­ Advancement of United Asian American Colored People) tation to students during weekly visits. It also provides a Students discounted pharmacy plan and Sexual Health Services National Organization for WCRNRadio for all students. the Reform of WPC-TV Marijuana Laws Clubs and Activities Extracurricular life at WPC is largely sponsored by doz­ Media Organizations ens of campus clubs-service clubs, cultural clubs, aca­ The Beacon is the weekly college newspaper published demic clubs and special interest clubs. The StudentAc­ by students whose aim is to present and interpret news tivities Programming Board (SAPB) is the major of college activities and to serve as a medium for the ex­ programming organization on campus, producing social, pression of student opinion. It has been awarded first cultural, educational and recreational activities for the place in the college division of the Columbia Scholastic entire student popUlation. Press Contest several times. The SAPB is funded by the Student GovernxnentAsso­ The Pioneer yearbook is the college annual which pro­ ciation and relies on stu~ent input to plan a variety of vides an overall pictorial and editorial record of the ac­ events open to the college community. Membership is tivities of the college year and senior class. open to all interested students.

24 STUDENT LIFE

WPSC Radio offers students an opportunity to learn Located in the Center are recreational areas where you the many facets of radio through practical experience may play billiards, ping pong and video games; an art and to participate in broadcasting music, news and sports, gallery lounge and a ballroom, the ID Center; eating ar­ as well as learn about advertising, engineering and audio eas including the cafeteria, restaurant and ,outdoor din­ production. WPSC, located in Wayne Hall, is also carried ing terraces and Billy Pat's. on UA Columbia Cablevision. The Student Center also houses student offices includ­ WCRN is the College's on-campus radio club. It serves ing the SGA, Student Activities Programming Board, the the college community by broadcasting music and serves Beacon newspaper, the Pioneer yearbook, and various as a training ground for disc jockeys. social, academic and service clubs. Intercollegiate Athletics Rec Center William Paterson College is a member of the highly com­ Designed for student recreational activities, the Rec Cen­ petitive NJ Athletic Conference, the Eastern CollegeAth­ ter contains a large multipurpose arena that can accom~ letic Conference, National Collegiate Athletic Association modate 4,000 spectators at concerts, exhibits, athletic and the NJ Intercollegiate Association for Women. All events and can be divided into three courts for basket­ sports are Division III and offer aid on a need basis. ball and volleyball. Additional facilities include four The College offers 14 intercollegiate varsity sports for racquetball!handball courts (one equipped for wallyball), men and women and coed cheerleading. In addition to large weight and fitness rooms equipped with free these, there are a coed equestrian team and a men's ice weights, a Nautilus circuit, Lifecycles, stair climbers, hockey team organized on a club basis. rowing machines, Nordic Track 900 and treadmills. Men's varsity sports include baseball, basketball, cross There is a multipurpose/dance room, as well as saunas country, football, soccer, swimming and trac-lf:. Women's and whirlpools in the locker rooms. The Rec Center is varsity sports include basketball, cross country, field also a TicketMaster outlet, where you can purchase tick­ hockey, soccer, softball, swimming, track and volleyball. ets for your favorite Broadway shows, athletic events or Greek Senate concerts. The Rec Center is open daily providing early morning The Greek Senate is the umbrella organization for social and late evening hours to accommodate students' busy fraternities and sororities at wpc. It sponsors campus­ schedules. The Center is here as a place to get together wide events and champions social responsibility among with friends to have fun, get in shape and relieve stress. its member organizations. Currently, there are 20 social Recreational Services provides a wide variety of recre­ fraternities and sororities on campus. ational opportunities and programs such as aerobics, self­ Position on Hazing defense, fitness clinics and special one-day events includ­ Hazing and aggravated hating are crimes punishable un­ ing Double Dare Sports and Timex Fitness Week. der the provisions of Title 2C of the Statutes of the State Recreational Services supervises the open swim pro­ of New Jersey. William Paterson College and the Greek gram, which takes place in Wightman Pool. Recreational Senate define hazing as any action taken, created or situ­ Services also provides intramural activities, such as ated intentionally (on or off campus) to produce mental leagues for fdotball, tennis, basketball, volleyball,racquet­ or physical discomfort, embarrassment, harassment or ball, softball, floor hockey, indoor soccer and wallyball. ridicule. Such activities and situations include paddling WPC also participates on an extramural level against other in any form, creation of excessive fatigue, physical and institutions' intramural sport teams in football. psychological shocks, wearing apparel which is conspicu­ ous and not normally in good taste in public, engaging in Women's Center public stunts and buffoonery and any other morally de­ The Women's Center provides a comfortable and support­ grading games and activities. ive space for students to relax and exchange ideas and Honor Societies feelings about gender and women:s issues. The Center's Alpha Kappa Delta - Gamma Chapter: Sociology philosophy is focused on mutual respect, empowerment Alpha Psi Omega:Theatre and development in an atmosphere that furthers personal Kappa Delta Pi - Zeta Alpha Chapter: Education and political growth. Counseling and crisis services are Omicron Delta Epsilon: Economics available on a drop-in basis. In addition, students are Phi Alpha Theta - Rho Alpha Chapter: History referred to on- and off-campus services that meet their Pi Lambda Theta - Beta Chi Chapter: Education needs and interests. Pi Sigma Alpha Iota Kappa Chapter: Political Science The Center has a resource library with information Psi Chi: Psychology about area services, internships and volunteer opportu­ Sigma Theta Tau - Iota Alpha Chapter: Nursing nities and printed materials on a range of topics. Upsilon Pi Epsilon: Computing Sciences The Women's Center also sponsors and co-sponsors a Student Center variety of cultural, activist and information programs on The Student Center serves as the campus focal point for campus and in conjunction with community groups. social and cultural activities for the entire college com­ The Center is open weekdays and has some evening munity. Students, faculty, staff, community members and hours and programs. All are welcome to attend. alumni congregate here for a wide range of events and use the Student Center services and facilities.

25 GENERAL INFORMATION

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Students should consult other regular college publications It is the responsibility of all students of the College to for policies and announcements not included in the un­ adhere to the letter and spirit of duly enacted college dergraduate catalog. These publications include, but are policies, rules and regulations. Students shall not violate not limited to the student handbook and master sched­ or attempt to violate any duly promulgated and approved ule. college policy, rule or regulation. Violations of said policies, rules or regulations may Alcohol and Drug Policy result in a variety of sanctions. The College shall attempt to address disciplinary The College believes that the measure of true educational matters privately, informally and expeditiously before excellence is the extent to which its students develop resorting to formalized procedures or the use of outside the abilities for and commitment to lifelong learning and agencies. The complete Student Disciplinary Code is pub­ contributing to the common good. In order to realize lished in our Student Handbook. this excellence, the College seeks to involve students actively and personally in learning, and to help them Institutional Authority to Ensure FuJJill­ perceive connections-across disciplines between class­ ment of the College's Mission rooms, from individual experiences to those of fellow The authority to discipline students for violations of col­ learners, from the campus to the larger world, and from lege polici~s, rules and regulations is assigned by the Presi­ the past and present to the future. Therefore, all mem­ dent to the Office of the Dean of Students for implemen­ bers of the college community are expected to exercise tation by the Dean of Students or his/her designee. mature and responsible judgment regarding the use of Disciplinary action may be taken against students for vio­ alcohol and to conform to any regulations established. lation of college policies, rules and regulations. In accordance with federal, state and local laws, use of Due Process and Disciplinary Procedures illegal or controlled drugs or other substances and mis­ use of prescription drugs are prohibited on the WPC cam­ It has been recognized that due process in higher pus. The entire Alcohol and Drug Policy is published in education's disciplinary matters does not parallel the re­ quirements of due process in a court of law. However, the Student Handbook. the College ensures that the elementary requirements of Acquired Immune Deficiency due process in all disciplinary matters will be imple­ mented when charges are brought against a student for Syndrome (AIDS)/HIV Disease violatio~ of college policies, rules or regulations. Charges Policy should be brought to the attention of the Office of the Dean of Students. The entire Student Disciplinary Code The staggering implications of this life-threatening dis­ is published in the Student Handbook. ease AIDS/HIV are becoming part of our nation's con­ sciousness. Colleges and universities can no longer af­ ford to take a complacent posture as they are now forced Discrimination Complaint by circumstances to abandon their fervent hope that Procedure for Students AIDS/HIV would not become a campus issue. WPC has The College has promulgated both informal and formal made the necessary preparations to protect the rights of procedures for resolving student complaints of discrimi­ both those students who have been exposed to or in­ nation. Any student who believes that he or she has been fected by the AIDS/HIV virus, as well as the noninfected discriminated against on the basis of race, sex (includ­ members of the college community. Above all, we train ing sexual harassment), age, national origin, religion, mari­ all members of the college community to have a humane, tal status, physical or mental handicap or sexual orienta­ well-informed reaction to those whose lives have been tion should follow the procedures outlined in the compromised by being exposed to or infected by the vi­ Discrimination Complaint Procedure for Students. The rus. The entire Acquired Immune DefiCiency Syndrome entire procedure is published in the Student Handbook. (AIDS)/HIV Disease Policy is published in the Student Handbook. Extracurricular Activities Student Disciplinary Code Extracurricular activities are hereby defmed as partici­ pation in any clubs, fraternities, sororities, athletics or Students' Rights and Responsibilities organizations recognized by the College or any of its agen­ Students and student organizations should be free to cies which do not qualify for academic credit. All extra­ examine and discuss all questions of interest to them curricular activities shall be open to all full-time and and to express opinions publicly and privately. Tbey part-time students who have paid the appropriate should be free to support causes by orderly means which student activity fees, except where the organizations do not disrupt the regular and essential operation of the are members of national bodies that have more stringent College. requirements.

26 POIlOESAND PROCEDURES

5tudents holding any elective office or who are mem­ 3. A record signed by a physician licensed to practice bers of the executive board of any student organization medicine or osteopathy in any jurisdiction of the must maintain a minimum cumulative grade point aver­ United States or foreign country or other licensed age of 2.0 to participate. health professional approved by the NewJersey State Students who have been dismissed for reasons of aca­ Department of Health indicating compliance ~th the demic standing may not participate in extracurricular immunization requirements of NJ.A.C. 9:2-14.3. activities, as herein defined, even though he or she may 4. A diploma from a New Jersey high school is also have been readmitted on appeal. acceptable proof of immunization. Where any outside organization stipulates "normal aca­ Exemptions demic progress" for full-time students as a requirement Any student born before January 1, 1957 will be exempt for participation, such progress will be defined as fol­ from documenting immunization records. lows: (1) taking 12 credits in the semester of participa­ If immunization conflicts with religious beliefs, it will tion; (2) completing successfully 24 credits during the be necessary for the student to file a statement to this previous 12 months of academic study. This condition effect accompanied by a letter from an official represen­ shall not apply to students who have never previously tative of your religion explaining the basis of the reli­ had full-time status at William Paterson College or who gious conflict. have had full-time status only the previous semester. If you are unable to be immunized for medical reasons, Students whose extracurricular activities are limited it will be necessary for you to obtain a note to this effect by this policy may appeal based upon extenuating cir­ . from your physician. cumstances to the Dean of Students for permission to All documentation should be submitted to the Student participate in extracurricular activities. Individuals whose Health Center, White Hall. cumulative grade point average is below 2.0 shall not be entitled to an appeal. Sexual Harassment Policy Proofof~unaatlon Sexual harassment of students or employees by fuculty, administrators, other employees or fellow students is a The state of New Jersey has enacted legislation that re­ form of sex discrimination prohibited by state and fed­ quires students enrolled at WPC to provide proof of im­ eral laws as well as college policy. In order to protect munization against measles, mumps and rubella. The fol­ the relationship of ttust that must exist if the William Pater­ lowing documents will be accepted as evidence of son College environment is to foster independent and immunization history provided the specific immuniza­ creative learning, the College considers that sexual ha­ tion and the exact date of each immunization adminis­ rassment is inappropriate and not consistent with the tered is listed. highest standards of professional conduct for any mem­ 1. An official school immunization record from any pri­ ber of the academic community. mary or secondary school in New Jersey indicating The College has promulgated both informal and for­ compliance with the immunization requirements of ma! procedures for resolving student complaints of dis­ N.}.A.C. 9:2-14.3. crimination. The complete Discrimination Complaint Pro­ 2. A record from any public health department indicat­ cedure is published in the Student Handbook. ing compliance with the immunization requirements of N.}.A.C. 9:2-14.3.

27 GENERAL INFORMATION

ACADEMIC AND RELATED REGULATIONS

Introduction Academic Honors Every student is expected to know and comply with all Dean's List Students carrying a miuimum of 12 credits policies and regulations stated in this catalog, in the Stu­ who earn a grade point average of 3.45 or better are dent Handbook and in each semesters' Master Schedule named to the Dean's Ust. of Courses. Students are also expected to be aware of Courses taken under the pass/fail option are not and responsible for their scholastic standing at all times, counted toward the 12-credit requirement. including their cumulative and major grade point aver­ Graduation Honors Students who have completed at age, number of credits completed and their progress to­ least 64 credits at William Paterson College and who ward meeting the specific graduation requirements for graduate with a fmal grade point average of 3.45 or bet­ their chosen degree. ter for all undergraduate courses are recognized as honor Each semester the registrar publishes in the Master students with the following designations: Schedule of Courses, a series of deadline dates for course Average of 3.45-3.64 = cum laude withdrawal, pass-fail, repeat course and other important Average of 3.65-3.84 = magna cum laude actions that students may need or want to take regarding Average of 3.85-4.00 = summa cum laude their academic status. Students are expected to make , . themselves aware of and comply with these deadlines. Academic Integrity Policy The College reserves the right to introduce changes in the rules regulating admission, programs of instruction I. Standards of Academic Conduct and graduation. Changes go into effect when determined As an academic institution committed to the discovery by the proper authorities and apply to prospective stu­ and dissemination of truth, William Paterson College ex­ dents as well as to those already enrolled. Students are pects that all members of the college community shall therefore urged to read carefully all materials sent from conduct themselves honestly and with professional de­ the College by mail and/or posted in appropriate loca­ meanor in all academic activities. tions around campus. Regular contact with faculty and WPC has established standards of academic conduct other advisors is strongly recommended. because of its belief that academic honesty is a matter of The administration of academic regulations is the func­ individual and college responsibility and that, when stan­ tion of the dean of each school. Students may request in dards of honesty are violated, each member of the com­ writing, through the department chairperson to the ap­ munity is harmed. propriate dean, an exemption from or waiver of a par­ Members of the college community are expected to ticular academic regulation. acknowledge their individual responsibility to be famil­ Students experiencing academic difficulty are advised iar with and adhere to the Academic Integrity Policy. to consult first with the faculty member directly con­ cerned. If for some reason the problem cannot be re­ II. Violations of Academic Integrity solved, students should consult the assigned academic Violations of the Academic Integrity Policy will include, advisor. but not be limited to the following examples: Upon admission to the College and to a major program, A. Cheating during examinations includes any attempt students are given a curriculum control sheet outlining to (1) look at another student's examination with the in­ particular requirements and recommending the sequence tention of using another's answers for attempted personal in which they should pursue those requirements. (Note: benefit; (2) communicate in any manner, information In the near future these control sheets are scheduled to concerning the content of the examination during the be replaced by reports produced by the College's ON testing period or after the examination to someone who COURSE computer-assisted advising program). It is the has not yet taken the examination; (3) use any materials, students' responsibility to maintain the curriculum con­ such as notebooks, notes, textbooks or other sources, trol sheet, keep it updated and have it available each not specifically designated by the professor of the course time they consult with their academic advisor and regiS­ for student use during the examination period, or (4) en­ ter for the new semester. Students who misplace or lose gage in any other activity for the purpose of seeking aid the curriculum control sheet may obtain a new copy from not authorized by the professor. the Advisement Center. If a transcript of grades is needed B. Plagiarism is the copying from a book, article, note­ to complete the new copy of the curriculum control book, video or other source material whether published sheet, students may obtain this transcript from the or unpublished, without proper credit through the use Registrar's Office for a nominal fee. of quotation marks, footnotes and other customary means of identifying sources, or passing off as one's own, the ideas, words, writings, programs and experiments of an­ other, whether or not such actions are intentional or

28 ACADEMIC AND RELATED REGUIATIONS

unintentional. Plagiarism will also include submitting, 7. With any of the above, the faculty member may have without the consent of the professor, an assignment al­ a written record of the sequence of events placed ready tendered for academic credit in another course. in the student's permanent record with a copy to C. Collusion is working together in preparing separate the student. course assignments in ways not authorized by the instruc­ C. If the student does not admit to a violation or dis­ tor. Academic work produced through a cooperative (col­ agrees with the proposed penalty he/she must: laborative) effort of two or more students is permissible 1. Speak directly to the faculty member within ten only upon the explicit consent of the professor. The col­ (10) working days of being informed of a violation laboration must also be acknowledged in stating the au­ or of the proposed penalty. If, after repeated at­ thorship of the report. tempts, the student is unable to reach the faculty member within ten (10) working days, the student D. Lying is knowingly furnishing false information, dis­ must notify the department chairperson in writing torting data or omitting to provide all necessary, required within that ten (10) day period. information to the College's advisor, registrar, admissions 2. If, after discussion with the faculty member, the counselor, professor etc., for any academically related student is dissatisfied with the outcome, the stu­ purpose. dent must contact the department chairperson pre­ E. Other concerns which relate to the Academic Integ­ senting a dated, written and signed statement de­ rity Policy include such issues as computer security, sto­ scribing the specific basis for the complaint. At len tests, falsified records as well as vandalism of library this time, the student will also provide the faculty materials. No list could possibly include all the possible member with a copy of these written materials. violations of academic integrity. These examples, should 3. The department chairperson will try to resolve the however, give a clearer idea of the intent and extent of issue by reaching a settlement which is agreed upon application of this policy. by both the student and the faculty member. If the issue is not resolved at the chairperson's level, the m. Faculty Responsibilities for Uphold­ student will request that the chairperson convene ing the Academic Integrity Policy the Department Executive Council (or other appro­ A. Faculty are expected to be familiar with the academic priate department committee)-excluding the fac­ integrity policy. Each faculty member will inform stu­ ulty member involved-to hear the appeal. The dents of the applicable procedures and conditions early faculty member will submit a written, dated and in each semester before the first examination or assign­ signed statement of the alleged violation to the mentisdue. council/committee. The student will submit a writ­ ten, dated and signed statement describing the ba­ B. Ordinarily, class tests and final exams should be proc­ sis of the complaint. The accuser will assume the tored. Proctoring is defined as having a faculty member burden of proof. When the faculty member in­ present in the room. Proctoring is the responsibility of volved is the chairperson, then the student will the faculty member teaching the course although where request that the dean of the school convene the necessary, that responsibility may be shared with or del­ Department Executive Council (or other appropri­ egated to faculty colleagues or graduate assistants as­ ate department committee). The Department Ex­ signed to the course. ecutive CounciVCommittee will submit its decision IV. Resolution of Academic Integrity to the chairperson (or school dean, if the faculty Policy Violations member involved is the chairperson). A. If a faculty member has sufficient reason to believe 4. If not satisfied with the Department Executive that a violation may have occurred on any work submit­ Council's (or other appropriate department ted for a grade, he/she must attempt to discuss this mat­ committee's) decision, the student may ask the dean ter with the student within ten (10) working days of the of that school to bring the matter to the School incident. Council. The faculty member will submit a writ­ B. After discussing this matter with the student, and if ten, dated and signed statement of the alleged vio­ the student accepts the proposed penalty, the student lation.The student will submit a written, dated and waives hisiher right to a hearing. signed statement describing the basis for the com­ Depending on circumstances, as assessed by the fac­ plaint.The accuser will assume the burden of proof. ulty member who has discussed the matter with the stu­ The chairperson of the department concerned will dent, the following penalty could be imposed: not take part in the final vote (though the written 1. Resubmission of the assignment decision from the department chairperson will be 2. Failure of the assignment part of the record). The School Council's deci­ 3. Failure of the course sion will constitute the College's final decision 4. Forced withdrawal from the course with no credit regarding the substantive nature of the case. received Future appeals based on violations of due process 5. Impose other appropriate penalties with the con­ are permitted to the limit of the law. sent of the student 5. Each step in the procedure must be initiated within 6. Recommendation to the president of suspension 10 (ten) working days of the faculty, chairperson, or expulsion from the College department or school response. Dated, written and

29 GENERAL INFORMATION

signed statements are required at each step. Like­ fall to do so will be placed in the status of Probation wise, at each level, the faculty member(s), chair­ for one semester. person, Department Executive Council (or other 3. Students who fall to raise the GPA to 2.0 by the end of appropriate department committee) or School the Probation semester will be placed in the status Council must complete a review of all pertinent of Jeopardy of Dismissal for one semester. written materials prior to rendering a decision, in 4. Students who fail to raise the GPA to 2.0 after the writing, within ten (10) working days of receipt of Jeopardy of Dismissal semester will be automati­ complaint materials. In case the faculty member cally dismissed from the College. has verifiably been unable to be contacted, or in Any student who has attempted up to 60 credits and other instances of extenuating circumstances affect­ who has a GPA below 2.0 at the end of any four (fall ing students or faculty, it is understood that the or spring) enrolled and completed semesters, student's right to appeal will not be jeopardized consecutive or nonconsecutive, will be dismissed and the time constraints will be extended. Due pro­ and must appeal to be reinstated. cess must be followed at every step of this proce­ Academic Status 60 Attempted Credits and Above dure. No penalty will be changed by anyone other than the faculty member who assigned it unless Below 2.0 one semester = Jeopardy of Dismissal there is convincing evidence that the penalty was Below 2.0 two semesters = Dismissal inconsistent with professional standards of the discipline. 1. Students who have attempted 60 credits or more and 6. Each student who registers a complalnt with a de­ who fall to earn a GPA of 2.0 or above will be placed partment chalrperson must be given a copy of this in the status of Jeopardy of Dismissal for one se­ policy. A copy must be attached to the appeal and mester.. signed by the student to indicate that he/she has 2. Students who have attempted 60 credits or more and been given a copy of the procedure, read it and who fail to raise the GPA to 2.0 by the end of the understands it before the appeal can proceed. Jeopardy of Dismissal semester will be automati­ cally dismissed from the College. Academic Standing Any student who has attempted 60 credits or more and has had a GPA below 2.0 after any two (fall or William Paterson College expects all matriculated un­ spring) enrolled and competed semesters, consecu­ dergraduate students to maintain a cumulative tive or nonconsecutive, will be dismissed and must grade-point average (hereafter referred to in this appeal to be reinstated. policy as "GPA") of at least 2.0." The basic principle of Any student who has had a GPA below 2.0 at the this policy, therefore, is that any student whose GPA falls end of three semestersprior to attempting 60 cred­ below 2.0 is no longer in good standing. Academic stand­ its and has a GPA below 2.0 at the end of any se­ ing will be computed at the end of the first semester by mester after attempting 60 credits will be dismissed which the student has accumulated a total of twelve (12) and must appeal to be reinstated. attempted credits and every semester thereafter. As aca­ The Academic Status of a student will be noted by demic standing is a serious matter, it is important that all semester on the student grade report. Students may re­ students set as a priority and succeed in the achievement peat courses to raIse the GPA (according to the Repeat of the 2.0 GPA or better at the conclusion of each Course Policy). However, the number of semesters in semester. which the GPA was below 2.0 will still be noted on the "Students are advised that admission to, continuation College's internal records and on the student's unofficial in, and graduation "from majors requiring a GPA higher transcript despite the retroactive benefit of the improved than 2.0 are dependent upon achievement of that higher grade. Official transcripts will not show these notations. GPA. Explanation of Procedures for Students with a GPA Explanation of Academic Standing Below 2.0 Guidelines It is the responsibility of any student whose category of Academic Status up to 60 Attempted Credits Academic Status is Jeopardy of Probation, Probation or Jeopardy of Dismissal, to meet the following condi­ Academic Standing Guidelines tions: Below 2.0 one semester = Jeopardy of Probation 1. Register for no more than 12/14 credits in the follow­ Below 2.0 two semesters = Probation ing fall or spring semester, no more than one course Below 2.0 three semesters = Jeopardy of Dismissal in the first summer session, and no more than two Below 2.0 four semesters = Dismissal courses in the second summer session. 2. Meet with his/her academic advisor within the first 1. Students who have earned lower than a 2.0 GPA after ten days of the semester following the notice of un­ attempting the first 12 credits will be placed in the satisfactory 'academic status and monthly throughout status ofJeopardy of Probation. the semester or as indicated by advisor. 2. Students in the Jeopardy of Probation status will have one semester to achieve the 2.0 GPA. Those who

30 ACADEMIC AND RELATED REGULATIONS

3. Enter into an Academic Agreement with William Pater­ 2. Evidence of maturity and commitment to academic son College through which the student will develop work. an academic plan. The student will use the academic 3. Evidence of academic growth as revealed through in­ plan to assist herself/himself in acquiring appropri­ dependent study or study at another college. ate academic counseling and tutoring, career infor­ 4. Correction of academic weaknesses or other factors mation, and/or personal counseling. that contributed to the dismissal. It is the intention of the College to offer both the 5. Acceptance of the student by the School/Department necessary time and opportunities for students to work in which he/she will major. out problems and to correct situations that contribute to Reinstated students will have a probationary period unacceptable academic performance. Students are ex­ with two semesters to raise the GPA to 2.0. After pected to demonstrate compliance with the above reinstatement, anyone semester with a GPA below 2.0 outlined procedure during any semester wherein will place the student in Jeopardy of Dismissal. the GPA is below 2_0. A second semester with a GPA below 2.0 will result in Dismissal Dismissal. The dismissal policy is constructed to allow students every opportunity to discover academic problems and Attendance rectify them within the first 60 credits. It affords fresh­ Students are expected to attend regularly and punctually man and sophomore students ample time to adjust to all classes, laboratory periods and other academic exer­ the demands of college courses and to develop the skills cises. Students are responsible for all work required in necessary for success. Although it is assumed most aca­ courses. The instructor will determine the effect of ab­ demic difficulties will be addressed during that time, the sences upon grades and may permit or deny the privi­ policy also allows for some adjustment to the more seri­ lege of making up work, including examinations, within ous academic rigors of the upper level major courses. the time limits of the semester. Students are encouraged Therefore, as earlier defined in this policy, the condi­ to ask instructors about their class attendance policy if tions listed below constitute reason for academic dis­ not made explicit on the course syllabus. missal: In the event of a prolonged absence, a student is ad­ 1. Student has attempted up to 60 credits and has a vised to consult with the Office of the Dean of Students. GPA below 2.0 at the end of any four semesters. 2. Student with a history of completing three semesters Audit with a GPA below 2.0 before attempting 60 cred­ Students may register for a course with the audit option its at the end of an additional semester after attempt­ without receiving any credit or a grade. Students do not ing 60 credits. participate in class assignments and requirements. Stu­ 3. Student has attempted 60 credits and above and has dents must pay regular college fees and tuition. Tran­ a GPA below 2.0 at the end of any two semesters. scripts will reflect AU for audit. Students wishing to take Explanation of Student Appeal Procedure a course on an audit basis must complete the necessary 1. Appeals of dismissal may be made in writing to the form at the Registrar's Office during the first ten (10) appropriate Dean of the School for majors, and to the days of the fall or spring semesters or during the first Associate Vice President for Academic Mfairs and As­ three (3) days of summer sessions I or II. Once the form sociate Provost for all undeclared students. is submitted the decision is irreversible. 2. Appeals will be heard only once a year and must be filed no later than July 8 of the academic year in which Class Standing the student is dismissed. Dismissed students are no Class standing is determined based upon a student's longer entitled to the rights and privileges of a stu­ total credit hours earned. dent of William Paterson College upon due notice of Freshman: 0-23 earned hours dismissal. Sophomore: 24-57 earned hours 3. It is the responsibility of the student to provide Junior: 58-89 earned hours additional information or documentation which Senior: 90 or more earned hours might warrant reconsideration of the dismissal and reinstatement. Course Credit Load 4. The appeal process will be completed and a decision will be rendered no later than August 7. Students will Credit be notified of the decision by mail. A credit is a unit of measure of curricular work. Gener­ Reinstatement ally, a credit is awarded for one hour of class attendance A successful appeal results in reinstatement into the Col­ a week for one semester. In some studies, such as studio lege. Reinstatement is not automatic. The decision re­ or laboratory courses, several hours may be required to garding reinstatement will be based on such factors as earn one credit. (but not limited to) the following: 1. Evidence of adherence to terms of the Academic Agree­ ment made with the College during semesters with a GPA below 2.0.

31 GENERAL INFORMATION

Full-Time Students Students completing 128 credits in Note: A student may be precluded from repeating eight (8) semesters requires an average load of 16 credits courses in instances in which this policy conflicts with per semester, although up to 19 credits in some major other academic College policies or licensing requirements programs may be carried without special approval. Reg­ by OUtside agencies. istration for more than this number of credits per semes­ ter is permitted only under unusual circumstances ahd Course Withdrawal requires high academic standing and written approval of A student withdrawing from a course must give written the student's advisor, department chairperson and the notice to the Office of the Registrar. Failure to follow appropriate dean. this procedure will result in the recording of a grade of F. . A student must be registered throughout the semes­ For withdrawal/refund dates, please refer to the semes­ ter for a minimum of 12 credits to be considered full time. ter Master Schedule of Courses. Failure to attend classes A student who registers for a minimum full-time load and does not constitute a withdrawal from a course. Students then withdraws from courses, bringing the credit load seeking to withdraw from all courses must follow the below the minimum full-time requirements, relinquishes procedures described under the Leave of Absence/ full-time status. Withdrawal section in this catalog. Part-Time Students Students carrying fewer than 12 credits are part-time students. Credit by Exam and Experience Nondegree Students The nondegree student is limited Credit by Examination to part-time enrollment each semester and may take a Currently registered undergraduate students in good maximum of 24 credits as a nondegree student. To pro­ standing may receive credit for certain courses by ceed beyond this maximum, the nondegree student must successful performance in examinations offered by apply for formal acceptance to a program through the academic departments, in examinations of the College Admissions Office. Level Examination Program (CLEP), the Thomas Edison Summer Sessions I and n Students who register for College Examination Program

32 ACADEMIC AND RELATED REGULATIONS

College policy limits the number of credits a student 1. No duplication of credit for CLEF, TECEP or CPEP may be awarded toward the baccalaureate degree through tests is permitted. CLEP, TECEF, CPEF, challenge examinations and other 2. Students who have completed content and theory ex­ credits awarded for advanced standing to a maximum of aminations may be required also to take local labora­ 98 (ninery-eight). Students who avail themselves of this tory or performance examinations under special ar­ maximum advanced standing credit are, nevertheless, rangements and with an additional fee. expected to fulfill all major program prescriptions even 3. Certain examinations may not be accepted in fulfill­ though they may exceed the minimum 128 credits for ment of baccalaureate major programs and/or certifi­ the baccalaureate degree.The various testing options are cation requirements. Students should consult major discussed more fully below. advisors about the acceptability and transferability of CLEP credit in their major sequence. 4. Unlike CLEP tests, only results of the initial testing The College-Level Examination Program is a nationally recognized series of general and subject examinations are recognized by wpc. Students are cautioned that that tests primarily the content and theory of undergradu­ passing grades earned in these examinations are added ate courses normally offered during freshman and sopho­ to their permanent record. more years. They are prepared, updated and processed Military Credit by the Educational Testing Service. United States Armed Forces Institute (USAF!) course credit The general examinations consist of tests in the five is counted as "military" credit. Correspondence courses following areas: English, humanities, mathematics, natu­ taken through an accredited college count as academic ral sciences and social studiesihistory. The College rec­ credits. College correspondence courses, USAFI courses ognizes and grants credit for a satisfactory performance or a combination of both, are limited to a total of 30 cred­ above the 25th percentile. Subject examinations are avail­ its. Speech performance courses taken by correspon­ able and are generally equivalent to freshman-sophomore dence are not accepted for credit. . electives or introductory courses in major program se­ Credit for military service schools is granted in accor­ quences. Some subject examinations are equivalent to dance with the recommendations published by theAmeri­ single-semester, 3-credit courses; others to two-semester, can Council of Education (ACE) in the publication A 6-credit sequences. The College recognizes and grants Guide to the Evaluation ofEducational Experiences in credit for a satisfactory performance in these examina­ the Armed Services. Since no military credit will be tions for a minimum standard score of 45. awarded to a student unless the work w.as completed Credit for the required freshman English course, Writ­ prior to entry, any desired USAF! courses should be taken ing Effective Prose, ENG 1l0, is granted only upon suc­ while still on station before enrolling at wpc. cessful completion of the subject examination, "College Credit for Veterans Composition with Essay." Following the recommendations of the American Coun­ Credit is awarded to students after the initial test or cil of Education (ACE), the College awards credit to quali­ the first retest only. Since CLEP tests are primarily geared fied veterans for military and academic experiences. Each to freshman-sophomore levels, a student may be granted veteran who has served at least one complete year in a maximum of 60 credits through these tests whenever service is awarded 3 credits for military service. In addi­ earned. Any currently enrolled student who has tion, veterans may apply for an evaluation of any courses completed 60 credits or more is ineligible to take they may have completed in special training schools, cor­ the CLEP general examinations. respondence schools and academic courses completed When applicable to the student's major program, such under the auspices of the United States Armed Forces examinations in CLEP may be taken only with the prior Institute. The College adheres strictly to the minimum permission of the major department and the appropriate recommendation for credit by ACE and USAFI. dean and only prior to the completion of 90 credits. Such permission must be received by the registrar in writing Air Force ROTC prior to the student's application for CLEP subject ex­ William Paterson College students can earn appointments aminations. as commissioned officers in the United States Air Force Prior to the completion of 90 credits, subject exami­ through an ROTC crosstown agreement with the New nations may be taken for elective or general education Jersey Institute ofTechnology (NJlT). Students with rwo credit. Special permission is not required. or more years of college remaining, in either undergradu­ The Center for Continuing Education maintains a list ate or graduate programs, are eligible to apply. Credits of CLEP exams and their course equivalencies at wpc. for all aerospace study courses taught at NJIT are appli­ TECEP and CPEP cable as free elective credits toward graduation from wpc. For information on the conditions, benefits and proce­ The College recognizes credit earned in TECEP exams, dures of the program, contact the Office of the Registrar. sponsored by Thomas Edison College of New Jersey, and CPEP exams, sponsored by the New York State Regents External Degree Program. WPC recognizes and accepts a grade of C or better on some examinations presently available in these series, sub­ ject to the following restrictions:

33 G~INFORMATION

Curriculum Individualization classification (e.g., sophomore, junior, senior) and in defining full-time student status. To continue at the Col­ The degree programs outlined in the respective majors lege, students must either achieve satisfactory scores on represent minimum requirements for all students who the basic skills placement test or complete assigned re­ wish to receive a baccalaureate degree from William Pater­ medial courses successfully before enrolling for their 46th son College. The College does, however, offer credit op­ credit. Students who fail a basic skills course twice, or tions to students who demonstrate unusual experiences, fail two different basic skills courses, will be reviewed interests and abilities. by the appropriate academic authority. Undergraduate students may receive course credit, ad­ Before students may enroll in ENG 110, Writing Effec­ vanced placement or advanced standing. Criteria include tive Prose, or advanced mathematics courses, they must school records, official documents and various examina­ pass any required basic skills courses in the appropriate tions referred to in the section on Credit by Exam and areas. All students must earn a grade of C or better in Experience. Credit thus gained may be used to acceler­ ENG 110, Writing Effective Prose. Normally, students ate or enrich a student's program. Students who wish to meet this requirement in the freshman year and must complete a degree in a shorter period of time may pur­ meet it before start of the junior year. Students whose sue these various acceleration options. Students who wish first language is not English, as determined by the Test of to complete work or courses beyond those ordinarily English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) score, must pass prescribed in a major or for a degree may choose enrich- ESL 101 and ESL 102, English as a Second Language, be­ ment opportunities. . fore enrolling in either regular or specially designated Students must take responsibility for making sure sections of ENG 110, as detertnined by a professor's evalu­ that their selection of courses meets the require­ ations or placement tests. ments of their'chosen degree program; they should consult regularlywith their faculty advisor for guid­ 2. General Education Requirements ance. The goal of general education is to provide broad, coher­ ent knowledge for the development of individuals and Degree Requirements their participation as citizens in society. Familiarity with a broad range of academic disciplines and the acquisi­ To qualify for an undergraduate degree at WPC, a student tion of general intellectual skills fosters critical and cre­ must earn a minimum of 128 of the correct credits in ative thinking, effective writing and communication and an authorized program of study to which one has the formation of humanistic values. been duly admitted, achieve a minimum 2.0 (C) cumu­ To this end, general education courses introduce the lative grade-point average and a 2.0 average in the major. student to basic concepts and methods in major fields of Some majors may require a major GPA greater than 2.00 knowledge. The collective aim of these courses is to de­ for admission and/or retention in the major. velop an appreciation of literature and the arts, an un­ Degree requirements are normally composed of the derstanding of the natural world and knowledge of our following components: own and other societies and cultures. 1. College Basic Skills Program Approximately 60 credits of general education course­ On March 18, 1977, the New Jersey Board of Higher Edu­ work must be completed for the bachelor of arts and cation mandated a basic skills program to test all enter­ bachelor of science degrees. General education require­ ing students in state public colleges and to provide ments differ for students receiving the bachelor of fine remediation in reading, writing and mathematics for those arts or bachelor of music degrees. students whose performance on tests in these areas is The general education requirement is divided into two unsatisfactory according to current college standards. parts: the basic general education requirements (53-54 Although the state mandate has been eliminated, assess­ credits) and general education electives (6 credits). Spe­ ment of basic skills at William Paterson College contin­ cific courses must be selected in fulfillment of the fol­ ues to be conducted through administration of a Basic lowing general education areas. Refer to the Master Skills Placement Test, which consists of the following: Schedule for the specific courses permissible in each essay, reading comprehension, sentence sense, compu­ category. tation and elementary algebra. BASIC GENERAL EDUCATION Tests are required by the College for all students who REQUIREMENT 59-60 CREDITS are accepted as new freshmen, for transfer students who A. Arts and Communication 6 credits have not taken these tests or completed equivalent En­ Art glish/mathematics courses,for international students and Communication for nondegree students registering for the 12th credit. Music Students needing remediation are placed in appropri­ Theatte ate courses to develop essential academic skills during (No more than 3 credits may be taken in any depart­ the first semester. These courses are required and are ment.) prerequisite to all other English and mathematics courses, B.Humanities 21 credits as well as some GE courses. Basic skills courses appear Writing Effective Prose 3 on the student's transcript, but do not count toward the Foreign Language (dependent upon placement) 0-6 credits required for a baccalaureate degree. Credits earned History 6 in remedial courses are included in detertnining students' Literature 3 Philosophy 3 ACADEMICAND RELATED REGULATIONS

C. Science 11-12 credits 4. Upper-Level Electives Mathematics 34 Nine (9) credits of upper-level electives (200 or above) Science 8 outside the major, collateral areas and above the 100 level. D. Social Science 9 credits Anthropology 5. Teacher Education (only for students Geography seeking teacher certification) Political Science Students seeking certification to teach in the public Psychology school system must complete a specific program of study Sociology determined according to the type of certification pur­ Economics sued. Refer to the section of this catalog describing the (No more than 3 credits may be taken in anyone area.) School of Education and the Department of CurrIcu­ E. Other 6 credits lum and InstructiQn for further details on teacher cer­ 1. A course in health or movement science 3 tification requirements. 2. A course dealing with racism 6. Free Elective Courses and/or sexism in America 3 Students are encouraged to explore areas of study not F. GE Electives credits 6 included under the general education designation and Chosen from a gtoup of upper-level (200- or above) not included in the major or collateral areas' course of courses or any other acceptable GE courses;these may study. The number of credits of free electives required not be in the major or collateral areas. in each program is determined by subtracting the total G. Non-Western Culture of credits in general education, the major, teacher certifi­ Each student takes at least one course in some aspect cation where applicable and upper level electives from of non-Western cultures. You may choose any course 128.. from the approved list that is published each semes­ ter in the Master Schedule. This requirement is unique Important Note: All freshmen must take the course, in the curriculum as it does not require you to take an WPC 101, Freshman Seminar. In a small class setting stu­ additional three credits. You may take a non-Western dents develop a close relationship with a faculty mem­ cultures course as part of general education, the ber who helps introduce the WPC experience. major, upper level electives or free electives and Waivers from college curriculum requirements may be also count it toward this requirement. This is the provided when deemed educationally advantageous for only instance of counting the same course in two an individual student.When the need for a waiver arises categories. because of requirements for mandated courses set by an Important Note: Some departments require that cer­ outside accrediting agency, priority is given to the re­ tain specific courses must be selected in one or more quirement of the accrediting agency. A student who re­ general education categories for particular majors. Stu­ quests a waiver should apply to the major department' dents are therefore urged to consult with their faculty chairperson, who then forwards the request to the ap­ advisor in selection of courses to meet GE requirements. propriate academic dean. 3. The Major 7. Academic Residency Requirement Each student must pursue a discipline or course of study All students must complete the last thirty (30) credits in in sufficient depth to be acquainted with both the basic residence at this institution. body of knowledge therein and the frontiers to which it 8. Time Limit for Degree reaches. Credit requirements for the various academic A baccalaureate degtee lhust be completed within a pe­ majors vary according to type of progtani. Courses ap­ riod of ten years from the time the student first ma­ plied to a major may not be used to fulfill general triculated. Waivers and extensions of time must be ap­ education requirements. proved by the school dean. In a bachelor of arts progtam, major courses total be- tween 30 and 40 credits. . Extracurricular Activities In a bachelor of science program, up to 60 credits may Academic policies and related procedures governing be required. extracurricular activities are enumerated in College Policy In specialized degree progtams, such as the bachelor Number 10, approved by the president upon rec­ of fine arts and the bachelor of music, major course re­ ommendation of the senate and student services,revised quirements often exceed 60 credits. 9/22/87. The policy component is excerpted below: Multiple Major Courses of Study I. Extracurricular activities are here defined as partici­ A student can select a second major course of study. Upon pation in any clubs, athletics or organizations recog­ successfully completing an additional major, the student nized by the College or any of its agencies and which is awarded a single degtee. Notation of completed major do not receive academic credit. courses of study are made on the student's official tran­ II. All extracurricular activities shall be open to all full­ script. The student determines the primary major, but is time and part-time students who have paid the, counted as a full maj?r in each progtam. appropriate student activity fees, except where the organizations are members of national bodies that have more stringent requirements.

35 GENERAL INFORMATION

III. The following limitations should apply only to stu­ Grades dents who are holding office and/or participating in The WPC grading system is as follows: activities that require a regular commitment of three A, A- Excellent or more hours per week. B+, B, B- Good A. Extracurricular eligibility will be monitored once C+,C,C­ Satisfactory a year in August after the summer session is D+,D Minimally passing completed. Since "automatic" or academic proba­ F Failing tion is monitored in June, a student who is put on P Passed course, taken on a pass/fail basis academic probation has 14 months on academic (equivalent to A-D) probation to raise the GPA to a 2.0 or above be­ IN Incomplete fore becoming ineligible to participate in extra­ N Unacceptable, must repeat (Writing Effective curricular activities. Each student is entitled to only Prose and Basic Skills) one year of participating in extracurricular activi­ M Missing, no grade submitted ties while on probation. If after spending one year WD Withdrawn officially on probation and becoming ineligible to partici­ AU Audit pate the student once again falls below a 2.0, he Grade Point Values or she is then immediately ineligible to participate A 4.0 until the GPA is raised to a 2.0: A- 3.7 B. Where any outside organization stipulates "nor­ B+ 3.3 mal academic progress" for full-time students as a B 3.0 requirement for participation, such progress will B- 2.7 be defined as follows: C+ 2.3 1. Taking 12 credits in the semester of participa­ C 2.0 tion to avoid extracurricular activities proba­ C- 1.7 tion D+ 1.3 2. Completing successfully 24 credits the previ­ D 1.0 ous 12 months of academic study to avoid ex­ F 0 tracurricular activities probation. This condi­ Grade Regulations tion shall not apply to students who have never A report of the student's grades is entered on the official previously had full-time status at William Pater­ record and is altered only upon the initiation of the in­ son College or who have only had full-time sta­ structor and the approval of the department chairper­ tus the previous semester. son and the appropriate dean, except under extraordi­ C. Where no outside organization stipulates "normal nary circumstances. In some cases, the privilege of academic progress" for full-time students as a re­ re-examination is permitted. quirement for participation such required progress will be defined as follows: Incomplete Grades 1. Full-time status students are required to success­ Grades of Incomplete (IN) must be removed from the fully complete 24 credits in the previous 12 record within the 30-day period immediately following months to avoid extracurricular activities pro­ the beginning of the succeeding fall or spring semester. bation All grades of IN not changed by the appropriate time to a 2. Part-time status students must successfully com­ letter grade upon the recommendation of the proper fac­ plete 12 credits in the previous 12 months to ulty member are automatically changed to a grade of F avoid extracurricular activities probation. by the registrar. For purposes of dismissal policy, extra­ D. A student who is dismissed from school for rea­ curricular participation and financial aid, such an Incom­ sons of academic standing who is later reinstated plete shall be treated as an F grade. It shall be treated as may participate in extracurricular activities after an IN for these purposes only if the student receives a meeting the following criteria: written statement from the professor or chairperson of 1. One year of nonparticipation after reinstate­ the academic department requesting a continuation. ment Pass/Fail Option 2. A GPA of 2.0 or above. 1. Students are allowed to register for maximum of one E. Those students who do not begin participation in course (3-4 credits) per semester and no more than a extracurricular activities their first year of college total of 4 courses during their academic career. To must have a GPA of 2.0 when they begin exercise this option, students must complete a Pass/ participation. Those who begin participation with Fail Contract form within the First ten days of the a GPA of below 2.0 will automatically be put on semester in Raubinger Hall, Room 104. The Pass/ extracurricular activities probation. Fail Option may be requested the first day of the 2nd IV Students whose extracurricular activities are limited Quarter Session for 2nd Quarter courses. The deci­ by this policy may wish to explain extenuating sion to take a course on a pass/fail basis cannot be circumstances, which would allow them to partici­ reversed once the form has been submitted. pate in extracurricular activities. A standing review committee shall be formed by the senate to hear such appeals.

36 ACADEMICAND RELATED REGULATIONS

2. The pass/fail option may be used for ftee elective 5. Each step in the procedure must be initiated within courses and general education courses, except Writ­ 10 working days of the faculty or department re­ ing Effective Prose. It may not be used for major or sponse. Dated, written statements are required at each minor courses or directed electives. (fhis count does step. Likewise, at each level, the faculty member(s), not include any general education, elective or major chairperson or Department Executive Council (or courses which can only be taken pass/fail.) other appropriate department committee) must com­ 3. A grade of P shall count in the number of credits plete a review of all pertinent written materials prior earned, but not in the cumulative grade point aver­ to rendering their decision, in writing, within 10 work­ age.A grade of F counts in the grade point average. ing days of receipt of complaint materials. Students who wish to exercise the pass/fail option In case the faculty member has verifiably been un­ are reminded of certain limitations in the concept and .able to be contacted, or in other instances of extenu­ of potential difficulties which they may encounter. ating circumstances affecting students or faculty, it is Not only are grades of P not counted in the student's understood that the student's right to appeal will not grade point average, but also the student may find that be jeopardized, and the time constraints will be ex­ grades of P are not transferable to other colleges and tended. Due process must be followed at each step of may not be recognized by some graduate schools. this procedure. No grade will be changed by anyone Procedures for Investigating Complaints other than the faculty member who assigned it unless About Grades or Student Academic there is convincing evidence that the assignment of Performance the original grade was inconsistent with professional standards in the discipline. Students who are dissatisfied with treatment by a faculty 6. Each student who registers a complaint with a depart­ member in reference to grades or student academic per­ ment chairperson must be given a copy of this policy. formance should pursue the following procedure: A copy must be attached to the appeal and signed by 1. Speak directly to the faculty member within 10 work­ the student to indicate that he/she has been given a ing days of the receipt of grade or incident related to copy of this procedure, has read it and understands it student academic performance. If, after repeated at­ before the appeal can proceed. tempts, a student is unable to reach the faculty mem­ ber .within 10 working days, the student must notify Independent Study the department chairperson in writing within that 10 working-day period. The purpose of the undergraduate independent study pro­ 2. If, after discussion with the faculty member, the stu­ gram at William Paterson College is to encourage self-edu­ dent is dissatisfied with the outcome, the student cation under the auspices of a faculty supervisor. The should contact the department chairperson present­ program is open to junior and senior students who have ing a dated, written statement describing the specific shown themselves responsible and capable of self-direc­ basis for the complaint. The written material must tion and who possess a grade point average of at least include any pertinent documentation to substantiate 3.0, both overall and in the major, or in the field of the the student's complaint. At this time, the student will independent study. Independent study cannot substitute also provide the faculty member with a copy of these for an existing course, but may be utilized in lieu of a written materials. degree requirement. 3. The department chairperson will try to resolve the A student cannot undertake an independent study for issue by reaching a settlement that is agreed upon by which the student has had no background. The choice of both the student and the faculty member. If the issue an independent study should be initiated by the student. is not resolved at the chairperson's level, the student An application form, with a one-page prospectus, should request that the d~partment chairperson con­ should be submitted to the sponsoring faculty member. vene the Department Executive Council (or other The application form requires the approval of the fac­ appropriate department committee) to hear the ap­ ulty member, the department chairperson and the dean peal, consult with the faculty member concerned, of the appropriate school. The completed application then submit a decision to the department chairper­ must be submitted by the dean to the registrar no later son. When the faculty member involved is the chair­ than the late registration period for the semester in which person, the student may request that the dean of the the independent study is to be undertaken. This dead­ school convene the Department Executive Council line may be moved to an earlier time at the discretion of (or other appropriate department committee). a department.The prospectus should include the follow­ 4. If not satisfied with the Department Executive ing: Council's (or other appropriate department 1. Statement of the purpose of the project committee's) decision, the student may ask the dean 2. Description of the proposed methodology to be used of that school to bring the matter to the School Coun­ in carrying out the independent study cil for a decision by the department chairpersons of 3. Brief preliminary bibliography the school concerned. This will constitute the 4. A proposed time schedule College's final decision. The chairperson of the de­ 5. If the project is expected to continue for two or more partment concerned will not take part in the final vote. semesters, it should be clearly stated which part of the proposed work should be completed by the end of each semester

37 GENERAL INFORMATION

6. Description of the final product which will be evalu­ Students who withdraw from the College (from all their ated for independent study credit. courses) must apply for readmission through the Admis­ TItree credits of independent study may be undertaken sions Office according to the admissions calendar. Read­ in a given semester; no more than 9 credits of indepen­ mission is not automatic; college or department enroll­ dent study may be credited toward degree requirements. ment restrictions and other considerations may not Credit and grade are awarded by the faculty sponsor. permit return during a particular semester. Students who are not in good standing upon withdrawal and subse­ Leave of AbsenceIWithdrawal quently seek readmission must simultaneously seek re­ admission to a major, if previously declared. Leave of Absence A leave of absence can be granted for one academic year Outcomes Assessment (two semesters). A student must be in good standing in In order for the College to improve its academic programs order to be eligible to take a leave of absence. and student services,periodic assessments of student per­ If a student is not in good standing, a leave of ab­ ceptions and student outcomes will be conducted. All sence cannot be granted, and the student electing to leave students will participate in a variety of assessment activi­ school must withdraw from the College (see below).A ties during their college careers. The assessment infor­ leave of absence must be applied for at least 30 days prior mation obtained will be used only to improve the quality to the last day of classes of the semester for which it is of the education experience for students. applicable. All sophomores, juniors and seniors can obtain the forms for a leave of absence from the Counseling Center, Registration and Obligation of Matelson 109, 595-2257. All leave of absence forms for Payment freshmen can be obtained through the Freshman Life Once students have submitted a course request card to Office, Matelson 161,595-2219. the registrar or otherwise completed a registration trans­ Withdrawal from College action, students have entered into an agreement with the College and are liable for payment of all tuition and fees A withdrawal from the College will not be refused to :jlly whether or not they elect to attend classes. This policy matriculated student. A withdrawal is for an indefinite will apply regardless of a student's claim of "never hav­ length of time and is in force until the student chooses ing attended classes" or that"no tuition payment had been to apply for readmission. Withdrawal should not be con­ made." Any student who registers and later decides not fused with dropping a course. to attend the College must contact the Dean of Students Nonattendance in classes does not constitute a with­ Office no later than the close of the sixth day of classes drawal from the College. For matriculated sophomores, for fall and spring semesters. juniors or seniors, a withdrawal from college must be officially processed through the Counseling Center, Undeclared Students Matelson 109,595-2257. Matriculated freshmen seeking withdrawal must contact the Freshman Life Office, Students who exercise their option not to select a major program when first enrolling in the College are classified Matelson 161,595-2219. Nonmatriculated students who as undeclared students. Such students should normally wish to withdraw from the College during the school attempt to complete the general education requlrement year are required to complete the appropriatce form avail­ able at the Registrar's Office. during the first two years and should normally apply for admission to a major program during the sophomore year. Applications for admission to a major program are available from theAdyisement Center in Wayne Hall. Stu­ dents who have not declared a major by the time they have completed 60 credits may be denied permission to register.

38 SPECIAL PROGRAMS

SPECIAL PROGRAMS

Pre-Medical Programs onstrate potential for academic success. Inquiries should be directed to the EOF program, Raubinger Hall, Students interested in careers in medicine, osteopathy, 595-2181. podiatry, dentistry or veterinary medicine should see Pre­ Professional Programs under the School of Science Continuing Education and Health, ahead. The Center for Continuing Education offers a variety of Pre-Law Preparation continuing professional education and special programs that serve the external and campus communities. Pro­ Although there is no prescribed pre-law curriculum, stu­ grams range from leadership training for high school stu­ dents are generally advised to concentrate on a course of dents to Elderhostel for senior adults. study to develop effective methods of study, communi­ Conferences, workshops, seminars and short courses cation and thought. The selection of a major may be based for professionals are reflective of the academic depart­ on the student's individual interests and talents. Courses ments of the College, and are developed with the faculty in advanced English composition, accounting, econom­ to respond to the need to remain current in one's field. ics, mathematics, philosophy, science, social science and The latest methods, techniques, theories and ideas in humanities are generally useful in developing the apti­ various areas are explored in these programs by mem­ tude to think analytically and logically and are often rec­ bers of the William Paterson College faculty and national ommended. The student is advised to plan an undergradu­ and local specialists. ate course of study with the advice of an advisor and in The majority of continuing education programs are consultation with the various law school catalogs avail­ scheduled on Fridays and/or Saturdays and are offered able in the Office of Career Services. Applications for for upper-level undergraduate or graduate credit and/or the Law School Aptitude Test (LSA1) may be obtained at noncredit (continuing education units may be earned). the Academic Information Counter in Wayne Hall. Many participants come from outside of the College with WPC students, faculty and staff encouraged to attend of­ Office of Minority Education ferings that are of special interest to them. The Office of Minority Education (OME) was created to Credit for prior learning is available through the meet the special needs of the institution in recruiting College Level Examination Program (CLEP) currently and retaining minority students. The office reports to administered through the Center. For further informa­ the academic vice president and provost and has aca­ tion, students may contact the Center for Continuing demic as well as student services responsibilities. The Education. . office is responsible for tracking the academic progress The Center administers summer sessions and off­ of minority students, working with faculty to enhance campus credit courses. Further information is available student performance, supporting efforts to attract more from the Center for Continuing Education. minority students, supporting minority student organi­ zations and enhancing the minority students' academic Summer Sessions and social life on the campus. Inquiries should be directed The College offers two separate sessions comprised of to Office of Minority Education, Coach House, 595-3103. day and evening courses during the summer months. An extensive program schedule includes courses that serve The Educational Opportunity regularly enrolled and visiting students, and intensive Fund Program seminars and institutes designed for special audiences. Information about both sessions is available upon request The Educational Opportunity Fund program (EOF) is a from the Center for Continuing Education. special admissions and support program for students who are educationally underprepared and financially disadvan­ Semester Abroad taged. The program is designed to provide fmancial sup­ port and a broad range of educational and counseling Semester Abroad, a 15-credit program, is open to stu­ assistance for all eligible students. dents above the level of freshman and involves directed The program offers students the opportunity to begin study and individual research at selected institutions in their college experience in a summer program organized Denmark, Great Britain, Israel, Australia, Greece and to assist students to become familiar with the academic Spain. To qualify as an applicant, a student must have a demands of higher education, to strengthen basic skills minimum 2.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale and must be approved and to gain exposure to the campus and college life.The by a review committee selected from the College staff. EOF program also assists students in their personal and Students who wish to use this experience in any social adjustment to college. To be eligible, students must way related to their major programs must also receive have been residents of New Jersey for the past year, have authorization from their major department. Additional a gross family income that meets state criteria and dem- information is available from the Office of Student Development.

39 GENERAL INFORMATION

Honors Programs International Management International Management students of exceptional ability and interest become eli­ Biopsychology The honors program in biopsychology gible for the International Management Honors Program draws on discoveries in such fieltls as behavior genetics, during the first semester of the sophomore year. The neuroanatomy, brain chemistry, neurophysiology, psycho­ program combines both regular and special honors sec­ pharmacology and many others to unravel the biology of tion courses in economics, business administration, po­ the mind and behavior.The National Science Foundation litical science and accounting with foreign language and awarded two grants to support the development of this area studies such as history, geography and anthropol­ program. As with all honors programs at WPC, ogy in Latin American, Far Eastern or European affairs. biopsychology is not a major, but a distinctive cluster of Students graduate with a bachelor's degree in their ma­ courses that adds breadth to, and reinforces students' jor, with honors in international management. chosen majors. There are eight model curricula for students majoring Open to majors in psychology, biology, chemistry, in either business administration, economics, account­ sociology and nursing, this program is highly recom­ ing, political science, history, geography, sociology or mended for students planning graduate study including foreign languages. This program has been made possible, premedical/dental/veterinary/graduate nursing students in part, by a grant under the Foreign Language and Area and, in general, those students interested in clinical Studies title of the National Defense Education Act and or research careers As an honors program, biopsychology was selected by the Council on Learning as one of 50 is designed for highly motivated individuals seeking exemplary programs of international education in the opportunities both to learn and to demonstrate United States. excellence. Interested students begin with a set of foundation Graduate Programs courses carefully selected to provide a firm basis for the study of more advanced disciplines. Foundation courses The College offers graduate programs leading to the mas­ begin in the freshman year. Students begin taking the ter of arts, master of science, master of education and core biopsychology courses in the junior year. The cur­ master of business administration degrees. riculum is enriched with seminars, discussion groups, Detailed information'about programs, course offerings research opportunities and speaker series. Students and and admission requirements may be obtained by contact­ faculty participate together in a closely knit academic ing the Admissions Office. community. Freshman Seminar Humanities The Humanities Honors Program provides a humanistic focus on a student's course of studies. Draw­ WPC 101 - Freshman Seminar (1 credit) ing upon literature, art, philosophy, history and religion, A required course for all students admitted as freshmen. the program examines a wide variety of human ideals, This academic course is designed to introduce students goals and values from the classical to the modern era. to the William Paterson College experience and includes Students majoring in the humanities, the social or physi­ the following course goals: cal sciences, business or the professions can benefit from 1. To make students aware of and feel comfortable with the perspective afforded by the humanistic disciplines. College resources Courses are team taught by faculty members of the hu­ 2. To help students facilitate the establishment of manities departments who discuss the evolving patterns connections with each other, faculty and staff of human self-awareness in the great writers of the clas­ 3. To provide students with an understanding of their sical, medieval, early modern and contemporary worlds. rights and responsibilities The program makes ample use of guest speakers, films 4. To empower students to solve problems they and special events to enhance regular classes. Students may encounter in their academic and personal also have the opportunity to work independently on pri­ development vate projects. 5. To lead students to appreciate themselves as agents in their educational process 6. To develop students' ability to respond intellectually to their classes and environment.

40 I CURRENTLY ACTIVE DEGREE PROGRAMS

SCHOOL OF THE ARTS AND SCHOOL OF SCIENCE AND HEALTH COMMUNICATION Biology (B.S.) Biotechnology (B.S./M.S.) Art (B.A.) Chemistry (B.S.) Communication (B.A.) Community Health/School Health Education (B.S.) DramaticArts (B.A.) Computer Science (B.S.) FineArts (B.EA.) Environmental Science (B.S.) Liberal Studies (B.A.) Geography (B.A.) Music (B.A.) Liberal Studies (B.A.) Music (B.M.) Mathematics (B.A.) Nursing (B.S.) Physical Education (B.S.) SCHOOL OF EDUCATION Speech Pathology (B.A.) Elementary Education - Professional preparation program for teacher certification" Subject Field - Professional preparation program for teacher certification· Special Education (B.A.) *Students seeking teacher certification are required to have an academic major offered by one of the other schools within the College. A complete list of these majors is found on page 72 of the catalog.

SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES, MANAGE­ MENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Accounting (B.S.) African,African-American and Caribbean Studies (B.A.) Business Administration (B.S.) Economics (B.S.) English (B.A.) History (B.A.) Liberal Studies (B.A.; Humanities or Social Sciences) Philosophy (B.A.) Political Science (B.A.) Psychology (B.A.) Sociology/Anthropology (B.A.) Spanish (B.A.)

41

SCHOOL OF THE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION

George E. McCloud, Dean The school sponsors exhibits of student works and pro­ fessional artists in the Ben Shahn Gallery; dramatic and Office: Hobart Hall, 206 musical presentations in Shea Center, Hunziker Theatre The School oftheArts and Communication offers degree andWayne Recital Hall; and television programs produced programs in art, communication, dramatic arts, music and at the college studios-all of which are open to the col­ liberal studies (see theatre section for details on the lib­ lege community and the public. Students have ample eral studies program) for students interested in profes­ access to the facilities in each major and enjoy a close sional careers in these disciplines, including teaching, or relationship with the faculty. in developing avocational interests.

DEPARTMENT OF ART

Professors: D. Haxton, A. Lazarus (chairperson), The B.A. and B.EA. degrees are planned to enhance K. Lunde, L. Paris, R. Reed, G. Schubert, D. Shapiro visual perception, cultivate independent thinking and pre­ Associate Professors: J. Brown, M. Fay, C. Magistro, W. pare students for a variety of careers that require a keenly Muir, M. Rothman, S. Smith developed sensitivity in the visual arts. Assistant Professors: L. Farber, J. Golojuch, H. Heller­ Faculty members and guest lecturers are selected with Ramsay (half time), D. Horton (half time), L. Prince, J. great care. Each has a solid background professionally Sadler and educationally. The faculty is dedicated to the most Instructor: J. VanPutten, G. Telfer rigorous standards of scholastic and artistic endeavor, yet Gallery Director: A. Einreinhofer realize that students work best within a pleasant, warm supportive atmosphere. Small classes provide the indi­ The Department of Art at William Paterson College is lo­ vidual attention so necessary for each student to reach cated in the 50,000 sq. ft. Ben Shahn Center for the Vi­ their utmost potential. sualArts. Situated in the same structure are the Ben Shahn Fully equipped studios in all concentrations provide Galleries, well known for excellence in exhibitions and the resources necessary for the actualization of a wide lectures and a vital component of the department and range of 2- and 3-dimensional art areas.The department's the College. computer graphics lab is equipped with the most up-to­ Thedepartment offers the bachelor of fine arts (B.EA.) date hardware and software. The animation component and bachelor of arts (B.A.) degrees in a Wide variety of is recognized as a leader nationwide. areas. Within the B.EA. concentrations are computer as Close proximity to New York City enables our students an art medium, painting, printmaking, sculpture, pho­ to take advantage of its exciting number of galleries, tography, ceramics, textiles, graphic design and furniture museums, plays, dance performances and more. Tours design. Within the B.A. concentrations are art history and of the city, visits to agencies and artists' studios and guest studio art. Certification in teaching is also offered. lecturers complement the programs of study. The B.EA. degree is oriented to those students whose The Department of Art conducts a mandatory sopho­ objectives are inclined toward liberal arts training within more and junior review of all B.EA. candidates. This re­ a most rigorous professional studio arts program. view is held to assess the achievement level of a student's

43 ARTSAND COMMUNICATION work and to aid an awareness of individual strengths and ARTS 320 Advanced Painting 3 weaknesses. It is also an opportunity to discuss artistic ARTS 321 Watercolor 3 and intellectual objectives as they relate to the student's ARTS 330 Advanced Printmaking 3 chosen career.The objective of this review is to prepare ARTS 331 lithography 3 candidates for their senior thesis review in each area of ARTS 340 Advanced Ceramics 3 visual arts. ARTS 360 Advanced Textile Design 3 Regular student exhibitions are held in the Student Cen­ ARTS 370 Photo lighting and Techniques 3 ter galleries and a yearly juried student exhibition is held ARTS 371 Advanced Photography 3 in Ben Shahn Center for the Visual Arts. Students are en­ Concentration Studio Major 15 credits couraged to participate in both college and public exhi­ (By Advisement) bitions. The department reserves the right to hold stu­ dent works for the purpose of exhibitions fur up to two Studio Major-Portfolio Required 3 credits years. ARTS 495 Senior Thesis Project 3 Applicants for admission to the B.F.A. program must B.A. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS submit a portfolio of their work. STUDIO CONCENTRATION 39 CREDITS Portfolio should include sketch books, finished and unfinished drawings, paintings, watercolors, graphic de­ Art History 9 credits signs, slides where appropriate. Select works that best ARTH 101 Approaches to Western Art 3 represent you. ARTH 201 Approaches to ModemArt 3 The first page should include a typewritten essay that ARTH Art History Elective 3 discusses the applicant's educational objectives and why Studio Foundations 15 credits acceptance to the art department at William Paterson ARTS 105 Drawing 3 College will assist the applicant in attaining these objec­ ARTS 110 3-D Design 3 tives. Also include awards or citations received. ARTS 120 2-D Design 3 ARTS 205 life Drawing 3 ARTS 220 Painting and Color Theory 3 CURRICULUM Major Fine Arts Studio Requirements 15 credits Five studio courses by advisement B.F.A. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 99 CREDITS ART HffiTORY CONCENTRATION 39 CREDITS Art History 15 credits Art History Core 12 credits ARTH 110 Western Art I 3 ARTH 110 WesternArt I 3 ARTH 210 Western Art IT 3 ARTH 210 WestemArt IT 3 ARTH 215 Modem Art I 3 ARTH 215 ModemArt I 3 ARTH 315 ModernArt II 3 ARm 315 ModernArt II 3 ARTH Art History elective 3 Electives 27 credits Studio Foundations 18 credits Art history majors may elect any nine upper-level art ARTS 105 Drawing 3 history courses by advisement. ARTS 110 3-D Design 3 ARTS 120 2-D Design 3 MINOR REQUIREMENTS: STUDIO ART ARTS 205 life Drawing 3 Choose five of the follOwing courses: ARTS 210 Sculpture 3 ARTS 105 Drawing 3 ARTS 220 Painting and Color Theory 3 ARTS 110 3-D Design 3 ARTS 120 2-D Design 3 Art Electives 15 credits ARTS 205 life Drawing 3 (By Advisement) ARTS 220 Painting and ColorTheory 3 Fine Arts Studio 200 Level Select 15 credits MINOR REQUIREMENTS: ART HffiTORY ARTS 215 Wood Materials and Design 3 ARm 101 Approaches to Western Art 3 ARTS 230 Printmaking 3 ARm 201 Approaches to ModernArt 3 ARTS 240 Ceramics 3 ARTH Art History Electives 6 ARTS 250 Introduction to Graphic Design 3 ARTS 260 Textiles and Design 3 SECONDARY EDUCATION (N-12) ARTS 270 Photography 3 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 27 CREDITS ARTS 280 Computer Paint 3 Please see chairperson in the Department of Curriculum ARTS 290 Gallery Workshop 3 and Instruction for appropriate certification sequence. Fine Arts Studio 300 Level Select 18 credits ARTS 305 Illustration Fine Arts and Design 3 ARTS 310 Advanced Sculpture 3 ARTS 315 Wood Material and Experimental Design 3

44 ART

COURSES the concerns of hunting and agricultural peoples and the complex funerary art of dynastic Egypt are discussed. Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. Prerequisite: One course in art history ARTH322 Greek and Roman Art Art History Courses A study of the classical foundation of Western art, i.e., ARm 101 Approaches to Western Art the architecture, sculpture and painting produced by the A survey course for nonart majors. Selected major peri­ Aegean, Greek, Etruscan and Roman civilizations between ods in art history and specific major movements and art­ 1500 B.c. and 300 A.D. Major themes include the inter­ ists. Introduces arts of painting, sculpture and architec­ relationships of art, religion and the state in the ancient ture; develops visual sensitivity and makes the vocabulary world and the arts of Greece and Rome as the cultural of art history meaningful. heritage of the West. Prerequisite: One course in art history ARTH 110 Western Art I Art of the prehistoric period to 1400.A study of the de­ ARm 323 Byzantine Art velopment of painting, sculpture and architecture of the A study of architecture, painting and sculpture in the prehistoric Egyptian, Mesopotamian, Aegean, Greek, Eastern Mediterranean, the Balkans and Italy from 315 to early Christian, Byzantine, Romanesque and Gothic tra­ 1453 A.D. Byzantine art is interpreted as one of the pre­ ditions. serves of the Greco-Roman heritage, an expression of a Christian imperial state and a model for Western Euro­ ARm 201 Approaches to Modern Art pean art during the Middle Ages. A study of the major movements in painting, sculpture Prerequisite: One course in art history and architecture of the nineteenth and twentieth centu­ ries in Western Europe, England and the United States. ARTH324 Medieval Art A study of the history of art from the conversion of ARm 210 Western Art II Constantine in the fourth century A.D. to the first stages Art from 1400 to 1850. A study of the development of of Renaissance style in Europe. Emphasis is placed on Western European painting, sculpture and architecture the religious character of the Middle Ages, with special of the Renaissance, baroque, rococo, neoclassic and reference to Christian dogma and themes. romantic periods. Prerequisite: One course in art history Prerequistite:ARTH 110 ARm 325 Italian Renaissance Art ARm 215 Modern Art I A study of a period of great rebirth in the visual arts in A study of the history of art from the French Revolution Italy from 1300 to 1600 and its significance to our cul­ to 1910. Emphasizes the developments of major schools tural heritage. and styles, as well as significant individual contributions. Prerequisite: One course in art history ARm 315 Modern Art II ARTH326 Northern Renaissance Art A study ofAmerican and European painting, architecture An examination of painting, sculpture and graphic me­ and sculpture from 1910 to the present. dia in Germany, the Netherlands, France and Spain, from Prerequisite:ARTH 215 approximately 1325 to 1550. Topics include the devel­ ARm 318 Forms of Art opment of narrative,printing and graphic processes;ver­ Study of the principles and practices of critiquing plays, nacular uses of traditional symbolism and themes; the concerts, paintings and film. The student can expect to persistence of medieval patterns of thought and vision analyze selected works of art to study the historical and and the social content of northern Renaissance art, with cultural background of a work of art and to read critical particular reference to the Protestant Reformation. theories of art. Special emphasis is placed on the discov­ Prerequisite: One course in art history ery of the commonalities that link forms of art. Atten­ ARTH327 Art of the Book dance at concerts, plays, exhibits and media viewings is A study of the art of the book from fifth-century manu­ required. script illumination to early twentieth-century book illus­ ARm 320 History of Design tration. Special emphasis is placed on the relationship of A detailed view of the evolution of design as an influenc­ patrons such as Charlemagne to their manuscripts, on ing factor in contemporary society. Traces the history of some outstanding cycles of manuscript illustrations such design from the industrial revolution to the present. as the Apocalypse and the Bestiary and on the contribu­ tion ofWilliam Morris and the Kelmscott Press. ARm 321 Prehistoric and Egyptian Art The early appearance of graphic and figurative pictorial ARTH328 17th and 18th Century Art language in Paleolithic sites in France and Spain (ca. A study of painting, sculpture and architecture in West­ 25,000-13,000 B.c.), such as Lascaux and Altamira and ern Europe from 1600 to 1800. The baroque and rococo Neolithic architecture, sculpture, painting and pottery styles are studied in relation to their cultural backgrounds (ca. 3,000-500 B.C.) in Malta, England, Ireland, Germany with particular emphasis on the individual styles of their and Scandinavia are studied. Ancient Egyptian art 3,500- masters. 300 B.C. is analyzed in the second half of the semester. Prerequisite: One course in art history The universality of early forms of art and their relation to

45 ARTSAND COMMUNICATION

ARm 329 Neoclassic and Romantic Art ARm 339 Ideas in Contemporary Art A study of neoclassic and romantic painting, sculpture Explores the numerous relationships between the visual and architecture from 1750 to 1850, concentrating on arts and contemporary society in its broadest sense.A France, Germany, Italy, Scandinavia and England. Move­ study of the visual arts as pragmatic phenomena in our ments and counter movements, innovation and nostal­ culture. gia for the past, reforms, overthrow and revival; the con­ ARm 399 Selected Topics cept of romanticism and neoclassicism are shown to be Topics not presently offered in other courses. Content shifting and constantly changing. changes each semester. Prerequisite: One course in art history Prerequisite: Permission of chairperson ARm 330 Modern Architecture 1-6 credits A comprehensive survey of the major architectural monu­ ARm 499 Independent Study ments from the end of the eighteenth century to the As approved and to be arranged. present; the architects and the philosophies that moti­ 1-6 credits vated them. Art Studio Courses ARm 331 Art in New York Explores New York City as the international center for ARTS 105 Drawing the visual arts. Students tour major and less familiar mu­ Study of the fundamentals of drawing. Work with various seums and landmarks of architectural importance. media to develop a firm basis for the comprehensive and ARm 332 History of Photography visual articulation of form. Outside assignments required. A study of photography, beginning with the camera ARTS 110 3-D Design obscura to the present day. Investigations of the aesthetic, Design as it applies to 3-dimensional forms. Skill in han­ social and technical ingredients contributing to its devel­ dling tools and various sculptural materials is stressed, as opment. Contributions of important photographers and is the interrelationship with 2-dimensional design. Out­ inventors from Europe and America are analyzed and side assignments required. discussed. ARTS 120 2-D Design . ARm 333 History of FUm An investigation in visual perception of two dimensional Screening of important films in the history of this vital media. Various color theories and techniques explored art form. Lectures and discussions lead to an understand­ for personal development of form and content. ing of film as a visual medium. ARTS 205 life Drawing ARm 334 Modern European FUm A developmental approach: a series of drawing exercises A survey of the major European films from World War n with emphasis on the human figure and the plastic ar­ to the present and their aesthetic, social and technical ticulation of its construction in a variety of media. Out­ importance. side assignments required. Prerequisite:ARTS 105 ARm 335 History of Nonfiction FUm The history of the so-called documentary cinema. Cov­ ARTS 206 Graphic Delineation ers cinema from a political, historical, social, governmen­ Basic course in graphic and instrument drawing tech­ tal, industrial and propaganda point of view. Includes the niques. Lettering and graphic presentation,free hand and development of documentary film from its beginning in instrument studies in orthographic, isometric and per­ the early twentieth century to the present. Emphasizes spective projections. Outside assignments required. nonfiction film from Western Europe, Russia, Great Brit­ ARTS 210 ~pture ain and America. This course is designed to assist the student in the de­ ARm 336 Art and Film. velopment and production of sculpture projects. Instruc­ The study of film as a non-narrative medium. Emphasizes tion in a variety of materials and their fabrication, clay, the history of the independent film. Recent films and vid­ cardboard, moldmaking and construction. eotapes by artists serve as a basis for production of film Prerequisite:ARTS 105, 110 by the students in class. ARTS 215 Wood Materials and Design ARm 337 Art ofIndia, China and Japan This course introduces the student to fundamental Survey of the arts of India, China and Japan presented in modelmaking processes, concentrating on their applica­ their historical and cultural context. tion to utilitarian design. Drawing and research of vari­ Prerequisite: One course in art history ous projects with demonstrations. Prerequisite:ARTS 105,110 ARm 338 Islamic Art and Architecture An in-depth study of painting, decorative arts and archi­ ARTS 220 Painting and Color Theory tecture within their cultural contexts in countries whose This course introduces students to painting as art. Color art forms were influenced by the Islam religion. Empha­ and media are explored in historical and contemporary sis on Iran, but other countries include Egypt, Spain, Tur­ settings. Abstract and figurative form are dealt with. Out­ key, Iraq, Syria and India, from the founding of Islam in side assignments required. the seventh century through the seventeenth century. Prerequisite:ARTS 105,120 Prerequisite: One course in art history

46 ART

ARTS 230 Printmaking ARTS 285 3-D Computer Graphics Introduction to printmaking and techniques as they re­ An introduction to 3-D computer software and hardware late to fine art theory, black, white and color edition print­ systems. The fundamental knowledge obtained in this ing. Outside assignments required. course expands upon the students' understanding of Prerequisite:ARTS 105, 120 modeling and its application to art·and design. Prerequisites:ARTS 105,120,280 ARTS 240 Ceramics Physical properties of clay and methods of hand-construc­ ARTS 290 Gallery Workshop tion and wheelthrowing. Complete processing through The procedures and problems of mounting exhibitions firing and glazing. Outside assignments required. and conventional and alternative spaces with emphasis Prerequisite:ARTS 105, 110, 120 on details of preparation and installation. Prerequisites:ARlH 101,201 ARTS 250 Introduction to Graphic Design An introduction to design basics: symbology, typography, ARTS 305 illustration, Fine Art and Design illustration and photography. Lectures include an intro­ Exploration of the total process of how you draw and duction to design, art careers, care and use of profes­ work from the idea to the completed project. Illustra­ sional art materials, introduction to basic lettering, de­ tion as communication,print medium,story boarding and sign glossary and design research. Students are made design. aware of and acquire experience in the profession they Prerequisite:ARTS 205 are entering. Repeatable three times Prerequisite:ARTS 105, 110, 120,205 ARTS 310 Advanced Sculpture ARTS 251 Typography Form and Application This course deals with a variety of materials that include The study of typography as a form of communication. wood, wire, steel, stone, glass, clay, paper etc. Students Typeface style, etc., proportion and character of type. are expected to explore techniques and find a way to Application to books, posters, newspapers, etc. Empha­ express ideas. sis on original ideas. Prerequisites:ARTS 205,210 Prerequisite:ARTS 250 Repeatable once ARTS 260 Textiles and Design ARTS 315 Wood Materials and Experimental An introduction to fiber media through manipulated pro­ Design cesses of wrapping, weaving, felting, stitching, knotting, This class covers a variety of fabrication and design con­ twining and surface design. Historical and contemporary cepts. Students are expected to complete pieces that approaches to both relief and three-dimensional fiber examine the plasticity of materials and develop their tech­ construction. nical skills. Outside assignments required. Prerequisite:ARTS 105,120 Prerequisites:ARTS 210,215 ARTS 261 Introduction to Weaving ARTS 320 Advanced Painting Four harness loom weaving explores the techniques in Students are encouraged to develop personal aesthetics loom controlled weaving. Application of color and pat­ through research of various media and theories. Course tern through interlocking structure employing design allows students to explore construction, collage, mixed skills, an experimental approach to material is stressed. media, etc. Outside assignments. Prerequisite:ARTS 260 Prerequisite:ARTS 220 Repeatable once ARTS 270 Photography Experiences in the use of the camera, basic developing ARTS 321 Watercolor of black and white film, printing, enlarging, toning and Explores all watercolor media and techniques. Empha­ experimental photography. Experimental photography sizes the development of imaginative design and an indi­ as a means of visual expression. Major emphasis on cre­ vidual point of view. Outside assignments required. ativity and design. Outside assignments required. Prerequisite:ARTS 205,220 Prerequisite:ARTS 105,120 Repeatable three times ARTS 280 Computer Paint 2-D Art ARTS 322 Color The first-level course in computer graphics is used to Intensive study of the action and interaction of color generate computer art. ~mphasis is placed on develop­ through practice, as opposed to theory. A sequence of ing technical skills in the use of computer graphics soft­ interrelated problems develops an awareness of the rela­ ware, with an orientation toward their application in the tivity of color, as well as a process of thought about color fine and applied arts. and, by extension, about art and its perception. Outside Prerequisite:ARTS 105,120 assignments required. ARTS 282 Introduction to Electronic Publishing ARTS 330 Advanced Printmaking Introduction to basic studies on PC systems, directed Continued development of student's selected techniques. towards general publishing and design issues as they re­ Advanced intaglio, lithography, relief, silk screen and late to the graphic arts design. experimental techniques. Emphasis on color printing as Prerequisite:ARTS 250,251

47 ARTS AND COMMUNICATION well as black and white. Other options available, depend­ ARTS 380 Advanced 2-D Computer Art Paint ing on background and interest. Outside assignments Advanced paint systems. The second in a series of paint required. system courses. Electronic painting techniques are ex­ Prerequisite:ARTS 230 plored. Emphasis is placed upon investigating computer Repeatable once arts'influence on and role in the art world while simul­ taneously developing a personal aesthetic sense. ARTS 331 Lithography Introduction to plate lithography, printing techniques and Prerequisite:ARTS 280 Repeatable twice monoprints.A variety oftechniques are studied in order to extend the personal development of the work. Out­ ARTS 382 Advanced Electronic Publishing side assignments required. Advanced studies on PC computer platform directed to­ Prerequisite: ARTS 230 wards advanced publishing and design issues. Extended Repeatable once design problems in book design type etc. Prerequisite: ARTS 282 ARTS 340 Advanced Ceramics Studies in the creative possibilities of clay as a plastic ARTS 385 Advanced 3-D Computer Graphics medium. Emphasis on the development of the individual This course covers advanced projects in 3-D computer craftsman. Outside assignments required. graphics modeling and object animation. Recent techno­ Prerequisites:ARTS 210,240 logical advances and mathematical principles involved Repeatable once in modeling are covered. Emphasis is placed upon skill and development of visual comprehension. ARTS 350 Print and Publication This course is devoted to a study of all aspects of execut­ Prerequisite:ARTS 285 ing a graphic design project. Mechanical process, layout, Repeatable twice storyboard, sketches, photo, electronic publishing etc. ARTS 399 Selected Topics Emphasis on the development of presentation. Topics not presently offered in other courses. Content Prerequisites:ARTS 251,282 changes each semester. Prerequisite: Permission of chairperson ARTS 351 Package and Advertising Design 1-6 credits This course entails an investigation of advertising design, packaging and marketing. Students select product, de­ ARTS 405 Drawing Studio velop packages, promotion, execute storyboard for TV A study of the uses and meaning of drawing. Historical as and other media. well as contemporary drawing used as a basis for per­ Prerequisites:ARTS 251,282 sonal development of concepts.A variety of. settings and materials. ARTS 360 Advanced Textile Workshop Prerequisite: ARTS 305 Students create original designs for the purpose of print­ ing on fabric. Patterning, layout, color mixing, tools and ARTS 410 Sculpture Studio supplies, business practices and presentation are covered. An advanced level course. Emphasis placed upon devel­ Designs are painted with gouache and dyes on a variety opment of personal aesthetic and expression. Intensive of materials. studio work with a focus on process content and docu­ Prerequisites:ARTS 260 or 261 mentation. Repeatable once Prerequisite:ARTS 310 Repeatable three times ARTS 370 Photo Lighting and Techniques The photography studio as a place for making art.An in­ ARTS 415 Furniture Design Studio troduction to basic studio photography techniques, light­ All the journey and fabrication techniques for fabrica­ ing, set-up using hot lights and electronic flash, involv­ tion reviewed and combined in order to examine design ing portraiture, models, still life objects and simple sets. process. Work done with traditional and experimental Prerequisite: ARTS 270 methods. Individuals have an opportunity to approach Repeatable once design from a personal point of view. Prerequisite: ARTS 315 ARTS 371 Advanced Photography Repeatable three times Students develop their own area of interest through con­ sultation with the instructor. Course allows students to ARTS 420 Painting Studio pursue various aspects of photography as a visual art form Expansion of principles and theories developed in ad­ in depth. Outside assignments required. vanced painting. Personal investigation of media and Prerequisite: ARTS 270 materials should lead to a coherent body of work. Projects Repeatable once should be documented. ARTS 372 Color Photography Prerequisite:ARTS 320 Repeatable three times Experiences in basic techniques of developing color film, printing, enlarging, toning; also experimental photogra­ phy as an art form. Outside assignments required. Prerequisite: ARTS 270 Repeatable once

48 ART

ARTS 430 Printmaking Studio ARTS 470 Experimental Photo Studio A senior-level course. In-depth investigation of media and A studio experience based upon individual exploration critical attention to ideas, concepts, and presentation are of photography as an art form. Students review theory, expected. Emphasis on personal development and self­ subject and various treatments of medium. discovery. Outside assignments required. Prerequisite:ARTS 370 Prerequisite:ARTS 330 Repeatable three times Repeatable three times ARTS 480 Computer Animation ARTS 440 Ceramics Studio An introduction to computer animation, the course cov­ This course is based upon intensive studio work for stu­ ers the fundamental principles, concepts and processes dents who wish to be involved in experimental Ilrojects. used to create computer animated sequences. Skills and Glazing, throwing, handbuilding and asse~blage are to knowledge gained inAdvanced 3-D Computer Graphics be used to examine plasticity of media. Outside assign­ are applied to the animation processes. Students concen­ ments required. trate on the use of mid-level computer animation soft­ Prerequisite:ARTS 340 ware systems running on PC-based hardware. Class work R~peatable three times includes the production of several short computer ani­ mated pieces that are output to video tape. ARTS 450 Advanced Graphic Design Studio Review& all the subjects covered in the preceding work­ Prerequisites:ARTS 385 shops and brings together the students' written, visual Repeatable once and philosophic skills in preparation for entry into the ARTS 494 Studio Seminar design field. Students select projects to be undertaken in Covers selected topics in the areas of art history, art criti­ order to concentrate on a particular design discipline or cism, art technology and art theory as they pertain to a to acquire more practice in selected areas. The course professional career in studio art. also covers portfolio building and career guidance. Repeatable once Prerequisites:ARTS 282,350 ARTS 495 Senior Thesis Project Repeatable once This course is intended to provide a culminating experi­ ARTS 451 Visual Communication Lab ence for theArt or Design major. Emphasis will be placed The visual communication agency is structured to work on personal philosophy in the development of visual on a professional design group. This class produces a imagery. A complete portfolio presentation in the studio broad range of graphics for clients they develop. They area of specialization is required for successful comple­ problem solve, develop visual and written strategies, tion of this course. employ mixed media and deal with multi-sensory/multi­ Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. dimensional communication. Repeatable 2 times Prerequisite:ARTS 351 ARTS 499 Independent Study ARTS 460 Experimental Textile Studio As approved and to be arranged. An advanced level course where students combine pli­ 1-6 credits able material with other media of their interest, includ­ ing paper, felt, paint and photography. Fiber as a sculp­ tural medium will be explored. References will be derived from primitive contemporary sources. Prerequisite:ARTS 360 Repeatable three times

49 ARTSAND COMMUNICATION

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION

Professor: A. Maltese (chairperson), G. McCloud A variety of professional opportunities exist for com­ Associate Professors: J.Chamberlain, B. Morganstern, munication majors. These include careers in journalism, I. Olaye, D. Peck including newspapers, magazines, radio news and tele­ Assistant Professors: R. Bartone, D. Evans, K. Gold, vision news; radio and television production, including 1. Katz, T. Lesher, J. Nutter, G. Radford, J. Rhodes, announcing, station management, corporate and cable R. Widdenaar operations; films, including filmmaking, editing and criti­ cism; and a variety of business, government, public and The Department of Communication offers a B.A. in com­ educational occupations such as public relations,person­ munication with concentrations in interpersonal com­ nel work, sales and supervision training, etc. munication, radio and television broadcasting, journal­ The major also provides an excellent undergraduate ism, film and media performance and design. A background for students intending to pursue advanced concentration in telecommunications is currently under degrees in law, business and areas of public service, gov­ development subject to the appropriate approvals. ernment or education. The interpersonal communication concentration pro­ vides courses in the theory and practice of verbal and extraverbal communication in contexts including one­ tooOne, group, organization and public communication. CURRICULUM The purpose is to prepare the student for a variety of career options involving personal skill and knowledge in MAJOR REQUIRMENTS 39 CREDITS communication arts. COMM 110 Communication inAction 3 The radio and television broadcasting concentration COMM 120 Mass Communication 3 prepares the student for a career in the production, per­ COMM 444 Communication Research Foundations 3 formance and criticism of communication through radio Plus three of the following: and television media. Students take courses in theory and COMM 220 Radio and Television 3 practice of the mass communication arts to develop un­ COMM 222 The Press in a Free Society 3 derstanding and skill in media-based communication. COMM 234 Film as a Medium 3 The journalism concentration offers courses in both COMM 250 Journalism 3 print and broadcast media, designed with a two-fold pur­ COMM 260 Oral Interpretation 3 pose: (1) to prepare students for careers in the field, and COMM 266 Dynamics of Communication 3 (2) to make students more sophisticated readers-listen­ Major Electives 21 credits ers-viewers of the news media. While emphasis is placed Choose 21 credits from any of the following areas: on writing, students learn all phases of the news-gather­ A. Interpersonal ing and reporting process. COMM 221 Introduction to Communication Theory The film concentration offers courses in theory, pro­ duction and analysis of film in its various genres and po­ COMM 265 Foundations of Language tential uses to acquaint students with the theory, prac­ COMM 340 Intercultural Communication tice and aesthetics of film as a communication art. COMM 360 Interpersonal Communication Media performance and design comprises an interdis­ COMM 361 Successful Business and Professional ciplinary concentration in communication and theatre. Communication Students, with advisement, may elect performance COMM 363 Public Speaking courses such as interpretation, acting and announcing COMM 364 Voice and Speech Production for radio, television, and film as well as staging, lighting COMM 365 Introduction to Rhetoric and design for theatre, film and television. The integra­ COMM 463 Group Discussion COMM 464 Debate tion and interdisciplinary nature of the major electives in this concentration require that the student seek close B. Radio and Television supervision and advisement. COMM 225 Audio Production A telecommunications component is being developed COMM 321 Announcing to provide students opportunities to investigate areas in COMM 322 Advanced Announcing voice, video and data transmission, including videotext, COMM 323 Television Production information systems and teleconferencing. The course COMM 324 Writing for Radioffelevision sequence will introduce students to technologies such COMM 326 Advanced Television Production as satellite and phone systems, as well as to business com­ COMM 330 Television Internship munication skills. The program will prepare students for COMM 352 Broadcast Advertising opportunities in the growing telecommunications indus­ COMM 353 Advanced Audio Production try, while examining the impact of telecommunications COMM 421 Broadcast Management on human communication. COMM 423 International Broadcasting Systems COMM 424 Radio Production Workshop COMM 425 Television Workshop COMM 426 EFP and Video Editing

50 COMMUNICATION

CJournaUsm COMM 120 Mass Communication COMM 348 Public Relations The institutions, history and technology of the ma~s COMM 349 Radio News media are examined as communication systems. News­ COMM 350 Television News papers, magazines,film and broadcasting media are stud­ COMM 351 Advanced Reporting ied in terms of social and personal impact. Contempo­ COMM 448 Public Relations Case Studies rary media issues, policies and ethics are discussed. COMM 449 Public Relations Workshop COMM 220 Radio and Television COMM 451 FreelanceWriting An introductory course tracing the historical develop­ COMM 452 Advanced Broadcast Journalism ment and implications of the media. The student is in­ COMM 454 News Editing troduced to programming materials, criticisms, standards, COMM 455 Electronic News Gathering skills and production methods. . COMM 459 Journalism Field Studies Prerequisite: COMM 120 COMM 460 Reporting PublicAffairs COMM 221 Introduction to Communication D. Film Studies Theory COMM 230 Filmmaking I Acquaints the student with contemporary theory. and COMM 234 Film As A Medium research in the field of communication. Motivation, in­ COMM 331 Filmmaking II, 16mm Filmmaking teraction and effects of communication are examined in COMM 332 Filmmaking m,Advanced Production a range of contexts, including between persons, small COMM 333 Film Animation I and large groups, organizations, cultures and mass com­ COMM 334 Film Animation II munication systems. COMM 431 Screenwriting Prerequisite: COMM 110 COMM 432 Dramatic Film Production COMM 434 Current Cinema COMM 222 The Press in a Free Society COMM 437 Film Editing A study of the relationship between the news media and COMM 499 Independent Study society in the United States, with emphasis on the issues and principles that unite and divide the two. Press criti­ E. Media Performance and Design cism is an important part of content. With appropriate advisement and permission, the depart· Prerequisite: COMM 120 ment accepts a limited number of related courses in per­ formance and design integrated within the framework of COMM 223 The Press and the Presidency the major program. A study of the relationship between the news media and the presidency with emphasis on the nature of the news F. Related Courses coverage of each of the last several presidents. Particular With permission of the advisor, the department accepts attention is given to the presidential election campaign a limited number of related courses from other disci­ in progress (if any), the most recent campaign and the plines.Among these are: one forthcoming. ARTS 281 Intro to Electronic Publishing COMM 225 Audio Production ARTS 285 3-D Computer Graphics Examines the audio aesthetics of sound production. Ana­ ARTS 385 Advanced Computer Graphics lyzes the creative responsibilities involved in the elements MUS 251 Audio Recording I of sound production. Students are trained in the use of MUS 252 Audio Recording II studio and remote audio equipment and are given prac­ mEA 130 Scenery Construction I tice in writing, producing, directing and performing in mEA 230 Scenery Construction II audio productions. mEA 236 lighting I mEA 239 Scene Design I COMM 230 Filmmaking I mEA 274 Acting for Television I An introduction to cinematography and production tech­ mEA 336 lighting II niques that acquaint the student with all aspects of the mEA 339 Scene Design II filmmaking process from initial concept to final exhibi­ mEA 374 Acting forTelevision II tion. Using Super 8 film equipment, emphasis is on self­ mEA 377 Directing for Stage and Media expression, visual thinking, composition, lighting, cam­ mEA 474 Acting forT.V. Commercials era movement and editing techniques. Each student explores different approaches to filmmaking through sev­ eral filmed exercises and has the opportunity to direct, shoot and edit a final film. COURSES COMM 234 Fllm As A Medium. Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. An introduction to the study of film as a language and as an art. The course examines the aesthetic and social mc­ COMM 110 Communication in Action tors that construct our responses to films. Using multiple A study of oral communication as an interpersonal and approaches to understanding and discussing a film, the dynamic process. Students engage in communication student is introduced to technical and aesthetic termi­ experiences designed to develop understanding of and nology and to a range of elements in the filmmaking pro­ skill in interpersonal communication. cess such as narrative structure, camera movement, mise-

51 ARTS AND COMMUNICATION en-scene, editing and sound. This course is composed of COMM 324 Writing for Radio and Television lectures, screenings, discussions and shot-by-shot analy­ The technique of writing dramatic and nondramatic ma­ sis of works by major directors. terial for radio and television. Theory, practice and analy­ sis of broadcast material, advertiSing and continuity are COMM 250 Journalism emphasized. Designed to develop skill in expository, nar­ Practical experience in gathering news and writing the rative and persuasive writing as it relates to broad­ basic journalistic forms, including the straight news story casting. and various types of features. Students undertake report­ Prerequisite: ENG 110 ing assignments designed to develop skills in interview- . ing, observation and writing and receive individual evalu­ COMM 326 Advanced Television Production ation of their work. Provides an opportunity to work within standard operat­ Prerequisites: COMM 120 and ENG 110 ing procedures similar to those utilized by commercial and educational television. Includes practice and projects COMM 260 Oral Interpretation in such critical areas as timing, electronic editing, minor Students learn to communicate the content, form and equipment maintenance and color programming. mood of works of literature through the medium of oral Prerequisite: COMM 323 reading.1ncludes expository, narrative and dramatic prose and narrative, dramatic and lyric poetry. COMM 330 Television InternsWp Prerequisite: COMM 110 or permission of the instructor Students are assigned to an off-campus facility for practi­ cal hands-on experience. Professional situations in broad­ Foundations of Language COMM265 cast and nonbroadcast organizations are utilized. Presents an overview of the nature and function of lan­ Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor guage as a communication tool. Stresses the aspects of language relating to the phonologic, semantic and lin­ COMM331 Filmakingn guistic structures. This course is an introduction to professional16mm f11m equipment and techniques.Through lectures, demonstra­ COMM 266 Dynamics of Communication tions and filmed exercises students learn how to use A study of the meaning of verbal and nonverbal languages 16mm cameras, light meters, lenses, film stocks, sound and the influence ofthese languages as tools for commu­ equipment and professional editing techniques. Students nication. also learn the conventions of both continuity and mon­ Prerequisite: COMM 110 tage filming and editing, the organization of film crew COMM 318 Forms of Art shooting, creative use of sound and image and dramatic Study of the principles and practices of critiquing plays, lighting. Each student has the opportunity to produce a concerts, paintings and film. The student can expect to final 16mm short film. analyze selected works of art to study the historical and Prerequisite: COMM 230 cultural background of a work of art and to read critical COMM332 Filmmaking ill theories of art. Special emphasis is placed on the discov­ An intensive laboratory course in film production in ery of the commonalities that link forms of art. Atten­ which each student produces a 5-10 minute 16mm sound dance at concerts, plays, exhibits and media viewings is film. The course concentrates first on organizational as­ required. pects of pre-production such as scripting, budgets, story COMM 321 Announcing boards, sets, scheduling and locations. Students then Introduction to the responsibilities and skills required of become familiar with advanced production techniques the individual performer in the preparation, announcing such as sync sound fi1mmaking and advanced lighting, as and narration of the various types of nondramatic mate­ well as post-production work such as sound and picture rial for television, radio and f11m. editing,A & B roll preparation and the role of the labora­ Prerequisite: COMM 260 tory. Students are encouraged to work as crew on each COMM 322 Advanced Announcing other's productions. An in-depth treatment of the field. Heavy emphaSis on Prerequisite: COMM 331 narration for television and film. Extended work in the COMM333 Film Animation I production of news and disc jockey programs, using An introductory study of the history, theory and tech­ broadcast-level facilities. nique of animated film production. Emphasis is on Prerequisites: COMM 321 and 364 the process of the production, rather than on a final COMM 323 Television Production product. Practice in writing, producing, directing, performing and COMM334 Film Animation n crewing television productions and videotape materials. An advanced study of the techniques of animated film Provides the opportunity to study and practice broad­ production. Each student completes an animated film. cast program creation under laboratory circumstances Prerequisite: COMM 333 that simulate the conditions of on-the-air television broad­ casting. Prerequisite: COMM 225

52 COMMUNICATION

COMM340 Intercultural Communication small group, corporate and intercultural contexts. Through a comparison of numerous cultures, students Prerequisites: COMM 110 explore the primary distinguishing characteristics of cul­ COMM361 Successful Business and ture and identify strategies for relating their own culture Professional Communication to those of others. Emphasis is placed on an eclectic cul­ Through the study of communication theory as it relates tural design. The primary course goal is to provide stu­ to business and the professions and through practice dents practical and theoretical knowledge and an under­ simulations, the student acquires a knowledge of those standing of intercultural communication in contemporary communicative and motivational skills essential for suc­ life situations (business, social, personal, political, musi­ cess in business and professional life. cal, religious, educational, philosophical, artistic and lit­ erary contexts). COMM 363 Public Speaking Prerequisite: COMM 110 Students learn the theory and skills of preparing and pre­ senting public speeches. Emphasis is on practice and COMM 348 Public Relations criticism of classroom speaking experiences. Defines the functions of public relations and distinguishes Prerequisite: COMM 110 it from regular journalism. While exploring the appropri­ ate functions and outlets for public relations activity, the COMM 364 Voice and Speech Production course also investigates the ethics of the function and A study of the speech mechanism and its relationship to develops an understanding of the basic tools used in han­ the development and mastery of basic breathing, vocal dling public relations for various types of situations. and articulation skills. Students in communication, edu­ Prerequisite: COMM 250 cation, business, theatre, radio, singing and allied fields are encouraged to master these skills. Special attention COMM 349 Radio News given to individual voice, articulation and communica­ Instruction and practical experience in the basic tech­ tion problems. Conference and practice hours to be ar­ niques of radio journalism, including news writing, re­ ranged. porting, producing newscasts and writing copy for taped segments of the newscast. Analysis of radio news broad­ COMM 365 Introduction to Rhetoric casts and discussion of the major issues involved in radio An examination of the development of persuasion. Em­ journalism. phasizes classical and contemporary theories of rhetoric Prerequisite: COMM 250 which are related to contemporary standards and prac­ tice in current public address. COMM 350 Television News Prerequisite: COMM 221 Instruction and practical experience in the basic tech­ niques of television news Writing. Writing for film and COMM 399 Selected Topics videotape, reporting for television and producing televi­ A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as sion news programs. Analysis of television news broad­ recommended by the department and approved by the casts and discussion of the major issues involved in tele­ dean. vision journalism. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Prerequisites: COMM 250 and 323 1-6 credits COMM 351 Advanced Reporting COMM 421 Broadcast Management Guides students in developing in-depth news and feature An appraisal of management problems in commercial articles. Evaluation of individual's work. Matters of cur­ broadcasting for the" advanced student. Includes sales rent concern to the news media are discussed. and profit, personnel, programming, audience, govern­ Prerequisite: COMM 250 mental regulations and technical factors. Prerequisite: COMM 220 COMM 352 Broadcast Advertising Introduces the student to the development and philoso­ COMM 423 International Broadcasting Systems phy of broadcast advertising. Theory and practice of com­ A comparative study of the national and international mercial advertising techniques are covered. Emphasizes broadcasting systems of the world. Regional broadcast­ the nature of the creative process and the relationship ing systems and the structure and operations of present existing among client, broadcaster and the government. communication satellite systems. Prerequisites: ENG 110 and COMM 220 Prerequisite: COMM 220 COMM353 Advanced Audio Production COMM 424 Radio Production Workshop Students increase their ability to write, produce, direct An advanced course in audio production designed to and perform in audio production projects. Introduction augment the student's skills and techniques in radio pro­ to various formats, creation of sound effects, musical duction. Direction and production of various commer­ background and direction are emphasized. cial and noncommercial spots, news documentary, dis­ Prerequisite: COMM 225 cussion and music formats are produced for airing on campus radio and commercial and noncommercial pub­ COMM 360 Interpersonal Communication lic radio stations. This is a course in interpersonal communication theory, Prerequisite: COMM 353 research and application. Students study and apply the elements of dynamic communication within personal,

53 ARTSAND COMMUNICATION

COMM 425 Television Workshop editing dailies to learning to prepare an A & B roll. The Students produce, write and direct video projects deal­ techniques of editing picture and sound are examined in ing with instructional material, news and public affairs lectures and later applied in a series of hands-on exer­ and entertainment programming. Projects must be pro­ cises and creative assignments. At the same time, the grammable for campus use, cable television, public broad­ class balances the technical by providing an aesthetic casting and other open circuit channels. overview of historical and current editing styles used in Prerequisite: COMM 326 this complex art. COMM 426 EFP and Video Editing Prerequisite: COMM 331 An advanced course in electronic field production and COMM 444 Communication Research video editing. In·field situations, students create,produce, Foundations videotape and edit video documentaries, public service An opportunity for advanced study and discussion of is­ announcements and instructional projects for cable and sues and questions, together with the opportunity to campus use. Extensive use of portable video cameras and study and analyze the research ayailable in vario\ls areas 3/4 inch editing systems is required. of communication. Each student chooses an area of com­ Prerequisite: COMM 326 or permission of the instructor munication in which to plan and carry out a research project. For senior communication majors only. COMM 431 Screenwriting This course is an introduction to the theory and craft of COMM 448 Public Relations Case Studies dramatic screenwriting.The class explores how a script Case studies of public relations in action are analyzed is developed from concept to final written form.Through to identify general principles and strategies that can lectures, film viewing and weekly exercises, emphasis is be applied to the systematic solution of public rela­ placed on plot and story structure; the adaption of liter­ tions problems and to the creation of public relations ary or word-based ideas into cinematic forms; how to opportunities. tell a story with images; as well as character, plot and Prerequisite: COMM 348 dialogue development. In workshop style, the class ana­ COMM 449 Public Relations Workshop lyzes well-known scripts and the relationship to the re­ This course provides background and practice in devel­ sulting film. Each student writes a script of their own, oping written communications important in the practice which is developed within the context of the workshop. of public relations, from fact sheets and news releases to Prerequisite: ENG 110 controlled communication through the broadcast media. COMM 432 Dramatic Film. Production Using a workshop· format, the course emphasizes An intensive production workshop designed for students planning, writing, and targeting communications of film and video who wish to integrate several media designed to persuade specific audiences using various production techniques in individual advanced projects. media channels. The purpose of this course is to examine the different Prerequisite: COMM 348 production approaches used in the making of diverse COMM 451 Freelance Writing products from documentaries to music videos to televi­ Instruction and supervised practice in nonfiction writ­ sion commercials to independent dramatic and experi­ ing for today's periodical. Students learn how to analyze mental films. market needs, develop ideas suitable for publication, pre­ Prerequisite: COMM 332 pare manuscripts and market what has been written. COMM 434 Current Cinema Prerequisite: COMM 250 A film analysis course focusing on contemporary film and COMM 452 Advanced Broadcast Journalism criticism.The class looks at recent works from the inter­ A course designed for graduating seniors, aimed at pre­ national and independent film world and particularly paring them for work in broadcast news in either radio those works that are innovative and unconventional in or television. The goal is to polish skills developed in their approach. The films are considered within current previous journalism courses to a level at or approaching theoretical, aesthetic and social contexts using five dif­ that required to obtain entry-level jobs in broadcast jour­ ferent perspectives: the technical and economic aspects nalism. of filmmaking, the ideological and psychological effects Prerequisite: COMM 350 of cinema, and the recent aesthetic developments of the art form.This advanced cinema studies course is designed COMM 454 News Editing for students who want to strengthen their critical writ­ Prepares students to function as copy editors in the news ing skills and for filmmakers who want to expand their field. Supervised practice in editing news copy and writ­ aesthetic and creative knowledge of the medium. ing headlines. Use of visual materials and layout of pages. Prerequisite: COMM 234 Analysis of various United States newspapers. Prerequisite: COMM 250 COMM 437 Film. Editing An advanced course for students who have basic film COMM 455 Electronic News Gathering production and post-production knowledge and wish to The investigation, preparation and production of news learn the standard techniques of editing a sound film. In stories for broadcast. Emphasis on the independent prepa­ a workshop environment, the student becomes familiar ration of copy, individual selection of story content and with editing vocabulary, equipment and procedures, from production and video/audio tape for journalistic enter-

54 MUSIC

prise. Students refine previously developed skills in writ­ COMM 463 Group Discussion ing and editing for broadcast. Individual and group-pro­ Theory and practice in various types of discussion situa­ duced news stories in the field receive feedback from tions. Consideration of the place of discussion in our instructor and peers. Programming materials are devel­ democratic society. Integration of traditional principles oped and produced for use on local outlets. with recently developed concepts and approaches. Prerequisite: COMM 350 Prerequisite: COMM 110 or permission of the instructor COMM 459 Journalism Field Studies COMM 464 Debate Practical application of what is learned in the classroom. The application of the principles of argumentation by Students work at news or public relations jobs on or off debating a selected topic in public and intercollegiate campus. By permission only, with preference given to debate formats. Stresses both theory and performance in on-going work. oral advocacy. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor Prerequisite: COMM 363 or permission of the instructor COMM 460 Reporting Public Affairs COMM 499 Independent Study The nature and law of public affairs on federal, state and As approved and to be arranged through the student's 10callevels.The rights of working reporters and the pub­ department advisor. lic to matters of legitimate record are outlined, as are 1-6 credits the practical steps necessary to gather this information. Prerequisite: COMM 250

DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC

Professors: H. Aitken, R. DesRoches, R. Foley, Entrance Requirements: N. Guptill-Crain, G. Kirkpatrick, J. Kresky, S. Marcone B.M. Music-Classical Performance Option (chairperson), W Woodworth Associate Professors: S. Bryant, D.Demsey, D. Garcia, B.M. Music-Classical Performance/Music Educa­ R. Reid, J. Weidensaul tionOption Assistant Professors: D.Falk, P. Finney, V. Hill Instructor: M. Colosimo (half time) B.M. Music-Music Management/Classical Perfor­ manceTrack The Department of Music offers programs leading to a Piano An invention by Bach, a first movement of a so­ bachelor of music (B.M.) in music with options in classi­ nata by Haydn, Mozart or Beethoven (except op. 27 no. cal performance, jazz studies and performance and mu­ 2 in C sharp minor), a work by a romantic or contempo­ sic 'management; and a bachelor of arts (B.A.) degree in rary composer. At least one selection must be played music with an option in musical studies. It offers a con­ from memory. Major and minor scales and arpeggios in­ centration in audio recording within the B.A. degree. Stu­ cluded. dents can fulfill certification requirements for public Organ Student must have a piano background of Bach school music teaching in New Jersey, grades N-12, two-part inventions and early Mozart or Beethoven sona­ through a carefully crafted program of study within the tas. It is desirable for the student to playa composition B.M. option in classical performance degree require­ of Bach, a romantic work and a modern work. ments.These programs are structured to reflect the mu1- Voice Demonstration of vocal potential. Two art songs tifaceted demands on today's and tomorrow's musicians. in any language, memorized. The department offers minors in music, and music man­ Strings A sonata or concert piece of moderate difficu1ty. agement for the non-music major. Major and minor scales and a chromatic scale covering All degree programs contain the best of both musical the complete range. worlds: the flexible, innovative ideas in contemporary music combined with the finest in the traditional. As a Woodwinds A sonata movement or concert piece of result, students pursue a program of study eminently moderate difficu1ty. Major and minor scales and a chro­ suited to preparing them for a professional life in music. matic scale covering the complete range. Auditions Brass A movement of a sonata, concerto or similar con­ cert piece of moderate difficulty. Major, minor and chro­ A performance audition is required of all applicants to matic scales, articulated and slurred. the B.M. degree programs. The evaluation by the audi­ tion jury is focused on performance and an assessment Percussion Demonstration of snare drum rudiments.A of the applicant's ability in theory, keyboard and aural basic technical knowledge of the mallet instruments. El­ skills. ementary exercises for timpani.

55 ARTSAND COMMUNICATION

Guitar Segovia scales, major and minor, one etude by Keyboards: The applied area of keyboards is designed Sor (Segovia Ed.), Carcassi orAguado. Two concert pieces for the student who wants to be proficient on seveciI of the student's own choice from pre-baroque (ex. De keyboard instruments (piano, organ, synthesizer, harpsi­ VlSee, Sanz, Milan, etc.), baroque (Bach, Weiss, etc.), or chord), rather than to specialize in one. The student re­ romantic Spanish (farrega, ex. "Adelita"; Llobet, ex. "El ceives applied lessons 'on all of the above instruments. Testament D'Ame1iaj. Ear Training: (all applicants) Aural identification of in­ Keyboards The applied area of keyboards is designed tervals, triads and basic 7th chord types (M7 ,Min. 7, dom. for the student who wants to be proficient on several 7th, min. 7th b5, min. with maj. 7th; half dim. 7th; dim. keyboard instruments (piano, organ, synthesizer, harpsi­ 7th; aug. 7th). chord), rather than to specialize in one. The student re­ ceives applied lessons on all of the above instruments. Major Programs The audition requirements for this applied major in the The B.A. degree is designed for students who desire a classical performance track are the requirements for pi­ liberal education with emphasis on music while obtain­ ano in the B.M. music education emphasis and the B.M. ing a diversified education in the liberal arts. The-H.M. in music management program, with the submission of an music options are classical performance, jazz studies and optional cassette recording of original compositions on performance, music management and music education. synthesizer. The B.M. in music options in music education offers two Note: Students with previous college-level training may concentrations: vocal and instrumental. receive credit by examination and advanced placement in any music class. For example, most keyboard perfor­ mance majors need not take four semesters of Functional Class Piano.

B.A. MUSIC (OPTION IN MUSICAL Entrance Requirements: STUDmS) 35 CREDITS B_M. Music-Jazz Studies and Performance Required Courses 23 credits Option MUS 000 Recital Hour (8 semesters) o B.M. Music-Music Management/Jazz Performance MUS 160 Freshman Comprehensive Track Musicianship I 3 MUS 161 A preaudition tape is required; contact the Music Depart­ Freshman Comprehensive Musicianship II ment for details. 3 MUS 164 Functional Class Piano I 1 Piano, Guitar, Mallets: Major, minor and chromatic MUS 165 Functional Class Piano II 1 scales, 4 octaves (guitar, 2 octaves). Dorian, Mixolydian, MUS 180 Freshman EarTraining I Lydian modes. Basic 6th and 7th chords: major and mi­ MUS 181 Freshman EarTraining II 1 nor 6th and 7th; dom. 7th; min. 7th b5; min. with maj. MUS 207 Music History and Literature I 3 7th; half dim. 7th; dim. 7th; aug. 7th. Sight read lead MUS 208 Music History and Literature II 3 sheets. Three jazz standards with improvisation (one MUS 244 Practical Musicianship • 3 ballad, one medium-tempo tune, and one up-tempo tune). Performing Groups 4 Blues in several keys and tempos. Single line Instruments: Major, minor and chromatic ·Students who are qualified to enter MUS 160 upon en­ scales, Dorian, Mixolydian, Lydian modes. Basic 6th and trance do not take MUS 244 and enroll for an additional 7th chords (arpeggiated): major and minor 6th and 7th; elective offering of three (3) credits. dom. 7th; min. 7th b5; min. with maj. 7th; half dim. 7th; Music Department Elective Courses 12 credits dim. 7th; aug. 7th. Sight read ensemble parts. Three jazz MUS 253 Jazz History and Analysis I 3 standards with improvisation (one ballad, one medium­ MUS 254 Jazz History and Analysis II 3 tempo tune, and one up-tempo tune). Blues: several keys MUS 255 Jazz Harmony 3 (various tempos). MUS 258 Electronic Music I 3 Vocal: Several pop/jazz standards (one slow-tempo bal­ MUS 260 Sophomore Comprehensive lad and one up-tune). Sight reading. Ear training. Must Musicianship I 3 also demonstrate piano proficiency equivalent to comple­ MUS 261 Sophomore Comprehensive tion of MUS 165. Musicianship II 3 Percussion: Several jazz standards with improvisation. MUS 264 Functional Class Piano ill 1 (play through the form and improvise chorus). Play time MUS 265 Functional Class Piano IV 1 jazz waltz, bossa, swing, etc. Breaks in various meters. MUS 280 Sophomore EarTraining I 1 Sight read ensemble parts. MUS 281 Sophomore EarTraining II 1 MUS 301 Form andAnalySis 3 MUS 302 Arranging 3 MUS 304 Studies in Music 3

56 MUSIC

MUS 317 History ofAmerican Popular Music MUS 260 Sophomore Comprehensive since 1950 3 Musicianship I 3 MUS 332 Music in the Late Renaissance MUS 261 Sophomore Comprehensive and Baroque Periods 3 Musicianship II 3 MUS 333 Music in the Rococo and MUS 307 Basic Conducting 3 Classical Periods 3 MUS 316 Media Use in the Music and MUS 334 Music in the Romantic Period 3 Entertainment Industry 3 MUS 340 Masterworks of Opl'!ra 3 MUS Any Upper Level Mus. Hist. MUS 401 Twentieth Century Music I 3 Course or Theory 3 Or any additional upper level course MUS 302 Arranging 3 by advisement MUS 499 Independent Study B.A. MUSIC (OPTION IN MUSICAj. STUDIES), (Audio Recording) 1-6 CONCENTRATION IN AUDIO RECORDING Plill312 Metaphysics 3 LAW 251 Business Law I Contracts 3 The department houses a state-of-the-art electronic mu­ ACCT 211 Financial Accounting 3 sic studio and a state-of-the-art audio recording studio. MGT 300 Principles of Management 3 Students receive the necessary technical training to pur­ COMM220 Radio and Television 3 sue employment in the areas of audio engineering or COMM225 Audio Production 3 audio producing, or enroll in a graduate program in au­ COMM260 Oral Interpretation 3 dio recording/production. The activities allow for labo­ COMM323 Television Production 3 ratory experience in the on-location recording of student COMM326 Advanced Television Production 3 recitals and jazz dialogue days, and in assisting experi­ COMM353 AdvancedAudio Production 3 ence for the Midday Artist Series,Jazz Room Series and COMM361 Successful Business and other Shea Auditorium events. Professional Comm. 3 Students should earn a B average in MUS 251,Audio COMM363 Public Speaking 3 Recording I, and MUS 258, Electronic Music I, to con­ COMM365 Introduction to Rhetoric 3 tinue in the concentration. COMM425 Television Workshop 3 PSY260 Psychology in Business MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 36 CREDITS and Industry 3 Major Courses 19credtts MATH 161 Calculus IT 4 MUS 000 Recital Hour (8 semesters) o CS 201 Computer Literacy: MUS 160 Freshman Compo Musicianship I 3 Microcomputer Applications 3 MUS 161 Freshman Comp. Musicianship IT 3 BM_ MUSIC: CLASSICAL PERFORMANCE MUS 164 Functional Class Piano I OPTION REQUIREMENTS 81-84 CREDITS MUS 165 Functional Class Piano IT 1 MUS 000 Recital Hour (8 semesters) 0 MUS 180 Freshman Ear Training I 1 MUS 160 Freshman Comprehensive MUS 181 Freshman EarTraining IT 1 Musicianship I 3 MUS 207 Music History and Literature I 3 MUS 161 Freshman Comprehensive MUS 208 Music History and Literature II 3 Musicianship IT 3 MUS 244 Practical Musicianship or MUS 180 Freshman EarTraining I 1 MUS 251 Audio Recording 1* 3 MUS 181 Freshman EarTraining II 1 Performing Groups 4 Credits MUS 207 Music History and Literature I -3 Music Department Advanced Courses 13credtts MUS 208 Music History and literature IT 3 MUS 258 Electronic Music I 3 MUS 234 Sophomore Recital Performance 0 MUS 251 Audio Recording 10• or MUS 258 Electronic Music I 3 MUS 259 Electronic Music IT 3 MUS 260 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 252 Audio Recording I 3 Musicianship I 3 One Advanced Recording Course 4 MUS 261 Sophomore Comprehensive Musicianship IT 3 'Substitute MUS 251 if MUS 244 not needed. MUS 280 Sophomore EarTraining I 1 "Substitute Electronic Music IT if MUS 251 completed as MUS 281 Sophomore Ear Training IT 1 a major course. Ensembles (8 semesters) Suggested Free and/or Upper Level Elective Applied Music Major (8 semesters) Courses Taken by Advisement MUS 190, 191,290,291,390,391, MUS 125 Survey of Music and 490,491, (4 cr. each) 32 Entertainment Industry 3 MUS 300 Junior Recital (evening) 0 MUS 358 Electronic Music ill 3 MUS 310 Junior Recital Performance I (midday) 0 MUS 270 Structure and Content of MUS 380 Junior EarTraining I 1 the Music Industry 3 MUS 381 Junior EarTraining IT 1 MUS 400 Senior Recital (evening) 0

57 ARTSAND COMMUNICATION

MUS 464 Senior Recital Performance (1 semester)O Voice, piano and percussion differ from other instrumen­ Functional Class Piano (4 semesters of talists as indicated below: 1 cr. each) (only 2 semesters for Vocalists: 3 years Jazz Piano Minor required; 2 years keyboard majors) 2-4 classical voice required; not required to take Performing Groups 8 Improvisation m Other Music Courses 12-13 Percussionists: 2 years Jazz Piano Minor required (may increase to 3 years in academic year 92-93); not required B.M. MUSIC: JAZZ STUDIES AND PERFORMANCE to take Improvisation OPTION REQUIREMENTS 105 CREDITS' m. Pianists: 2 years Classical Piano Minor required. MUS 000 Recital Hour (8 semesters) 0 Two years classical music required for pianists and vocal­ MUS 137 Jazz Improvisation I 3 ists. Three years Jazz Piano Minor required for vocalists. MUS 138 Jazz Improvisation 1I 3 Two years Jazz Piano Minor required for percussionists. MUS 156 Applied Music Major 3 Recital Hour (8 semesters; no credit) MUS 157 Applied Music Major 3 Note: Jazz students must pass second semester sopho­ MUS 160 Fresluuan Comprehensive more juries in order to go on to junior year in applied Musicianship I 3 major. MUS 161 Freshman Comprehensive Musicianship 1I 3 B.M. MUSIC-MUSIC MANAGEMENT OPTION MUS 164 Functional Class Piano I 1 REQUIREMENTS AND COREQUISITES: 88 CREDITS MUS 165 Functional Class Piano 1I Students should earn a 3.0 grade point average in MUS MUS 180 Fresluuan Ear Training I 125, Survey of the Music and Entertainment Industry,and MUS 181 Fresluuan Ear Training 1I one additional 3-credit music management course in or­ MUS 205 Applied Music Minor der to be fully admitted to the program. They then com­ MUS 206 Applied Music Minor plete the sequence outlined. A 2.5 grade point average MUS 234 Sophomore Recital Performance o must be maintained in these courses to continue through MUS 236 Western Art Music 3 the sequence. Jazz Performance Groups Core Courses 56 credits (2 each semester) 16 MUS 000 Recital Hour (8 semesters) o MUS 241 Jazz Ear Training I 2 MUS 160 Fresluuan Comprehensive 2 MUS 242 Jazz Ear Training 1I Musicianship I 3 MUS 251 Audio Recording I 3 MUS 161 Fresluuan Comprehensive Jazz History &Analysis I MUS 253 3 Musicianship II 3 MUS 254 Jazz History &Analysis 1I 3 MUS 162 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 255 Jazz Harmony 3 MUS 163 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 256 Applied Music Major 3 MUS 180 Freshman Ear Training I MUS 257 Applied Music Major 3 MUS 181 Fresluuan Ear Training II 1 MUS 258 Electronic Music I 3 MUS 253 Jazz History 3 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 260 or Musicianship I 3 MUS 317 History of American Popular Music MUS 261 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 234 Sophomore Recital Performance 0 Musicianship II 3 MUS 236 Western Att/Music 3 MUS 268 Functional Class Jazz Piano I MUS 260 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 269 Functional Class Jazz Piano II Musicianship I 3 MUS 305 Applied Music Minor MUS 261 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 306 Applied Music Minor 1 Musicianship II 3 MUS 310 Junior Recital Performance I (midday) 0 MUS 262 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 311 Junior Recital Performance II (midday) 0 MUS 263 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 322 Jazz Improvisation 2 m MUS 280 Sophomore Ear Training I MUS 323 Jazz Seminar 3 MUS 281 Sophomore Ear Training II 1 MUS 343 Jazz Ear Training m 2 MUS 307 Basic Conducting 3 MUS 344 Jazz Ear Training IV 2 MUS 310 Junior Recital Performance I 0 MUS 356 Applied Music Major 3 MUS 311 Junior Recital Performance II 0 MUS 357 Applied Music Major 3 MUS 362 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 456 Applied Music Major 3 MUS 363 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 457 Applied Music Major 3 MUS 462 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 464 Senior Recital Performance 0 MUS 464 Senior Recital Performance 0 MUS 470 JazzArranging I 3 Performing Groups 7 MUS 471 Jazz Arranging II 3 Applied Music Minor or Functional Jazz performing groups are 1 credit each. Take two per Class Piano semester. (4 semesters) 4 'Number of credits varies according to major instrument Advanced Music Courses' 6 selected: '300 level or higher

58 MUSIC

Music Management Courses 20 credits MUS 166 Voice Class I (not required of voice MUS 125 Survey of the Music and Entertainment majors) 1 Industry 3 MUS 167 Voice Class II (not required of voice MUS 270 Structure and Content of the Music majors) 1 Industry 3 MUS 180 Freshman Ear Training I 1 MUS 316 Media Use in the Music and MUS 181 Freshman EarTraining II Entertainment Industry 3 MUS 205 Applied Music Minor 1 MUS 403 Music Management Seminar MUS 206 Applied Music Minor 1 MUS 452 Law and Ethics in the Music and MUS 207 Music History and Literature I 3 Entertainment Industry 3 MUS 208 Music History and Literature II 3 Plus 7 credits chosen from the four courses below:" MUS 209 Vocal Seminar (six semesters- 0-6 MUS 258 Electronic Music I 3 for voice applied majors only) MUS 303 Music Management Internship 1 MUS 234 Sophomore Recital Performance 0 MUS 404 Music Management Honors Internship 6 Mus 258 Electronic Music I 3 MUS 450 Personal Management in Music 3 MUS 260 Sophomore Comprehensive School ofHumanities, Management Musicianship I 3 and Social Sciences Corequisites 12 credits MUS 261 Sophomore Comprehensive ACcr 211 Financial Accounting 3 Musicianship II 3 MGT 300 Principles of Management 3 MUS 262 Applied Music Major 2 LAW 251 Business Law I 3 MUS 263 Applied Music Major 2 MKT 310 Marketing 3 MUS 266 Functional Class Piano-Advanced 'Production Concentration may substitute 'bne sound (or MUS 264) recording course. MUS 267 Functional Qass Piano-Advanced Business Concentration must take MUS 450, Personal (or MUS 265) Management. MUS 280 Sophomore EarTraining I MUS 281 Sophomore Ear Training II 1 B.M. MUSIC-CLASSICAL PERFORMANCE N-12 MUS 301 Form and Analysis or 3 MUSIC CERTIFICATION OPTION MUS 302 Arranging Two concentrations are offered in this program. Students MUS 305 Applied Music Minor admitted as performance majors in keyboard, guitar or MUS 306 Applied Music Minor 1 voice ordinarily choose the concentration in preparation MUS 307 Basic Conducting 3 for teaching vocal/general music in grades N-12. Students MUS 308 Choral Conducting 3 whose performance is on a standard band or orchestral MUS 310 Junior Recital Performance I 0 instrument take the instrumental concentration. MUS 311 Junior Recital Performance II 0 Students are admitted to the this program on a proba­ MUS 325 Music for Children • (certification req.) 3 tionary status for the freshman and sophomore years. Full MUS 362 Applied Music Major 2 status in the program is determined prior to the begin­ MUS 363 Applied Music Major 2 ning of the junior year. MUS 400 Senior Recital (Evening) Note: Performance majors in keyboard or guitar who (half recital req'd.) 0 want an instrumental concentration must also meet the MUS 425 Music for Adolescents' 3 entrance audition requirements on a band or orchestral MUS 462 Applied Music Major 2 instrument outlined previously. Performance majors in MUS 464 Senior Recital Performance 0 keyboard or guitar must meet the entrance requirements Performing Groups 7 for a voice minor, i.e. demonstrate voice potential as a 'These courses must be taken in sequence. prospective teacher of choral/vocal music in the public schools. Additional Certification Requirements (N-12) 24 Credits VOCAL CONCENTRATION 76-82 CREDITS Students interested in obtaining teaching certification MUS 000 Recital Hour a semesters) 0 should see the section on the School of Education, De­ MUS 101 Flute and Clarinet 1 partment of Curriculum and Instruction, ahead, for fur­ MUS 103 Trumpet ther information. MUS 105 Violin 1 MUS 107 Guitar 1 INSTRUMENTAL CONCENTRATION 79 CREDITS MUS 108 Percussion 1 MUS 000 Recital Hour a semesters) 0 MUS 160 Freshman Comprehensive MUS 101 Flute and Clarinet 1 Musicianship I 3 MUS 102 Double Reeds 1 MUS 161 Freshman Comprehensive MUS 103 Trumpet 1 Musicianship II 3 MUS 104 Low Brass MUS 162 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 105 Violin 1 MUS 163 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 106 Low Strings 1 MUS 164 Functional Class Piano I MUS 107 Guitar 1 MUS 165 Functional Class Piano II MUS 108 Percussion

59 ARTSAND COMMUNICATION

MUS 160 Freshman Comprehensive MUSIC MANAGEMENT MINOR 21 CREDITS Musicianship I 3 (For Non-Music Major or B.A. Music Major) MUS 161 Freshman Comprehensive Students wishing to minor in music management are ad­ Musicianship II 3 mitted to music management courses depending on avail­ MUS 162 Applied Music Major 2 ability of space. MUS 163 Applied Music Major 2 Students must earn a 3.0 GPA in MUS 125, Survey of MUS 164 Functional Class Piano I 1 the Music and Entertainment Industry, and one additional MUS 165 Functional Class Piano II 1 3-credit music management course in order to be admit­ MUS 166 Voice Class I 1 ted to the program. They then complete the sequence MUS 167 Voice Class II outlined below.A 2.5 GPA must be maintained in these MUS 180 Freshman Ear Training I courses to continue through the sequence. MUS 181 Freshman Ear Training II 1 MUS 120 Music Appreciation 3 MUS 207 Music History and Literature I 3 MUS 125 Survey of the Music and Entertainment MUS 208 Music History and Literature II 3 Industry 3 MUS 234 Sophomore Recital Performance 0 MUS 270 Structure and Content of the Music MUS 258 Electronic Music I 3 and Entertainment Industry 3 MUS 260 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 303 Music Management Internship 1 Musicianship I 3 MUS 403 Music Management Seminar MUS 261 Sophomore Comprehensive (2 semesters) 2 Musicianship 11 3 MUS 450 Personal Management in Music 3 MUS 262 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 452 Law and Ethics in the Music and MUS 263 Applied Music Major 2 Entertainment Industry 3 MUS 264 Functional Class Piano ill Music Elective' 3 MUS 265 Functional Class Piano IV 1 , 200 level or higher, excluding music management MUS 280 Sophomore Ear Training I courses

MUS 281 Sophomore Ear Training II MUS 301 Form and Analysis COURSES or 3 Arranging MUS 302 Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. MUS 307 Basic Conducting 3 MUS 309 Instrumental Conducting 3 Performing Groups A placement audition and the per­ MUS 310 Junior Recital Performance I 0 mission of the conductor required. General education MUS 311 Junior Recital Performance II 0 credit may be given to nonmajors for participation in MUS 325 Music for Children' (certification req.) 3 these groups. 1 credit each MUS 362 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 172,3,4,5 Freshman Chamber Jazz I,II,ill,IV MUS 363 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 200 Concert Choir MUS 400 Senior Recital (Evening) (half recital MUS 201 Women's Choral Ensemble req'd.) 0 (offered as determined by dept.) MUS 425 Music for Adolescents' MUS 202 College Chorus (certification req.) 3 MUS 203 Chamber Singers MUS 462 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 204 Men's Glee Club MUS 464 Senior Recital Performance 0 MUS 211 Concert Band Performing Groups 11 MUS 212 Preparatory Band 'These courses must be taken in sequence. MUS 213 College Orchestra MUS 214 Brass Ensemble ADDITIONAL CERTIFICATION MUS 215 Brass Quintet REQUIREMENTS (N-12) 24 Credits MUS 216 Woodwind Ensemble: Clarinet Students interested in obtaining teaching certification MUS 217 Woodwind Ensemble: Saxophone should see the section on the School of Education, De­ MUS 218 Woodwind Quintet partment of Curriculum and Instruction, ahead, for fur­ MUS 219 Percussion Ensemble ther information. MUS 221 WPC-NJ Percussion Ensemble MUSIC DEPARTMENT MINOR 18 CREDITS MUS 222 Jazz Ensemble (For Non-Music Major) MUS 227 Collegium Musicum MUS 160-161 Freshman Comprehensive (offered as determined by dept.) Musicianship I and II 6 MUS 228 Tuba Ensemble MUS 164-165 Functional Class Piano (2 semesters) 2 (offered as determined by dept.) MUS 180-181 Freshman Ear Training I and 11 2 MUS 229 Trombone Ensemble MUS 207-208 Music History I and II 6 MUS 230 Classical Guitar Ensemble Performance Ensembles 2 MUS 231 Twentieth Century Chamber Ensemble MUS 232 Lab Jazz Ensemble (offered as determined by dept.)

60 MUSIC

MUS 233 Jazz Vocal Lab MUS 160-161 Freshman Comprehensive MUS 235 Latin Jazz Ensemble Musicianship I and n MUS 239 Jazz Vocal Workshop The student is prepared to function artistically and intel­ MUS 240 New Jazz Ensemble ligently in a variety of musical situations. Focuses on MUS 247 Jazz Repertory Ensemble musical literature of all cultures, styles and historical MUS 272,3,4,5 Sophomore Chamber Jazz I,II,I1I,N periods; develops a conceptual understanding of rhythm, MUS 372,3,4,5 Junior Chamber Jazz I,II,m,N melody, harmony, texture, timbre and fortn and their in­ MUS 472,3,4,5 Senior Chamber Jazz I,II,I1I,N terrelationships as they fortn the basis for listening, per­ Instrumental Classes Class instruction in basic perfor­ fonning and creating. Includes contrapuntal textures in mance skills on standard instruments. Students proven two and three parts, compositional devices, diatonic har­ proficient on an instrument, upon examination, are ex­ mony in three and four parts, secondary dominants and cused from that class. Classes meet two hours weekly diminished seventh chords, modulation, analysis and for one semester and are open to music education stu­ composition of music in the· smaller contrapuntal and dents only. 1 credit each homophonic forms for various vocal and instrumental MUS 101 Flute and Clarinet combinations. MUS 102 Double Reeds MUS 162, 163, 262,263, 362,363,462,463 MUS 103 Trumpet Applied Music Major MUS 104 Low Brass Individual instruction in piano, organ, voice, guitar, per­ MUS 105 Violin cussion, band and orchestral instruments for B.M. MUS 106 Low Strings majors. MUS 107 Guitar 2 credits each MUS 108 Percussion MUS 000 Recital Hour o credit MUS 164-165 Functional Class Piano I and n A beginning course for music majqrs who do not have MUS Music Appreciation 120 keyboard facility. Basic technique is emphasized along Development of perceptive listening, concentrating on with a knowledge of chords. Skills of transposition, im­ music from the baroque, classical and romantic periods. provisation, score reading and accompanying are begun MUS 125 Survey of the Music and at a simple level. Entertainment Industry 1 credit each Creative and business aspects of the industry. Publish­ MUS 166-167 Voice Class I and n ing, copyright, performing rights, mechanical rights, Local fundamentals and practical application in develop­ artist's rights, recording companies, production, market­ ing and preserving the singing voice. Breath control, reso­ ing, merchandising, mass media and sociological impli­ nance, range, diction, vowel formation as related to cor­ cations. rect tone production. Methods and materials for teaching. MUS 130 Symphonic Music Not open to voice majors. A survey of representative European and American sym­ 1 credit each phonies, tone poems and concertos from the eighteenth MUS 180-181 Freshman Ear Training I and n century to the present. An integrated course that includes the development of MUS 137 Jazz Improvisation I sight-singing,dictation and rhythmic skills.Alto and tenor A workshop course aimed at helping the student evolve clefs are introduced during the freshman year. an individual style of improvisation. Emphasis on chord 1 credit each scales, interpretation of chord symbols, notation, har­ MUS 190, 191, 290,291,390,391,490,491 monic and melodic analysis techniques, transposition and Applied Music Major (B.M.) common jazz figures and patterns. Ear training and analy­ Performance sis of improvised solos. One weekly class meeting in lec­ Individual instruction in piano, organ, ,,?ice, guitar, per­ ture format, one in perfortnance groups. cussion, band and orchestral instruments. MUS 138 Jazz Improvisation n 4 credits each Expansion of concepts and principles introduced in MUS MUS 205, 206, 305, 306, 365, 366, 465, 466 137. Emphasis on chord substitution, extended and al­ Applied Music Minor tered harmonics, melodic development, memorization, Individual instruction in piano, voice, band and orches­ student jazz compositions and ear training and analysis. tral instruments. Prerequisite: MUS 137 1 credit each MUS 156, 157,256,257,356, 357,456,457 MUS 207-208 Music History and literature I Applied Music Major: Jazz andn Individual instruction in piano, voice, percussion, band The growth of Western music from its beginnings through and orchestral instruments. the first half of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: MUS 161

61 ARTSAND COMMUNICATION

MUS 209 Vocal Seminar MUS 252 Audio Recording II This is a six-semester sequential course for voice majors A continuation of Audio Recording I with emphasis on designed to provide students a working knowledge of microphones as a recording tool focusing on theory, char­ foreign language diction for singing and an acquaintance acteristics, applications, design and placement tech­ with standard vocal literature. niques. An introduction to recording consoles and stu­ 1 credit each semester dio operations, including session preparation and procedures with an overview of the recording process. MUS 234 Sophomore Recital Prerequisite: MUS 251 Performance Taken with MUS 263, MUS 291 or MUS 257. MUS 253 Jazz History and Analysis I o credits A study of the evolution of jazz from its African and Euro­ pean origins to the early bebop period. Course empha­ MUS 236 Western Art Music sizes how each period developed both musically and his­ Analysis and discussion ofWe stern art music from its ori­ gins in ancient Greece up to and including contempo­ torically, as well as in depth analysis of its major performers, arrangers and composers. • . rary styles. Emphasis on baroque through twentieth-cen­ tury music. Serves the needs of jazz majors and liberal MUS 254 Jazz History and Analysis II studies students with some prior background, offering A study of the evolution of jazz from bebop to the present. both an educational experience beyond what can be The course emphasizes how each period developed both taught in MUS 120. musically and historically, as well as an in depth analysis MUS 241 Jazz Ear Training I of its major performers, arrangers and composers. Prerequisite: MUS 261 An integrated course in ear training that includes the development of sight-singing, diction, improvisation and MUS 258 Electronic Music I rhythmic skills as they especially apply to the jazz style. An introduction to electronic music with hands-on ex­ Prerequisite: MUS 181 perience in the basics of subtractive, FM and digital syn­ 2 credits thesis. Emphasis placed on MIDI and computer applica­ MUS 242 Jazz Ear Training II tions. No prior experience on synthesizer necessary. Most An integrated course in ear training that includes the assignments and projects are to be completed during required labtime. development of sight-singing, diction, improvisation and rhythmic skills as they especially apply to the jazz style Prerequisite: MUS 244 or ability to read music and continuation of Ear Training I. MUS 259 Electronic Music II Prerequisite: MUS 241 A continuation of Electronic Music I with hands-on lab 2 credits experience using subtractive synthesis, frequency modu­ lation synthesis, sampling, digital synthesis and linear MUS 243 The Music of India, the Far East and Indonesia arithmetic synthesis. Emphasis placed on musical appli­ With approximately two weeks each on China,Japan and cations of MIDI and computers and their place in the music profession. Most aSSignments and projects are to Indonesia, the course concentrates on the rich and an­ cient tradition of Indian music. Relevant aspects of lan­ be completed during the required lab time. guage, thought, religion and art are introduced. Students Prerequisites: Music 258 or permission of instructor. are expected to attend several live concerts. MUS 260-261 Sophomore Comprehensive Musicianship I and II MUS 244 Practical Musicianship Designed for the beginning student with little or no pre­ The work of the sophomore year continues with the com­ vious musical training. Through involvement with vari­ prehensive development of musicianship by the study of ous tasks and activities, along with guidance from the literature in the larger contrapuntal and homophonic instructor, students master the basic skills of music read­ forms. Specific areas include chromatic harmony and ing, sight-singing and keyboard facility and gain a knowl­ contemporary harmonic and compositional techniques. edge of related theoretical concepts. For students who Considerable analysis of romantic and twentieth-century are not going on with formal music training, this course literature, as well as correlated written projects form the provides a valuable background for the amateur musi­ nucleus of this course. cian and/or theatre, communication and education MUS 264-265 Functional Class Piano ill and IV major. This is the second year of the beginning piano course for MUS 251 Audio Recording I: Fundamentals music majors who do not have keyboard facility and of Sound should not be chosen by keyboard majors. The work of A study of the fundamentals of sound, hearing and acous­ this course continues the development of the skills be­ tics with focus on wave motion and sound generation. gun in MUS 164-165 with more advanced work in tech­ Emphasis on the physical principles of sound energy and nique, transpOSition, improvisation, score reading and ac­ its transfer through the recording chain.An introduction companying and harmonization styles. Music education students must pass a proficiency test upon completion to the microphone and its role in the recording process. A special look at the roles and responsibilities of record­ of MUS 265. ing engineers and studio personnel. 1 credit each Prerequisite: MUS 244 or ability to read music

62 MUSIC

MUS 266-267 Functional Class Piano: Advanced MUS 299 Sacred Music Seminar This special section is for keyboard majors and qualified A series of seminars dealing with all aspects of work vocal and instrumental majors.The course assumes that within a sacred music field which cannot be covered the student already possesses considerable keyboard fa­ within the applied lesson. cility.The course is designed to develop the skills needed 1 credit to utilize the piano in school positions, sacred music posts MUS 300 Junior Recital B.M. Performance and situations other than the solo recital.The skills to be (evening) developed include transposition, improvisation, score B.M. performance majors take this with MUS 391. reading, a thorough working knowledge of chords and o credits their application to creating accompaniments and ar­ rangements from lead sheets. MUS 301 Form and Analysis 1 credit each Intensive formal, harmonic, rhythmic, melodic and t=­ tural analysis of compositions from the Renaissance to MUS 268-269, 368-369 Functional Class Jazz the present. Traditional terminology is covered, but the Piano I, H, HI, IV emphasis is on empirical analysis. Students in the jazz studies program who are not jazz Prerequisite: MUS 261 piano majors choose these sections for their second year of Functional Class Piano.These courses continue to de­ MUS 302 Arranging velop the skills begun in MUS 164-165, with special em­ A practical approach to arranging for choral and instru­ phasis on jazz improvisation, accompanying and harmo­ mental groups. Deals with the problems teachers encoun­ nization styles. ter as directors of musical organizations. Voice leading, 1 credit each part distribution, range, transpositions and musical styles are studied. MUS 270 Structure and Content of the Music Prerequisite: MUS 261 Industry Historical aspects of recording and publishing industries MUS 303 Music Management Internship and their impact on society. Current trends in publishing Designed to provide practical experience for students in and recording, including business structure and role in that program. Interns =perience actual industry func­ the industry. tioning. For music management majors only. 1 credit MUS 276 Composition Workshop I A workshop course that develops compositional skills in MUS 304 Studies in Music the homophonic forms. Two-, three-and five-part song An introduction to musicology in a very broad sense of forms, minuet and trio and rondo forms are explored by the term. Readings, library projects and research papers way of musical analysis. Specific projects of composition are assigned on the history and sociology of music, mu­ are assigned for each of the above named forms. Student sic theory, ethnomusicology, musical acoustics and the works are performed. aesthetics of music. Basically interdisciplinary, the course Prerequisite: MUS 261 or Permission of Instructor deals with the relationships between these areas and their connections with composition, performance, criticism MUS 277 Composition Workshop H and pedagogy. Extensive training in the techniques of In this second semester of Composition Workshop the scholarship, preparation of papers and dissertations and development of basic compositional skills is continued the use of the library. with their application to the traditional forms of rondo, Prerequisite: MUS 261 theme and variations, ostinato and sonatina. Prerequisite: MUS 276 or Permission of Instructor MUS 307 Basic Conducting Presents the basic techniques of conducting, both with MUS 278 Composition Workshop ill and without a baton.These techniques include basic beat Individual student composition projects in a succession patterns, preparation, cut-offs, fermatas, tempos, moods, of predominant twentieth-century styles and techniques: use of the left hand, etc. Each student conducts, using serialism-free atonality, pandiatonicism, quartal harmony, the class as the performing medium. etc. Prerequisite: MUS 261 Prerequisite: MUS 277 or Permission of Instructor MUS 308 Choral Conducting MUS 279 Composition Workshop IV Develops and refines the basic techniques of conducting A continuation of composition Workshop ill acquired in Basic Conducting.Actual conducting =peri­ Prerequisite: MUS 278 or Permission of Instructor ence applies these techniques to the specific demands MUS 280-281 Sophomore Ear Training I and H of vocal music. Other areas of study include organization More advanced work in sight-singing, dictation and rhyth­ and administration of secondary school choral groups, mic skills with special emphasis on the techniques re­ tone and diction and rehearsal techniques. quired to perform twentieth-century music. Prerequisite: MUS 307 1 credit each

63 ARTSAND COMMUNICATION

MUS 309 Instrumental Conducting MUS 331 Western Music Through Josquin Basic conducting techniques applied to the media of or­ A detailed study ofWest ern music and its place in society chestra and band. Score reading, rehearsal techniques and through the death of ]osquin des Prez. interpretation are included in addition to further devel­ MUS 332 Music in the Late Renaissance and opment of physical skill. Baroque Periods Prerequisite: MUS 307 Western music from the sixteenth, seventeenth and early MUS 310 Junior Recital Performance I (midday) eighteenth centuries is listened to, analyzed and dis­ Taken with MUS 356, 362 or 390. cussed. credits o MUS 333 Music in the Rococo and Classical MUS 311 Junior Recital Performance IT (midday) Periods Taken with MUS 357,363. A study of the music from the sons of Bach through o credits Beethoven. MUS 316 Media Use in the Music and MUS 334 Music in the Romantic Period Entertainment Industry An in-depth study of European music and its place in so­ Articles, press kits, promotional materials, advertising and ciety during the nineteenth century. the media in industry relations. Roles of artist, public MUS 335 Choral literature relations representative, advertising company and record­ A chronological survey and examination of representa­ ing company. Application of communication skills to pro­ tive choral compositions from each period of Western fessional tasks. music, with emphasis on style and its relation to perfor­ Prerequisite: MUS 125 mance. Music is studied in relation to the cultural envi­ MUS 317 History of American Popular Music ronment of its time. Since 1950 Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor Chronological survey including sociological implications, MUS 336 Accompanying current trends and new directions. Provides opportunities for upper-class students and ad­ MUS 318 Forms of Art vanced piano majors to study the art of accompanying Study of the principles and practices of critiquing plays, and to develop potential in this area of piano perfor­ concerts, paintings and film. The student can expect to mance. analyze selected works of art to study the historical and Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor cultural background of a work of art and to read critical 1 credit theories of art. Special emphasis is placed on the discov­ MUS 340 Masterworks of Opera ery of the commonalities that link forms of art. Atten­ A study of selected masterpieces of opera in their en­ dance at concerts, plays, exhibits and media viewings is tirety, with emphasis on the cultural, literary, historic and required. artistic foundations of each work. MUS 322 Jazz Improvisation m Prerequisites: MUS 120, MUS 207-208 Continuation of Improvisation II. One- or two-week units MUS 341 Composition Class I featuring guest lectures on a variety of advanced topics. A workshop course in musical composition. The instruc­ Prerequisites: MUS 161, 137, and 138 or permission of tor assigns specific technical and/or expressive problems. the instructor All music is written for instruments or ensembles avail­ 2 credits able in the department, and all works are performed in MUS 323 Jazz Seminar class or in concert. No stylistic limitations. Weekly seminars with subjects ranging from the practi­ Prerequisites: MUS 161 and permission of the instructor cal to the philosophical, including medical concerns of MUS 342 Composition Class IT musicians, jazz criticism, the aesthetics of jazz, life in­ A continuation of Composition Class I with emphasis on side the recording studio, advanced improvisational con­ contemporary styles and techniques, strict and free se­ cepts, professional goals and objectives, and the business rial techniques, proportional and other approximate no­ of music (publishing, management, contracts and book­ tations, aleatory procedures, polytonaIity, etc. ing). Each seminar is conducted by a specialist in the Prerequisites: MUS 341 and permission of the instructor field. MUS 343 Jazz Ear Training m MUS Music for Children 325 Continuation of MUS 242 with emphasis on extension This course is designed to provide a basic understanding harmonies, altered scales, alternate and advanced jazz of the role of music in the lives of young children. Em­ forms, phrase structure. Sight singing activities include phaSis placed on social, emotional, physical and musical prepared and unprepared vocalization exercises, single development of children of ages five through twelve.Tra­ line, polyphonic jazz and classical progressions and rhyth­ ditional techniques of presenting a variety of musical mic duplication of jazz percussion materials. activities are examined as well as the more contempo­ 2 credits rary systems of Orff, Kodaly, Dalcroze and Suzuki.

64 MUSIC

MUS 344 Jazz Ear Training IV try. Students put to practical use the skills learned in music An integrated course in the development of skills that management courses. pertain specifically to hearing and executing (playing, Prerequisites: Music management majors only, 3.2 GPA singing, writing) the melodic, rhythmic and harmonic minimum, successful completion of interview with Mu­ materials of the jazz style. It is a continuation of Jazz Ear sic Management Honors Internship Screening Committee Training ill. 6 credits 2 credits MUS 407 Sacred Music Internship MUS 351 Audio Recording III: Mixing Consoles Through practical work situations, the student experi­ and Recording Media ences first hand many of the varied and specialized musi­ A detailed look at the concepts, designs, operation and cal and administrative duties performed by musicians in maintenance of studio mixing concoles and tape ma­ the field of sacred music. chines. The course will include an intensive study of sig­ 1 credit nal flow and the patchbay with special emphasis on MUS 408 Advanced Choral Conducting trouble shooting and creative uses of patching. Also in­ Provides continued study and practice of choral conduct­ cluded will be an introduction to digital audio and re­ ing techniques. EmphasiS on developing good vocal tone cording media. Lecture and lab required. production in choral groups, style and interpretation in Prerequisite: MUS 252 or permission of instructor choral literature and program building. Some of the stan­ 4 credits dard larger choral works are studied. MUS 358 Electronic Music ill 2 credits A continuation of Electronic Music I and II with hands­ MUS 409 Counterpoint on experience using subtractive synthesis, frequency Technique of contrapuntal writing and analysis. Study modulation synthesis, linear arithmetic synthesis and sam­ includes writing two- and three-part textures, as well as pling. Emphasis is placed on creativity, practical music parallel analysis of musical literature drawn from several applications and regularly assigned projects producing periods and styles. music for various types of media including dance, mm, Prerequisite: MUS 261 video and radio. Prerequisites: Electronic Music I and/or II or permission MUS 410 Maintenance and Repair of Music of instructor Instruments Problems of repair with respect to brass, woodwind, MUS 380-381 Junior Ear Training string and percussion instruments. Advanced third-year ear training work, including sight­ Laboratory sessions singing, dictation and rhythmic skills, with special em­ phasis on the techniques required to perform twentieth­ MUS 411 Piano Tuning century music. Complete explanation and application of tuning acous­ 1 credit each tic and electric pianos by the equal temperament sys­ tem. Problems, procedures and exploration of standard Selected Topics MUS 399 techniques. A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as recommended by the department and approved by the MUS 412 Music Graphics dean. The history, theory and practice of preparing graphic Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson music copy. 1-6 credits MUS 425 Music for Adolescents MUS 400 Senior Recital B.M. (evening) This course is designed to provide a basic understanding B.M. Performance majors take this with MUS 491. Other of the role music plays in the lives of teenage youth. B.M. majors take this with MUS 462 or MUS 463. Emphasis is placed on musical study as an academic dis­ cipline encompassing the various vocal and instrumen­ MUS 401 Twentieth-Century Music tal activities in which youth normally participate during A survey of contemporary music as exemplified by rep­ these years. resentative works of the leading composers of the cen­ tury.Detailed analysis of a limited number of works which MUS 450 Personal Management in Music represent significant stylistic and expressive trends. Contemporary performers, changing trends in consumer Prerequisite: MUS 160 practices and evaluation criteria for musical perfor­ mances.Field experiences followed by critiques. Systems MUS 403 Music Management Seminar approach to personal management. For music manage­ Lectures by industry experts. Resume critiquing and job ment majors and minors only. entry suggestions. 1 credit MUS 452 Law and Ethics in the Music and Entertainment Industry MUS 404 Music Management Honors Legal aspects of the industry. Ethical considerations for Internship management and artists, domestic and international copy­ Culmination of music management education for students rights, contracts, labor agreements, trade practice regu­ with 3.2 GPA or higher. AsSigned to an area in the music lations, piracy, payola. For music management majors and industry as an intern, the student gains experience in minors only. the business role in the music and entertainment indus-

65 ARTSAND COMMUNICATION

MUS 464 Senior Recital Performance (midday) MUS 471 Jazz Arranging II B.M. majors take this with MUS 462; B.M. in classical Expansion of the principles introduced in MUS 470. In­ performance majors take this with MUS 490; B.M. jazz structor assigns specific technical and expressive prob­ majors take this with MUS 456 and 457. lems aimed at helping the student develop the writing o credits skill and concepts necessary to realize complete arrange­ ments for a large jazz ensemble. MUS 470 Jazz Arranging I Prerequisites: MUS 260 and 470 or permission of the in­ Introduction to basic concepts and techniques of con­ structor temporary arranging. Study of instrumental ranges and transpositions, chord symbolization, rhythm section, MUS 499 Independent Study notation, etc. Four-part sectional writing with attention As approved and to be arranged. to voice leading, blend and textural effects. 1-6 credits Prerequisites: MUS 260 and/or permission of the instructor

DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE

Professors: W. Grant, B. Gulbranson (chairperson), CURRICULUM ]. Ludwig, B. Sandberg Nonteaching Professionals: E. Matthews, S. Selke, MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 33 CREDITS D. Sherman Required Core 9 Credits mEA 130 Scenery Construction for Stage and There are two majors available to students through the Media I 3 Department of Theatre: liberal studies and dramatic arts. mEA 141 Theatre Management 3 liberal Studies Major mEA 170 Acting I: Improvisation 3 Students interested in several disciplines offered by the Labs (three ofthefive must be taken) 3 credits School of the Arts and Communication, but who do not mEA 111 Audience Management 1 wish to major in anyone of them, may pursue a liberal mEA 112 Stagecraft Lab 1 studies major. With the assistance of an academic advi­ mEA 114 Costume Lab 1 sor, students select a total of 48 credits from at least three mEA 115 Production Lab 1 of the school's majors, taking no more than 18 credits in mEA 117 Performance Lab 1 anyone of them. Successful completion of this program results in a bachelor's degree in liberal studies: School of Literature and History (cboose one) 3 credits theArts and Communication. THEA 261 Playscripts 3 THEA 360 History of Theatre 3 Dramatic Arts THEA 363 . American Theatre and Drama 3 The department offers a B.A. in dramatic arts. The goals Applied Courses (cboose one) 3 credits of the dramatic arts program are as follows: to develop mEA 252 Broadway Matinees . the individual's creative potential; to explore human situ­ 3 mEA 289 Introduction to Drama Therapy ations and relations in an artistic context, thereby gain­ 3 mEA 381 Drama for Children ing insight into one's own life; and to understand and 3 mEA 454 Playwriting appreciate the dramatic arts in theory and practice. 3 The dramatic arts have long been recognized as an Major Electives 15 credits endeavor that combines all of the arts, most of the crafts Through advisement, the student elects 15 credits from and some of the sciences. For students who wish to in­ either one or both of the following groups of courses: crease their theatrical sensibilities, the dramatic arts ma­ Per.{Qnnance/Production jor program is performance oriented and craftbased.The mEA 270 Acting II:Advanced Improvisation 3 sequence of courses is designed to relate the ancient mEA 272 Acting III: Principles of world to the present day, to bring critical appraisal into Characterization 3 direct contact with creative experiment and to provide a mEA 274 Acting for Television I 3 fund of life experiences centered upon the comparison mEA 275 Acting IV: Scene Study 3 and clarification of values-morals, social and personal. mEA 374 Acting for Television II 3 The major program prepares the student for advanced mEA 375 Acting V: Advanced Scene Study 3 training at the graduate level and employment viability mEA 376 Acting: Musical Theatre Performance 3 in the theatre, as well as in related areas such as arts ad­ mEA 377 Directing for Stage and Media 3 ministration, communication arts and public relations. A THEA 474 Acting forT.V. Commercials 3 double major combining theatre and communication is mEA 479 Acting: Showcase 3 available for interested students. For further information, mEA 483 Children's Theatre 3 contact the chairperson of either department.

66 THEATRE

Design/Technical Theatre THEA 130 Scenery Construction for Stage and THEA 230 Scenery Construction for Stage and Medial Media II 3 Fundamentals of scenery construction are considered in THEA 236 Lighting for Stage and Media I 3 a practical situation.An introduction to the scenery shop THEA 239 Scene Design for Stage and Media I 3 and related facilities and equipment and their use within THEA 333 Stage Management 3 the production framework. The course includes instruc­ THEA 335 Scene Painting I 3 tion in the techniques of stagecraft and methods of pro­ THEA 336 Lighting for Stage and Media II 3, duction. Scene Design for Stage and Media II THEA 339 3 THEA 141 Theatre Management Scene Painting II THEA 435 3 An investigation of operational procedures including ad­ ministration, purchase and accounting practices, box­ office management, publicity, promotion, public rela­ COURSES tions, policy and decision making and management of theatre personnel. Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. THEA 170 Actingl:bnpro~ation The first course, THEA 101, is specially designed to sat­ Use of improvisation to explore group expression in a isfy general education requirements. spontaneous mode. Emphasis 9n physicalization, mime and other nonverbal modes such as theatre games as THEA 101 Introduction to Theatre personal development in the arts of acting. An innovative study of the dramatic process covering all facets of play production.The course is approached from THEA 230 Scenery Construction for Stage and the appreciation point of view. Students may choose to Media II satisfy requirements through experiential contractual Advanced problems in set and property construction are learning. Purchase of tickets to see plays is required. considered in laboratory and practical situations. This course also concerns itself with analysis of various con­ THEA 102 Fundamentals of Acting struction problems. A practical introduction to the contemporaty skills and techniques of acting through exercises designed to de­ THEA 236 Ughting for Stage and Media I velop the student's individual creative abilities and self­ Training in the problems of lighting design and its appli­ confidence. cation to stage and television production in various forms. Color, rhythm and aesthetic backgrounds are examined THEA 111 Audience Management Laboratory in the context of good lighting design. A practical application of the administrative aspects of audience management. May be repeated. THEA 239 Scene Design for Stage and Media I 1 credit Training in the problems of scenery design for produc­ tion in various media. Color, line and movement are ex­ THEA 112 Stagecraft Laboratory amined in the context of good design. Individual projects Supervised direction and practiced application of the are required. principles involved in the technical aspects of produc­ ing a play. Provision is made for individual and group THEA 252 Broadway Matinees training in such areas as stage management, lighting, scen­ By reading scripts and viewing plays and other theatrical ery, properties, makeup and sound. May be repeated. events, the student develops an understanding of the 1 credit forms and styles of theatre today and of theatre's role in our culture. Field trips to Broadway and off-Broadway THEA 114 Costume Laboratory theatres. Attendance at plays and other theatrical events A laboratory in costume construction for theatre produc­ is required. tion with individual instruction in construction tech­ niques. May be repeated. THEA 261 Playscripts 1 credit A study of playscripts in terms of both their functional, narrative content and their theatrical, structural function. THEA 115 Production Laboratory Investigation of the reasoning process involved in visual­ A practical application of the principles of stagecraft. izing the transformation of a script on the page into a Production-related projects in such crafts as scenic con­ play on the stage. struction, scene painting, properties, lighting and sound. Evening hours required. May be repeated. THEA 270 Acting II: Advanced Impro~ation -1 credit A continuation of the emphases ofActing I.Additionally, Acting II focuses on dtamatic processes as they formal­ THEA 117 Performance Laboratory ize into theatrical performance.The creation of dramatic A practical application in acting under faculty supervi­ form (plot, character, setting) as it relates to theme (or sion.Work includes rehearsing and performing a play for message, metaphor) is of particular focus.An introduc­ public presentation. May be repeated for credit. tion to improvisation as a formal theatrical mode. Prerequisite: Audition 1 credit

67 ARTSAND COMMUNICATION

TIIEA 272 Acting ill: Principles of THEA 363 American Theatre and Drama Characterization The study of the development of the American theatre An array of methods to discover and to perform charac­ and its drama from the colonial period to the present ters from drama, including the use of costume and with emphasis on twentieth-century American drama. makeup as creative sources. THEA 374 Acting for Television II TIIEA 274 Acting for Television I An advanced course in television acting that includes A course rooted in theory and principles, which intro­ challenging work on various modes of dramatic litera­ duces students to the nature of television and affords basic ture adapted to television. In addition, the course fea­ on-camera performing experience. tures advanced performing techniques and varied expe­ riences with the dramatic television director. TIIEA 275 Acting IV: Scene Study An advanced course in acting techniques with an intro­ THEA 375 Acting V: Advanced Scene Study duction to various styles and approaches through group An advanced course centering on role preparation and scene work. performance of various modes of drama in the setting of theatre as a comprehensive art. TIIEA 289 Inti-oduction to Drama Therapy A course in the basic principles, methods and practices THEA 376 Acting: Musical Theatre Performance of the drama therapy process. Provides an overview of A supervised study of the techniques appropriate to de­ the process. Requires four hours of practicum per week veloping roles in musical theatre. Special attention is in addition to regular classwork. given to the interpretation of a musical selection. TIIEA 318 Forms of Art THEA 377 Directing for Stage and Media Study of the principles and practices of critiquing plays, Principles and theory for the production of plays on stage concerts, paintings and film. The student can expect to and on television. Practical experience in guiding per­ analyze selected works of art to study the historical and formers so that they turn scripts into plays. cultural background of a work of art and to read critical TIIEA 381 Drama for Children theories of art. Special emphasis is placed on the discov­ Study of the importance of dramatic process in a child's ery of the commonalities that link forms of art. Atten­ individual and social growth. Investigation of the dynam­ dance at concerts, plays, exhibits and media viewings is ics of the creative process within formal drama (children's required. theatre) and informal drama (creative dramatics). TIIEA 333 Stage Management THEA 385 Field Experiences in Drama Introductory ttaining in the duties of the manager in the and Theatre normal process of producing a play. Audition, rehearsal Students receive academic credit for guided experiences period,performance and postperformance functions and in drama and theatre in the college community. These procedures are examined. experiences include touring productions to area schools, TIIEA 335 Scene Painting I geriatric centers, etc.; drama therapy internships; drama A study of the basic styles of theatrical painting. Concen­ education in local schools and other assignments as de­ tration on dry pigments and casein media. Develops in termined by the instructor. the student a basic ability to interpret the scenic THriA 399 Selected Topics designer's elevations and reproduce them for the stage. Topics not presently offered in other courses. Content TIIEA 336 Lighting for Stage and Media II changes each semester. Advanced training in the problems of lighting design and Prer~quisites to be determined control as related to their application to production in 1-6 credits stage and the media. The use and application of sound TIIEA 435 Scene Painting II effects and the development of sound tapes for theatri­ A continuation of the scenic artist's craft.Advanced tech­ cal productions are examined. niques, concentrating on the use of analine dyes, are ex­ TIIEA 339 Scene Design for Stage and Media II plored. An advanced study of the problems of the scenic designer TIIEA 446 Theatre Workshop I in theatre, television and film. Concentration is on the Training and experience in the creative process of re­ areas of materials and techniques.The student is expected hearsing and performing a play before an audience. to produce models and renderings utilizing various tech­ Through audition, the student is assigned work in one of niques and structures. the following areas: acting, design, technical production TIIEA 360 History of Theatre or theatre management. Explores the historical development of dramatic form, TIIEA 447 Theatre Workshop II the physical theatre and technical theatre arts from an­ A continuation of THEA 446. cient Greece to the present. Investigates the social and cultural forces that shaped the theatre and were shaped TIIEA 448 Theatre Workshop ill by the theatre and develops critical standards of theatre. A continuation of11IEA 446. The student is expected to attend representative theatre productions.

68 TIlEATRE

11IEA 454 Playwriting 11IEA 483 Children's Theatre A study and practice in the basic techniques of Study of the educational and artistic modes of contem­ playwriting. Emphasizes dramatic structure and charac­ porary children's theatre. Focuses on styles of presenta­ terization developed through the writing of scenes and tion and children's dramatic literature. short plays. 11IEA 499 Independent Study 11IEA 474 Acting for Television Commercials An advanced performance project under faculty Varied experiences rehearsing and performing television supervision. commercials. Prerequisite:Approval of the chairperson 11IEA 479 Acting: Showcase 1-6 credits A directed independent practicum culminating in a pub­ lic performance. SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

Nancy E. Seminoff, Dean Field Experiences Office: Raubinger 430 The Office of Field Experiences (Hunziker Hall, Room The School of Education develops and administers the 206) coordinates practica, which are preliminary obser­ education components of the College's teacher educa­ vational and teaching experiences in the schools. The tion programs and related certifications. office is also charged with coordinating and processing By arrangement with the New Jersey State Department student teaching applications and placements. of Education, the school recommends its graduates for Certification certification as teachers, administrators and counselors. How to File for a Teaching Certificate These programs are generally acceptable in other states A student completing the fmal semester of a program to that recognize the standards of the National Council for meet the requirements for an initial teaching certificate Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) or the Na­ must obtain, complete and submit a form entitiedAppli­ tional Association of State Directors of Teacher Educa­ cation for Certification to the Certification Office, . tion (NASDTEC) and Certification. Hunziker Hall (205A). The submission of this form The School of Education makes every effort to relate prompts a record review; and, once program comple­ student needs, program innovations and interdisciplinary tion is verified, a certification recommendation will be offerings to the contemporaryworld.The school has been forwarded to the New Jersey State Department of Educa­ ~ctively involved in all types of grant programs, especially tion. those in special, bilingual, parent and early childhood Please note that the Beginning Teacher Induction Pro­ education, technology and urban education. gram, enacted into law on October 23, 1992, provides Undergraduate Part-Time and Full-Time that a student who successfully completes a program and Students is recommended by the College for certification will re­ Teacher education certification programs are available ceive a Certificate of Eligibility with Advanced Stand­ to undergraduate students in the following fields: elemen­ ing. tary education (nursery school through 8th grade), spe­ The Provisional Certificate will be issued to a stu­ cial education, physical education (see School of Science dent who receives and accepts a documented offer of and Health) and a variety of subject matter fields (Nurs­ employment. .ery through 12th grade). A separate program in early The Standard Certificate will be issued to a student childhood education is currently inactive. who serves for one year under the Provisional Certifi­ Elementary education candidates must pursue study cate and is recommended as "approved." in an academic major in consultation with their academic Prerequisites advisors. Prerequisites forEDUC 414 and EDUC 415, SeniorTeach­ Regularly admitted part-time students interested in pur­ ing Internships, include the following: suing a teacher education certification program must in­ 1. Admission to the appropriate department dicate their choice early and apply for admission to a 2. Approval of the individual applicant by the program. Their last two semesters must be spent in full­ department which is responsible for certification, time practicum and internship in the area appropriate to based on the following standards: the major. a. A cumulative grade point average of 2.50 at the close of semester immediately preceding the initial practicum as a prerequisite for entry into

70 EDUCATION

the required field experiencesequence, begin­ COURSES ning with the initial practicum b. A cumulative grade point average of 2.50 in the academic major and in the teacher education . eIEE 301 Practicum sequence The practicum is designed to provide N-8 certification c. Satisfactory completion of all preliminary field students with the opportunity to work with an experi­ experiences and courses required in the program enced teacher in developing profeSSional knowledge, d. A minimum of 96 credits completed at the time humanistic and reflective practices. Students are assisted of application for the senior teaching internship in identifying and meeting major goals: small group in­ e. Completion of all requirements based on the struction, teaching lessons in each subject area, manag­ freshman basic skills tests in reading, writing and ing the classroom for a full morning or day, and demon­ mathematics, and the successful completion of strating progress in classroom management skills. English 110, Writing Effective Prose, prior to Students meet in a weekly seminar and are observed by a college supervisor who will make written assignments admission to the teacher education sequence (logs) appropriate for the students level of professional f. An analysis of speech patterns and problems (if any) development. By advanced application in Office of Field Experiences. g. Consideration of additional departmental standards in the form of auditions, physical Prerequisite: CIRL 229 performance requirements, submission of Corequisites: CIEE 320, CIEE 324, CIEE 325, CIEE 327, portfolio, specific skills tests, comprehensive CIEE 328 tests, etc. 2 credits 3. In addition, the student must: EDue 399 Selected Topics a. Have documentation of negative results on the A topic not covered by an existing course will be offered MantouxTest prior to the initial field experience as recommended by the department and approved by b. Apply to the Office of Field Experiences no later the Dean. than March 1 preceding the academic year of the Prerequisite: Permission of the department chait; internship (i.e., March 5, 1995 for internships in 1-6 credits the fall 1995 or spring 1996 semesters) EDue 414 Senior Teaching Internship/Seminar c. Pay a Student Teaching Fee, currently $100, (in The Student Teaching Internship and Seminar is designed addition to tuition and fees) for the processing of to apply learning about professional knowledge, human­ the application and related costs. istic practices and reflective thinking to classroom situa­ Policies for the Internship tions on a full-time basis for one semester. A'seminar 1. Students are not permitted to contact cooperating accompanies the Internship and meets on a weekly basis schools or school districts directly, or otherwise for discussion and reflection upon the students' teach­ attempt to effect their own placement. ing experiences. Students brainstorm solutions to class­ 2. An effort is made to place students within reason­ room problems. Career development information is also able commuting distance of their homes, or the made available (e.g. resume writing, interviewing skills, college dormitories, if applicable, with the following organizing credential files). Each student develops a stipulations: (a) assignments are made primarily in portfolio demonstrating his/her teaching abilities. northern New Jersey; Cb) assignments are based on Prerequisites: See The Office of Field Experiences the availability of suitable school districts and 10 credits for elementary (N-8); 12 credits for subject cooperating teachers. field (N-12) 3. Students are assigned a placement in a community EDue 415 Senior Teaching Internship other than one in which they reside or in which For special education and physical education majors. Each they have attended school. student is assigned to a public school for an extended 4. Students are assigned a placement at a site other period to serve successively as observer, aide"associate than one at which they have fulfilled any practiCum and teacher, concluding with full-time teaching. The stu­ assignment .. dent becomes familiar with classroom management, 5. Placements are made in the student's major field in teaching strategies, pupil characteristics, the organiza­ a public (or approved private) school district. tion of the school and relationships with the community. The model combines theory and practice in an evolu­ tionary situation under the guidance of the cooperating teacher and college supervisor. Constant feedback and reinforcement is provided through a required parallel course approved by the department. Prerequisites: See The Office of Field Experiences 12 credits

71 EDUCATION

EDUC 465 In-Service Supervised Teaching enrolled in a certification sequence at William Paterson Seminar I College. No credit is given for EDUC 465 unless EDUC Meets the needs of the beginning teacher already em­ 466 is completed. ployed on a full-time annual contract who has not met 4 credits the student teaching requirement. Areas of attention in­ EDUC 466 In-Service Supervised Teaching clude classroom management, individualized instruction, SemlnarII lesson planning, pupil evaluation, school-community re­ A continuation ofEDUC 465. lations, analysis of pupil behavior patterns and other prob­ 4 credits lems related to the student's pupil behavior patterns and student's work experience. Incorporates biweekly semi­ EDUC 499 Independent Stndy nar meetings and evaluation visits by the college super­ As approved and to be arranged. visor to each student's classroom. Only open to students 1-6 credits

DEPARTMENT OF CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION

Professors: 1. Aitken, A. Coletta,]. Feeley, T. Gerne, B. Liberal Studies - Humanities Grant, N. Seminoff, M. Thrkish, D. White, S. Wollock Liberal Studies - Social and Behavioral Science Associate Professors: N. D'Ambrosio, M. Dougherty,]. Liberal Studies - Mathematics and Natural Science Fitzsimmons, S. Wepner (chairperson) Subject Field Certification (N-12) Assistant Professors: P. Applebaum, C. Carter, R. Kaplan, P. Malone, G. Martin, C. Rhodes,]. Rockman For students seeking certification (K-12) in a subject field, Instructors: K. Smith a list of majors offered by the College with a list of corre­ sponding teaching certificates offered by the state of New The Department of Curriculum and Instruction offers Jersey follows: teacher education programs leading to state certification College Majors Subject Field in: (a) elementary education (nursery school- 8th grade); Specialization (b) subject field specialiZations (nursery school -12th African, African-American grade). and Caribbean Studies' Social Studies All students seeking teacher certification at any level Art Art are required to have an academic major offered by other Biology Biological Science schools within the College. Lists of majors offered by Chemistry Physical Science the College and the corresponding teaching certificates Communication Speech Arts and Dramatics appear below. English English Environmental Science Earth Science Elementary Education Geography* Social Studies Certification (N-8) History* Social Studies For students seeking elementary education certification Mathematics Mathematics (N-8), the following academic majors are acceptable: Music Music African,African-American and Caribbean Studies Political Science' Social Studies Art (History, Studio) Sociology/Anthropology Social Studies Biology Spanish Spanish Chemistry *This academic major needs to be carefully supervised Communication 1. Interpersonal to ensure that it meets state certification requirements 2. Journalism for the subject field specialization. Environmental Science Specific requirements and course descriptions for each English (Uterature, Writing) major can be found in this catalog under the appropriate Geography department. History Mathematics Requirements Mathematics/Applied General Education All students must complete the Music Oeading to B.A. in Music general education requirements as prescribed by the Col­ with option in Musical Studies) lege and as outlined elsewhere in this catalog. Selection Philosophy of specific courses should be made with your advisor. Political Science Academic Major All students must complete an aca­ Psychology demic major (as listed above) in addition to the profes­ Sociology/Anthropology sional preparation program leading to teacher certifica- Spanish Liberal Studies -Arts and Communication

72 CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION tion. Once a major is declared, students should obtain CISE 410 Secondary Education II: Management advisement in the academic major from the academic de­ and Applications 3 partment offering that major. EDUC 414 Senior Teaching Internship and Eligibility for entering the professional certifica­ Seminar' 12 tion programs Students interested in seeking certifica­ 'These courses must be taken in sequence. Prior appli­ tion in the teacher certification areas offered by the Col­ cation required from the Office of Field Experiences. For lege are urged to seek advisement regarding acceptance further information, see section on field experiences else­ criteria from the Department of Curriculum and Instruc­ where in this catalog. tion before enrolling in any courses in the professional (B) Elementary Education Certification preparation progtanl. (N-8) Certification Requirements To be eligible for certi­ fication in elementary education (N-S) or in a subject field In addition to general education requirements and an academic major, students must also complete the follow­ (K-12), students must complete a prescribed teacher edu­ ing professional preparation progtanl to be recommended cation program. This professional preparation program for teaching certification by the Department of Curricu­ is an intensive one in the theoretical and practical as· pects of teaching that culminates in a full semester se­ lum and Instruction. nior teaching internship in a school system. Additional COURSE REQUIREMENTS 30 CREDITS certification requirements are also mandated by the state CIEE 203 Teaching as a Profession' 3 of New Jersey, as for example, the successful performance CIRL 229 Literacy and Learning' 3 on one or more parts of the Praxis National Teacher Ex­ CIEE 301 Practicum ••• 2 amination (NTE). Information regarding this examination CIEE 320 LanguageArts and Literature" 2 is available from the Office of Field Laboratory Experi­ CIEE 324 Learning and Assessment in Math ., 2 ences, Hunziker 206. CIEE 325 ACE/Arts and Creativity in Education " 2 Please note that effective September 1, 1992 (N.J.A.C. CIEE 327 Science Education and Natural 6: 11-5.1) candidates successfully completing one of the Phenomena " 2 professional progtanl sequences as well as passing the CIEE 32S Social Studies and Global Education " 2 appropriate Praxis National Teacher Examination(s) will CIEE 413 Technology Across the Curriculumt 2 be issued certificates of eligibility with advanced stand­ EDUC 414 Student Teaching Intern/Seminar .,. 10 ing that will permit them to seek employment in posi­ 'These courses are to be taken before the practicum pack­ tions requiting instructional certification.This provisional age. You need to be admitted to the program by the De­ certification will be made permanent after one year of partment before you can take CIRL 229. See Department successful teaching. for specific entry requirements. "These courses must be taken in conjunction with Practicum, CIEE 301. CURRICULUM "'These courses must be taken in sequence. Prior appli­ cation requited from the Office of Field Experiences. For Certification in Professional Programs, further information, see section on field experiences else­ N-12 andN-8 where in this catalog. trhis course is to be taken in conjunction with EDUC (A) Subject Field Certification (N-12) 414. In addition to the College's genera! education requite­ Curriculum and Instruction Practica ments, the academic major and the special courses that The Office of Field Laboratory Experiences coordinates major departments may require of students seeking sub­ practica, which are preliminary teaching and observa­ ject field certification, students must also complete the tional experiences in the schools.The office is located in following professional preparation progtanl to be recom­ Hunziker Hall, Room 206.The following prerequisite list­ mended for teaching certification by the Department of ing applies only to the professional sequences in the Curriculum and Instruction. Curriculum and Instruction Department leading to el­ Students are reminded that the progtanllisted below ementary education (N-S) or subject field (N-12) special­ is valid as of text submission and is being revised. Stu­ ization certification. dents should contact the Department of Curriculum arid Instruction for the latest requirements. Prerequisites for PractIca COURSE REQUIREMENTS 27 CREDITS CIEE 301, CISE 290, AND CISE 351 1. Completion of all requitements based on the CISE 290 Field Experience and Seminar 1* . 1 freshman basic skills tests in reading, writing and CIEE 310 Educational Psychology 3 mathematics, and the successful completion of all CISE 320 Secondary Education I: Philosophy and general education requitements prior to the Theory 3 practicum semester. CISE 351 Field Experience and Seminar II' 2 CIRL 330 Reading Strategies for the Content Areas 3

73 EDUCATION

2. A minimum of S4 credits completed at the end of elEE 210 Growth Processes of the School-Age the semester preceding the appropriate practicum ehild course. (CISE requires completion of only 64 A study of the principles and applications of growth and credits.) learning processes as they affect the child in the school 3. Completion of all required prepracticum profes­ setting. Specific units on positive and negative excep­ sional program courses for the specific certification tionality, physical education, health education and sub­ being sought. (Does not apply to CISE 290.) stance abuse are included. 4. A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.50 elEE 301 Practicum in the academic major and in the introductory The practicum is designed to provide N-S certification courses of the professional education program by students with the opportunity to work with an experi­ the close of the semester immediately preceding enced teacher in developing professional knowledge, participation in the practicum courses listed above. humanistic and reflective practices. Students will be as­ 5. A minimum overall cumulative grade point average sisted in identifying and meeting major goals: small group of 2.50 at the close of the semester immediately instruction, teaching lessons in each subject area, man­ preceding participation in the practicum courses aging the classroom for a full morning or day, and dem­ listed above. onstrating progress in classroom management skills. Stu­ 6. Admission to the appropriate professional program dents will meet in a weekly seminar and be observed by sequence in the department and approval of the a college supervisor who will make written assignments individual applicant by the department's Program (logs) appropriate for the student level of professional Review Committee. development. By advanced application in Office of Field 7. Successful completion of additional criteria, specific Experiences. to teacher certification programs. Consult the Prerequisite: CIRL 229. Department of Curriculum and Instruction for Corequisites: CIEE 320, CIEE 324, CIEE 325, CIEE 327, further information. CIEE 328. S. Documentation of negative results on the Mantoux 2 credits test at the beginning of the practicum semester. 9. Applications must be completed and delivered to elEE 310 Educational Psychology the Office of Field Laboratory Experiences during This course provides prospective teachers with back­ the semester preceding the practicum. Specific ground in applying psychological theories, principles and deadlines to be announced by the Office of Field research to educational settings. Emphasis is on examin­ Laboratory Experiences. ing the role that teachers play in facilitating students' learning and social development. Methods for adapting . instruction to diverse needs are explored. Prerequisite:A course in general psychology COURSES elEE 320 Language Arts and literature Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. This language arts and literature course is designed for pre-service teachers who are working with or will be elEE 203 Teaching as a Profession working with students in an N-S setting. The major f~~i This course examines the historical and philosophical of the course are an exploration of methods that weave foundations of education, including introductory knowl­ language arts and literature through the'curriculum and edge of classroom management, teaching methods, learn­ the development of critical thinking skills. A thematic/ ing styles, child development, legal issues, a code of eth­ multicultural approach to language arts, literature and ics, multicultural education and the role of reflection in aesthetics in life is stressed. Concepts developed in lit­ teaching. Students will conduct observations in N-S class­ eracy and Learning are applied to each language mode rooms and assess their own abilities in relation to profes­ (listening, speaking, reading and writing) in relation to a sional teaching standards. Students' speaking and writ­ literature core. ing skills will be assessed. A twenty-hour experience with Prerequisite: CIRL 229 children (tutoring/teaching) is required. Sophomore Corequisites: CIEE 301, CIEE 324, CIEE 325, CIEE 327, standing is recommended. CIEE 32S Prerequisite: PSY 110 2 credits elEE 205 New Jersey Studies for Teachers elEE 324 Learning and Assessment in Develops the student's understanding of the comprehen­ Mathematics sive scope of New Jersey studies. Its content is drawn Students explore principles and theories of mathematics from the social and natural sciences, incorporating sig­ education as well as techniques for teaching and assess­ nificant concepts and generalizations. Provides a content ing mathematics knowledge in grades N-S that are con­ base for prospective teachers preparing to meet state sistent with the NCTM's Curriculum and Evaluation studies requirements and needs. Standards/or Teaching Mathematics (19S9). The course emphasizes teaching mathematics from the point of view of the learner and covers topics ranging from preschool counting skills to algebra concepts and procedures in

74 CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION

middle school. Cooperative problem solving, experience CIEE 413 Technology Across the Curriculum with manipulative materials, writing about mathematics, This is an introductory course in using technology in the and case study analysis prepare prospective teachers to teaching/learning process. Students will learn how com­ work with diverse learners. The course work is coordi­ puters are used in classrooms across the grades and sub­ nated with a field experience in which students apply jects. They will investigate the uses of computers in the their learning to the classroom. school in which they are interning. They will explore . Prerequisites: CIRL 229; two 3-credit MATH courses from and evaluate educational software relevant to the cur­ General Education riculum of their assigned student teaching class and will Corequisites: CIEE 301, CIEE 320, CIEE 325, CIEE 327, develop and implement cooperative, computer-based CIEE 328 learning experiences. 2 credits Prerequisites: CIEE 301, CIEE 320, CIEE 324, CIEE 325, CIEE 327, CIEE 328 CIEE 325 ACEIArts and Creativity in Education Corequisite: EDUC 414 Exploration and discovery in the arts, movement, sound and other expressive media that contribute to influenc­ 2 credits ing the creative forces in children. Future teachers are CIEE 499 Independent Study provided with an understanding of the creative and aes­ As approved and to be arranged. thetic potential in children. They are given opportuni­ 1-6 credits ties to experiment with appropriate media, and they con­ CIRL 229 Literacy and Learning sider programmatic possibilities for implementation in This comprehensive foundations course on the nature the school setting. and development of language, literacy and learning will Prerequisite: CIRL 229 present major theories and describe how teachers can Corequisites: CIEE 301, CIEE 320, CIEE 324, CIEE 327, provide the environment and experiences needed to pro­ CIEE 328 mote literacy and learning for all children. Content is 2 credits presented by lecture, readings, videotapes and modeling CIEE 327 Science Education and Natural of practical applications. Phenomenon Prerequisites: CIEE 203, PSY 210 (or corequisite) Students will develop their abilities to introduce scien­ CIRL325 Literature for Children and Young tific facts, ideas, and methods of problem-solving in the Adults classroom. The course includes planning a science pro­ A survey of literature, past and present. Techniques for gram for the elementary school, selecting and present­ critiquing various genres of literature, telling stories, pre­ ing information and ideas in the classroom, the selection paring study guides, using book selection aids and creat­ of appropriate books, media, supplies and equipment, ing interest in literature. Strategies for bringing students and the use of field trips. Work is related to field experi­ and books together are emphasized. ences. Prerequisites: CIRL 229; completion of two 4-credit labo­ CIRL330 Reading Strategies for the Content ratory science courses Areas Corequisites: CIEE 301, CIEE 320, CIEE 324, CIEE 325, Reading skills and knowledge needed by the content area CIEE 328 teacher: the subject area materials, different modes of 2 credits learning, causes of reading difficulties and methods of preparing materials and students for improved reading CIEE 328 Social Studies and Global Education performance. Students develop a case study of a reader The examination of methods and materials for teaching as he or she interacts with appropriate content area ma- . social studies and investigating global connections pro­ terials. vides the major focus of this course. The contributions of the social sciences and humanities are applied to un­ CIRL 399 Selected Topics derstanding the unity and diversity of peoples and their A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as societies worldwide. Democratic values, democratic in­ recommended by the department and approved by the teraction and social responsibility are emphasized. dean. Prerequisite: CIRL 229 Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Corequisites: CIEE 301, CIEE 320, CIEE 324, CIEE 325, 1-6 credits CIEE 327 CIRL 499 Independent Study 2 credits As approved and to be arranged. CIEE 399 Selected Topics 1-6 credits A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as CISE 290 Field Experience and Seminar I recommended by the department and approved by the This course provides a bridge between theory and prac- . dean. tice. Observation of necessary skills such as responsibil­ Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson ity and cooperation, taking instruction, being on time 1-6 credits and remaining on the job. This experience permits the college student to observe and aid the secondary class­ room teacher in a variety of activities, excluding the ac- .

75 EDUCATION tual teaching of the class. Must be taken before CISE vidual research in the area of students' special needs and 351. Advanced application in The Office of Field Experi­ interests. Consideration is given to such topics as the ences. following and their relationship to public education: 1 credit housing, race, crime a.'ld delinquency, teacher-commu­ nity relationships, community action and cultural CISE 320 Secondary Education I: Philosophy relations. and Theory This course is designed for those intending to teach sec­ CISE 399 Selected Topics ondary school subjects. It details the evolution and de­ A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as velopment of the disciplines that comprise secondary recommended by the department and approved by the school curricula. dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson CISE 351 Field Experience and Seminar II 1-6 credits A series of professional experiences designed to provide students regular opportunities for observation in junior CISE 410 Secondary Education ll: and senior high schools and for extended participation Management and Applications as teacher aides and para-professionals in the schooL Stu­ This course recognizes that effective teachers are also dents meet in a seminar with their field supervisor to effective classroom managers, that the classroom is a share their observations, analyze their problems and fur­ social setting, and that instructional materials involving ther develop skills and resources. Advanced application visual arts contribute to a productive learning environ­ in Office of Field Experiences. ment. The secondary education student plans, develops, Prerequisites: CISE 290 conducts, evaluates and shares classroom activities and 2 credits learning experiences in order to acquire a repertoire of ideas and tactics useful in classroom management. CISE 381 Educational Sociology Acquaints the student with basic concepts of human re­ CISE499 Independent Study lationships, analyzes selected problems of the contem­ As approved and to be arranged. porary social order and provides opportunity for indi- 1-6 credits

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP

Professors: J. Baines (Chairperson), E. Bell, J. Tuohy, implementation of career education in a technological W.Willis society, the manpower of revolution, career alternatives Associate Professors: J. Mamone, E. Petkus for the future and schools and manpower policies. Assistant Professor: Baldassano v: EDIA 403 Legal and Financial Aspects of the Operation of Public Schools The Department of Educational Leadership offers the Provides an introduction to legal and financial aspects of following undergraduate courses. the operation of public schools: legal responsibilities, rights and duties of teachers, problems in securing and allocating funds for public education and related topics. COURSES EDIA 499 Independent Study As approved and to be arranged Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. 1-6 credits

EDIA 399 Selected Topics EDLU 209 Violence in the Community A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as The causes, patterns and functions of violence. Violence recommended by the department and approved by the is studied as an extension of biology. A course in the so­ dean. ciobiology of violence in human communities. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson EDLU 210 Drug Use and Abuse 1-6 credits A survey of aspects of basic psychological and legal in­ EDIA 401 School and Consumer Education: formation on drug use and abuse. Some fieldwork is in­ A Quality of Life Approach cluded. A "quality of life approach" to the study of consumerism EDLU 399 Selected Topics and organizational arrangements for consumer education A topic not covered by an existing course will be offered programs offered by public schools. as recommended by the department and approved by EDIA 402 Schools, Manpower and Careers: the Dean. Education for the Future Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair Considers manpower development and career-oriented 1-6 credits education provided by public schools. Topics include

76 SPECIAL EDUCATION AND COUNSEliNG

EDLU 482 Inner-City Children and Their intellectual potential.A critical review of literature deal­ Environment ing with low-income youth in urban areas. The problems of the inner-city child. Environmental fac­ EDLU 499 Independent Study tors are examined in terms of race, ethnic origin and so­ As arranged and to be approved. cioeconomic background, showing how these factors 1-6 credits affect a child's capacities, self-concept, motivation and

DEPARTMENT OF SPECIAL EDUCATION AND COUNSELING

Professors: 1. Hayes, 1. Hummel, M. Swack, W. Younie The Office of Field Laboratory Experiences or the De­ Associate Professors: E. Abare , M. Goldstein, S. Kuveke partment of Special Education and Counseling should be (chairperson) contacted for further information regarding field experi­ Assistant Professors: S. Sigmon ence registration deadlines. Students are expected to know and meet these deadlines. The Department of Special Education and Counseling offers a specialized course of study leading to a bachelor of arts degree in special education. The major includes the areas of mental retardation, emotional handicap, or­ CURRICULUM thopedic handicap, neurological impairment and percep­ tual impairment. The department offers extensive class­ MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 30 CREDITS room and field experiences to its students. The program SPED 201 Psychology and Education of the includes attention to traditional and adapted instructional Handicapped 3 approaches with emphasis on recent research. SPED 301 Education of the Trainable Mentally Current and evolving technological advances and adap­ Retarded 3 tive devices are another focus of the program. Students SPED 302 Education of the Educable Mentally are exposed to instructional materials used in the educa­ Retarded I 3 tion of exceptional children and are presented with vari­ SPED 303 Education of the Educable Mentally ous modes of curriculum and behavioral planning for Retarded II 3' these children. Students majoring in special education SPED 304 Teaching Reading to the Handicapped 3 are, prepared to fulfill teaching positions in all disability SPED 410 Counseling and Vocational Guidance for areas, except those dealing with auditory, visual and Handicapped Children (Seniors only) 3 speech impairments. Upon successful completion of the SPED 411 Prescriptive Teaching (Seniors only) 3 program, students are eligible for certification as teach­ SPED 412 Educational Programmiq.g for the ers of the handicapped in the state of New Jersey. Gradu­ Emotionally Handicapped ates may be employed by public and private schools and (Seniors only) 3 residential facilities. SPED 413 Education of the Neurologically Impaired and Physically Handicapped Entrance Requirements (Seniors only) 3 Students who wish to major in special education must CODS 261 Speech Disorders 3 present documented evidence of having worked with 31 CREDITS handicapped children for 120 clock hours in nonpublic PROFESSIONAL SEQUENCE school settings prior to completing 45 credits. No aca­ A. Field Experience 16 credits demic credit is granted for meeting this requirement.This SPED 202 Prepracticum Special Education 2 requirement is detailed in the department's undergradu-' SPED 320 Practicum in Special Education 2 ate hantlbook. Three field experiences are required as EDUC 415 Student Teaching 12 part of the program. Two practica, SPED 202 (sopho­ B. ProfeSSional Sequence 15 credits more year) and SPED 320 (junior year), are required of CIRL 229 Literacy and Learning 3 all majors. Students also complete a 16-week senior field or experience (EDUC 415).A grade point average of 2.5 is CIEE 320 Language and Literature 3 required to maintain the major and for entry to the field CIEE 310 Educational Psychology 3 experiences. See the department for additional admis­ CSP 410 Educational Testing and Evaluation 3 sion, retention and graduation requirements. PEAC 255 Special Physical Education 3 PSY 210 Development Psychology 3

77 EDUCATION

SPECIAL EDUCATION SPED 202 Prepracticum in Special Education CONCENTRATION 23 CREDITS During their sophomore year, students are required to This course listing is for students in another undergradu­ take this prepracticum or first practicum in special edu­ ate education program who wish to take courses in spe­ cation. One full day per week should be scheduled for cial education toward the goal of gaining an endorsement this experience. Students may request a particular loca­ as teacher of the handicapped on a presently held, regu­ tion, but this cannot be guaranteed. SPED 201 must be lar teaching certificate. This is a selected list only. These taken prior to SPED 202.They may not be taken concur­ courses should be taken only with advisement from the rently. The 12Q-hour volunteer requirement must be met Department of Special Education and Counseling.This is before SPED 202 is taken. This course may be offered not a course sequence. only once yearly. Please consult an advisor. SPED 201 Psychology and Education of the Prerequisites: SPED 201, 120 hours experience, 2.5 GPA Handicapped 3 Pass/fail only SPED 301 Education of the Trainable Mentally 2 credits Retarded 3 SPED 207 The Disabled in America SPED 302 Education of the Educable Mentally The intent Of this course is to define the disabled popu­ Retarded I 3 lation in the United States and to identify their present Education of the Educable Mentally SPED 303 legal rights and protections in regard to housing, finan­ Retarded II 3 cial aid, job discrimination, barrier-free environments, SPED 304 Teaching Reading to the Handicapped 3 social settings and education. The history of the disabled Practicum in Special Education 2 SPED 320 is reviewed so that the student can better understand Counseling and Vocational Guidance SPED 410 present value systems and ethical viewpoints. This is an for Handicapped Children 3 elective for those students who have room in the pro­ Prescriptive Teaching SPED 411 3 gram. This course is given only periodically. SPED 210 Education of the Profoundly Retarded COURSES Provides students the developmental model of training and educating profoundly retarded children and adults. Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. Examines homes, schools and institutions, as well as new alternatives for delivering care. It may not be substituted CSP 399 Selected Topics for a general education elective or the upper level elec­ A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as tive. This course is given only periodically. recommended by the department and approved by the dean. Due to certification stipulations, all SPED courses Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson at the 300 and 400 level cannot be taken if a student's GPA is less than 2.5. Junior and senior 1-6 credits courses are open to education majors only. Please CSP410 Edu"bational Testing and Evaluation consult with the department for details. This course explores the concepts important to an un­ derstanding of the evaluation process. In examining the SPED 301 Education of the Trainable Mentally Retarded nature of these interactions, steps in the measurement process and procedures of assessment are viewed in a Techniques and materials for conducting programs for way that assures the educational judgments and decisions the moderately and severely developmentally disabled. Attention to public school, day training, residential and required for more effective instruction. similar settings for ages 3 to 21. Stress is given to task CSP 499 Independent Study analysis, behavior management, alternate communica­ As approved and to be arranged. tions, adapted devices and related topics. 1-3 credits Prerequisite: SPED 202 SPED 201 Psychology and Education of the SPED 302 Education of the Educable Mentally Handicapped Retarded I A study of the social, emotional, physical and learning Introduction to procedures, techniques, materials and characteristics of handicapped children. Methods of di­ curricula appropriate for the mildly developmentally dis­ agnosis and differentiation, curriculum and teaching tech­ abled of elementary school age. Specific attention to spe­ niques, materials, resources and their employment for cial and adapted methodologies in basic academics, so­ education. Psychological basis of the suitable curriculum. cial studies and science. Coverage of personal and Introductory course for special education majors. interpersonal social skills development. Instruction in mainstreaming and consultative processes. Parental and community concerns also included. Prerequisite: SPED 202

78 SPECIAL EDUCATION AND COUNSELING

SPED 303 Education of the Educable Mentally SPED 411 Prescriptive Teaching 'f , Retardedn Methods for applying various special diagnostic ang:teach­ Procedures, techniques and curricula appropriate for the ing techniques to children with various handicaps. Inte­ mildly disabled of secondary school age, including atten­ gration of perceptual, motor, sensory and management tion to transition and post-school programs.Applied and approaches. practical academics and life skills education are empha­ Open to seniors only sized. Specifics include vocational development, job SPED 412 Educational Programming for the analysis, vocational evaluation,finding and holding a job, Emotionally Handicapped and preparation for adult and/or fami1y responsibilities. The nature and causes of emotional handicap. The iden­ Prerequisite: SPED 201 tification and education of these students, teaching meth­ SPED 304 Teaching Reading to the ods and behavioral techniques that have been proven Handicapped through research and practice. Classroom organization Advanced coverage of adapted and specialized techniques and overall school structure.Attention also is directed to that are used to teach traditional and alternate communi­ those students who are classified as socially maladjusted. cation skills to the learner with mild and moderate dis­ Open to seniors only abilities. Pre-reading, reading and corrective reading lev­ SPED 413. Education of the Neurologically els are included. Emphasis on research applications. Impaired and Physically Current experimental techniques for literacy enhance­ Handicapped ment are included. Presents learning problems stemming from physical. Prerequisites: SPED 202 and CIRL 229 or CIEE 320 handicaps and neurological impairment in children with SPED 320 Practicum in Special Education basically normal intelligence and sensory abilities. In­ A one-day weekly field experience in an off-campus pro­ cludes therapies, teaching techniques,procedures for as­ gram for exceptional students. This course is taken con­ sessment of progress and an exploration of basic and re­ currently with SPED 301-302-304 and provides an oppor­ cent literature. Open to seniors only tunity to apply their content to actual instructional SPED 430 Education of the Exceptional Child situations. A weekly on-campus seminar is held in con­ Planning and organizing instructional materials and ac­ junction with the field work. Students must reserve one tivities. The use of environmental resources in working full day per week for this practicum.This course may not with mentally,physically or emotionally exceptional chil­ be waived. dren. The adaption of programs to the needs of excep­ Prerequisites: SPED 202 and 302; 2.5 GPA tional children in regular classes and in special groups. Pass/Fail only For non-special education majors. 2 credits SPED 499 Independent Study SPED 399 Selected Topics In special circumstances, students are allowed to pursue Topics of current interest are discussed in a workshop a special research topic that is of interest to them and format. This course is given on an occasional basis in or­ germane to their curriculum in special education.Inde­ der to meet the department's needs for exploring or up­ pendent Study is available only by Rrior application, dating a particular area of study. This course frequently which must be made at least two months before the reg­ is given on a one-time basis as an experimental offering. istration period for the following semester in which tt is Students are asked to check the current master schedule to be taken. Approval forms and directions for applying to determine if this course is to be offered in any particu­ may be obtained from the department.The Independent. lar semester. Study may not be used to substitute for a major course. 1-3 credits A final document must be submitted to the department SPED 410 Counseling and Vocational Guidance chair no later than two weeks before the termination of for Handicapped Children the semester. A grade of P or F is given. A study of existing rehabilitation resources in the com­ 1-3 credits munity. The contributions and services of the rehabilita­ tion team to children and their fumilies. The availability of those services and guidance as to their uses are stressed. Open to seniors only

79 . THE SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

Elaine Gardiner, Dean lege level is subject to validation before being credited Office: White El toward a major. The above policies are closely monitored by the De­ .The School of Humanities, Management and Social Sci­ partment ofAccounting and Law, Department of Econom­ ences offers undergraduate degree programs in account­ ics and Finance and Department of Marketing and Man­ ing; African, African-American and Caribbean Studies; agement Sciences. If a student improperly registers for a business administration (with concentrations in manage­ 300- or 400-level business course, the student is asked to ment, marketing and finance); economics; English; his­ leave the course during the first week of the semester.A tory; liberal studies (in humanities and social science) grade will not be given in the course, and the student philosophy; political science; psychology; sociology/an­ has to incur any add/drop fees imposed by the College. thropology; and Spanish. It also offers courses and mi­ *The following portal courses must be included in the nor programs in a number of other areas including 30 credits: women's studies and has established honors programs ENG 110 - Writing Effective Prose in humanities, international management and MATH 120 - Finite Mathematics biopsychology (joint program with the School of Science ACCT 211 - FinancialAccounting and Health). ECON 201 - Macroeconomics A<;ademic Standards Basic Skills Reading Course All freshman students intending to pursue accounting, economics or business administration majors must fol­ BRI 109 College Reading Iowa structured curriculum. All students, at the comple­ Developed for entering students who score below the tion of 30 credits,· must have attained a grade point aver- WPC cut-off on the BasiC Skills PlacementTest, this course . age (GPA) of 2.5 or better. Studc;nts who do not meet is designed to help students sharpen their analytical and this standard may not continue in any business major. critical reading skills. It also stresses flexible reading ap­ They are referred to the advisement office for counsel­ proaches applicable to various subject areas, study skills ing and must seek another major in the college. Accord­ and test-taking skills. ingly, only those students with a GPA of 2.5 or better are 3 credits Note: Credits do not count toward degree allowed to register for 300- and 400-level business requirements. courses. Liberal Studies In addition, students who wish to change their major Students who are interested in several disciplines in ei­ to accounting, economics or business administration must ther the humanities or the social sciences, but who do have completed 30 credits· and must have attained a GPA not wish to major in anyone of them, may want to pur­ of2.5 or better before a change can be made. Nonbusiness sue a liberal studies major. With the assistance of a spe­ majors will not be allowed to take 300- and 400-level cial academic advisor, students select a total of 48 cred­ business courses unless these two conditions are met. its from fields in the humanities or 48 credits from fields Moreover, transfer students seeking admission as ac­ in the social sciences, taking no more than 18 credits in counting, economics or business administration majors anyone of them. must have attained an overall GPA of 2.5 or better at the Successful completion of the program results in a bach­ institution(s) from which they are transferring and must elor of arts degree in liberal studies: humanities, or lib­ other curriculum requirements. have satisfied appropriate eral studies: social sciences. In addition, the transfer of upper-level courses taken in accounting, business and economics at the junior col-

80 ACCOUNTlNGAND LAW

Honors Programs The program's niajor goals are (1) to prepare students for careers and for further study in international economic Humanities and business affairs, with special attention to East Asian, Taught by different members of the school, the honors European and Latin American areas; (2) to associate the courses in humanities are designed to challenge the su­ concept of honors with both an intercultural perspec­ perior student's capacities through structured tive and second language proficiency; (3) to promote the multidisciplinary seminars and intensive individual study. concept that the well-prepared manager is a Renaissance The courses' general aims are (1) to promote intellectual person whose education encompasses a broad range of excellence within a common scholarly community; (2) academic studies. to foster an awareness of various disciplines and their Students achieve an understanding of both economics unity; (3) to offer opportunities for self-direction toward and business administration in an international context future goals. and a comprehensive knowledge of a given world area­ The humanities honors program is taken in addition its language, history, politics and ethnology. While cur­ to the student's major and is usually started in the fresh­ riculum models vary according to the honors candidate's man or sophomore year. A 3.2 minimum GPA is required major (economics, accounting, business administration, for admission; special coordinators are available for ad­ political science, history, geography, sociology or foreign visement and supervision. languages), the choice of area studies determines the International Management combination of language and area study courses. The honors program in international management offers Biopsychology students the opportunity to combine preprofessional edu­ The Department of Psychology and the Department of cation in business administration with the international­ Biology collaborate to provide a multidisciplinary hon­ ist perspective of liberal arts. ors program in biopsychology. For further information refer to the School of Science and Health, Department of Biology, section in this catalog.

DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTING AND LAw

Professors: J. M. Waiguchu Students should be aware that even though CPA re­ Associate Professors: R. Bing, R. Davis, R. C. Grier, quirements to qualify for examination vary from state to F. Grippo, (chairperson), M. Rudnick, G. Sheehan state, the American Institute of Certified Public Accoun­ Assistant Professors: J. Wilkerson tants (AICPA) has mandated that an individual who wishes Instructor: R. Palas to become a CPA must complete 150 credits. The effec­ tive date of this requirement is January 1,2000. The De­ The Department of Accounting and Law offers a major partment ofAccounting and Law will help interested stu­ program in accounting leading to a Bachelor of Science dents meet the minimum requirements. Moreover, since degree. The curriculum is balanced between general the College has a graduate program in BusinessAdminis­ education and business and accounting education. Ac­ tration leading to a Master of BusinessAdministration de­ cordingly, students are prepared to enter careers in both gree (MBA), accounting students interested in pursuing public and private accounting. the CPA designation will be encouraged to apply to the The objectives of the program are (1) to graduate graduate program. Thus it will be possible for qua1ified broadly educated individuals who can meet the complex students to obtain both BS and MBA degrees and meet demands of the accounting profession; (2) to graduate the requirements to take the CPA exam. individuals who can work in a business world of con­ stantly changing financial institutions and government regulations; (3) to develop the students' ability to recog­ nize problems, analyze them and present solutions; and CURRICULUM (4) to increase students' communication skills and their cultural and ethical awareness. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 60 CREDITS

The Department is aware that students may enter a SchoolofAlanag~ntCore 33 credits number of fields afrer graduation. In order to assist and ACCT 211 Financial Accounting 3 carefully guide students who may wish to pursue profes­ ACCT 212 Managerial Accounting 3 sional certifications such as Certified Public Accountant ECON202 Microeconomics 3 (CPA), Certified Management Accountant (CMA) and ECON 210 Economic Statistics I 3 Certified lnternalAuditor (CIA), the Department has des­ FIN 320 Corporate Finance 3 ignated specific professors as advisors to these students. LAW 201 Legal Environment of Business 3 In this way, a curriculum can be designed to meet the MGT 300 Principles of Management 3 minimum requirements to take the applicable profes­ MGT 305 Management Information Systems 3 sional qua1ifying examination.

81 HUMANITlES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

MGT 431 Production and Operational ACCT 341 Cost Accounting II Management 3 Planning of profits, costs and sales, budgeting and fore­ MGT 460 Business Strategy and Policy 3 casting, standard cost systems, techniques of accumu1;tt­ MKT310 Marketing 3 ing, reporting and evaluating costs and variances, Accounting Courses 21 credits break-even and cost-volume-profit analysis. Prerequisite:ACCT 340 ACCT 311 Intermediate Accounting I 3 ACCT 312 IntermediateAccounting IT 3 ACCT 370 Auditing ACCT 340 Cost Accounting I 3 Reviews the procedures and practices used in auditing ACCT 370 Auditing 3 the financial transactions and statements of an organiza­ ACCT 410 Taxation I 3 tion. Internal control, test of transactions and audit stan­ ACCT411 Taxation IT 3 dards employed are discussed and demonstrated by ac­ ACCT 420 Advanced Accounting I 3 tually doing an audit of a practice company. Additional Requirements 6 credits Prerequisite:ACCT 312 lAW 251 Business Law I: Contracts 3 ACCT 399 Selected Topics . lAW 252 Business Law IT: Sales and Negotiable A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as Instruments 3 recommended by the department and approved by the or dean. ACCT 430 AdvancedAccounting II 3 Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson 1-6 credits ACCT 410 Taxation I (same as FIN 410) COURSES A study of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code with empha­ sis on income taxation of individuals. Provides practice Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. in the preparation of tax returns and solution of case problems. Concentrates on the problems of the U.S. in­ ACCT 211 Financial Accounting dividual income tax. Also examines taxation of corpora­ Introductory course in the fundamental principles of ac­ tions and partnerships. counting, the theory of debit and credit, account classifi­ Prerequisite:ACCT 212 cation, preparation of working papers, adjusting, clos­ ACCT 411 Taxation II (same as FIN 411) ing, reversing entries and preparation of basic financial A study of the U.S Internal'Revenue Code with emphasis statements. Use of spreadsheet and word processing com­ on the taxation of corporations, partnerships, estates and puter applications. trusts. Federal payroll, gift and estate and New Jersey Prerequisite: CS 201 taxes are also covered. ACCT 212 Managerial Accounting Prerequisite:ACCT 410 Introduces basic concepts of cost accounting and the use ACCT 420 Advanced Accounting I of accounting as a decision-making tool for An in-depth study of principles used in accounting for management. parent and subsidiary companies, partnerships and other Prerequisite:ACCT 211 specialized areas of accounting. ACCT 311 Intermediate Accounting I Prerequisite:ACCT 312 Review of basic financial statements and in-depth study ACCT 430 Advanced Accounting II of accounting principles advanced by responsible pro­ Intensive review and analysis of basic and advanced con­ fessional organizations in the classification, presentation cepts, skills and principles. Imperative for students who and disclosure of assets required for external users of intend to apply for a certifying examination. financial information. Prerequisite:ACCT 370 Prerequisite:ACCT 212 ACCT 499 Independent Study ACCT 312 Intermediate Accounting II As approved and to be arranged. An in-depth study of accounting principles advanced by 1-6 credits responsible professional organizations in the classifica­ tion, presentation and disclosure of liabilities and stock­ lAW 120 Introduction to Law and Legal holders' equity required for external users of financial Systems information. A liberal studies survey course for students of all cur­ Prerequisite:ACCT 311 ricula. Designed to acquaint students with the operation of the American legal system. Among topics covered are ACCT 340 Cost Accounting I the law of torts, criminal law and procedure, civil proce­ Cost accounting and its contribution to management, the dures, administrative law and the court systems, both state cost accounting cycle, cost data accumulation, job order and federal. Open to all students. costing, process cost accounting procedures, materials, labor and overhead costing and control, costing of by-products, co-products and joint products. Prerequisite:ACCT 212

82 ACCOUNTING AND LAW

LAW 201 Legal Environment of Business Public Administration Courses Designed to familiarize students with the legal system Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. with particular emphasis on the court system and admin­ PPM 211 Introduction to Public Management istrative agents.Also includes examination of substantive Introduces students of public affairs to the methods and areas such as antitrust, bankruptcy, corporate law, part­ practices of managing public agencies. The course sur­ nership and securities regulations. veys organizational theories and practices, including lead­ LAW 206 Substantive Criminal Law ership techniques, coordination, planning, supervision, Designed to acquaint students with penal codes and con­ decision making, organizing, supervision, controlling and cepts such as criminal liability, anticipatory offenses, of­ such other internal and external factors that influence fenses against the person and property, offenses involv­ public officials, bureaucratic behavior and governmen­ ing fraud and offenses against public administration. tal processes. Scrutinizes defenses such as self-defense, insanity, duress, PPM 225 Management of State and Local infancy and entrapment. Open to all students. Prior completion of LAW 120 preferred. Public Agencies A study of the management structure, procedures and LAW 210 Law of Torts policies of state and local government and community Designed to acquaint students with the principles of pri­ agericies. Special emphasis on agency and program de­ vate wrongs for which the courts afford injured parties a velopment and administration including urban issues, remedy in the form of damages. Detailed study of con­ service delivery systems and capacity, intergovernmen­ cepts such as assault and battery, libel, false arrest, tres­ tal and agency relations. pass, malicious prosecution, negligence, malpractice, Prerequisite: PPM 211, may be taken concurrently strict liability and vicarious liability. Also examines de­ PPM 230 Introduction to Public Information fenses such as self-defense, mistake, consent, privilege Systems and neceSSity. Open to all students. Prior completion of The basic concepts and elements of information systems LAW 120 preferred. management as applied to the public sector. Topics in­ LAW 251 Business Law I: Contracts clude methods of information systems implementation, Designed to acquaint students with the laws of contracts. information processing problems and models and systems Examines concepts such as offer, acceptance, consider­ analysis. Principles and applications in the public sector ation, competent parties, legal subject matter, assign­ are stressed. ments ~d third party beneficiaries. Scrutinizes defenses Prerequisite: CS 201 such as statute of fraud, infancy, insanity and parole evi­ dence. Core course for all accounting, economics and PPM 265 Introduction to Public Policy Studies A general introduction to public policy making as it re­ business administration majors. lates to public administration/management. The course LAW 252 Business Law IT: Sales and Negotiable covers the various models of public policy making in­ Instruments cluding the elite/mass model, the group model, the sys­ Acquaints students with Articles II, III, IV; and IX of the tem model, the institutionalist/ neoinstitutionalist model, U.CC Critically examines concepts such as warranty, the incrementalist model, the rationalist model and the risky loss, bona fide purchases for value, products liabil­ public choice model. The role of policy analysis in ad­ ity, negotiability, checks, notes, holder in due course and ministrative institutions and processes is discussed. secure transactions. Prerequisite: PPM 211 Prerequisite: Law 251 PPM 270 Public Policy Implementation LAW 253 Business Law lIT - Agency The development and implementation of public policies. Partnerships/Corporations Topics include social and urban impact analysis, inter­ Designed to acquaint students with the laws of agency governmental program management and the role of evalu­ partnerships and corporations. Topics include creation, ation research in program implementation. Emphasis on termination and rights and duties of principal and agent; the problematic nature of translating public laws into creation, termination, authority, duties, rights of partners; viable public programs. creation, termination, corporate powers, shareholders, Prerequisite: PPM 265 management of corporations. PPM 311 Theory and Methods of Public Prerequisite: LAW 251 Management Research LAW 499 Independent Study Examines and contrasts various assumptions, principles As approved and to be arranged. . and methods employed and applied to the study and con­ 1-6 credits duct of management of public agencies. Focus is on the theoretical and methodological bases of conceptualizing, initiating, planning, implementing and directing public actions and programs within an organizational and be­ havioral context.The course emphasizes the way in which theories of knowledge about public management are translated into practice. Prerequisite: PPM 211

83 lillMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOOM SCIENCES

PPM 330 Nonprofit Organizations and PPM 411 Public Personnel Systems Management Principles, structures and techniques of public person­ The number of private, nonprofit corporations contin­ nel systems organization and development. Topics focus ues to grow, and these organizations are beginning to on key sectors of personnel systems: recruitment, selec­ have tremendous influence in community development tion, training, promotion, classification, evaluation and and urban policy making.This course examines the prob­ transfer policies. The impact of public personnel theo­ lems and issues surrounding the management of ries and practices on service processes, delivery systems not-for-profit organizations. Topics include behavior of and the political process is also considered. nonprofit organizational board members, fund raising and Prerequisite: PPM 211 the role of nonprofit organizations in community and PPM 415 Public Budgeting and Finance economic development. Describes and analyzes all major aspects of public bud­ Prerequisite: PPM 211 geting and finance at all levels of government, including PPM 365 Program Analysis budget preparation, budget documentation, accounting, Program analysis involves the determination of costs and current and capital budgeting, debt management, public benefits of alternative program solutions to public prob­ purchasing and control mechanisms of pre- and lems. This course deals with the fundamental analytical postaudits. methods and processes of program evaluation and the Prerequisite: PPM 211. Two courses in economics and use of such tools in the policy making process. The role one course in accounting recommended of program analysis in administrative agencies is also PPM 430 State and Local Government Finance discussed. Problems and issues of budgeting and finance peculiar Prerequisites: PPM 265 to state and local governments. Topics include financing PPM 370 Ethical Issues of Policy Making local governments, capital budgeting and proiramming, An examination of the ethical provisions, principles and property taxes, procurement, local governmental debt obligations under which public officials conduct them­ policy and state supervision of local governmental selves and their duties.The nature of normative discourse finance. and reasoning is also discussed. The emphasis is on the Prerequisite: PPM 415 moral and ethical criteria used in judging and determin­ PPM 439 Internship: Management of State, ing public policies and programs as well as in exercising Local and Community Agencies administrative discretion. Designed to provide practical work experience in a Prerequisite: PPM 265 student's area of specialization in public administration. PPM 399 Selected Topics Prerequisites: PPM 265 and 311 A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as PPM 465 Applied Public Policy Research recommended by the department and approved by the Students integrate the skills and tools of policy analysis dean. derived from previous course work. Real-world examples Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson are stressed. 1-6 credits Prerequisites: PPM 265 PPM 499 Independent Study As approved and to be arranged. 1-6 credits

84 AFRICAN, AFRICAN-AMERICAN AND CARIBBEAN STUDIES

DEPARTMENT OF AFRICAN,AFRICAN-AMERICAN AND CARIBBEAN STUDIES

Professors: V. McClean, R. Parris (chairperson) AACS 261 African, African-American and Associate Professor: O. Traore Caribbean Religion 3 Assistant Professor: J. Cunnningham AACS 303 African Family Life 3 AACS 358 Psychology ofAfrican Americans 3 The African, African-American and Caribbean Studies AACS 380 Research Methods on the African, Department offers both a major and a minor program, African-American and Caribbean plus a variety of courses to satisfy the general education Experience 3 and Non-Western requirements, as well as general edu­ AACS401 African-American Social Thought 3 cation electives. The African, African-American and Car­ PoUtical 6 credits ibbean Studies major may be combined with various cer­ Two courses required: tification sequences to provide the student teaching AACS 244 African-American Politics 3 certification in elementary education (N-8) or a subject AACS 338 African Politics 3 field (N-12-social studies). AACS 341 Contemporary Caribbean Societies 3 The objective of the program ,is to enrich the liberal AACS 402 Pan-Africanism and the Black education of all students and to b~oaden the preparation Experience 3 of those interested in professional careers in urban edu­ cation, city planning, law, social work, journalism, busi­ CuUural 6 credits ness, real estate, the ministry, government and interna­ Two courses required: tional service. The course offerings are also geared to AACS 101 African-American and African the needs of those interested in community development Caribbean Dance 3 and leadership and enhance the preparation for gradu­ AACS 115 Gospel Choir 3 ate study in these areas, as well as in the more traditional AACS 206 Elementary Swahili 3 disciplines. AACS 212 African-American Music 3 AACS 213 African-American Theatre 3 AACS233 Introduction to the Art of Africa 3 AACS 261 African,African-American and CURRICULUM Caribbean Religions 3 AACS 307 Intermediate Swahili 3 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 36 CREDITS AACS311 African Literature 3 Required Course 3 credits AACS 322 Caribbean Literary Experience I 3 Caribbean Literary Experience II AACS 100 Introduction to African and African- AACS 323 3 AACS 324 African Communities and Cultures American and Caribbean Studies 3 Plus 33 additional credits chosen from among the fol­ in the NewWorld 3 lowing areas as indicated: AACS 328 The African-American Literary Experience I 3 Historical 9 credits AACS 329 The African-American Literary Three courses required: Experience II 3 AACS 215 African History I 3 Urban and Community Development 6 credits AACS 216 African History II 3 Two courses required: AACS 241 African-American History to 1865 3 AACS 280 Minority Enterprises 3 AACS 242 African-American History Since 1865 3 AACS 304 African-Caribbean History 3 AACS 298 Student Community Service 3 AACS 305 African-American Community AACS 310 Recent Interpretations in African- Development 3 American Studies 3 AACS 412 Fundamentals of Social Work 3 AACS 315 African-American Backgrounds for AACS 420 Economic Structure of the Black Teachers 3 Community AACS 321 H'aiti: Its History, People and Culture 3 3 Sociopsycbological 6 credits MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS AACS 100 Introduction to African and African- Two courses required: AACS 150 Racism and Sexism in a Changing American and Caribbean Studies 3 Plus 3 credits from each of the above concentrations, by America 3 advisement. AACS 155 Perspectives on Justice and Racism: The African-American Experience 3 AACS 207 Racism and the Mass Media 3 AACS 214 African-American Family Life 3 AACS 255 The Black Woman Experience 3

85 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENI' AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

COURSES AAes 212 African-American Music The music of Africa and that of African-Americans has Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. become interwoven with that of theAmericas.This course presents a brief analysis of such musical forms as drums, AACS 100 Introduction to African, African- guitar, bass fiddle and other means of musical expres­ American and Caribbean Studies sion. Interpretative analysis is also presented. An introductory course that familiarizes the student with AACS 213 African, African-American and the diasporic and interdisciplinary nature of the black Caribbean Theatre presence in the world. The student surveys major ideas, An exploration of the African,African-American and Car­ concepts and philosophical orientations as represented ibbean experience through the medium of theatre. byAfrocentricity, negritude, the Harlem Renaissance and AACS 214 African-American Family life Pan-Africanism. A sociocultural and historical introduction to the various AAes 101 African, African-American and forces that have continuously eroded the social fabric African-Caribbean Dance and stability of theAfrican-American family. It offers theo­ (same as PEEL 212) retical exposition of the nature and features of the black Preparation of the body through conditioning exercises family with comparative concepts and practices of love, and dance sequences to perform ethnic dance forms from marriage, divorce, illegitimacy, homosexuality and other Africa, the Caribbean and the United States. Students may aspects of the black family. choose a field trip to a professional performance or ex­ amine dance forms more closely by composing a dance AAes 215 African History I sequence, using ethnic materials from class. Survey of social and political changes in precolonial Af­ rica. Focuses on ancient civilizations, precolonial states, AAes 115 Gospel Choir internal markets and the Atlantic trade. Discusses gospel music inAmerica from its origins to the AAes 216 African History n present, and its relevance and role in the community. This course is designed to provide a survey of the major Focus is on gospel concepts, chord substitution, melodic social and political changes inAfrica during and after the development, memorization, improvisation, ear training colonial period. and analysis. A companion (practice side) of this course is The Gospel Ensemble (1-2 credits). AACS 233 Introduction to the Art of Africa AACS 150 Racism and Sexism in a Changing An introductory course designed to explore and exam­ America ine the origin, evolvement and meaning ofAfrican art. In addition to highlighting the forms, styles and expressions A study of the historical, philosophical, social and politi­ cal treatments and interpretations of blacks and women ofAfrican art, the course examines the role of art inAfri­ can life. in the United States. Selected topics include media ste­ reotypes of blacks and women, definitions and rational­ AAes 241 African-American History to 1865 izations of racism and sexism, the role that blacks and After a survey of the African heritage, including slavery, women have played in U.S. history, the relationship a study is made of the history of people of African de­ between the nineteenth-century abolitionist movement scent in their New World environment. The role of Afri­ and the early feminist' movement, the relationship can-Americans in the development of the United States between the 1960s civil rights movement and the to the Civil War is examined. women's liberation movement. AAes 242 African-American History Since 1865 AACS 155 Perspectives on]ustice and Racism: Beginning with an examination of the period of Recon­ The African-American Experience struction, the course explores the various survival tac­ Analysis of racism in the formulation and implementa­ tics of African-Americans and the effects of governmen­ tion of the law, in the courts in penal institutions and in tal and societal action or inaction on their lives up to the the police department.Attention is also given to the his­ present. torical and socio-cultural problems associated with the AAes 244 African-American PoHtics attainment of social justice for African-Americans. An examination and analysis of the political power struc­ AACS 206 Elementary swahili ture and relationships in the black community. Emphasis Presents the fundamentals of Kiswahili. Simple grammati­ is on those factors that make black communities relatively cal construction and forms, building of broad and com­ powerless and how this state of powerlessness can be monly used vocabulary and idiomatic expression, devel­ ameliorated. Particular attention is paid to black political oping reading, writing and conversational skills with interaction in New Jersey. emphasis on the grammatical principles and their appli­ AAes 255 The Black Woman Experience cation to the language. Examines what it is to be a black woman in contempo­ AACS 207 Racism and the Mass Media rary society. The achievements of black women, their re­ Examines the history and roles of blacks and other ra­ lationship to the feminist movement and their response cial-ethnic groups in the American media, focusing, in to the triple oppression that can come from race, class particular, on the role of racism and etbnocentrism in and gender are highlighted. their experiences, as well as on how they are portrayed.

86 AFRICAN, AFRICAN-AMERICAN AND CARIBBEAN S1UDIES

AACS 261 African, African-American and AACS 315 African-American Backgrounds for Caribbean Religions Teachers Course describes and analyzes the character of the Afri­ A general course for prospective teachers. Introduces can,AfrIcan-American and Caribbean religious life, both various current and historical precepts for analysis, which institutionalized and informal. Focus is on the origins, enable the student to identify the roots of the blackAmeri­ connectedness and divergences of various religious tra­ can experience. Students visit areas of cultural interest ditions and practices in Africa and in the diaspora (eg., to African-Americans in the metropolitan NewYork!New Santeria, Candomble, Vodun). Attention is also given to Jersey area. the role of religion in the survival and struggles of peoples AACS 321 Haiti: Its History, Peoples and ofAfrican origin. CUlture AACS 280 Minority Enterprises Analysis of Haitian society and culture, both before and Analysis and evaluation of the structure, patterns and after the Revolution, to ascertain the nature and level of problems of minority-owned or operated enterprises. social transformation during the period of sovereignty Emphasis is on ways and means by which these businesses and an examination of the impact of United States inter­ can be improved both quantitatively and qualitatively. vention on Haitian independence and development. In addition, the particular features of Haitian culture and its AACS 298 Student Community Service connectedness with its African cultural past are analyzed Students have the opportunity to complement and coor­ in light of the folk-elite and color-c1ass contradiction that dinate their academic work with community service, en­ continue to characterize Haitian society and politics. compassing internships, training or short-term assign­ me~ts in student teaching, social work, teaching, and AACS 322 Caribbean Literary Experience I recreational and cultural enrichment programs. The A selected sutVey of major twentieth-centurywriters from course involves working with selected agencies and or­ the English-speaking Caribbean, such as v.s. Naipul, ganized urban groups. George Lamming, Derek Walcott, Edgar Mittelholzer, AACS 303 African Family life Samuel Selvon, Jamaica Kincaid and others. The works of these authors are explored for the light they throw on Traces and examines the origin and development of the Caribbean society and culture, as well as for the unique African family system, marriage, sex and child rearing. features, if any, of Caribbean literature: essays, drama, Focus is also on the primacy of the family inAfrican tra­ ditionallife. poetry and fiction. AACS 304 African-Caribbean History AACS 323 Caribbean Literary Experience n Examines the history of the Caribbean, starting with sla­ The course is concerned with literature from the non­ English speaking Caribbean. Works of major authors are very, colonization and the evolution of distinctly African Caribbean society, culture and personality. analyzed for major themes and elucidation of the Carib­ bean experience. AACS 305 African-American Community Development AACS 324 African Communities and CUltures in New Analyzes the nature of African-American communities, the World Survey of the African diaspora in the New World, includ­ their origins, institutional structures and cultural charac­ teristics and evaluates their role in a community devel­ ing an examination of the survival, retention and devel­ opment of vital and enduring cultural forms and social opment or underdevelopment. Emphasis is on how local organiZation, created by peoples of African origin. A communities can increase their capacity to plan and ef­ fect social, political and economic change to improve diachronic approach to understanding the African and NewWorid cultural interaction as dynamic and creative the quality of life for African-American peoples. Focus is response to forced migration and labor exploitation. on communities both in New Jersey (Paterson, Newark) and elsewhere. AACS 328 The African-American Literary AACS 307 Intermediate Swahili Experience I Emphasizes primarily conversation and basic grammar. The African-American experience as depicted in litera­ The class meets formally twice a week. In addition, stu­ ture by and about African-Americans. Focuses on biogra­ phies, auto-biographies and fiction. dents work with tapes in the language Iab.The approach is concentrated on phonology, morphology and AACS 329 The African-American Literary vocabulary. Experience n AACS 310 Recent Interpretations in African- Focuses mainly on African-American drama, poetry and American Studies essays. Presentation and analysis of differing points of view on AACS 338 African Politics current topics in African-American Studies and Deals with post-independence governmental political par­ scholarship. ties and ideological inclinations among African states. Emphasis is on the origin and evolution of political insti­ AACS 311 African Literature tutions and their function within contemporary Africa. Examines contemporary African writing, essays, drama, poetry and/or fiction. Explores the common theme in most African writing, including the problem of cultural identification.

87 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

AACS 341 Contemporary Caribbean Societies AACS 401 African-American Social Thought Examines the major problems facing the Caribbean to­ The development ofAfrican-American social thOUght in day. The focus is on the present factors affecting the de­ the nineteenth century regarding the nature of being and velopment of Caribbean societies and the difficulties con­ the circumstances and fortunes of peoples of Mrican fronting national and regional efforts to transform their descent. Includes the ideas of David Walker, Martin economies. The basic economic, political and cultural Delaney, Frederick Douglas, W.E. Dubois, Marcus Garvey, features of the Caribbean are defined and analyzed.At­ Malcolm X, Martin Luther King, Stokely Carmichael, tention is also given to initiatives at regional integration Bayard Rustin,Amiri Baraka and MolefiAsante. . as well as changing United States-Caribbean relations. AACS 402 Pan-Africanism and the Black AACS 358 Psychology of African-Americans Experience Examines traditional schools of psychology as they per­ An analysis of Pan-Africanism as a social movement, its tain to the psychological experience of Mrican-Ameri­ origins, objectives, strategies, leadership and followers. cans.Alternative psychological considerations relative to Concern is with the philosophy of the movement as a the African-American experience, including those ad-· bridging or integrating framework for bringing togetJ;1er vanced by notedAfrican-American psychologists are also continentalAfricans andAfricans in the diaspora in a com­ explored. mon and collective exercise. AACS 380 Research Methods on the African, AACS 412 Fundamentals of Social Work African-American and Caribbean Deals with the basic concepts and practices of social work Experience as they relate to the social problems of urban neighbor­ Introduces students to methodological approaches and hoods. Particularly useful for students planning to pur­ strategies of research, including field work, on the Afri­ sue a career or graduate study in social work. can,African-American and Caribbean experience. AACS 420 Economic Structure of the Black AACS 399 Selected Topics Community Atopic not covered by an existing course is offered as Beginning with an introduction to economics, the course recommended by the department and approved by the focuses on the economic relations between the inner city dean. and the rest of the economy. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson AACS 499 Independent Study 1-6 credits As approved and to be arranged. 1-6 credits

DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY

Associate Professors: A. Barrow, J. Pollak CURRICULUM

Sociology/Anthropology MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 33 CREDITS The sociology/anthropology major is a bachelor of arts Required Courses 12 credits degree program. Students may follow a specific track in SOC 110 Principles of Sociology 3 criminal justice or an advisor-guided program of studies AN1H 130 Introduction to Anthropology 3 in either or both of the disciplines of sociology and an­ SOC 254 Sociological Research Methods 3 thropology. This program is designed to acquaint stu­ SOC 303 History of Social Theory 3 dents with basic concepts necessary to understand hu­ or man relationships in our pluralistic society; contribute SOC 402 Modern Sociological Theory 3 to the student's liberal education and cultural background; provide basic courses in general theory, methodology and Additional Courses 21 credits specialized areas; and supply relevant background for stu­ Select from tbe following by advisement: dents preparing for fields in which a knowledge of hu­ soc 160 Essentials of Criminal Justice Systems 3 man relations is essential. SOC 201 Social Problems 3 SOC 203 Marriage and the Family 3 SOC 220 Social Organization o~Work 3 SOC 240 The Impact of Sport in the Modern World 3 SOC 250 .Urban Sociology 3 SOC 251 Minority Groups inAmerica 3 SOC 253 Elementary Sociological Statistics 3 SOC 255 Qualitative Sociological Methods 3 SOC 265 Sexuality in Modern Life 3

88 ANTHROPOLOGY

SOC 290 Social Work and Social Welfare Policies 3 ANTH359 Cultural Change in Latin America 3 SOC 291 Social Work Practice 3 ANTH361 Psychological Anthropology 3 SOC 303 History of Social Theory 3 ANTH408 Indians of North America 3 SOC 310 Sociology ofWar 3 ANTH450 Shamans, Witches and Magic 3 SOC 320 Contemporary Issues in the Workplace 3 ANTH491 Internship 3 SOC 322 Sociology of Organizations 3 ANTH499 Independent Study 3 Labor Relations SOC 323 3 MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS SOC 256 Political Sociology 3 SOC 324 Sociology of Religion 3 Required Courses SOC 325 Sociology of Social Movements 3 SOC 110 Principles of Sociology 3 SOC 326 American Religion 3 ANTH 130 Introduction ofAnthropology 3 SOC 327 Collective Behavior 3 SOC 303 History of Social Theory 3 SOC 328 Sociology of the Art 3 SOC 402 Modern Sociological Theory 3 SOC 330 Sociology of Death and Grief 3 Additional Courses 9 credits SOC 331 Evaluation of Social Action 3 Courses in sociology/anthropology by advisement. SOC 333 Sociology ofAdulthood 3 SOC 334 Sociology of Sports 3 SOC 335 Sociology of Law 3 SOC 336 Comparative Criminal Justice Systems 3 COURSES SOC 354 Social Stratification 3 Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. SOC 360 Self and Society 3 Refer to Sociology Department for descriptions of soci­ soc 3¢i5 Social Deviance 3 ology courses. SOC 370 Population and Society 3 SOC 371 Forecasting Future Societies 3 ANTII 130 Introduction to Anthropology SOC 381 Sociology of Socialization 3 Designed to study humanity from the broadest perspec­ SOC 390 Sociology of Health and Illness 3 tive in the social sciences. Through an introduction to SOC 392 Sociology ofAging 3 basic concepts in cultural/SOcial anthropology, archaeol­ SOC 399 Selected Topics 3 ogy, physical anthropologyand linguistics, students gain SOC 402 Modern Sociological Theory 3 an appreciation of lluman evolutionary history, modern SOC 403 Community SuperVision and Treatment cultural diversity and the elements of social life all hu­ of the Offender 3 mans share. SOC 406 Social and Environmental Change 3 SOC 421 The Sociology of Revolution 3 ANTII 200 Human Variation SOC 423 Labor Law: Negotiation and Conflict 3 There are serious problems involved in any attempt to SOC 455 Criminology 3 pigeonhole humanity into discrete categories based on SOC 456 Juvenile Delinquency 3 physical ttaits. Yet it is clear that biological differences SOC 460 Sociology of Corrections 3 do exist among peoples of the world.This course focuses SOC 480 Seminar in Criminal Justice 3 on why there is variation in specific biological ttaits and SOC 481 Seminar inApplied Sociology 3 how this variation becomes grist for the mill in the cul­ SOC 491 Internship in Sociology 3 tutal consttuction of race. SOC 492 Internship in Criminal Justice 3 Prerequisites: SOC 110 andANTH 130 SOC 499 Independent Study 3 ANTII 210 . Archaeology Anthropology Introduces students to the scientific study of extinct so­ ANTH 200 Human Variation 3 cieties. Research design, site survey and excavation, data ANTH 210 Archaeology 3 recording and interpretation, artifact identification and ANTH 250 Visual Anthropology 3 tteatment and cultural resource management are among ANTH 252 Biological Bases of Human Behavior 3 the topics covered. ANTH 257 Sex and Culture 3 Prerequisite:ANTH 130 or permission of the insttuctor ANTH 260 Myth and Folklore and the Modern ANTII 250 Visual Anthropology World 3 Visual anthropology examines image, behavior and S

89 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

ANTII 260 Myth and Folklore and the Modern ANTII 356 Urban Anthropology World This course examines from a cross-cultural perspective Examines myths as providers of introspective patterns the ecological and social changes that occur from urban of moral values, social order, customs and religious be­ growth. liefs. Traditional folklore (stories, riddles, songs) and mod­ ANTII 357 Kinship ern folklore (mass media, urban cultures) are examined. Kin groups ranging from several to thousands of people ANTII 301 Anthropological Theory and Method serve important economic, social, political and religious Anthropology is a relatively new science developed functions in every society. Different types of marriage within the last one hundred and fifty years. This course and family systems are compared in a global and evolu­ examines major theories in anthropology in an historical tionary context. text. It also instructs the student in ethnomethodology­ ANTH 359 Cultural Change in Latin America basic techniques for collecting ethnographic data. The origin and development of processes of cultural Prerequisite:ANTH 130 change in Latin America. It gives the student an opportu­ ANTII 302 Biological Anthropology nity to learn about the cultural institutions of highly de­ An introduction to the biological persp· tive in anthro­ veloped indigenous cultures and their iI;lfluences upon pology, including primate evolution, the living, nonhu­ present day Latin American cultures. Examines current man primates, the evolution of primate Lehavior, the hu­ writings .on Latin America that deal with social change man -fossil record and modern human variation and and helps the student develop scientific objectivity adaptability. The biocultural nature of humans is (ananthropological prerequisite) in the analysis of the emphasized. social problems resulting from change. Particularly use­ Prerequisite:ANTH 130 or permission of the instructor ful for international management majors. ANTII 329 Educational Anthropology ANTII 361 Psychological Anthropology This course deals with a study of current theories, pro­ The interaction of culture and personality in various parts cesses and concepts in the anthropology of education. of the world. Explores specific topics that have cultural Anthropological research and field techniques, as applied impact on the development of personality. to the study of education, are examined from a cross­ ANTH 399 Selected Topics cultural perspective. A major focus is on contemporary A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as education in the United States. recommended by the department and approved by the ANTII 330 Anthropology of Tourlsm dean. A cross-cultural, transactional view of tourism as involv­ Prerequisite: Permission of the program director ing an encounter between tourist-generating and host 3-6 credits societies that may be perceived as a process or a system. ANTH 408 Indians of North America Imageries of pleasure travel as they reflect a symbolic Demonstrates the continuum of indigenous cultures in world are examined. The focus is upon the changes NorthAmerica from pre-Columbian times to the present wrought upon the host society and the sociopolitical and using historical, ecological and empirical field data to cultural consequences of tourism. study cultural processes and changes and the ways they ANTII 341 Law in Society and Culture affect interethnic and interracial interaction in the United This course examines mechanisms societies have devel­ States. oped to resolve disputes. Comparing American society ANTH 450 Shamans, Witches and Magic to other industrial and pre-industrial societies, law and Provides the student insights into the meaning of witch­ political organizations are shown to have cultural ways craft and sorcery as manifestations of the belief in the of coping with conflict strongly linked to variations in supernatural. It gives the student an opportunity to learn subsistence, economy and social stratification. about the functions of witchcraft and sorcery in specific ANTII 342 The Ethnology of East Asia: China societies and the cultural roles of the shaman, witch and and]apan sorcerer. Examines the development of Chinese and]apanese cul­ ANTH 491 Internship tures through the study of marriage, the family, village This course provides qua1ified students practical work life, economic organization and religion. Modernization, experience in an applied anthropology setting. Periodic industrialization and cultural change are also explored. conferences and a monthly seminar are an integral part ANTII 353 Human Types: A Comparative Study of this program. of Cultures Prerequisite: Permission of instructor required Designed to study persons as biological as well as social (3-6 credits) animals. Physical characteristics of races and the culture ANTII 499 Independent Study and development of early and modern persons are As approved and to be arranged. stressed. 1-6 credits

90 ECONOMICS AND FINANCE

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND FINANCE

Professor: G. Dorai,A. Eapen, B. Haroian, M. Laurence, Additional Requirements 6 credits c.K. Leung (chairperson) CS 201 Computer Uteracy 3 Associate Professors: A. Ghosh, C. Uddicoat,P. Swanson A 300- or 400-level business course 3 Assistant Professors: E Cal, T.. Ramin MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS ECON 201 Macroeconomic Principles 3 The economics program leading to a bachelor of science ECON 202 Microeconomic Principles 3 degree provides students a broad conceptual framework Additional Economics Courses 12 to understand the social interrelations of consumers, business, workers and the government. In addition to studying questions of a general political-economic nature, students majoring in economics learn the analytical tools COURSES of economic decision making. Flexibility is built into the curriculum so that students may seek employment upon Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. completion of their four-year program, or, if they prefer, continue on to graduate school for further study. The ECON 201 Macroeconomic Principles major requirements for the degree in economics are the Concentrates on the basic economic principles relevant 33 credits common core, 21 credits of advanced econom­ to the resource utilization problems of the economy as a ics courses and 6 credits of additional courses. whole. Theories and policies that relate to the economy's The department also offers a finance concentration total level of output, total income, total level of unem­ leading to a Bachelor of Science degree for students who ployment, total expenditure and the general level of wish to have careers with banks or other financial insti­ prices are treated at an introductory level. tutions. In addition to taking the 33-credit core, students ECON 202 Microeconomic Principles must take 21 credits of finance courses and 6 credits of Concentrates on the basic economic principles relevant additional courses. to resource allocation. Demand and supply analysis is Studerits are encouraged to select courses in such re­ used to explain at an introductory level two major top­ lated areas as political science, sociology, geography, ics: (1) price determination in competitive as well as im­ anthropology, history, philosophy and African, perfectly competitive markets such as monopoly, oli­ African-American and Caribbean Studies. gopoly and monopolistic completion, and (2) distribution of income among resources. ECON 210 Economic Statistics I CURRICULUM Descriptive statistics (collection and presentation of data, frequency distributions, measures of central tendency, Economics dispersion and skewness); index numbers' simple corre­ lation and regression; curve fitting; introduction to sta­ MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 60 CREDITS tistical inference, sampling and probability. Common Core 33 credits Prerequisite: MATH 120 ACCT 211 Financial Accounting 3 ECON 211 Economic Statistics n ACCT 212 Managerial Accounting 3 Sampling distribution of the sample statistics, probabil­ ECON 202 Microeconomic Principles 3 ity limits and tests of significance; statistical inference ECON 210 Economic Statistics I 3 and confidence limits; operating characteristics curves; FIN 320 Corporate Finance 3 simple experimental design; applied probability for de­ LAW 201 Legal Environment of Business 3 cision making. MGT 300 Principles of Management 3 Prerequisite: ECON 210 MGT 305 Management Information System 3 MGT 431 Production and Operations ECON 230 Economics of the Environment Examines problems of environmental quality as an eco­ Management 3 nomic problem.The role that economic analysis plays in MGT 460 Business Strategy and Policy 3 providing both public and private decision-makers with MKT310 Marketing 3 alternative solutions to environmental problems is Economics Courses 21 credits stressed. ECON 211 Economic Statistics IT 3 ECON 301 The National Economy ECON 301 The National Economy 3 A systematic treatment, at an advanced level, of the fac­ ECON 302 Prices and the Markets 3 tors determining the level of output, income and employ­ Economics Electives (upper level) 12 ment of the economy as a whole. Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202

91 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

ECON 302 Prices and the Markets agement relalions, collective bargaining, labor unions, An analytic treatment, on an advanced level, of theories inflation and unemployment. and techniques of price determination. Theories of in­ Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 come distribution and general equilibrium are also ECON 360 Theory and Economic Growth and considered. Development Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 A study of the sources of economic growth and develop­ ECON 303 International Finance ment and the private and public policies that affect this A study of international financial transactions designed historical trend. Both underdeveloped and developed to help students understand the economic interdepen­ countries are considered. dence of nations. Analysis of exchange rates, balance of Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 payments, international capital movements, as well as ECON 370 International Economics fiscal and monetary policies in an open world economy. A study of the theoretical and empirical bases for inter­ Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 ·national economic transactions among nations. Empha­ ECON 305 Current Economic Issues sis is placed on understanding various theories of trade; This course covers economic problems such as unem­ costs and benefits of international specialization; protec­ ployment, inflation, government regulation, health care, tionism, quotas, tariffs and trade policy. environmental quality, budget deficit and the national Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 debt. Real world observation of the problems, analysis ECON 390 Comparative Economic Systems and alternative solutions will be presented. A study of the actual operations of various economic sys­ Prerequisites: ECON 201 tems as they seek the optimum use of the human and ECON 310 Money and Banking natural resources available to them. The ideological, tech­ (also listed as FIN 310) nological and organizational features of each system are A study of the key concepts, theories, processes and in­ stressed. terrelationships that link money and banking to the work­ Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 ings of the U.S. economy.This course analyzes how banks ECON 399 Selected Topics and other depository institutions serve as a conduit for A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as the implementation of monetary policy. The structure, recommended by the department and approved by the functions, powers and monetary tools of the Federal Re­ dean. serve are also examined. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 1-6 credits ECON 320 History of Economic Thought ECON 415 Managerial Economics A study of the history of economic theory beginning with (also listed as FIN 415) the Greco-Roman economics and concentrating on the The application of economic analysis to the solution of eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The re­ individual business problems. Among the primary areas lationship between the evolution of economic thought covered are demand forecasting, cost and profit analysis and socio-political forces is developed. and capital budgeting. ECON 321 Public Finance Prerequisites: ECON 201, 202, 210 and 211 A study of the economic principles that are most useful ECON 430 Econometrics in analyzing the government's role in the economy; the The ordinary least squares criterion is scrutinized. The economic principles to be stressed are those that are problems of estimating demand, supply, consumption, particularly helpful in the microeconomic analysis of tax production and cost functions are treated in depth. and expenditure policies. Sources of revenues, as well as Prerequisites: ECON 201,202,210 and 211 expenditures for health, defense, education, social secu­ rity and welfare programs are analyzed. ECON 499 Independent Study Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 A special project supervised by faculty adviser with ap­ proval of the department. ECON 328 Economic History of the United 1-6 credits States (also listed as mST 328) Emphasizes economic elements in the historical growth of the United States from colonial to contemporary times. Finance Concentration An analysis is made of the changing role of government, Common Core (see above) 33 credits technological innovation, industrial pioneering and com­ petition in the development of the American economy. Finance Courses 21 credits ECON 211 Economic Statistics II 3 ECON 340 Labor and Management in the FIN 310 Money and Banking 3 American Economy FIN 400 International Financial Management 3 (also listed as MGT 340) FIN 403 Capital Budgeting 3 An examination of how labor and management are af­ FIN 410 Taxation I 3 fected by various theories and institutional approaches FIN 415 Managerial Economics 3 and policies, such as public legislation on labor and man- FIN 435 Principles of Investment 3

92 ECONOMICS AND FINANCE

Additional Requirements 6 credits FIN 403 Capital Budgeting CS 201 Computer Literacy 3 Examines the firm's investment decisions in projects A 300- or 400-level accounting, within the context of value creation. Covers investment business or economics course 3 decision making under certainty and under risk. Certainty equivalent, CAPM and risk adjusted return, sequential decision making and sensitivity model are discussed. Prob­ lems and cases are assigned for analysis and class COURSES presentation. Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. FIN 410 Taxation I (also listed at ACCT 410) FIN 310 Money and Banking A study of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code with empha­ (also listed as ECON 310) sis on income taxation of individuals. Provides practice A study of the key concepts, theories, processes and in­ in the preparation of tax returns and the solutions of case terrelationships that link money and banking to the work­ problems. Concentrates on the problems of U.s. indi­ ings of fhe U.s. economy. This course analyzes how banks vidual income tax, but taxation of corporations and part- and other depository institutions serve as a conduit for nerships is also examined. the implementation of monetary policy. The structure, Prerequisites:ACCT 211 and 212 functions, powers and monetary tolls of the Federal Re­ FIN 411 Taxationll serve are also examined. (also listed as ACCT 411) Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 A study of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code with empha­ FIN 320 Corporate Finance sis on the taxation of corporations, partnerships, estates A study of the basic principles and practices of the finan­ and trusts. Federal payroll, gift and estate, and New Jer- cial management of private business corporations. The sey taxes are also covered. course provides an operational framework for financial Prerequisite: FIN 410 analysis, planning and forecasting, along with profit analy­ FIN 415 Managerial Economics sis and financial control for today's business world. (also listed as ECON 415) Prerequisites:ACCT 211,212, ECON 201 and 202 The application of economic analysis to the solution of FIN 350 Financial Markets and Institutions individual business problems. Among the primary areas This course is an introduction to the dynamic structure covered are demand forecasting, cost and profit analysis of the financial markets' environment in which financial and capital budgeting. institutions as well as other participants operate. The Prerequisites: ECON 201,202,210 and 211 course explores the concepts and measurement of risk FIN 435 Principles of Investment and return, explains how market interest rates are deter­ A disciplined application of fmancial analysis to the valu­ mined, analyzes the spread among various rates across ation and selection of corporate securities for individual major capital markets' participants, and analyzes strate­ as well as institutional investment. The course empha­ gies to manage and modify return and risk in an uncer­ sizes, among other topics, both the fundamental and tech­ tain environment. The emphasis is on identifying the nical analysis of common stocks in light of the modern characteristics of participants that give rise to basic simi­ portfolio theory. larities and/or differences in their behavior, rather than Prerequisites: ECON 211, MKT 310 and FIN 320 on their detailed operating business activities. FIN 499 Independent Study FIN 399 Selected Topics A special project supervised by faculty adviser with the A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as approval of the department. recommended by the department and approved by the 1-6 credits dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson 1-6 credits FIN 400 International Financial Management Financial management of a multinational enterprise.Top­ ics include foreign exchange risk, political risk, long-run investment and financing decisions, working capital man­ agement and valuation of operations and taxation.

93 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH

Professors: R. Atnally, P. Cioffari, E. DeGroot, L. CURRICULUM Hamalian, S. Hand, ]. Hauser, R. Kloss, F. Manno, A. Mazzella, S. McNamara, V. Mollenkott, D. Perry, S. Radner, ENGLISH MAJOR: LITERATURE CONCENTRATION S.Wertheim REQUIREMENTS 33 CREDITS Associate Professors: E. Burns,A. Deakins, C. Edinger Survey Courses 12 credits (chairperson), S. Hahn,]. Jordan, R. Rosen Select four of the following courses, with at least one Assistant Professors:]. Barszcz, B. Gooch,]. Hartman, each from the British,American and Western European C. Nekola, B. Parker offerings: ENG 301 English LiteratureThrough the The English Department offers a major program with a Neoclassical Period concentration in literature or in writing, leading to a bach­ 3 ENG 302 English Literature: Romantic through elor of arts degree in English, plus a minor in English and Modern a variety of liberal studies or free elective courses for 3 ENG 303 American Literature to 1865 students in other programs. Students may choose from 3 ENG 304 American Literature 1865-1914 courses in English,American and comparative literature; 3 ENG 305 Literature of Western Europe:To the linguistics, criticism and writing; or contemporary themes Renaissance in literature and film. 3 ENG 306 Literature of Western Europe: The objectives of the program are (1) to provide stu­ Renaissance Through Modern dents with an understanding and appreciation of litera­ 3 ture as art and the relation of literature to other art forms; Period Courses 6 credits (2) to heighten students' awareness of their linguistic, Choose two, one of which must be before 1900: literary and cultural heritage; (3) to develop their critical BEFORE 1900 reading, interpreting and thinking skills; (4) to increase ENG 310 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama 3 their ability to communicate their ideas in writing; (5) to ENG 311 Literature of the English Renaissance 3 provide students with backgrounds for their careers; (6) ENG 312 Donne, Jonson and Their to prepare students for advanced work at the graduate Contemporaries 3 level. ENG 313 The Age of Dryden, Pope and Swift 3 Students majoring in English often choose careers in ENG 314 The Age of Johnson 3 teaching, law, journalism, publishing, editing, public re­ ENG 315 Romantic Movement in England 3 la,tions, advertising, computer technology, finance, or ENG 316 Literature and Culture of the Victorians 3 writing film and TV scripts, plays, novels, stories or po­ ENG 320 The English Novel: Defoe to Austen 3 ems. English majors who intend to pursue a graduate ENG 321 The English Novel: Dickens to Hardy 3 program in English are strongly encouraged to satisfy the ENG 322 Nineteenth-Century European Fiction 3 intermediate reading level in a foreign language. AFTER 1900 Note: The prerequisite to all but basic and ESL English ENG 211 Modern Drama 3 courses is ENG 1l0,Writing Effective Prose. It is recom­ ENG 214 Contemporary Drama 3 mended, although not required, that ENG 110, which all ENG 317 Modern American Literature 3 students must pass with a minimum grade of C, be taken ENG 318 Modern British Literature 3 by English majors during the first semester of the fresh­ ENG 319 Modern British and American Poetry 3 man year, and that ENG 200, Methods of Critical Analy­ ENG 323 Twentieth-Century European Fiction 3 sis, which is not a required course of literature concen­ ENG 340 Contemporary Literature 3 tration students but is required of writing concentration Writing Course 3 credits students, be taken early in the student's program at the Choose one: College.Students are strongly urged to take ENG 200 prior ENG 330 Critical Writing 3 to other major courses and after completing ENG 110. ENG 331 Creative Writing 3 COMM 250 Journalism 3 Language Course 3 credits Choose one: ENG 401 Linguistics and Grammars 3 ENG 402 Development of the English Language 3 ENG 403 Grammar and Style 3 SPecialized Author or Seminar Course 3 credits Choose one: ENG 410 Chaucer and His Age 3 ENG 411 Shakespeare: Comedies and Histories 3 ENG 412 Shakespeare: Tragedies and Romances 3 ENG 413 Milton 3 ENGliSH

ENG 480 Seminar in English Literature 3 Writing Concentration ENG 481 Seminar in American Literature 3 Three writing courses 9 One survey course Electives 6 credits 3 ENG 200 Methods of Literary Analysis Select two additional English courses at or above the 3 Elective 200 leveL 3 Note: With the chairperson's permission, 6 credits of ~GCONCENTRATION other English courses may be substituted for two of the REQUIREMENTS 33 CREDITS required courses in the minor. Core Courses 18 credits CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 27 CREDITS ENG 200 Methods of Literary Analysis 3 Students who wish to seek teaching certification should ENG 330 Critical Writing 3 register with the appropriate education advisors, should ENG 331 Creative Writing 3 choose the literature concentration, and should consider ENG 401 Linguistics and Grammars 3 taking more than the minimal requirements in literature or courses. (See Department of Curriculum and Instruc­ ENG 402 Development of the English Language tion.) or ENG 403 Grammar and Style 3

Any two survey courses from the list below: COURSES ENG 301 English Literature Through the Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. Neodassical Period 3 ENG 302 English Literature: Romantic Through ENG 101 English as a Second Language: Modern 3 Intermediate I ENG 303 American Literature to 1865 3 An intermediate level course in English communication ENG 304 American Literature 1865-1914 3 skills Oistening, speaking, reading, writing) designed for ENG 305 Literature ofWestern Europe: the non-native English-speaking student. To the Renaissance 3 ENG 306 Literature of Western Europe: ENG 102 English as a Second Language: Renaissance Through Modern 3 Intermediate n ENG 317 ModernAmerican Literature 3 An intermediate course in English communication skills ENG 318 Modern British Literature 3 Oistening, speaking, reading, writing) designed for the Literature Electives 6 credits non-native English-speaking student. Emphasis on aca- demic writing. Any two literature courses at or above the 200-level 6 Prerequisite: ENG 101 or placement Advanced Writing Courses 9 credits GROUP 1 (6-9 credits): ENG 108 Basic Writing The basic writing course is designed to emphasize the ENG 209 Book and Magazine Editing 3 standard English sentence and the extension of a group ENG 300 Technical Writing 3 of sentences into an organized unit. ENG 332 Advanced Creative Writing 3 Note: Credits for this basic skills course are not applicable ENG 333 Critical Writing II 3 ENG 617 Modern Techniques of Composition' 3 toward degree requirements. Prerequisite: Basic Skills Test ENG 619 Writing for the Magazine Market' 3 'These are graduate courses, open to undergraduates ENG 110 Writing Effective Prose with the written permission of the chairperson and Essential freshman writing course designed to develop dean. See the graduate catalog for course descriptions. the student's writing competency on the college level. GROUP II (0-3 credits): Prerequisite: Basic Skills Test COMM 250 Journalism 3 ENG 150 Introduction to Literature COMM 324 Writing for Radio or T.V 3 The course is intended to develop the student's appre­ COMM 431 Screenwriting 3 ciation and enjoyment of selected works in fiction, drama COMM 451 FreelanceWriting 3 and poetry. Works selected represent different historical TIIEA 454 Playwriting 3 periods and cultures. Writing is required. MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENG 110. Literature Concentration ENG 200 Methods of Literary Analysis Three survey courses from American, English and An in-depth study of selected short stories, poems and world literature courses 9 plays with focus on practice in using precise literary terms One period course 3 and analytical and evaluative techniques. ENG 200 Methods of Literary Analysis Prerequisite: ENG llO or One course in writing 3 Elective 3

95 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

ENG 201-202 English as a Second Language: ENG 217 Images of Women in Modern Advanced Level I and II Literature Advanced courses in spoken and written communication A study of the images of women in modern literature designed for the non-native English-speaking student; 3 drawn mostly by women. The course examines the vari­ credits each semester. ous roles women have played in literature and the ways Prerequisite for ENG 201 is ENG 102 or placement; pre­ in which race, class, and ethnicity shape their works. Se­ requisite for ENG 202 is ENG 201 or placement lected writers may include Virginia Woolf, Tillie Olsen, Maxine Hong Kingston,Toni Morrison, Margaret Atwood. ENG 207 Effective Business Writing Prerequisite: ENG 110 A skills course featuring technical report writing, letters, data sheets, abstracts and other communication ENG 219 Nineteenth-Century Women's Voices procedures. A study of various writers of the nineteenth century Prerequisite: ENG 110 whose work challenges traditional assumptions about ENG 208 The Bible and Literature women's roles. Writers include Mary Shelley, Harriet Beecher Stowe, Charlotte Bronte, Louisa May Alcott and Examines the literary stature and influence of the Bible and the way authors util; what they have read to Kate Chopin. Prerequisite: ENG 110 strengthen their own creative efft.£ts.Works by Dickinson, Twain, Nemerov, Louise B gan, Margaret Walker, T.S. ENG 220 Women, the Bible and Modern Eliot, Poe and others. Literature Prerequisite: ENG 110 A study of Western religion's influence on gender roles and the recent more holistic approaches. Designed to ENG 209 Book and Magazine Editing raise consciousness on a philosophical, mythological and A skills course in the basic techniques of editing books political level. Includes works by Edna O'Brien, Adrienne and magazines. Designed for those interested in a pub­ Rich, Emily Dickinson, others. lishing career and for the general reader and writer. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisite: ENG 110 ENG 221 The Mystery Story ENG 210 Modern Biography and An historical, philosophical, cultural and literary study Autobiography Biographies and autobiographies of a range of authors of the mystery story through an examination of such fic­ tional works as the detective story, the suspense novel, and artists from F. Scott Fitzgerald, Richard Wright, Vir­ the story of strange or frightening adventure, the tale of ginia Woolf to Zora Neale Hurston, Robert Graves,Amiri Baraka and others; a study of the writer's purpose, pro­ espionage, the tale of crime and the Gothic novel-with an emphasis on detection. cedure and style. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisite: ENG 110 ENG 222 Crime and Punishment: Law in ENG 211 Modern Drama Literature Dramatists of Europe, England and America: may include An examination of a wide range of literature with par­ Ibsen, Strindberg, Pirandello, Lorca, Chekhov, Brecht; and ticular emphasis on its relation to questions and prob­ Shaw, O'Neill, Miller,Albee, Hellman. lems of civil and criminal law; may include works by Prerequisite: ENG 110 Thoreau, Dickens, Camus, Dostoevsky, Wright, ENG 214 Contemporary Drama Solzhenitsyn and others. Theatre of the absurd, cruelty, protest; guerilla theatre; Prerequisite: ENG 110 experiments in ritual and free drama. Playwrights may ENG 229 Fihns and Literature range from Beckett, Genet, Ionesco, Frisch, Sartre to Pinter, Albee, Baraka, Stoppard, Kopit, Shepard, Wilson. The study of selected stories, plays, and novels and their film adaptations. An examination of the challenges of Prerequisite: ENG 110 adapting fiction to film. Works to be studied may include ENG 215 Literature into Opera Romeo and Juliet, A Room With a View, It Happened How composers and librettists transformed Carmen, One Night, Rear Window, Rashomon, Blow-up. In Macbeth, Salome, Camille, Manon Lescaut and other addition, race and gender issues are considered in such works into operas; ability to read music not required. works as The Joy That Kills and Almosa Man. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisite: ENG 110 ENG 216 Science Fiction and Fantasy ENG 300 Technical Writing A study of classical and recent science fiction, fantasy for Designed to help students identify and reproduce the adults and children, utopian and anti-utopian fiction. qualities that mark successful technical writing. The Authors read may include Asimov, Bradbury, Burgess, course concentrates on composing several short papers­ Carroll, Clarke, Gilman, Heinlein, Huxley, LeGuin, Lewis, definition, description, classification and process analy­ Orwell, Tolkien, Vonnegut, Wells, Zamaytin. sis-and on the long technical report. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisite: ENG 110

96 ENGIlSH

ENG 301 English Literature Through the ENG 312 Donne, Jonson and Their Neoclassical Period Contemporaries Critical study of selected prose and poetry from the be­ Study of British literature, 1600, emphasizing Donne, ginnings of English literature through the eighteenth cen­ Jonson, Bacon, Herrick, Herbert, Marvell. Focus is on tury, with attention to social and intellectual background; relationship between themes and techniques of included are such authors/works as Beowulf, Chaucer, seventeenth-century Iiteramre and those of modern times, Spenser, Shakespeare, Milton, Pope, Johnson, Fielding, including depiction of gender roles. Swift, Austen. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisite: ENG 110 ENG 313 The Age of Dryden, Pope and Swift ENG 302 English Literature: Romantic British literature, 1660-1750, emphasizing Augustanism Through Modern and its countercurrents, and including both major and Critical study of selected prose and poetry from the early less known authors, male and female, such as Behn, nineteenth century to the present, with attention to so­ Killigrew, Montague, Fielding, Defoe and Manderville. cial and intellectual background; included are such au­ Prerequisite: ENG 110 thors as Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, ENG 314 The Age of Johnson Keats, Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Wilde, Joyce, Yeats, British Iiteramre, 1750-1798, emphasizing the decline of Woolf. Augustanism and the rise of Romanticism in the writings Prerequisite: ENG 110 of such authors as Johnson, Boswell, Goldsmith, Burke, ENG 303 American Literature to 1865 Burney, Inchwald, Walpole, Sterne and Wollstonecraft. Major and mil.lOr American authors from Columbus Prerequisite: ENG 110 through Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Emerson, Thoreau. ENG 315 Romantic Movement in England Prerequisite: ENG 110 Romantic poetry and prose; Burns, Blake, Wordsworth, ENG 304 American Literature 1865-1914 Coleridge, Scott, Byron, Shelley, Keats; critics of the Major and minor American authors of the period; em­ period. phasis on Whitman, Dickinson, Twain, James, Wharton, Prerequisite: ENG qo Crane. ENG 316 Literature and Culture of the Prerequisite: ENG 110 Victorians ENG 305 Literature of Western Europe: Poetry of Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, others; prose To the Renaissance works by Carlyle, Newman, Mill, Ruskin, Huxley; Victo- Great works of the early Western world: by Homer, rian novels and plays. Sophocles, Plato, Aristotle, Virgil, St. Augustine, Dante, Prerequisite: ENG 110 Boccaccio, Machiavelli, Rabelais, Cervantes. ENG 317 Modern American Literature Prerequisite: ENG 110 Leading American writers of the modern period, such as ENG 306 Literature of Western Europe: Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Faulkner, Stevens, Frost, Eliot, Renaissance Through Modern O'Neill, Millay, Hughes, Hurston, Wolfe, Steinbeck, Great works of the later Western world: by Moliere, O'Connor, Brooks, Wright. Goethe, Balzac, Flaubert, Dostoevsky, Mann, Sartre, Prerequisite: ENG 110 Proust, Pirandello, Camus, Kundera. ENG 318 Modern British Literature Prerequisite: ENG 110 Fiction, poetry, drama, criticism since 1885: Forster, ENG 310 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama Hardy,Joyce,Yeats, Shaw, Auden,Woolf, Conrad, Hopkins, Shakespeare's forerunners and contemporaries in drama: Lawrence; Elizabeth Bowen, Katherine Mansfield; Irish Kyd, Marlowe, Jonson, Webster, and others. Renaissance, naturalism, symbolism. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisite: ENG 110 ENG 311 Literature of the English Renaissance ENG 319 Modern British and American Poetry A study of selected English prose and poetry of the six­ Major poets and significant trends in modern British and teenth century. Special attention is given to the early American poetry beginning with Yeats and including such English humanist theories of education, eloquence and figures as Frost, Eliot, Pound, Auden, Thomas, William language and their literary influence. The important de­ Carlos Williams, Sexton, Plath, Ginsberg, Lowell, H.D., velopments in English poetry are smdied, including the Marianne Moore, Hughes, Robert Duncan and Gary variation of line, language, imagery and form (song, son­ Snyder. net, satire, pastoral, epic). Several writers are conSidered, Prerequisite: ENG llO but the focus is on such major figures as Thomas More, ENG 320 The English Novel: Defoe to Austen Philip Sidney and Edmund Spenser. Selected novels by Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, Prerequisite: ENG 110 . Sterne, Austen. Prerequisite: ENG 110

97 IillMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

ENG 321 The English Novel: Dickens to Hardy ENG 340 Contemporary literature Selected novels by Dickens, Thackeray, Trollope, British, American and continental fiction, poetry and Meredith, George Eliot, Hardy. drama from World War II to the present; writers may in­ Prerequisite: ENG 110 clude Barth, Barthelme, Pynchon, Morrison, Borges, ENG 322 The Nineteenth-Century European Lessing, Garcia Marquez, Drabble, Oates, Atwood, Doctorow, Rich, Simic, Walker, Fuentes, Hong-Kingston Novel A study of major. French, German and Russian novels and Tyler. against the social, political and intellectual milieu of Prerequisite: ENG 110 nineteenth-century Europe. Within the framework of the ENG 399 Selected Topics romantic, realistic and the naturalistic literary movements. A topic of contemporary or other interest is selected. The novels are read from a variety of viewpoints:as a Prerequisite: ENG 110 depiction of the life of a nation (Balzac, Gogol, Tolstoy 1-6 credits and Mann), as a probing of the psychological nature of ENG 401 linguistics and Grammars man (Stendhal, Dostoyevsky and Zola), as an innovation Study of contemporary grammars to understand the struc­ in technique (Flaubert, Stendhal and Mann). tures and functions of the varieties of English. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisite: ENG 110 ENG 323 Twentieth-Century European Fiction ENG 402 Development of the English Readings of representative novelists, including Proust, Language Mann, Hesse, Kafka, Camus, Moravia, Solzhenitsyn. A historical survey of changes in English vocabulary, pro­ Prerequisite: ENG 110 ~unciation, spelling and grammar, including the social ENG 330 Critical Writing I context of language change. The work in this course raises the questions:What does Prerequisite: ENG 110 it mean to be "critical"? How does one develop a "critical ENG 403 Grammar and Style perspective"? Why should one want to? Frequent writ­ The study of the contemporary American English sen­ ings on literature, film, advertising and popular arts help tence in its historical and sociolinguistic contexts, with the student develop answers to these questions and to attention to the structure of the sentence, editing prob­ achieve authority in critical performance. lems for writers, the role of Standard English, and varia­ Prerequisite: ENG 110 tion for stylistic effect. " ENG 331 Creative Writing Prerequisite: ENG 110 Workshop leading to the development of imaginative ENG 410 Chaucer and His Age power and originality in writing poetry, fiction, drama, Emphasis is on Chaucer's CanterburyTales and Chaucer's scripts. mm language, late Middle English of the South East Midlands. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Some attention is given to the historical background of ENG 332 Advanced Creative Writing the period and, if time permits, a number of Chaucer's An advanced writing course designed to meet the needs shorter works are read and discussed. of students, who, having successfully completed one se­ Prerequisite: ENG 110 mester of creative writing, desire further time for super­ ENG 411 Shakespeare: Comedies and Histories vised writing and specialized instruction. Study of such plays as Richard II, Henry Jv, A Midsum­ Prerequisites: ENG 110, ENG 331 mer Night's Dream, The Merchant o/Venice and Much· ENG 333 Critical Writing II Ado About Nothing. Seminar introduces the student to an area of specializa­ Prerequisite: ENG 110 tion in writing in an advanced context which provides ENG 412 Shakespeare: Tragedies and close individual supervision and also exposes the student Romances to all kinds of analytical writing. The technical reporter, Study of such plays as Hamlet, Macbeth, Romeo and for example, learns from the mm critic; the journalist, Juliet, Othello, King Lear, The Tempest. from the copywriter. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisites: ENG 110, ENG 330 ENG 413 Milton ENG 335 Modern American-Jewish Authors Study of dramas, lyric poems, epics, and selected prose Study and interpretation of modern literary works describ­ works ofJohn Milton with emphasiS on Comus, Lycidas, ing the Jewish experience in America. Authors include Paradise Lost, Aeropagitica; focus is on Milton's rel­ Philip Roth, Bernard Malamud, Edward L. Wallant, Chaim evance for our time. Potok, Saul Bellow, Delmore Schwartz, others. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisite ENG 110 ENG 420 literary Criticism Major literary theories and practices fromAristotle to the present are considered, with special emphasis on con­ temporary problems. A variety of writing aSSignments in criticism are featured. Prerequisite: ENG 110

98 HISTORY

ENG 421 literature and Psychoanalysis ENG 480 Seminar in English literature A study of literature through application of depth psy­ Designed to help students study, in depth, a single Brit­ chology; analysis of short works such as Oedipus Rex ish author or work chosen by the instructor. and the short stories of Poe, Kafka, Melville and Prerequisite: ENG 110 Hawthorne. ENG 481 Seminar in American literature Prerequisite: ENG 110 Designed to help students study, in depth, a singieAmeri­ ENG 422 The Psychological Novel can author or work chosen by the instructor. The relationship between depth psychology and litera­ Prerequisite: ENG 110 ture and the use of psychoanalysis in interpreting and ENG 490 Internship in English understanding the novel. Authors may include Gide, On-the-job training with regional employers. Students Woolf, Joyce, Beckett and others. write regularly for the employer and the academic Prerequisite: ENG 110 coordinator. ENG 423 Myth, Symbol and literature Prerequisite: ENG 110, junior or senior level, GPA 3.0 or Study of symbol, ritual and myth formation and primi­ better tive, classical, biblical and social symbols and myths as ENG 499 Independent Study they appear and function in literature and other media. As approved and to be arranged. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisite: ENG 110 1-3 credits

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY

Professors: M. Edelstein, C. Gruber, T. Ripmaster Note: Of the 33 credits required for the major, no more Associate Professors: T. F. Cook, Jr., I. Nack, S. Nalle, than 18 can be taken in United States, European or J. Pluss, G. Satra, I. Tirado (chairperson) non-Western history. Assistant Professors: T. Finnegan, J. Livingston, MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 credits D. Meaders, G. Robb Students can minor in history by taking an IS-credit pro­ gram that includes history 205 and 206, a non-Western The history major may concentrate in American or Euro­ history course (which will count for the non-Western GE pean history. Courses inAsian, LatinAmerican and Middle requirement), and three elective courses, one of which Eastern history also are offered. The courses examine must be in European history. economic, social, intellectual, political and diplomatic history and aim at developing the techniques of histori­ CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 27 credits cal investigation, as well as increasing a student's ability Students who are interested in obtaining teaching certi­ to critically interpret the past. fication in history must complete additional courses as prescribed by the School of Education (see Department of Curriculum and Instruction)_ CURRICULUM

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 33 credits COURSES Area Requirements 6 credits Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. HlST 205 United States History Through Reconstruction 3 European History HIST 206 United States History Since ruST 101 Western Civilization to 1648 Reconstruction 3 The first of a two-semester sequence, this course covers Among the 27 credits history electives that follow, stu­ the historical development of Western civilization to dents must include two European history electives and 1648. The subjects include ancient Greece and Rome, one 3-credit course in non-Western history, e.g., Asian, the JudeO-Christian tradition, the Middle Ages, the Re­ Middle Eastern or Latin American history. The courses naissance and the Reformation. Emphasis is placed on may be at the 200,300 or 400 level. broad cultural history and the formation of the Western Elective Requirements 27 credits cultural heritage. (GE requirement; not credited toward HlST 260 3 the major) Six courses at the 300 level 18 Two courses at the 400 level 6

99 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES mST102 Western Civilization Since 1648 zation of the Christian religion and society and culture. The second of a two-semester sequence, this course is Prerequisite: fiST 101 designed to provide broad coverage of the shaping of HIST 309 The Italian Renaissance modern Western civilization. It traces political, intellec­ This course concentrates on the cultura1, political and tual, social and economic trends from 1648 to the present. social foundations of the Renaissance in Italy between (GE requirement; not credited toward the major) 1350 and 1550. Because of the Italian Renaissance's pro­ Prerequisite: fiST 101 found influence on all of Europe, some attention is paid IDST 301 Social History of Modern Europe to tracing the spread of Renaissance ideas to other Covers the evolution of European society from a countries. preindustrial society in the eighteenth century through Prerequisite: fiST 101 an industrial society in the nineteenth and twentieth cen­ HIST 310 Modern France Since 1815 turies, to a post-industrial society in the late twentieth The development of France, one of the IlfSt democratic century and introduces students to the objectives, republics, from the Bourbon Restoration in 1814 through methodology and sources of social history. the Fifth Republic today, featuring a multifaceted ap­ Prerequisite: HIST 101 proach to French history. Emphasis is on continuity ver­ mST 302 Origins of Civilization sus change and stability versus instability.The course ex­ A survey of the world's oldest civilizations, including plores the reasons for France's decline and later ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia, the Hebrews and the an­ resurgence as a European power. cient Near East in general. The course examines how Prerequisite: fiST 101 and why civilizations originated and developed in the HIST 312 Reformation Europe ancient Near East. Focus includes art and archaeology as Martin Luther's challenge to the Catholic Church in 1517 well as political, social and religious history. led to one hundred and fifty years of religious reforma­ Prerequisite: HIST 101 tions and wars in Europe and Christian evangelization mST 303 Greek Civilization around the world. This course examines the origins of Covers the cultural background of ancient Greece and the reformation movement and assesses its impact on Eu­ the rise and fall ofAthenian democracy. Thucydides and ropean society and politics during the early modern other commentators are used for a critical study of the period. great issues of Greek civilization. Prerequisite: fiST 101 Prerequisite: fiST 101 HIST 330 Imperial Russia mST304 Rome: Republic and Empire Examines society, politics and culture of Imperial Russia A survey of critical issues and developments in Roman from the reign of Peter the Great to the last Romanovs. history from the founding of the city in the eighth cen­ Major topics include serfdom, intellectual currents and tury RC. to the fall of the Empire in the fifth century nineteenth-century revolutionary movements. A.D. Particular attention is placed on the historical ef­ Prerequisite: fiST 101 fects of social and political growth and decline. Topics HIST 331 Twentieth-Century Russia include both political-constitutional history and the de­ After an inquiry into the causes and effects of the revolu­ velopment of social institutions such as the family and tions of 1905 and 1917, a study is made of the Soviet marriage. regime under Lenin, Stalin, Malenkov, Khrushchev, Prerequisite: fiST 101 Brezhnev and Kosygin.Attention is given to internal in­ mST 306 Europe in the Middle Ages dustrial, agricultural, social, political and cultural devel­ Covers the early Middle Ages and the emergence of me­ opment as well as to the role ofthe Soviet Union in world dieval order, fact and theories of the relations between affairs. church and state, Europe in the High Middle Ages, the Prerequisite: fiST 101 development of secular and urban society, formation of mST 332 Tudor-Stuart England nation states, the artistic and intellectual culture of castle, Explores the England of Henry VII to Queen Elizabeth, cathedral and university. the social and political opposition to the early Stuarts, Prerequisite: fiST 101 the English Civil War, the regime of Oliver Cromwell, the mST307 Imperial Spain 1450-1700 Restoration, the Glorious Revolution and the growth of How did a country of nine million discover, conquer and political stability after 1689. colonize two continents, dominate Europe for 150 years Prerequisite: fiST 101 and create one of the world's major cultures? This course mST 333 Modern Britain surveys the political and cultural history of Spain and Surveys key political developments in Great Britain since her empire from 1450-1700. the 1780s. Main emphasis is on the development of those Prerequisite: fiST 101 social, economic, religious and educational developments mST 308 History of Christianity that produced modern British society. A history of Christianity from the ancient world to the Prerequisite: fiST 101 present, primarily in its European setting. Focus is on the reciprocal impact of the forms, thOUght and organi-

100 mSTORY

HlST 336 Europe in the Age of Revolution: HlST428 Stalin and his Times 1789-1848 An examination of Stalin's rise within the leadership of Examines the transformation of Europe between 1789 the communist party and Soviet state, Stalin's impact on and 1848 in terms of what has been called the " dual revo­ Soviet domestic policy and international affairs, and the lution» -the French Revolution of 1789 and the contem­ process of de-Stalinization since the 1950s through the poraneous industrial revolution in Britain. Special em­ present. phasis is placed on the revolutionary movement from Prerequisite: mST 102 1789 to 1848, which gives this period a certain unity. HlST 429 The Russian Revolution 1917-32 Prerequisite: mST 101 This course examines the causes and impact of the revo­ mST 338 Europe Since 1914 lutions of 1917, the major political parties and-figures Major political, economic, social and intellectual devel­ and the social dynamics within the revolutionary move­ opments in Europe since 1914. The internal and diplo­ ment. The course then focuses on the first 15 years of matic history of the Great Powers, the economic and Soviet power, delving into the type of society created, political transformation of Europe under the impact of the conflicts within the leadership and the rise of Stalin. American-Soviet rivalry, and the intellectual record of the Prerequisite: mST 102 age are discussed. . mST 430 The French Revolution and the Prerequisite: mST 101 Napoleonic Era HlST 339 The Revolutionary Movement in Examines crucial periods such as the revolution of 1789; Russia the Year II, the revolutionary dictatorsliip and the Terror; Examines a century of revolution (1825-1925),focusing and the Napoleonic era.While political history is stressed, on the social, political and intellectual characteristics of great emphasis is placed on social history. such groups as the Decembrists, Nihilists, Populists, Marx­ Prerequisite: mST 102 ists and Anarchists. HlST 432 Intellectual History of Ancient and Prerequisite: mST 101 Medieval Civilizations mST 340 Germany from Bismarck Through An examination of the artistic, practical (ethical and po­ lider litical), theoretical and religious thought of ancient and Covers Germany's history from 1848 to 1945 with an medieval civilization in the West. emphasis on Germany's involvement in the wars from Prerequisite: mST 102 the Franco-Prussian War to World War II. HlST 444 European Religion 1500-1700 -" Prerequisite: mST 101 Between 1400 and 1700, Europe went through the reli­ HlST 341 Hider and the Nazi Era gious upheaval of the Protestant and Catholic Reforma­ This course deals with the era of twentieth-century Fas­ tions.This seminar attempts to understand the impact of cism and World War II, with an emphasis on Hitler and the Reformations on European society by reading out­ Nazi Germany. standing books in the field. Prerequisite: mST 101 and mST 102 Prerequisite: mST 102 HlST 345 A Social History of Soviet Russia Through Its Uterature and Art United States History This team-taught interdisciplinary (History and literature) HlST 205 United States listory Through course is a cultural, social and literary history of twenti­ Reconstruction eth-century Russia. The development of Soviet society The first semester of an introduction to United States and of intellectual trends in Soviet Russia since 1917 is history, from the time of the European conquest of the studied through the use of historical and literary works, Americas to the reconstruction of the nlltion after the contemporary films, and graphic arts. Civil War. Recent approaches and techniques-social his­ Prerequisite: mST 101 tory, women's history,African-American history, work­ HlST 346 Modern European Women's History ing class history-are incorporated to permit new per­ This course examines the social, cultural and political spectives on the nation's past. history of European women from the Enlightenment to Prerequisite: mST 101 the present. IllST 206 United States History Since Prerequisite: mST 101 Reconstruction HlST 427 Peasant Russia The second half of the introduction to U.S. history, this The course examines the Russian peasantry from the course spans the years from Reconstruction to the Emancipation of 1861 to forced collectivization in the present. It aims to cast new light on familiar questions 19305. about the American experience in the late nineteenth Prerequisite: mST 101 and mST 102 and twentieth centuries-the transformation ofAmerica under the impact of immigration, urbanization, industri­ alization, movements of social protest and reform, and the exercise of power on a global scale-through using the latest tools of historical interpretation. Prerequisite: mST 101

101 HUMANmES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

IllST 311 Labor History Through Film IllST323 From New Deal to Cold War: An examination of labor history from the nineteenth cen­ Since 1933 tury to the present, particularly in the United States, An in-depth examination of the Great Depression of the through the study· of films depicting the conditions and 1930s with an appraisal of New Deal domestic and for­ struggles of working people, accompanied by collateral eign policies,followed by a study ofWorld War II and the readings and discussions.The films range from animated United States' role in world affairs through the postwar cartoons to slides, documentaries and feature-length mas­ decades. Changing political, social and economic issues terpieces, such as How Green Was My VaUey, Sacco and confronting the postwar generation are assessed against VanzetU and The Grapes o/Wrath. the background of world developments. Prerequisite: mST 101 Prerequisite: mST 101 mST 314 History of New Jersey IllST 325 Immigration in the Growth of An examination in historical perspective of political, eco­ America nomic and social institutions of New Jersey and the in­ Exploring John E Kennedy's theme of "A Nation of Immi­ fluence of adjacent areas. grants;' the course focuses on the mass migrations that Prerequisite: HIST 101 shaped American development into the twentieth cen­ tury. The causes of immigration, the economic and cul­ IllST315 u.s. Jewish Community tural adjustment of the newcomers and their impact are Focusing on the historic development of the American­ studied in the light of historical evidence. Jewish community from colonial to recent times, this Prerequisite: mST 101 course examines such vital issues inAmerican society as ethnicity, cultural identity and intergroup relations. IllST 327 America as a World Power This course studies the history of United States foreign IllST 316 American Women's History The experience ofAmerican women from colonial times relations in the twentieth-century.FromAmerica's becom­ to the present. Explores conditions that shaped women's ing an imperial power after the Spanish-American War to destiny, analyzes the differences between the historical her uncertain role in the world today, the course traces the ideological underpinnings of American strategy and experience of women from different social classes and ethnic groups and considers the ways American women tactics on the world stage, America's role in major twen­ have perceived their condition and worked to alter it. tieth-century wars-hot and cold-the development of nuciear weapons and the course of the arms race, and Prerequisite: mST 101 the problems and opportunities presented by the dra­ IllST 320 Jeffersonian and Jacksonian matic political changes in the contemporary world. Democracy 1789-1840 Prerequisite: mST 101 An inquiry into the origins ofJeffersonian and Jacksonian IllST 344 Society at War - United States in Democracy is followed by a consideration of their imme­ diate impact and lasting significance. Economic, social World War II and political developments are studied and comparisons Studies the impact of World War II on American society made with developments in other nations. and evaluates the concept that modem war is an instru­ ment of social change. Emphasis is placed on Roosevelt's Prerequisite: HIST 101 wartime leadership; economic mobilization for war; civil mST 321 Era of the Civil War 1840-77 liberties; the condition of women, African-Americans and An investigation of the causes and effects of the rise of other minorities; demographic change; youth and popu­ modern industry and the expansion of slavery, the aboli­ lar culture. The recruitment of science for military pur­ tionist movement, the sectional conflict, the Civil War poses, particularly in the development of the atomic and Reconstruction with emphasis on their long-range bomb and the use of atomic bombs against Japan also impact on the white and black peoples of the United will be studied. States. Prerequisite: mST 101 Prerequisite: HIST 101 mST 403 Interpreting U.S. History IllST322 Progress, War and Normalcy Primarily for students with a special interest inAmerican 1877-1933 history. Provides an opportunity to critically examine A survey of rapid economic growth with its impact on areas in which important reinterpretations have been business, labor and agriculture, followed by discussion made or in which controversy exists among scholars. of social and political developments, inciuding urbaniza­ Prerequisite: mST 102 tion and progressivism. Attention is focused on the rise of overseas imperialism, the First World War and the Asian History League of Nations, conciuding with an examination of the booming twenties and the Great Depression. IllST 360 TraditionalJapan Prerequisite: HIST 101 This course treats the emergence of a distinctly Japanese cultural tradition, the development of a highly refined imperial court world, and the usurpation of political power by the warrior ciass known as the samurai, whose rule culminated in the Tokugawa Peace 1600-1868. Prerequisite: mST 101

102 HISTORY

HIST 361 Modern Japan HIST 391 Islamic/Middle Eastern History This course examines Japan's spectacular rise to world and Civilization II power and a position of economic prominence. The so­ This is a continuation of Islamic/Middle Eastern History cial and political consequences of industrialization and and Civilization I. The course covers a seven-century "Westernization" receive special attention. Japan's expe­ span, from the Mongol Conquest and destruction of rience with continental empire, war, defeat and recov­ Baghdad and the Classical Abassid Caliphate in 1258 to ery will be treated through social, economic, cultural, modern times in the Islamic Middle East. In addition to and political perspectives. Literature and contemporary the political history of the Islamic World, the course sur­ films are key resources used. veys the institutional, administrative, religious and intel­ Prerequisite: mST 101 lectual changes that were intended to meet the succes­ sive challenges facing Muslim society; from the murder HIST 365 The Pacific War: Japan and the of the last Abassid Caliph by the Mongols to the rise of a Second World War in Asia resurgent Western Europe and Russia that ultimately, in The course examines the Japanese experience during the the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, came to domi­ 1931-1945 era and postwar occupation to better under­ nate the once powerful heartland ofIslam,from Morocco stand the political, economic, and social toll of the war to Central Asia. ' and its impact on the development of Japanese society. The course makes extensive use of rare film materials to Prerequisite: mST 101 bring the experience closer. HIST 392 Contemporary Middle East Prerequisite: mST 101 This course is a survey of Middle Eastern History from World War II to the present, with an emphasis on politi­ mST370 Traditional China The foundations of Chinese civilization. Analyzes China's cal, social and economic development, nationalism and militarism, and contemporary problems threatening the religions, philosophies, government, economics, family uneasy peace in the region. and society and attempts to bring into focus those as­ Prerequisite: mST 101 pects of Chinese civilization that have a direct bearing on our understanding of the Chinese today. mST 395 History of Modern Gulf States Prerequisite: HIST 101 This course, an economic and political survey of the modern Gulf States (Iran, Iraq, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, HIST371 Modern China Emirates and Bahrein), informs students of the historical China's response to the impact of the West with particu­ origins of the modern Gulf states, the development of lar attention to the difficulties with which China adjusts these states, and how both origins and development itself to a modern, fast-changing world and the develop­ rooted in Western strategic and economic interests on ments that led to communism. the one hand, and confronted by Arab nationalism and Prerequisite: mST 101 Arab rivalries on the other, led to a series of crises culmi­ HIST460 Seminar in East Asian History nating in the American-led war against Iraq to liberate This course examines the key critical methods of histori­ Kuwait. cal research and writing in the East Asian environment. Prerequisite: HIST 101 and 102 Each semester will focus on a specific theme. HIST 434 History of Medieval Islamic Thought Prerequisite: History 102 plus one 300-level history A survey of Islamic thought from its Hellenistic begin­ course and instructor's permission. nings to the period of transmission and translation from Middle Eastern History Arabic into Latin, in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries. mST390 Islamic/Middle Eastern History and Prerequisite: HIST 102 Civilization I History of Islamic Civilization from the Prophet Latin American History Muhammad to the Mongol Invasion and destruction of mST380 Colonial Latin America the Classical Caliphate in 1258A.D. The subjects of con­ A review of the Ibero-Indian-Mrican background of Latin centration are (1) the expansion of Islam as a political America. Also deals with the discovery and conquest of movement; (2) the formulation of the prophetic message the area; Spain's and Portugal's imperial policies; politi­ into the religion and law that became the spiritual nucleus cal, economic and social developments of the colonia'! of the new civilization; (3) the absorption of the subject society, and the wars for independence. peoples Oews, Christians, Iranians, Turks, Berbers) into Prerequisite: mST 101 the civilization and the role they played in its develop­ ment and broadening visions; (4) the intellectual achieve­ HIST 381 Modern Latin America ments of the High Caliphate in law, theology, mysticism, Such topics as problems of early nationhood; caudillismo science, philosophy. versus modern dictatorships and quest for democracy; Prerequisite: mST 101 difficulties in moving from a colonial to a national economy; and the social tensions of a society in transi­ tion are explored with consideration given to Latin America's role in world affairs and relationships with the United States. Prerequisite: mST 101

103 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOQAL SCIENCES

msT382 Puerto Rico, Cuba and the Caribbean mST 400 Internship in History World This course is offered to qualified history majors to pro­ A survey of Caribbean history from Columbus to Castro, vide on-the-job training as interns at one of the following stressing the important changes that occurred in the museums or institutions: Botto House Museum, New Jer­ 1950s when the Caribbean became a focal point of the sey Historical Society, Passaic County Historical Society struggle between different world interests and ideologies. located in Lambert Castle, etc. Internships offer training Prerequisite: mST 101 in museum work, archival work and as tour guides. Prerequisites: mST 102 and 15 credits in history, ~th a Variable Courses: Thematic, GPA in history of 3.0 Cross-Cultural History, Methodology msT 417 War and Society msT260 Historiography The history of war and the interrelationship of conflict This course, intended primarily for history majors, is and conflict resolution in the development of human concerned with the theory and practice of historical societies is treated in a comparative framework. Military thinking and writing. The major schools of historical in­ institutions, science and technology and cultural treat­ terpretation, the historical method, and research skills ment of war are among the topics included. all are stressed. Prerequisites: One 300-level history course or permission Prerequisite: mST 101 of instructor mST 317 Cultural History of the 1960s msT 433 Comparative Revolutions Examines the history of the 1960s-a decade of change, A comparative study of revolution as a historical phenom­ reflection and dissent-from the cultural perspectives of enon. An analysis of various theoretical models of revo­ literature, music and social and political thOUght. lutionary change provides the conceptual tools with Prerequisite: mST 101 which to compare revolutions in different historical and cultural settings. Major attention is focused on an inten­ msT 399 Selected Topics sive analysis of selected major revolutions. A subject not covered by an existing course will be of­ Prerequisites: mST 102 fered as recommended by the department and approved by'the Dean. msT480 SemInar Prerequisite: Permission of department chair Topics chosen and announced by faculty. Readings, re­ 1-6 credits ports and papers related to specific topics. Prerequisite: mST 102 HIST 499 Independent Study As approved and to be arranged. 1-6 credits

HONORS PROGRAM IN mE HUMANITIES

Taught by different members of the school, the honors CURRICULUM courses in humanities are designed to challenge the su­ perior student's capacities through structured HONORS COURSES 15 CREDITS multidisciplinary seminars and intensive individual study. HUMH 199 Humanities Honors Seminar I: The courses' general aims are (1) to promote intellectual Representations of Humanity excellence within a common scholarly community; (2) Past and Present 3 to foster an awareness of various disciplines and their HUMH 200 Humanities Honors Seminar II: unity; (3) to offer opportunities for self-direction of fu­ Representations of Humanity ture goals. Past and Present 3 The humanities honors program is, taken in addition HUMH 498 Humanities Honors Research: to the student's major and is usually started in the fresh­ Independent Study 3 man or sophomore year. A 3.2 minimum GPA is required HUMH 499 Humanities Honors Thesis: for admission; special coordinators are available for ad­ Independent Study 3 visement and supervision. Plus one of the following: HUMH 300 Humanities Honors Colloquium: The Twentieth Century and Its Discontents 3 HUMH 301 Humanities Honors Colloquium: The Enlightenment: Origins of Modern Consciousness 3

104 HONORS PROGRAM IN HUMANITIES

HUMH 302 Humanities Honors Colloquium: HUMH 200 Humanities Honors Seminar II: Medieval and Renaissance Culture 3 Representations of Humanity HUMH 303 Humanities Honors Colloquium: Past and Present Classical Tradition and Christian Selected humanistic problems in the literature, history Civilization 3 and philosophy of the past and present. Semester is di­ Humanities Honors Evening Program vided into two periods-the age of revolutions and the twentieth century-with emphasis on representative au­ Evening sections of the honors program have been cre­ thors, e.g., Shakespeare, Cervantes, Wordsworth, T.S. ated in order to better meet the interests and needs of Eliot. Readings, seminar discussions, guest lecturers and working students. The practical experience and prob­ educational films explore such perenniaI questions as the lems of such students are taken as the starting point for interplay of self and society, the value of intelligence, developing a comprehensive view of life in the twenti­ humankind's place in nature, heroism, etc. eth century and examining the role of the humanities in responding to its problems. A larger historical perspec­ lUJMH 201 Humanities Honors Seminar ill: tive is then developed in order to appreciate more fully Representations of Humanities in the possibilities and limits of our human nature. the World of Work Today An examination of human life and its problems in the HONORS COURSES 15 CREDITS twentieth century, specifically designed to interest the HUMH201 Humanities Honors Seminar Ill: evening working student. Our technological culture has Representations of Humanities in the promised unlimited control and prosperity, but has also World of Work Today 3 brought alienation and complexity. Possible solutions HUMH202 Humanities Honors Seminar IV: offered by politics, behavioral science and philosophy Representations of Humanities are discussed. This course develops a perspective for un­ Through Historical Perspectives 3 derstanding our human context and provides a focus for HUMH498 Humanities Honors Research: dealing with its problems. Independent Study 3 HUMH499 Humanities Honors Thesis: lUJMH 202 Humanities Honors Seminar IV: Independent Study 3 Representations of Humanities Plus one of the following: Through Historical Perspectives HUMH300 Humanities Honors Colloquium: An examination of classic expressions of human nature The Twentieth Century and and values from the ancient Greeks through the twenti­ Its Discontents 3 eth century, specifically designed to interest the work­ HUMH301 Humanities Honors Colloquium: ing evening student.There is an emphasis on such issues The Enlightenment:Origins of as the hero as an expression of cultural values, the edu­ Modern Consciousness 3 cational role of the epic and other literary forms and the HUMH302 Humanities Honors Colloquium: various means people have found to achieve Medieval and Renaissance Culture 3 self-discovery and salvation. HUMH303 Humanities Honors Colloquium: HUMH 300 Humanities Honors Colloquium: Classical Tradition and Christian The Twentieth Century and Its Civilization 3 Discontents An interdisciplinary qamination of some specific con­ temporary cultural issue-the loss of self in modern life, COURSES myth-making impact of technology, etc. Each semester focuses on a different facet of modern consciousness, Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. including such aspects as creative experience, scientific outlook and existentialism. lUJMH 199 Humanities Honors Seminar I: lUJMH 301 Humanities Honors Colloquium: Representations of Humanity Past The Enlightenment: Origins and Present of Modern Consciousness Selected humanistic problems in the literature, history An examination of the contributions of the Enlighten­ and philosophy of the past and present. Semester ment to the development of modern Western conscious­ is divided into two periods, classical and ness. The course explores the role of reason and senti­ medieval-Renaissance, with emphasis on representative ment in the development of European cultures of the authors, e.g., Plato, Sophocles, Chaucer. Readings, semi­ eighteenth century. nar discussions, guest lecturers and educational films HUMH 302 Humanities Honors Colloquium: explore such perennial questions as the interplay of self Medieval and Renaissance Culture and society, the value of intelligence, humankind's place An examination of the thought, literature, art and social in nature, heroism, etc. structure of the Middle Ages and the Renaissance, c. Prerequisite: Program admission 400-1500. The course stresses the features distinctive to the period and those which have influenced the modern world.

105 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

HUMH 303 Humanities Honors Colloquium: HUM 251 Humanities I: Cultural Roots and Classical Tradition and Christian Continuities Civilization A study of the roots of Western and non-Western cul­ A study of the philosophical, anthropological and social tural expression in the context of historical periods or concepts of the Greeks and Romans and their impact on by thematic approach. Analysis of ideas and values from Christian culture. Emphasis on comparing individual the classical world to the Renaissance. thought and expression and social organization within HUM 252 Humanities il: Cultural Roots and our modern world. Continuities HUMH 498 Humanities Honors Research: A study of the roots of Western and non-Western cul­ Independent Study tural expression in the context of historical periods or Independent study and research in an approved subject by thematic approach. Analysis of ideas and values from for the honors program. the Renaissance to the modern world. HUMH 499 Humanities Honors Thesis: HUM 399 Selected Topics Independent Study A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as Independent study with the completion of a written re­ recommended by the program director and approved by port or its equivalent approved in the honors program. the dean. Prerequisite: lillMH 498 Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Humanities Interdisciplinary Courses 10{) credits Two sections of a broad interdisciplinary approach to HUM 499 Independent Study the humanities have been created to meet the general As approved and to be arranged. education needs of students. These courses have been 10{) credits approved for general education for all students in the College. Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits.

DEPARTMENT OF lANGUAGES AND CULTURES

Professors: O. de la Suaree, O. Saa and translation in courtrooms and legal settings, techni­ Associate Professors:A.Aguirre (chairperson),W.Rosa, cal writing, airline positions, the UN, the State Depart­ K.Yoon ment and others. Teaching opportunities for language Assistant Professor: M. Barasch, E. Martinez, B. majors are to be found in colleges and secondary schools, Williams in FLES (Foreign Language Elementary School) programs, and in bilingual/bicultural and teaching English as a sec­ The aims of the Department of Languages and Cultures ond language programs. are fivefold: (1) to further the development of students majoring or minoring in the department (currently, a The Foreign Language Requirement major in Spanish and minors in French, Spanish and le­ Placement ,gal interpretation, are offered. A major in French is cur­ William Paterson College has a 0- to 6- credit, college-wide rently not active); (2) to provide training in bilingual! foreign language reading requirement that all students bicultural education, as well as in English as a Second must satisfy before graduation. The College does not au­ Language, leading to endorsement as a teacher in those tomatically accept high school foreign language work as fields in the state of New Jersey and elsewhere; (3) to equivalent to college-level study. Upon admission, all in­ provide pre-professional training to bilingual-bicultural coming freshmen and transfer students are required to individuals who would like to work as interpreters in le­ take a foreign language placement test to determine the gal settings or in hospitals and community agencies where appropriate level at which the student should begin the interpreters are needed; (4) to provide courses that may study of a language. Students may place out of the for­ be used in partial fulfillment of the general education eign language requirement when tbey obtain scores of requirement in the humanities; and (5) to offer, when­ 80 percent or better in the placement test. Students with ever possible, electives in second languages. very limited or no background in a language whatsoever Career opportunities stemming from a language ma­ are placed in a Basic I section and choose among one of jor, a language minor, a minor in legal interpretation or the following languages currently offered in the depart­ an endorsement in bilingual/bicultural education or in ment:Arabic, Chinese, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, teaching English as a second language may be found in Italian, Japanese, Korean, Latin, Portuguese, Russian or business or in human service careers where bilingualism Spanish. is valued. Career opportunities may also be found in re­ search, editing, community interpreting, interpretation

'106 LANGUAGES AND CULTURES

If students decide to take a language they have never CURRICULUM had before, they enroll in a Basic I course with the ap­ proval of the department's foreign language chairperson. Once enrolled in a Basic I section, students have to take French Minor a Basic II section in the same language. Upon passing a MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS Basic II section, students have completed the require­ FR 113 Intermediate French II 3 ments for basic language study. Likewise, those students FR 222 Advanced French Conversation and who are placed above a Basic II section (such as Inter­ Composition I mediate I or Intermediate II) have satisfied the or 3 college-wide foreign language requirement.They can fur­ FR223 Advanced French Conversation and ther their study of a particular language and culture by Composition II taking Intermediate I and Intermediate II, which are ac­ FR230 Masterpieces of French Literature 3 cepted general education courses, or they can use those FR240 Cultural Heritage of France credits to take any upper-level general education or 3 course(s). The department honors advanced placement FR241 Contemporary French Life in foreign languages by granting 3 to 6 credits, depend­ ing on the AP scores. Additional Courses (select two courses) 6 credits Students are encouraged to take a literary course: Exemption FR219 Commercial French 3 The Department of Languages and Cultures also offers FR220 Translating I 3 students the opportunity of "challenging" their foreign FR320 Interpreting French Literature 3 language placement.When students are informed of their FR331 The Twentieth-Century French Novel 3 placement, they are offered the opportunity to take an FR333 The Modern French Theatre 3 Exemption Exam. This test is graded for two levels of FR334 French Literature to 1600 3 proficiency: (1) proficiency at a first-semester level (com­ FR336 French Poetry 3 parable to having completed Basic I); and (2) proficiency FR337 French Literature of Canada, the at a second-semester level (comparable to having com­ Antilles and Africa 3 pleted Basic II). If students pass the Basic I level of profi­ FR350 Advanced French Phonetics and ciency, then they are exempted from taking 3 credits of Grammar 3 the required 6-credit maximum in a foreign language. If FR399 Selected Topics 3 students pass the Basic II level of proficiency, then they FR432 The Nineteenth-Century French Novel 3 are exempted from taking all 6 of the required credits in FR435 Seventeenth-Century French Tragedy foreign language. and Comedy 3 Students may wish to obtain credit instead of an ex­ FR438 Literature of the French Enlightenment 3 emption for their demonstration of proficiency in which FR480 Senior Seminar 3 case they apply for a Challenge Exam. The same test is FR499 Independent Study 3 used in both cases. The only difference is that students Note: Courses in French literature in translation may not must pay the fee for a challenge exam if they desire to be applied to minor requirements. obtain credit. The student must decide before taking the exam(s) whether it will be for credit or for an exemption Spanish Major and, if for credit, must pay the required fee. The test is Prerequisites graded for two levels of proficiency (Basic I or Basic 11), Required for entrance to the Spanish major are three or and credits are awarded for demonstrating this level of four years of high school Spanish, or a minimum of 580 proficiency (3 credits for one semester level and 6 for in CEEB, or a near native fluency. Advanced placement two semesters). No student has to take the exemption may be obtained by standard examination or by decision exam or the challenge exam, nor does the performance of the Spanish Curriculum Committee. in it affect hisJher placement. These examinations are offered in April, May and June. Major Requirements 30 credits For further information, students should contact their SPAN 113 Intermediate Spanish II 3 advisors or the foreign language placement coordinator SPAN 221 Spanish:The Spoken Language 3 in the Department of Languages and Cultures. SPAN 222 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3 SPAN 225 Hispanic Culture I: Spain or Junior Year Abroad Program SPAN 226 Hispanic Culture II: Spanish America or Students interested in the Junior Year Abroad program SPAN 227 Hispanic Culture III: Culture of Hispanics should make an appointment with their major advisor in the United States 3 who will give them the information they need about eli­ SPAN 230 Introduction to Spanish Literature I or gibility, procedures to be followed, types of programs SPAN 231 Introduction to Spanish Literature II 3 approved by the College, credit transfers, etc. Semester Plus one course from each of the following five groups: programs are also available. Group A: Golden Age SPAN 331 The GoldenAge of Spain 3 SPAN 435 Cervantes and His Age 3 SPAN 481 Spanish Seminar 3

107 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

FR336 French Poetry SPAN 110 Basic Spanish 1* A study of the French poetic tradition and major poetic Introduces the student to the basic elements of the Span­ works from the medieval period to post-surrealism. ish language as used in contemporary Spanish conversa­ Prerequisite: FR 230 or equivalent tion and in everyday situations. The student is also ex­ posed to basic forms of the written language and carefully FR 337 French literature of Canada, the graded readings aimed at widening the worl<;ing AntilleS and Africa vocabulary. Introduces students to the majpr genres, themes and au­ Prerequisite: No high school Spanish thors of Francophone literature outside of metropolitan France. Emphasis is on the intrinsic literary value of black SPAN 111 Basic Spanish II" and Canadian literature expressed in French, and the Aims at increasing the student's ability to use basic forms cultural and social dimensions of these literatures. of oral communication in Spanish through ·constant use Prerequisite: FR 230 or equivalent of the everyday idiom. Carefully graded practice in read­ uig and writing supplements the conversational aspects FR350 Advanced French Phonetics and of the course. Grammar Prerequisite: SPAN 110 or equivalent The French phonetic system, phonetic analysis and tran­ scription, extensive practice in pronunciation, intonation SPAN 112 Intermediate Spanish I and diction. Practice in simple discourse and the oral A thorough review of basic conversation followed by an reading of prose, poetry and dramatic literature.A sys­ aural-oral presentation of such topics as travel, student tematic study of French grammar at an advanced level. life, careers, sports, flne arts, industry, politics, etc. A Prerequisite: FR 113 or equivalent review of the essentials of Spanish, development of a larger vocabulary,including idioms, discussion of selected FR399 Selected Topics short stories and other selected areas of interest to stu­ A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as dents are included. reconllnended by the department and approved by the Prerequisite: SPAN 111 or equivalent dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson SPAN 113 Intermediate Spanish II 1.{) credits A continuation and intensification of intermediate Span­ ish I. Guided discussion on a more sophisticated level. A FR432 The Nineteenth-Century French variety of modern selections, prose and poetry, from the Novel many Spanish-speaking countries such as Puerto Rico, The French novel from Hugo to Zola. Analysis of the Mexico, Cuba, Columbia, Argentina, etc., are integrated genre in the movements of romanticism,realism and natu­ into the course. ralism. Readings from Hugo, Stendhal, Balzac, Flaubert, Prerequisite: SPAN 112 or equivalent Zola and Maupassant. Prerequisite: One 300-level course in French literature SPAN 114 Contemporary Spanish for Native Speakers FR 435 Seventeenth-Century French A study of the oral and grammatical structure in today's Tragedy and Comedy standard Spanish. Intensive practice in oral and written The French classical tragedy, tragi-comedy and comedy. composition. For native speakers only. Prerequisite: FR 230 or equivalent Prerequisite: Written permission of departmental Span­ FR438 literature of the French ish advisor Enlightenment The transition from French classicism to the SPAN 118 Spoken Spanish for Tourists Develops the student's ability to speak, understand and eighteenth-century revolt against authority and tradition. read basic and simplified Spanish. Selections from Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, Beaumarchais. Introduction to the eighteenth-century SPAN 120-121 Intensive Spanish I and II French novel and psychological drama. A concentrated course in first- and second-year Spanish Prerequisite: FR 230 or equivalent designed to develop the student's ability to read, write, understand and speak everyday Spanish. Covers the ba­ FR480 Senior Seminar In-depth study of a selected author or theme. sics of vocabulary, pronunciation and sentence structure. Readings and discussions enable the student to acquire Prerequisite: FR 230 or equivalent the tools needed to master conversational skills. FR 499 Independent Study 3 credits each As approved and to be arranged. 1.{) credits SPAN 198-199 Intensive Course in Conversational Spanish I and II SPAN 109 Introduction to Spanish Culture Designed to further develop the student's ability to un­ and Language derstand, read, write and speak modern Spanish. Reviews An introductory course in the language and culture of the basics of vocabulary, pronunciation and sentence Hi.panic people•. The ba.ic. of Spani.h pronunciation ~tructure ami teache~ the ~tudem a more ~ophi~ticated and vocabulary, fundamental forms and rudiments of sen­ level of conversation. tence structure. Cultural topics relevant to college stu­ 3 credits each dents are discussed in English.

110 LANGUAGES AND CULTURES

SPAN 200 Introduction to Spanish CUlture SPAN 300 Twentieth-Century Spanish and literature literature in Translation An introduction to the cultural and literary heritage of A selective study of the major literary figures and signifi­ Spain and Spanish America from medieval times to the cant trends in twentieth-century Hispanic literature. Em­ present. phasis is on such figures as Baroja, Unamuno, Ortega y Gasset, A. Machado,Jimenez, Salinas, Lorca, Guillen, Cela, SPAN 221 Spanish: The Spoken Language Garcia Marquez, Fuentes, Borges, Carpentier, Sabato and A guided introduction to the basic problems of the Span­ Laguerre. ish language based on structural and descriptive analysis of the Spanish sound system.Throughout the course em­ SPAN 301 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature phasis is placed on the spoken language. in Translation Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency Some masterpieces of Spanish literature are discussed from the point of view of their universal appeal. Don SPAN 222 Advanced Spanish Conversation QUixote by Cervantes, The Cid and Life Is a Dream by and Composition Calderon, the Celestina, Tirso de Molina's dramatic pro­ Oral and written communication with practical applica­ totype of Don Juan, and Garcia Marquez, Fuentes, Borges, tion of content. and theory in speaking and oral reading Carpentier, Sabato and Laguerre. situations. Analysis of various writings to discover prin­ ciples and techniques to be applied by students in their SPAN 302 Caribbean Culture and Literature of own writing. the Twentieth Century Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency A study, conducted in English, of the Spanish American social and literary traditions in the' Caribbean area (Do­ SPAN 225 Hispanic CUlture I: Spain minican Republic, Puerto Rico and Cuba) and their ma­ Synthesis of the cultural characteristics of Spain as ex­ jor cultural works from the beginning of modernismo to pressed through the centuries in literature, art, philoso­ the present. Representative works of Hostos, Marti, phy and social institutions. Henriques, Urena, Loynaz, Llorens Torres, Brull, Pales, Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency Matos, Florit, Guillen, del Cabral, Marques, Bosch, SPAN 226 mspanic CUlture IT: Spanish America Carpentier, Laguerre, others. Synthesis of cultural characteristics of Spanish America SPAN 330 Spanish Literature of the Twentieth as expressed through the centuries in literature, art, phi­ Century losophy and social institutions. Selective study of major literary figures and significant Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency trends in twentieth-century Spanish literature. Emphasis SPAN 227 Hispanic Culture m: CUlture of . on such figures as Baroja, Unamuno,Azorin, Valle-Inclan, Hispanics in the U.S. Ortega y Gasset, Benavente, Perez de Ayala, Machado, A study of the culture of the Hispanics in the United Jimenez, Salinas, Lorca Guillen, Aleixandre, Sastre, States. A survey of the Hispanic cultural, social and artis­ Gironella, Cela and ·Laforet. tic production, by the most representative figures. A study Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency of the literature, the arts, the social and cultural trends. SPAN 331 The Golden Age of Spain The study focuses on the cultural production of Puerto The great creations of the Spanish GoldenAge. EI Lazarillo Ricans, Cuban Americans and Chicanos. (Taught in de Tormes and El Buscon are read as examples of Spanish.) picaresque novels. Fray Luis de Leon,SantaTeresa de Jesus Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency and San Juan de la Cruz are read as examples of mystical SPAN 228 Hispanic literature in the literature. An introduction to Novelas Ejemplares and United States Don Quixote is also included. A survey of the literature produced by the major Hispanic Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency groups in the United States. The main groups considered SPAN 332 The Drama of the Golden Age are the Puerto Ricans, Cuban Americans, and Chicanos. A study of the development of the national theatre of The genres to be studied are poetry, short story, novel Spain through the plays of Lope deVega,Tirso de Molina, and theatre. Special emphasis is given to the literary and Mira de Amescua, Calderon de la Barca,Alarcon, Guillen cultural trends represented by the major authors. de Castro and others. SPAN 230 Introduction to Spanish Literature I: Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency To 1700 SPAN 333 The Literature of spain Until the Survey of Spanish literature from its beginnings to 1700. Renaissance Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency A study of early literature of Spain from the' Cantar de SPAN 231 Introduction to Spanish literature ll: Mio Ctd to La Celestina. Writers such as the Arcipreste From 1700 de Hita,DonJuan Manuel and Fernando de Rojas are read A survey of Spanish literature from 1700 to the present. intensively. Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency Prerequisite:. Intermediate-level proficiency

111 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SOENCES

SPAN 334 Romanticism in Spain: Prose SPAN 431 The Modern literature of Spanish and Poetry America: 1888 to the Present A smdy of poetry and prose of the Spanish romanticists. A smdy of main developments, literary currents and rep­ In the postromantic period special attention is given to resentative authors from 1888 until the present. Becquer and the aesthetics of the new poetry. Prerequisite: Completion of one 300-level course in Prerequisite: Completion of one 200-level course in Spanish Spanish SPAN 433 The Novel of Spanish America SPAN 335 Modern Spanish American Drama A study of major novels and short stories written by the A smdy of representative dramatists from 1900 to the most significant authors of Spanish America. Historical, present. Writers included are Florencio Sanchez, Uigli, aesthetic and social developments, as well as philosophi­ Marques,Wolff, Arrivi, Solorzano,Dragun andVillaurrutia. cal influences are the main themes studied in this course. Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency Prerequisite: Completion of one 300-level course in Spanish SPAN 336 Modernismo A study of the modernismo literary movement in Span­ SPAN 434 The Nineteenth-Century Novel of ishAmerica from its beginning in 1882 to its conclusion Spain in, approximately, 1917. Includes representative works Selective study of the major novelists and significant of Marti, Gutierrez Najera, del Casal, Silva and Dario who trends in nineteenth-century Spanish novel. Emphasis make up the so-called first generation of modernist writ­ on such figures as Alarcon, Pereda, Valera, Galdos, Pardo ers; Dario, Lugones, Herrera y Reissig,Valencia, Chocano, Bazan andAlas. Nervo, Diaz Rodriguez, Reyles and others who comprise Prerequisite: Completion of one 300-level course in the second generation. Spanish Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency SPAN 435 Cervantes and His Age SPAN 337 The Romantic Theatre in Spain A study of Cervantes' artistic creation and its relation to The emergence and development of the romantic the­ the culture of the sixteenth century. Special emphasis is atre in Spain; in-depth smdy of such works as Don Alvaro given to Don Quixote and the development of the novel o la Juerza del sino El Trovador, Don Juan Tenorio, Los as a genre. Amantes de Teruel... Prerequisite: Completion of one 300-level course in Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency Spanish SPAN 351 Introduction to Interlingual SPAN 436 The Modern Spanish American Essay Communication A selective study of the representative essay writers in Presentation of the various factors involved in communi­ Spanish America. Emphasis is placed on major opinion cation and of the differences between oral and written shapers, such as Varona, de Hostos, Rojas, Reyes, communication. Introduction to translation and interpre­ Henriquez, Urena, Picon Salas, Arciniegas, Mariategui, tation as process of interlingual communication: types others. of translation; modes of interpretation; work of transla­ Prerequisite: Completion of one 300-leve1 course in tors and interpreters. Improvement of active and passive Spanish skills in A and B languages. Development of oral/aural SPAN 451 Interpreting I skills required for interpretation. Simple oral and writ­ Presentation of interpretation and of different modes of ten language- switching exercises. interpretation used in the courtroom. Activities designed Prerequisite: Screening test and/or specific English and to develop oral/aural skills, memory, basic note-taking Spanish courses by advisement of program director techniques, public speaking and language switching skills. SPAN 352' Introduction to Written Translation Sight translation and consecutive interpretation practice Analysis of source texts: units of meaning, context, sim­ using general texts. ation. Introduction to types of translation equivalence. Prerequisite or corequisite course: SPAN 352 Translation exercises using general texts. SPAN 452 Interpreting IT Prerequisite or corequisite course: SPAN 351 Development of note-taking techniques. Practice of sight SPAN 399 Selected Topics translation and consecutive interpretation using more A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as difficult and varied texts than in Interpreting I. Introduc­ recommended by the department and approved by the tion to simultaneous interpretation. dean. Prerequisite: SPAN 451 Prerequisite: Pertnission of the department chairperson SPAN 480 Seminar: Spanish America 1-6 credits An in-depth study of a selected author or theme in Span­ SPAN 430 The literature of Spanish America to ishAmerican literature. Modernism Prerequisite: One 300-level course in Spanish American A smdy of main developments, literary currents and rep­ literamre resentative authors from the colonial period to 1888. Prerequisite: Completion of one 300-level course in Spanish

112 LANGUAGES AND CULTURES

SPAN 481 Spanish Seminar CHIN 113 Intermediate Chinese II An in-depth study of a selected author or theme from An intensification of CHIN 112. Students are introduced Spain. to a variety of topics in modern Chinese and work to­ Prerequisite: One 300-level course in Spanish American ward the goal of recognizing approximately 1,200 lexi­ literature cal items, including 1,000 characters. Students also learn how to write short compositions. SPAN 499 Independent Study As approved and to be arranged. CHIN 222 Advanced Chinese Conversation 1-6 credits and Composition I Concentrates on consolidating the foundations of pro­ nunciation, grammar and character writing built in the Other Languages first two years of study. Emphasis on discussing topics of Arabic general interest and writing essays. Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency ARAB 11 0 Basic Arabic 1* CHIN 223 Advanced Chinese Conversation An introduction to basic standard classical modern Ara­ and Composition II bic as used all over the Arab world in books,mass media, A continuation of CIDN 222. Provides a wide range of official records and documents, etc. It pays special atten­ more advanced vocabulary and a· number of common tion to pronunciation,ca1ligraphy,sentence structure and sayings, as well as a metaphorical use of common words vocabulary. It aims at developing the student's ability to that form part of the verbal and cultural backgrounds of hear comprehend, read, write and speak Arabic. Basic Chinese people. grammar is introduced throughout the course. Prerequisite: CIDN 222 or equivalent ARAB 111 Basic Arabic II' CHIN 399 Selected Topics A study of standard classical Arabic used commonly all A topic not covered by an existing course will be offered over the world. Allows for interpretation and in-depth as recommended by the department and approved by understanding of Arabic prose and poetry. the dean. Prerequisite:ARAB 110 Prerequisite: Permission of department chairperson ARAB 399 Selected Topics 1-6 credits A topic not covered by an existing course will be offered CHIN 499 Chinese Independent Study as recommended by the department and approved by As approved and to be arranged. the dean. 1-6 credits Prerequisite: Permission of department chair 1-6 credits German ARAB 499 Independent Study GER 110 Basic German I* As approved and to be arranged. Intensive aural-oral practice, stressing the acquisition of 1-6 credits the dual skills of listening comprehension and speaking; Chinese emphasis on everyday German. Reading of graded mate­ rial in diverse areas of interest. CHIN 110 Basic Chinese 1* GER 111 Basic German II· Provides students a basic understanding of Chinese pro­ Reinforcement of aural comprehension and speaking nunciation, grammar and knowledge of some Chinese ability. Current idiom, as used in meaningful context, is characters and basic vocabulary. Emphasis is on drilling emphasized. Enhancement of reading ability by means aural comprehension and elementary speaking of stan­ of programmed readers. dard Chinese. Prerequisite: GER 110 or equivalent CHIN 111 Basic Chinese II' GER 112 Intermediate German I A continuation of Basic Chinese I. Equal attention given Refinement and introduction to the subtlety of oral ex­ to speaking, reading and writing. Writing consists of ex­ pression. Guided discussion of questions of topical in­ ercises in calligraphy and translation of simple sentences. terest. Reading of the more formal and intricate language Students are taught how to use a Chinese-English of unedited texts; supplementary readings from newspa­ dictionary. pers, magazines and journals. Prerequisite: CIDN 110 or equivalent Prerequisite: GER III or equivalent CHIN 112 Intennediate Chinese I GER 113 Intermediate Gertnan II Following continued training in fluent and accurate Development of free conversation with the aid of news­ speech, students learn new vocabulary and more'com­ papers, magazines, tapes, recordings. Topics of contem­ plicated sentences. Stress on understanding sentence porary interest provide a basis for an, up-to-date, compre­ patterns, which serve as a foundation for further study. hensive view of Germany. Prerequisite: CIDN III or equivalent Prerequisite: GER 112 or equivalent

113 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

GER 120 Scientific German HEBR 399 Selected Topics Designed for potential science majors and minors. Stu­ A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as dents receive guidance in reading current scientific and recommended by the department and approved by the technological journals independently. dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson GER399 Selected Topics 1-6 credits A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as recommended by the department and approved by the HEBR 499 Hebrew Independent Study dean. As approved and to be arranged. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson 1-6 credits 1-6 credits Italian GER 499 German Independent Study As approved and to be arranged. IT 110 Basic Italian I· 1-6 credits Designed for students with no previous knowledge of Italian; aims at developing basic Italian speech patterns. Greek After a thorough study of Italian pronunciation and into­ GR 110 Classical Greek for Beginners I· nation, the student develops a basic Italian vocabulary and learns how to use the Italian verb. An introductory course which provides the student the basic elements of classical Greek. Primary emphasis is IT 111 Basic Italian II* on structure and morphology; the aim is a graded read­ Aims at reinforcing and continuing to develop basic Ital­ ing knowledge. Since classical Greek is a nonliving lan­ ian speech patterns and at imparting the basic founda,­ guage, classes expose the student to translation of simple tions in the four language skills, i.e., understanding, speak­ grammatical forms and sentences in order to develop an ing, reading and writing. extensive vocabulary. IT 112 Intermediate Italian I GR 111 Classical Greek for Beginners II· Designed for students who have a basic proficiency in Probes deeper into the reading and translation of com­ Italian. Aims at strengthening the four language skills. plex forms of classical Greek. Primary emphasis is on Basic language patterns are reviewed, and new ones as­ syntax. Students are exposed to simple readings and trans­ similated through conversation, reading and composition. lations of famous works of classical writers and taught Prerequisite: IT 111 or equivalent how to handle variations of words with the aid of a dic­ IT 113 Intermediate Italian II tionary in order to translate written material. Aims at strengthening further the four language skills, GR 399 Selected Topics Le., understanding, speaking, reading, writing through A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as an essentially audio-lingual approach and the reading and recommended by the department and approved by the discussion of literary selections. dean. Prerequisite: IT 112 or equivalent Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson IT 200 Introduction to Italian Culture and 1-6 credits literature GR499 Greek Independent Study An introduction to the cultural and literary heritage of As approved and to be arranged. Italy from its beginnings to the present time. 1-6 credits IT 230 Twentieth-Century Italian literature Hebrew A study of the significant trends, major prose writers and poets of modern Italian literature: Pirandello, Silone, HEBR 110 Basic Hebrew I· Pavese, Montale, Ungaretti and others. The elements of Hebrew: elementary conversation, writ­ IT 300 Twentieth-Century Italian literature ing,fundamentals of grammar and reading of simple texts. in Translation HEBR 111 Basic Hebrew II· A study of selected writers who illustrate the main cur­ Continuation of Hebrew I: readings of text of medium rents of twentieth-century Italian literature: Pirandello, difficulty, conversation and more complicated grammati­ Montale, Moravia, Pavese, Betti, Ungaretti and others. cal structure. IT 399 Selected Topics HEBR 112 Intermediate Hebrew I A topiC not covered by an existing course is offered as Students are exposed to Hebrew literature in the form of recommended by the department and approved by the simplified literary selections. Grammatical fundamentals dean. are extended to facilitate reading of the texts. Speaking Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson ability is extended beyond basic conversation to the ex­ 1-6 credits pression of a range of ideas. IT 499 Itallan Independent Study HEBR 113 Intermediate Hebrew II As approved and to be arranged. A continuation of Intermediate Hebrew I including more 1-3 credits advanced literature, grammar and conversation.

114 LANGUAGES AND CULTURES

Japanese IAT 111 Basic latin II" Reading and translating complex forms of classical Latin, JPAN 110 Basic Japanese I· stressing correlations with the English language. Begins with an introduction to the Japanese sound sys­ Prerequisite: LAT 110 or equivalent . tem and to the romanization used in the textbook. Stu­ dents are taught simple Japanese sentences with vocabu­ LAT 399 Selected Topics lary introduced in a natural context and introduced to A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as the hiragana and katakana syllabaries. Equal attention is recommended by the department and approved by the given to listening, speaking, reading and writing. dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson ]pAN 111 Basic Japanese II· 1-6 credits A more in-depth study of the Japanese sound system and the romanization used in the textbook. Students are LAT 499 Independent Study taught more challenging vocabulary and sentence struc­ As approved and to be arranged. ture. The hiragano and katakana syllabaries are studied 1-6 credits as well. Equid attention is given to speaking, reading, Writing and comprehension. Portuguese JPAN 112 Intermediate Japanese I PORT 110 Basic Portuguese I' The course, designed as a continuation of Basic Japanese An introductory two-part course in modern Portuguese. I and II, further increases the student's knowledge ofJapa­ The skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writ­ nese grammar, vocabulary, idioms and characters, build­ ing Portuguese are developed insofar as the realities and ing on the previously acquired foundation in Japanese. limitations of learning a foreign language in a classroom Prerequisite:]pAN 111 or equivalent allow. Cultural information about Portugal, Brazil and other Portuguese-speaking countries is provided in con­ JPAN 113 IntermediateJapanese II junction with acquisition of the language skills. A continuation of Intermediate Japanese I. Further in­ creases a student's knowledge of Japanese grammar, vo­ PORT 111 Basic Portuguese II" cabulary, idioms and characters, building on the previ­ A continuation of PORT 110. More detailed study of gram­ ously acquired foundation in Japanese. mar; practice in reading, writing, comprehension and Prerequisite:]pAN 112 or equivalent speaking. ]pAN 399 Selected Topics PORT 399 Selected Topics A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as recommended by the department and approved by the recommended by the department and approved by the dean. dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson 1-6 credits 1-6 credits ]pAN 499 Japanese Independent Study PORT 499 Independent Study As approved and to be arranged. As approved and to be arranged. 1-3 credits 1-6 credits Korean Russian

KORE 110 Basic Korean I· RUS 110 Basic Russian 1* Designed for students with no previous knowledge of An introduction to the Russian language, familiariZing the Korean. Introduction to Korean, including elements of student with the Russian alphabet and Russian pronun­ grammar and vocabulary in a natural context. Equal at­ ciation, elementary grammar and conversation. tention is given to listening comprehension, oral skills, RUS 111 Basic Russian II" reading and writing. A continuation of Basic Russian I; more detailed study of KORE 111 Basic Korean II· grammar, practice in reading, writing, comprehension Continuation of Basic Korean I. Designed to increase the and speaking. students' knowledge of grammar, vocabulary and idioms; RUS 112 Intermediate Russian I it provides the necessary basic foundation for further A review of grammar fundamentals, followed by a study study in hislher area of study. Equal attention is given to of advanced grammatical structure and idiom; reading a listening comprehension, oral skills, reading and writing. variety of texts, composition and conversation. Latin RUS 113 Intermediate Russian II A continuation of Intermediate Russian I. Selected prob­ IAT 110 Basic latin 1* 'lems in grammar, sentence structure and idiomatic ex­ Introduces the basic elements of classical Latin. The stu­ pression; a series of readings of moderate difficulty, with dent is exposed to the cultural and historical background emphasis on reading comprehension and conversation. of the Romans as a means of understanding the Roman contribution to our age and culture.

"115 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

RUS 399 Selected Topics RUS 499 Russian Independent Study A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as As approved and to be arranged. recommended by the department and approved by the 1-6 credits dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson 1-6 credits

DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

Professors: P. Nayak (chairperson), K.H. Kim Marketing Associate Professor: W. Matthews,]. Teng ECON 211 Economic Statistics 11 3 Assistant Professors: E. Knaus, Y.Tong MGT 309 International Management 3 MKT 314 Advertising 3 Business Administration (B.S. Degree) MKT 316 Multinational Marketing 3 MKT430 Product Planning!Management 3 The business administration program enables students MKT465 Marketing Research 3 to elect a concentration in management, marketing or MKT475 Transportation and Business Logistics 3 finance. (See the Department of Economics and Finance for the fmance concentration.)The program is grounded in liberal studies and provides strong exposure to a vari­ ety of disciplines, which allows the student to have maxi­ COURSES mum flexibility with which to meet the challenges of the current and future job market. Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits.

MGT 202 Introduction to Business This is a sophomore-level course for students consider­ CURRICULUM ing majoring in the business disciplines of management, marketing, accounting, economics and finance. The MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 60 CREDITS course provides an overview and basic vocabulary within Core 33 credits the general area of business. For students continuing on ACCT211 Financial Accounting 3 as majors in the business disciplines, the course provides ACCT212 Managerial Accounting 3 a framework of understanding for more specific advanced ECON 202 Microeconomics 3 courses. For students not majoring in business, the course ECON 210 Economic Statistics I 3 adds to their general education and preparation for life FIN 320 Corporate Finance 3 through an introduction to the world of business. LAW 201 Legal Environment of Business 3 MGT 300 Principles of Management MGT 300 Principles of Management 3 Introduces basic principles, policies, problems and suc­ MGT 305 Management Information Systems 3 cessful methods of business organization and manage­ MGT 431 Production and Operations ment. Emphasizes management's ability to analyze, plan, Management 3 coordinate and control the varied activities of produc­ MGT 460 Business Strategy and Policy 3 tion, personnel, finance and marketing. Also examines MKT 310 Marketing 3 social responsibility and environmental factors affecting Concentration 21 credits business policy and operation. Prerequisites: ECON 201, 202,ACCT 211 and 212 Additional Requirements 6 credits CS 201 Computer literacy 3 MGT 305 Management Information Systems and a 300- or 400- level business course 3 Provides methodology of the design, analysis and evalua­ tion of management information systems. Topics include Management organizational implications of information technology, ECON 211 Economic Statistics 11 3 planning and control systems, implementation of an in­ MGT 306 Organizational Behavior 3 tegrated system, technical treatment of MIS management MGT 308 Organizational Theory and Design 3 and application of computers via microcomputer pack­ MGT 309 International Management 3 ages in business environments. MGT 315 Human Resources and Management 3 Prerequisites: CS 201 and MGT 300 MGT 451 Management Planning and Control 3 MGT 480 Seminar in Management 3

116 MARKETINGAND MANAGEMENT SQENCES

MGT 306 Organizational Behavior MGT 340 Labor and Management in the This course introduces the "micro" theories of organiza­ American Economy tion. It focuses on human behavior and action within the (also listed as ECON 340) organizational setting. Case studies and experiential ex­ An examination of how labor and management are af­ ercises are emphasized in the class. fected by various theories and institutional approaches Prerequisite: MGT 300 and policies, such as public legislation on labor and man­ MGT 308 Organizational Theory and Design agement relations, collective bargaining, labor unions, TIlls course introduces the "macro" theories of organiza­ inflation and unemployment. tion. It focuses on the organization as a whole and its Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 relationship with the environment. Special topics include MKT 342 Retail Marketing: Merchandise goal, technology, structure, process, politics and culture. Management In understanding any organizational phenomenon, these The dynamic role played by retailing in the American theories can serve as the important analytic tools. Both economy. Analyzes the problems of marketing consumer theoretical underpinnings and practical applications are goods and services and operating various types of stores. equally emphasized. Strategies of forecasting, planning, organizing and con­ Prerequisites: MGT 300 and MGT 306 trolling retail operations are also considered. MGT 309 International Management Prerequisites: MGT 300 and MKT 310 A framework for the analysis of international management MGT 399 Selected Topics problems. Defines the nature of the international, multi­ A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as national and transnational company. Also examines the recommended by the department and approved by the evolution of these types of enterprises, develops a model dean. of a multinational firm in a dynamic global setting and . Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson provides a bridge among the disciplines of economics, 1.Q credits sociology, political science and international MKT 399 Selected Topics management. A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as Prerequisites: MGT 300 and MKT 310 recommended by the department and approved by the MKT 310 Marketing dean. Major emphasis on techniques for solving business prob­ Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson lems, the development of marketing policies and the sale 1.Q credits of consumer and industrial products. Various marketing MKT 430 Product Planning and Management decisions are examined with respect to product-planning, Emphasizes the importance of product planning and de­ channels of distribution, promotion activity, selling and velopment of new products for the growth and survival sales management, pricing and international marketing. of business organizations. Particular emphasis is on prod­ Prerequisite: MGT 300 uct development, the management of new product strat­ MKT 314 Advertising egies and the planning and management of the entire The dynamic role played by advertising in the American product mix in the multi-product organization. economy. Examines the function of the corporate adver­ Prerequisites: MKT 310 and MGT 300 tising department in manufacturing and retailing firms, MGT 431 Production and Operations as well as the advertising agency itself. Management Prerequisites: MGT 300 and MKT 310 Techniques and methods employed by managers to plan MGT 315 Human Resources Planning and control manufacturing and other operating systems Includes human resource planning process techniques, are emphasized. Application of quantitative methods and operations, goals, objectives, targets,long-range planning, various analytical techniques is stressed for operating sys­ micro-and macroenvironmental and manpower analysis, tem design, planning, control, problem solutions, pro­ planning methods, strategies, career planning, develop­ ductivity, inventory, scheduling, quality and capacity ment concepts and methods and other aspects of human management, control system development, new technol­ resources planning and development. ogy evaluation and transportation problems. Prerequisites: MGT 300 and MGT 306 Prerequisites: ECON 210,211 and MGT 300 MKT 316 Multinational Marketing MGT 450 Small Business Management A comprehensive examination of the problems and op­ A senior-level seminar course in the practical aspects of portunities of international marketing. Provides for designing and operating a small business firm. Urban and in-depth study of international marketing decision re­ inner·dty minority group and poverty problems are high­ quirements, including strategic planning, cultural analy­ lighted where appropriate. sis and other related topics. Prerequisites: MGT 300 and MKT 310 Prerequisites: MGT 300,309 and MKT 310

117 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOOAL SCIENCES

MGT 451 Management Planning and Control MKT475 Transportation and Business The design and testing of management systems are ex­ Logistics Management plored. Analysis of analytical and simulation methods used Covers the theory, techniques and management of physi­ in planning and controlling different management sys­ cal supply and distribution. Emphasis is placed on orga­ tems' configurations are examined and the behavioral and nization, route structure, equipment management, sched­ systems' approaches are integrated. Concepts of planning uling, control operations, inventory management and and control are introduced along with situational activi­ other macro- and micrologistics. Students must deal with ties, case studies, perceptual exercises, role playing, com­ government regulations, industry trends and relations, petency planning and control activities. technological development and corporate strategy. Prerequisites: MGT 300, 306, MKT 310 and FIN 320 Prerequisites: MKT 310 and MGT 300 MGT 460 Business Strategy and Policy MGT 480 Seminar in Management A case study approach to business decision making that Explores, in depth, selected theoretical aspects of man­ integrates functional and organizational disciplines. Ex­ agement theories and/or the major areas within manage­ amines, in depth, a series of complex industrial situations ment. Each student is eXpected to take a major area and to determine in each instance the strategy and policies a prepare a paper that may include decision-making pro­ firm should follow for its long-run survival. cesses, strategy formulation, perceptions of environmen­ Prerequisites: MGT 300, MKT 310 and FIN 320 tal factors, managerial values, organizational crises and other current management topics. Students have the MKT 465 Marketing Research opportunity to write a paper based on their studies of Marketing research as a tool of marketing management, real-world situations. emphasizing the role of research in planning, organizing Prerequisites: MGT 300, 460, MKT 310 and FIN 320 and controlling marketing activities. Various analytical tools for marketing research are examined and their ap­ MGT 499 Independent Study plication to practical marketing problems is illustrated. As approved and to be arranged. Prerequisites: MKT 310, MGT 300, ECON 210 and 211 1-6 credits MGT 470 Introduction to Operations Research MKT 499 Independent Study The scientific methodology of operations research and As approved and to be arranged. logic is applied to the decision-making process. Intro­ 1-6 credits duces the concepts of linear and mathematical program­ ming and inventory and statistical decision theories. Prerequisites: ECON 211, MGT 300 and MATH 150 or higher

DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY

Professors: M. Hailparn, J. O'Connor, P. Rothenberg All human ideas and activities are relevant to this study, Associate Professors: M. 1. Friquegnon, J. Peterman including such areas as ethics (how people should act), (chairperson) logic (how people should think), aesthetics (how people Assistant Professor: D. Kolak, W Boos should judge what they like), metaphysics (the nature of space, time and life) and epistemology (how do we know Philosophy examines how we examine, questions what what we think we know). Thus, we study science and questions we ask and evaluates our values. Its subject religion, political and moral issues, propaganda and truth, matter is the beliefs and opinions that run our lives, and beauty and commercialism, technology and happiness, its goal is to make these as logically sound and clearly society and the self. communicable as possible. Philosophy is the one disci­ Philosophy is one of the traditional routes to advanced pline where knowledge itself comes under examination, study in any of the humanities, as well as to the profes­ and all claims to know (whether a person, a fact or an sions such as law. Undergraduate degrees prepare one idea), just as all justifications for action, must be defen­ for positions requiring clear thinking, problem analysis sible. and clear expression of ideas, such as managing or su­ This requires critical thinking, the ability to ask the pervising in government or business, professional writ­ right as well as the "dumb" questions and to answer them. ing and precollege education. Graduate degrees prepare Philosophy develops the skills needed for this, such as one for college teaching, consulting on ethical questions analysis of arguments, problem-solving methods, clear to hospitals and business and administrative positions in and persuasive expression of one's ideas and developing education and elsewhere. Philosophers' love of language a broader perspective so our ideas might work tomor­ has led many to careers in comedy, theatre and row as well as today. journalism.

118 PHlL,OSOPHY

CURRICULUM PHIL 210 Logic Covers formal techniques in the logic of propositions and predicate logic. Three kinds of deductive derivations­ MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 30 CREDITS direct derivation, conditional proof and indirect deriva­ Note: PHIL 110, Introduction to Philosophy, is required tion-are considered as are shorter tests of validity and in general education and does not count toward major consistency. Recommended for debaters, lawyers, pub­ requirements. lic speakers and computer science majors. Core Courses 6 credits Prerequisite: PHIL 110 . PHIL 200 Ethics 3 PHll. 215 The History of Ancient Philosophy PHIL 210 Logic 3 The history of philosophy from the Pre-Socratics through History 6 credits Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, the Epicureans and Two of the following: early Neo-Platonists. Recommended for history majors. PIDL 215 The History ofAncient Philosophy 3 Also provides literature' majors with the sources of clas­ PmL 216 Philosophy of the MiddleAges 3 sical intellectual allusions that abound in literature and PHIL 217 History of Modern Philosophy 3 drama. PmL 218 Nineteenth-Century Philosophy: Prerequisite: PHIL 110 Post-Kantian German Idealism 3 PHll. 216 Philosophy in the Middle Ages Topical Areas 6 credits An introduction to philosophical ideas of the MiddleAges Two of the following: among Christians, Muslims and Jews. Emphasis on the PHIL 220 Philosophy of Religion 3 metaphysics ofAugustine, Avicenna,Maimonides and the PmL 222 Political Philosophy 3 works ofAquinas and Ockham. PHIL 223 Philosophy of Science 3 Prerequisite: PHIL 110 PmL 312 Metaphysics 3 PHIL 217 Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century PHIL 317 Theory of Knowledge 3 Philosophy: The History of Modern Great Thinkers 3 credits Philosophy from Descartes to Kant One of the following: Deals with the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, PIDL 326 Plato 3 principally with the following problems: the assimilation PHIL 327 Aristotle 3 of science as faced by Descartes, Spinoza and Leibniz; PmL 404 Seminar: Classics in Philosophy 3 the order of nature suggested by Newtonian science and Ekctives 9 credits its effect on Locke, Berkeley and Hume; natural theology Complete nine credits from among any additional Phi­ in the Enlightenment; the natural rights political philoso.: losophy courses. phy of Locke, the British moralists. Prerequisite: PmL 110 MINOR REQUIREMENTS 15 CREDITS Students must complete 15 credits of philosophy courses PHIL 218 Nineteenth-Century Philosophy: beyond the 100 level. Post-Kantian German Idealism An introduction to post-Kantian German idealism as ex­ hibited by Fichte, Schelling, Hegel, et al., and the trans­ formation of and the reaction against idealism as seen in COURSES the writings of Schopenhauer, Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. Prerequisite: PHIL 110

PHIL 110 Introduction to Philosophy PHIL 220 Philosophy of Religion Representative problems of philosophy, ranging from An analytic study of religious beliefs. Emphasis on the problems of the meaning and truth of religious utterances; methods of inquiry, moral dilemmas, religious knowledge, problems of existence, artistic judgment and criticism to the existence of God; the compatibility ot' God and e~; political and social philosophy. the relationship between religion, psychology and mo­ rality; and the philosophical adequacy of mysticism, both PHIL 200 Ethics East and West. This course is taught in one of two ways: (1) an examiDa­ Prerequisite: PHIL 110 . tion of representative ethical theories ranging from Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, Epicurus, the Stoics, Hume, PHIL 221 Philosophy of Art Kant, Bentham, Mill, Dewey and more recent philoso­ An examination of theories of art from Plato to Pewey. phers; (2) an attempt to develop moral criteria by exam­ The role of inspiration, intelligence, skill, expression, experience and emotion in the arts is discussed. ining representative moral problems confronting society. An analysis is made of the nature of moral discourse and Prerequisite: PmL 110 the meaning of moral terms. Prerequisite: PHIL 110

119 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

PHIL 222 Political Philosophy plied to such themes is considered. Includes the works Explores the relation between the state and the individual, of Sartre, Kierkegaard, Camus, Kafka, Heidegger and asking what obligations and duties each has to the other. others. Also considers acts of civil disobedience and resistance Prerequisite: PHIL 110 and inquires into the role of tolerance in contemporary PHIL 309 Studies in the Utopian Theme. society. A philosophical examination of Utopian thinking about Prerequisite: PHIL 110 such questions as, "What is the nature of the good life?," PHIL 223 Philosophy of Science "What is the nature of the good man?," "What is the na­ Analyzes the logic of scientific inquiry and the logical ture of the ideal society?" Throughout, emphasis is on structure of its intellectual products. Primarily an exami­ the relevance of past questions and answers to the di­ nation of both logical patterns exhibited in the organiza­ lemmas of contemporary society. tion of scientific knowledge and logical methods whose Prerequisite: PHIL 110 use, despite changes in special techniques and revolu­ PHIL 312 Metaphysics tion in substantive theory, is the most enduring feature Several traditional and recent views of the problem of of modern science. existence and associated problems are discus.sed. In-. Prerequisite: PHIL 110 cluded are the relation between appearance and ~eality, PHIL 224 Philosophy of the Social Sciences mind and matter, mind and body, the nature of substance Deals with the logic of social inquiry. Asks whether cus­ and personal identity. tomary scientific methods apply to the social sciences. Prerequisite: PHIL 110 Examines explanatory proposals; e.g., hermeneutic in­ PHIL 315 ; _ Philosophy of Mind terpretation (verstehen), functionalism, structuralism, be­ The philo;ophical problems associated with the relation haviorism, et al. of mind and body, mind and matter, willing and acting. Prerequisite: PHIL 110 Also, a consideration of some representative solutions PHIL 225 Philosophy of History ranging from monism, dualism, epiphenomenalism, A philosophical examination of historical language and psychophysical parallelism and behaviorism. Recent re­ inquiry, the logic of historical development, problems of search in psychology, neurophysiology and robot and historical explanation and generalization and value computer automata studies is considered. judgments. Prerequisite: PHIL 110 Prerequisite: PHIL 110 PHIL 317 Theory of Knowledge PHIL 227 Eastern Religion An examination of the philosophical issues surrounding A comparative study of the principal past and present the notions of necessary truth, empirical knowledge, a Eastern religions and of man's religious feelings and prior knowledge, analytic statements and related topics. experience. Views of traditional and contemporary philosophers are Prerequisite: PHIL 110 discussed. Prerequisite: PHIL 110 PHIL 228 Critical Thinking and Scientific Method PHIL 318 American Philosophy Covers methods of inquiry as used in empirical research. An introduction to American philosophy through read­ Explanation, hypothetico-deductive method, confirma­ ing and examining selected writings of such classical tion and types of inductive thinking form the basis of the American philosophers as Pierce, James, Royce, Dewey course. In addition, special attention is given to relating and Santayana. course material to the thinking of the student. Prerequisite: PHIL 110 Prerequisite: PHIL 110 PHIL 320 Philosophy of the Future PHIL 300 Contemporary Analytic Philosophy Emphasizes the future rather than the past. Various fu­ A study of the development of an important philosophi­ turistic visions for the next twenty to thirty years and cal movement of the twentieth century, tracing its devel­ the projection techniques used are examined in the con­ opment from Bertrand Russell through the logical posi­ text of how the future will affect people and their tivists, Ayer and Carnap, G.E. Moore, Gilbert Ryle, to environments. ordinary language analysis, exemplified by Wittgenstein Prerequisite: PHIL 110 and Austin. PHIL 323 Introduction to Marxism Prerequisite: PHIL 110 A basic, introductory course in Marxism with special at­ PHIL 305 Existentialism and Phenomenology tention to dialectical materialism, the theory of class Examines such existential themes as death, freedom, re­ struggle, alienation and revolution. The writings of Marx sponsibility, subjectivity, anguish, time and the self as they and Engels are considered in terms of their philosophi­ appear in both literary and philosophical works. Phenom­ cal antecedents and are subjected to analysis within the enology as one philosophical method which can be ap- content of the development of philosophical attempts to understand the nature of reality. Issues in epistemol­ ogy and metaphysics are raised. Prerequisite: PHIL 110

120 PHILOSOPHY

PIllL 324 PhilosophY,of Sexual Politics PIllL 335 Environmental Ethics The application of philosophical techniques of analysis This course deals with ethical issues related to our inter­ to a study of the nature and position of women in con­ actions with the natural environment, such as animal temporary society. Focus is on critical evaluation of the rights, esthetic vs. monetary well-being, responsibility to alternate models for understanding women's oppression. future generations, short-term and long-term benefits vs. Selected Writers include Eva Figes, Berty Freidan, Simone costs, intrinsic vs. extrinsic values, etc. de Beauvoir, Frederick Engels and Shulamith Firestone. Prerequisites: PHIL 110 and ENV 110 Prerequisite: PHIL 110 PHll. 336 From Religion to Philosophy PIllL 326 Plato Covers the transition from a reliance on prophets, poets, A modern thinker said that all of philosophy has been a dramatists and the "wise man;' to a reliance on the phi­ series of footnotes to Plato. This ancient Greek thinker losopher in matters dealing with human action, inquiry developed in his Dialogues a method of analysis and ex­ and artistic products. pression that is still fresh and vital. The course examines Prerequisite: PHIL 110 such questions as the nature of human excellence, how PHll. 337 Greek Political Philosophy to succeed in life, how to tell a lie (and how to recognize Covers the development of Greek political ideas from 'what is the best form of government and whom o'n~); the Homeric age up to and including the historical should you love, Typical readings include the Republic, Polybius. Focal points are Sophists, Socrates, Isocrates, Symposium, Meno, Protagoras and Phaedrus. Thucydides, Plato andAristotle. Changes in political ideas Prerequisite: PHIL 110 are carefully placed in their historical context. PIllL 327 Aristotle Prerequisite: PHIL 110 Aristotle was Plato's student and presented his'ideas in a PHll. 340 Western Religion much more systematic and straightforward manner. His A comparative study of the principal religions of the West, works attempt to explain specific areas of human expe­ past and present; of what is common to many and pecu­ rience, such as the basic rules of logical thought, the liar to each; and of man's religious feelings and nature of mind, how we should act and why poetry moves experience. us to laugh and cry. Typical readings include the Ethics, Prerequisite: PHIL 110 Politics, Organon (works on logic) and Metaphysics (which examines why and how what is, is). PIllL 399 Selected Topics Prerequisite: PHIL 110 A topiC not covered by an existing course is offered as recommended by the department and approved by the PIllL 330 David Home and the Skeptic dean. Tradition Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson A brief study of the skeptic tradition from the sixteenth 1-6 credits century to Hume. An intensive study of Hume's princi­ pal works covers his views on the origin of ideas, mean­ PHll. 402 Advanced Logic ing, causality, science, induction, the proofs of God's ex­ A study of the nature of a formal deductive system, in­ istence,his relation to Locke and other predecessors and cluding the proofs of completeness, consistency and in­ his influence on Kant. dependence. The equipollence of deductive systems is Prerequisite: PHIL 110 also examined, and more advanced notions of predicate logic, multiple quantification, higher functional logic and PHll. 333 Philosophy of Law logic of relations are covered. Deals with both the development of law and an analysis Prerequisites: PHIL 110 and 210 of its principles and concepts. Examines and discusses the relationship between law and morality and law and PIllL 404 Sftminar: Classics in Philosophy justice; the logical principles in legal arguments; and vari­ A classic work in philosophy is explored in depth from ous kinds of legal theories; e.g., natural law, legal positiv­ among the following: one of Plato's dialogues, a treatise ism and legal realism. from Aristotle,Augustine, St. Thomas; or works such as Prerequisite: PHIL 110 Kant's Critique of Pure Reason, Mill's Utilitarianism, James' Pragmatism, et al. Business and Ethics PIllL 334 Prerequisite: PHIL 110 A study of large corporations as quasi-political and social institutions. Examines capitalism as a revolutionary force PHll. 499 Independent Study of the twentieth century and the consequences for soci­ As approved and to be arranged. ety implied in the social attitudes that prevail and en­ 1-6 credits dure in these institutions. Prerequisites: PHIL 110 and 200

121 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE

Professors: M. Chadda, S. Kyriakides, S. Shalom (chair­ Note: Majors in political science are encouraged to se­ person), C. Sheffield, W. Small, M. Weinstein lect courses in such related areas as economics; commu­ Associate Professors: S. Collins, G. Gregoriou, 1. Wolf nication; sociology; anthropology; geography; philoso­ Assistant Professor: J. Mason phy; history; African, African-American and Caribbean studies; and psychology. The political science curriculum is designed to help stu­ dents underst<\11d the political aspects of society, to train them in the analysis of political problems and to provide insights into the relation of the individual to government, COURSES and of governments to one another. Students planning Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. to study law will find the political science major most useful. Careers in business and government are aided POL 110 Introduction to Politics substantially by a political science background. An inquiry into the nature, methodology and subject In addition to taking required major courses, students matter of politics. Basic ideas and problems in the field elect other courses to meet particular personal and ca­ of politics-value-free inquiry, freedom, authority, justice, reer interests such as comparative politics, political equality, alienation, revolution and change, rights and theory, international relations, women's studies, Ameri­ obligation are examined in their philosophical and real­ can institutions and political behavior. world setting. A field-study or internship program in applied politics affords interested students the opportunity to apply and POL 120 American Government and Politics enhance their training. Upon satisfactory completion of AnalYSis of the structure and function of basic institu­ basic courses, junior or senior students are placed in tions of American government. The cultural setting, con­ governmental agencies, legislative offices, political par­ stitutional foundations and policy-making process are ex­ ties, interest groups, criminal court systems, etc. See POL amined in detail. 495 following for details. POL 202 Research Methods in Political Science Designed to enable students to do research in political science and critically evaluate political science literature. CURRICULUM Topics include utilizing library resources, survey research, and the use and misuse of statistics. Prerequisite: POL 120 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 36 CREDITS POL 203 Data Analysis for Political Science Required Courses 18 credits Covers some elementary statistical methods appropriate POL 120 American Government and Politics 3 for the kinds of data collected by political scientists and POL 202 Research Methods in Political Science 3 provides an introduction to the computer analysis of such POL 211 Classical and Medieval Political Theory data. or 3 Prerequisite: POL 120 POL 212 Early Modern Political Theory POL 230 Comparative Politics: Development POL 211 Classical and Medieval Political and Modernization 3 Theory POL 240 International Relations 3 Analyzes, in depth, the political ideas of important clas­ POL 480 Seminar in Political Science (open to sical and medieval philosophers and schools of thought. juniors and seniors; different seminars Ideas on justice, authority, rights and duties, equality, laws are offered each semester) 3 and constitutions and the "good life" are given an analyti­ cal and historical perspective. Political Science Electives 18 credits Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 Select six additional courses from among Political Sci­ ence offerings. POL 212 Early Modern Political Theory The development of political theory from the inception MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS of the modern state. Emphasis is on concepts such as Required Courses 3 credits natural law and natural rights, state and sovereignty, in­ POL 120 American Government and Politics 3 dividual rights and the community. Selected political Political Science Electives 15 credits thinkers, such as Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau (By advisement) and Marx are given particular attention and placed in historical perspective. CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 27 CREDITS Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 Students interested in obtaining teacher certification in social studies must complete the requirements listed under the Department of Curriculum and Instruction.

122 POIlTICAL SCIENCE

POL 221 State Government POL 322 Thtl American Presidency A study of the American system of federalism through A study of the origins and evolution of the presidency. consideration of the dynamics of government in the fifty The various roles of the president are analyzed and at­ states and their relationship to national and local govern­ tention is given to the growing pains of and the resulting ments with special emphasis on New Jersey. Attention is challenges to the modern presidency. given to the executive, legislative and judicial organiza­ Prerequisite: POL 120 tions and to the performance of governmental functions POL 323 Political Socialization within a political framework. One of the continuing and central themes of political POL 223 Urban and Suburban Politics theory-how citizens are inducted into their politics.The A theoretical and empirical analysis of the distribution of concept of political culture is subjected to a close and political power in both central cities and suburban ar­ critical examination, and major attention is devoted to eas. The historical role of U.S. cities and the present ur­ the processes, agents and transmission belts through ban crisis will be emphasized. which political values and attitudes are formed and com­ Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 municated to succeeding generations. Prerequisites: POL 110, 120 or permission of instructor POL 224 Political Parties A study of the organization and operation of political POL 324 Constitutional Law: The Judicial parties in the United States. Formal structure, the role of Process ideology, voting behavior and the influence of pressure Analysis and examination of U.S. Supreme Court deci­ groups on political parties are examined. sions in such areas as judicial review, scope of federal Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 power, federal-state relations, commerce, taxing and spending, regulations of economic and property inter­ POL 225 Political Economy of the United ests, and other sources of legislative and executive power. States Emphasizes the interrelationship of politics and econom­ Prerequisite: POL 120 ics and traces their influence on many of the major is- POL 325 Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties sues of our times. and Civil Rights Prerequisite: POL 120 or ECON 210 Leading decisions of the United States Supreme Court POL 228· African-American Politics are analyzed and discussed with special attention given An examination and analysis of economic and political to the development of due process, the court as arbiters of intergroup relations, the rights of the defendant, the power structure and relationships in the black commu­ nity: those factors which make black communities rela­ guarantees of personal security, national security and the position of the individual, First Amendment interpreta­ tively powerless; how this powerlessness can be amelio­ rated; a historical overview of black political tions and the problems of implementing civil rights for participation, as well as a study of the present black im­ the black community and other minority groups. Prerequisite: POL 120 pact on the political process. (Same course asAACS 244.) POL 327 Congress and the Policy Making POL 230 Comparative Politics: Development and Modernization Process An introduction to the field of comparative politics. Em­ An examination of the structure, culture, processes, in­ tergovernmental and constituency relations that deter­ phasizes a critical analysis of the principal approaches mine congressional policy making. Issues considered in­ and models currently employed by political science in clude the rules and procedures of lawmaking, the an attempt to understand the process of political change and the variegated political systems of the world. committee structure, the impact of pressure groups and campaign financing, divided government, partisanship, Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 budgeting, relations between Congress, the President, and POL 240 International Relations the courts, the congressional bureaucracy, and the chang­ A study of the nation-state system, the struggle for power, ing demography of Congress. Major policy battles over the changing patterns of the international system and the such issues as the federal budget, national health reform, basic influences shaping the foreign policy of states. the North American Free Trade Agreement, and foreign Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 policy are also considered. POL 272 Politics and Sex Prerequisite: POL 120 A study of the implications for American political insti­ POL 328 Urban Policies and Problems tutions of the changes in traditional roles of both men An intensive consideration of the formation and imple­ and women. mentation of selected urban policies and programs. Field­ POL 311 American Political Theory work on a specific topic is encouraged. American political theory from its origins in English lib­ Prerequisite: POL 120 eralism to the present day. Evaluation of the American POL 332 European Political Systems political tradition in contrast to major political ideas of This course examines five major West European coun­ Europe and in terms of the uniqueness of the American tries-Britain, France, Germany, Italy, and Sweden­ historical inheritance and environment. while also surveying political regimes in southern and Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120

123 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES central Europe. In addition, we study the development POL 345 United States Foreign Policy of "Europe-wide" political institutions and policies. An analysis of the political, economic, geopolitical, bu­ Prerequisite: POL 230 or 240 reaucratic and other factors that determine U.S. foreign POL 333 Politics of the Third World policy, as well as an examination of how U.S. foreign A comparative analysis of selected transitional politics policy is made. systems in Latin America, Africa and Asia. General prob­ Prerequisite: POL 230 or 240 lems arising during the transition from traditional societ­ POL 347 The Middle East in World Politics ies to modern industrial states are examined to describe The Middle East - that region stretching from NorthAf­ typical patterns of political change. rica to Southwest Asia - is of tremendous importance in Prerequisite: POL 230 or 240 international relations, containing as it does immense oil resources, strategic waterways, colonial legacies, and POL 335 Russia and the Successor States This course surveys the political systems and cultures of contending nationalist movements. This course exam­ ines both the role of outside powers and local actors in the Russian Federation and the other successor states this volatile region. which have emerged from the breakup of the old Soviet Prerequisite: POL 240 or permission of instructor Union. The major focus is on the Russian Federation and its efforts to overcome its Soviet legacy of incomplete POL 348 War and Peace political and economic modernization. We will also look What causes war? What promotes peace? An examina­ at various paths toward political and economic indepen­ tion of the economic, political, psychological and other dence being pursued by the Baltic Republics, the Ukraine, causes of war, and various strategies for preventing it. and the Caucasus and Central Asian Republics. POL 352 Politics of Poverty Prerequisite: POL 230 or permission of instructor This course examines poverty as an effect of political/ POL 336 Politics of Asia: India and China economic ideas and decisions and as a source of con­ This course examines the politics of China and India from tinuing political controversy. It examines contemporary a comparative perspective. China chose socialism in 1949 attitudes toward poverty and poor people, situates stu­ while in 1947 India opted for a liberal capitalist demo­ dents in relation to the problem, examines the demo­ cratic system. Thus these two largest countries in Asia graphics of wealth and poverty, surveys theoretical/po­ offer excellent material for studying the process of mod­ litical models for defining poverty and its causes, ernization and change in ideologically contrasting examines poverty policy in the U.S. from the New Deal settings. to the present, and, fmally, looks at poverty in compara­ Prerequisite: POL 230 or permission of instructor tive and international perspectives. Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 POL 337 Politics of Latin America An examination of the nature of Latin American politics POL 353 Politics and Labor Movements and the reality of current political institutions and move­ A variety of philosophical, ideological and historical- in­ ments in this Third World area. U.S. policy toward the stitutional arrangements related to labor are explored. region is analyzed. Debt, trade, immigration, democrati­ Emphasis on the origins and development of trade union­ zation and related issues are analyzed for such countries ism and class consciousness, relations between capital as Mexico, Cuba, Argentina, Brazil, Chile and Uruguay. and labor, old and new working class, role of labor in Prerequisite: POL 230 or 240 competitive and monopoly capitalism, technology and labor, job satisfaction and alienation under capitalism and POL 338 Caribbean Political Systems socialism. A survey of political development in the varied societies of the Caribbean. Cuba, Haiti, the Dominican Republic, POL 355 Politics of the Environment other former British colonies, the French and Dutch is­ This course examines environmental destruction and lands and Central America are covered. Colonialism, trade preservation as issues for political decision makers. The relations and cultural forces are also dealt with to en­ origins and evolution of environmentalism as an ell1er­ hance understanding of trends in the region. gent "paradigm" or "worldview" that is reconstructing Prerequisite: POL 230 or 240 our understanding of the world and the place of human civilizations in it, as well as the rise of environmentalism POL 339 African Politics Deals with post-independence governmental political as a new "political" movement are explored. Also stud­ parties and ideological inclinations among African states. ied are specific issues and mechanisms involved in envi­ Emphasis is on origin and evolution of political institu­ ronmental decision making on both the domestic and tions and their functions within contemporary Africa. global level. The course employs insights not only from political science, but from environmental science, his­ (Same course asAACS 338.) tory, economics, philosophy and law. POL 342 International Political Economy Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 Analyses of global issues-such as the quest for new in­ ternational order, world trade dilemmas, economic rela­ POL 399 Selected Topics tions between rich and poor states and their political Topics not covered by an existing course are offered implications-from a political-economical perspective. Under this designation. Students may take more than one Selected Topics course. Prerequisite: POL 240 Prerequisite: Varies from semester to semester 1-6 credits

124 PSYCHOLOGY

POL 412 Marxist Political Theory opment and function of the UN, particularly in the post­ The intellectual development of Marx and Engels. Earlier Cold War world, and the role of law in international philosophical and historical movements (political relations. economy, Utopian socialism, German idealism and work­ Prerequisite: POL 240 or permission of instructor ing class movements) are given attention to place Marx­ POL4S0 Seminar in Political Science ism in historical perspective. A detailed analysis of some topic in political science. At Prerequisite: POL 110, a political theory course or per­ least one seminar is offered each semester. Topics vary. mission of instructor Students may take more than one seminar. POL 414 Capitalism and Socialism Prerequisite: Junior or senior status or permission of Nineteenth-century origins of socialist theory are ana­ instructor lyzed, but emphasis is on twentieth-century POL 495 Internship in Politics schools of socialist theory and practice-Marxism­ Designed primarily for students interested in practical Leninism, Trotskyism, Maoism, African socialism, aspects of politics and government. Students work ap­ anarcho-communism, women's liberation, the new left, proximately 120 hours during the semester under the the Greens, and developments in the post-COmmunist guidance of experienced public officials. Field placements period. are made in local government, legislative offices, cam­ Prerequisite: POL 110, a political theory course or per­ paigning, or public service activities. Students must speak mission of instructor to the instructor regarding placement before the semes­ POL 444 The United Nations and International ter begins. Law Prerequisite:Junior or senior status Is international law real law? Does the United Nations POL 499 Independent Study have any real authority or power? This course tries to As approved and to be arranged. answer these questions by examining the origins, devel- 1-6 credits

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY

Professors: S. Boone,]. Green, G. Leventhal,A. Montare, ogy, the .brain sciences, social work, business administra­ B. Pakizegi, T. Silverman, B. Silverstein, D. Sugarman, D. tion, law or other areas related to human behavior. Vardiman, R. White The department collaborates with the biology depart­ Associate Professor:T. Haver, N. Kressel (chairperson) ment in offering the Honors Program in Biopsychology. Assistant Professors:T. Heinzen For a description of the program and curricular require­ ments, refer to the School of Science and Health section Students explore the theories and current research find­ in this catalog. ings in psychology and seek to understand both the his­ torical development of the field and its relationship to other academic disciplines. CURRICULUM A wide range of courses is offered in each of five main areas of psychology: development, social psychology, information processing (cognition), physiological psy­ MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 3S-40 CREDITS chology and clinical psychology. Students gain a broad Students majoring in psychology are expected to fulfill background in the field and have the opportunity to spe­ the following standards: (1) maintain a 2.3 (C+) grade cialize in one or more areas of interest. point average in the major; (2) attain grades higher than Core courses prepare students to understand and use D in all core courses (pSY 110, PSY 202, PSY 203, PSY the tools of psychology. Encouraged to participate in 230 and PSY 480); and (3) obtain no more than one D faculty-directed research, students have opportunities to grade in the seven track courses. apply research methods in psychology to projects in such A. Required Core 17 credits areas as perception, learning, motivation, aggression, PSY 110 General Psychology 3 infancy, sex roles, brain-behavior relationships and cog­ PSY 202 Experimental Psychology I: nitions, and political behavior. Through these opportu­ Applied Stats. 4 nities students gain experience not only in reading and PSY203 Experimental Psychology II: Laboratory 4 critically evaluating the work of others, but in carrying PSY230 History and Systems of Psychology 3 out research studies. PSY480 Seminar 3 These experiences, as well as opportunities to partici­ B. Track Courses 21-23 credits pate in independent study, field placements and semi­ Seven courses must be selected from the five tracks listed nars, provide a well-rounded program for students and below so that (1) at least one course is taken from each preparation for graduate study in any branch of psychol- track (15-16 credits) and (2) two additional courses are taken from among the five tracks or one additional track

125 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES course is taken plus an independent study (6-7 credits). PSY 410 Introduction to Counseling and The purpose of the track course distribution is to pro­ Psychotherapy 3 vide breadth to the curriculum. The additional course(s)/ PSY 465 Senior Practicum in Applied Psychology'3 . independent study can be taken from a single track to MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS provide opportunity for depth. PSY 110 General Psychology 3 Directed Elective 4 credits PSY 210 Developmental Psychology 3 (in partial fulf'illment of GE requirement in science) PSY 220 Social Psychology 3 BIO 114 Applied Anatomy and Physiology 4 PSY 230 History and Systems of Psychology 3 Plus two additional psychology courses by Psychology Tracks advisement Select a minimum of one course from each of the follow­ 6 ing five tracks plus two additional courses from any of these tracks: 1. Developmental COURSES PSY 210 Developmental Psychology' 3 Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. PSY 290 Child Abuse and Neglect 3 PSY 110 is a prerequisite to all courses. PSY 320 Psychology of Adolescence 3 PSY 330 Adult Development / Aging 3 PSY 110 General Psychology PSY 340 Infancy 3 This course surveys the chief theories, principles and PSY 342 The Preschool Years 3 methodologies of psychology with special emphasis on PSY 352 Psycholinguistics 3 their relations to human behavior, The biological foun­ 'Prerequisite to all courses in this track dations of behavior, sensory processes, learning, percep­ 2. Information Processing tion, memory, emotion, motivation, personality, and the PSY 250 Psychology of Consciousness 3 social bases of behavior and behavior pathology are ex­ PSY 352 Psycholinguistics 3 amined to establish the foundations for advanced study PSY 354 Psychology ofLearning 3 in psychology. Current research .fmdings are included PSY 375 Cognitive Psychology 3 wherever applicable. (No course prerequisite) PSY 379 Children's Learning 3 PSY 202 Experimental Psychology I: PSY 382 Operant Modification of Behavior 3 Applied Statistics PSY 420 Perception 3 An introduction to basic statistical procedures for the 3. Social behavioral sciences, including descriptive and inferen­ PSY220 Social Psychology 3 tial statistics, probability, correlational analysis, hypoth­ PSY 225 Psychology of Social Issues 3 esis testing, analysis of variance and nonparametric sta­ PSY260 Psychology in Business and Industry 3 tistics. Laboratory sessions enable students to apply PSY290 Child Abuse and Neglect' 3 concepts from the lectures using computers and other PSY 311 Psychology of Women 3 computational approaches. PSY 325 Psychology of the Family 3 4 credits PSY 331 Psychology of Politics 3 PSY 203 Experimental Psychology II: PSY 360 Environmental Psychology 3 Laboratory PSY 365 Psychology and Culture 3 The course builds upon skills acquired by students in PSY 381 Psychology ofAggression 3 Experimental Psychology I. Students continue their study 4. Physiological of scientific methods with emphasis upon experimental PSY 353 Physiological Psychology' 3 techniques in the behavioral sciences. Students are PSY 415 Psychopharmacology 3 . trained in a wide range of methods for studying human PSY 460 Comparative Psychology 3 and animal subjects consistent with APA guidelines for BIPY 474 Neuroscience 4 ethical research. A major requirement is participation in BIPY 475 Behavior Genetics 4 design and implementation of laboratory experiments, BIPY 476 Developmental Biopsychology 3 including an original research project. Students use so­ BIPY 479 Biorhythms in Physiology and Behavior 3 phisticated software for the management and analysis of BIPY 490 Human Neuropsychology 3 their data. BIPY 499 Independent Study 3 Prerequisite: PSY 202 'Prerequisite to PSY 415,PSY 460,BIPY 474 and BIPY 4 credits 490 PSY 208 Computer Statistical Applications in 5. CUnical/Personality Psychology PSY 310 Psychological Testing 3 An introduction to computer statistical applications in PSY 322 Group Dynamics (plf grades only) 3 modern psychology research, this course emphasizes the PSY 350 Theories of Personality 3 use of statistical analysis software. Similarities and differ­ PSY 351 Abnormal Psychology 3 ences between statistical analysis software are presented.

126 PSYCHOLOGY

Computer laboratory sessions provide experience in the PSY 311 Psychology of Women application of lecture material. Recommended for stu­ Various psychological theories of women-Freud and the dents interested in graduate school and research. Course Freudians, Karen Homey, the behaviorists and the femi­ counts as an "additional track course." nists-are surveyed, and a variety of psychological re­ Prerequisite: PSY 202 search findings are evaluated. Issues of race, class, PSY 210 Developmental Psychology ethnicity, sexual orientation and other variables are dis­ cussed. Covering the development of the individual through the lifespan, this course gives special attention to early child­ PSY 320 Psychology of Adolescence hood. Theories of such seminal workers as Erikson and The psychological effect of physical maturity on the in­ Piaget are considered along with their practical applica­ terests and intellectual development of the adolescent is tions. considered in depth, including study of the recreational PSY 220 Social Psychology activities, educational needs and the social and emotional Provides an introduction to social psychological theory, problems of the age group. research and application. Topics covered include atti­ Prerequisite: PSY 210 tude formation and change, social influence processes, PSY 322 Group Dynamics social cognition,moral development,interpersonal attrac­ A study of interpersonal behavior and group processes, tion, aggression, prejudice and political psychology. this course emphasizes the laboratory approach and the PSY 225 Psychology of Social Issues techniques of sensitivity training. Classroom experiences Basic concepts, theories and research findings from the constitute a significant part of the course content. The field of psychology are applied to an analysis of major student learns about self and others by direct participa­ social problems confronting the contemporary world, tion,discussion and evaluation within the student group. such as genocide, poverty, international conflict. Prerequisite: PSY 220 Pass/fail only PSY 230 History and Systems of Psychology This course examines the origin of psychological thought PSY 325 Psychology of the Family beginning with the early Greeks.The historical and philo­ This course examines the psychological process operat­ ing within the family in terms of interactions among sophical development of psychology as a discipline is examined in order to understand the relevance of con­ adults, parents and children and siblings. temporary viewpoints. Prerequisite: PSY 210 and PSY 220 or permission of in­ structor PSY 250 Psychology of Consciousness Examines the different forms or states of consciousness, PSY 330 Adult Development!Aging the synthesis of these different streams of knowledge and This course examines the psychology of aging from so­ their relationship to overall functioning of the individual. cial, developmental, cognitive and biological perspec­ tives. Also explored is aging as a current social issue, PSY 260 Psychology in Business and Industry with emphasis on mental health aspects. Introduces the science and practice of industrial/organi­ Prerequisite: PSY 210 zational psychology. Psychological theory and research are applied to the solution of problems in business and PSY 331 Psychology of Politics industry. After an overview of research methods and the This course examines the psychological foundations of history of I/O psychology, students are exposed to basic political behavior, focusing especially on four areas: (1) concepts from personnel psychology, organizational individual participation in democratic systems; (2) social development and consumer behavior. psychology of international affairs; (3) political leader­ ship; and (4) psychohistory. Political socialization, com­ PSY 290 Child Abuse and Neglect munication and decision making are also covered. The problem of physical and psychological abuse and Infancy neglect of children is examined from interpersonal and PSY 340 A survey of research and theory relating to psychologi­ social perspectives. The multivariable etiology of the problem and attempts at intervention, prediction and cal development during infancy. prevention are discussed. Contributions from animal and Prerequisite: PSY 210 crosscultural studies are used to clarify issues. Conse­ PSY 342 The Preschool Years quences of abuse and neglect for the cognitive, physical This course will focus on normal human development and social-emotional development of children are from three to six years of age. An in-depth analysis of the analyzed. main areas of development, including the physical, intel­ Prerequisite: PSY 210 or permission of instructor lectual, social and emotional will be made. PSY 310 Psychological Testing PSY 350 Theories of Personality The nature and functions of psychological testing, and Various approaches to personality as defined by Freud, the interpretation of test scores using related clinical and Adler, Jung, Horney, Sullivan, Allport, Rogers, Maslow research hypotheses are examined. Intelligence, aptitude and Kelly are explored. and personality tests are covered with particular empha­ sis on clinical interpretation.

127 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

PSY 351 Abnormal Psychology PSY 382 Operant Modification of Behavior The major theoretical approaches to the understanding The modification of human and animal behavior is ex­ of behavior are explored and applied to a systematic dis­ plored through the application of principles of learning. cussion of the major forms of psychopathology as cat­ The course includes a valuable laboratory experience. egorized by the DSM-llI-R. Prerequisite: PSY 354 Laboratory required PSY 352 Psycholinguistics 4 credits A study of the major theories of speech and language acquisition is combined with direct observation of such PSY 399 Selected Topics behavior in two-to-five year olds. Approximately one-half A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as of the time is devoted to field study. recommended by the department and approved by the Prerequisite: PSY 210 dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson PSY 353 Physiological Psychology 1-6 credits This course provides an introduction to the structure and function of the nervous system and explores the biologi­ PSY410 Introduction to Counseling and cal bases of perception, consciousness, hunger, sexual­ Psychotherapy ity, sleep, memory and reward. The course is designed to introduce students to the ma­ Prerequisites: PSY 110 and BIO 114 or equivalent jor counseling and psychotherapy approaches in clinical psychology. The material covered includes a brief review PSY 354 Psychology of Learning of personality theories, followed by a more thorough An examination of the research methods, empirical find­ consideration of the models of counseling and psycho­ ings and theoretical interpretations of conditioning and therapy derived from those theories. When appropriate, learning phenomena, the course includes related histori­ students participate in counseling and psychotherapy cal and current trends in research and theory. simulations. PSY 360 Environmental Psychology Prerequisite: PSY 350 or PSY 351 Focuses on individuals' psychological states and social PSY 415 Psychopharmacology behavior in relation to the physical environment, both After a brief review of brain anatomy and function, the natural and man-made. Includes spatial features of social course focuses on the synapse (chemical neurotransmis­ interaction, the behavioral properties of places and sion mechanisms) followed by in-depth exploration of locational behavior of individuals and groups. the various neurotransmitter systems. On this base, the PSY 365 Psychology and Culture major classes of psychoactive drugs are examined with Examines the ways in which aspects of one's cultural respect to their effects and their mechanisms of action. context affects one's thought processes, personality and Drug classes covered include opiates,anti-anxiety agents, psychopathology. For each area (cognition, psychopa­ alcohol, stimulants, antidepressants, hallucinogens and thology, social functioning, personality), the major influ­ antipsychotic drugs. ential cultural variables are discussed, and data from vari­ Prerequisite: BIO 112-113 or 163-164; or PSY 353 ous cultures are used to illustrate, support or expand the PSY 420 Perception theories and hypotheses in the field. Examines the processes by which organisms form con­ PSY 375 Cognitive Psychology cepts of the environment through the senses. Includes a A critical examination of man's information processing study of the physical stimuli, the nature of the sensory capabilities and limitations. Emphasis is placed on the organs and related neural networks, and the effects of theoretical principles that underlie the attention,percep­ learning upon perception in humans. tion and memory of events, as well as current research PSY450 Cybernetic Psychology problems. The basic concepts of cybernetics-feedback, survival, Prerequisite: PSY 203 recommended regulation, information, amplification-are developed to . PSY 379 Children's Learning show how general scientific models of the control of The course surveys the major forms of children's learn­ behavior in brains, man, society and machines can be ing and cognitive processes, examining both the empiri­ developed. cal data base and the theoretical formulations used to Prerequisite: PSY 353; recommended: PSY 375 account for the findings. Topics covered include condi­ tioning in infancy and early childhood, language acquisi­ PSY 460 Comparative Psychology tion, behavior modification, discrimination-reversal learn­ Introduces the student to the study of the behavior of organisms, including humans, by means of the compara­ ing, verbal learning, concept learning and learning to tive method which (1) examines the diversity of behav­ read. ior exhibited by life forms; (2) attempts to develop a gen­ PSY 381 Psychology of Aggression eral theory to account for many forms of behavior and . The phenomenon of human aggression is studied from their ingredients; (3) attempts to further our understand­ developmental, cognitive, learning, social and ing of the complex relationship between the disciplines cross-cultural viewpoints. of biology and psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 353 and PSY 354; and PSY 203 or 380

128 PSYCHOLOGY

PSY 465 Senior Practicum in Applied BIPY 475 Behavior Genetics Psychology An introduction to the concept of gene-environment in­ Through work in an appropriate supervised placement teraction as a determinant of both animal and human setting, students are provided an opportunity to become behavior. Exposure to various methods of experimental acquainted with the application of theories, principles and correlational types of investigation. and empirical findings in the area of clinical psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 110 and BIO 163-164; BIO 112-113 or Prerequisites: PSY 202, 203, 210, 351, 410 and permis- BIO 114; and one year of chemistry sion of instructor Lecture and lab 4 credits PSY 480 Seminar in Psychology An in-depth consideration of a specialized topic from BIPY 476 Developmental Biopsychology current research literature in psychology. Topics vary Designed to introduce students to the scope and meth­ each semester. ods of a' psychobiological approach to development. Prerequisites: PSY 203, 230 and senior status Stresses the phylogenetic and ontogenetic processes in­ fluencing individuals, groups, species and phyla, with . PSY485 Research Techniques in Physiological Psychology special emphasis on human groups. Prerequisites: PSY 110; BIO 163-164 or BIO 112-113 or Introduces the student to investigative techniques, includ­ ing methods of preservation and histological preparations BIO 114. of nervous system tissue; implantation of electrodes and BIPY 479 Biorhythms in Physiology and cannulas for electrical and chemical brain stimulation, Behavior respectively; lesioning, electrical and human EEG record­ Focuses on the role of biological rhythms in the adaptive ing and biofeedback procedures. functioning of organisms. Examines yearly, monthly, tidal, Prerequisites: PSY 203 and 353 daily and sleep/dream cycles; the nature and control of internal clock mechanisms and the implications of bio­ PSY 499 Independent Study rhythms for illness and psychopathology. As approved and to be arranged. Prerequisites: PSY 110; 810 163-164 or BIO 112-113 or 1-3 credits For information about the Biopsychology Honors BIO 114. Program, refer to the section on the Biology De­ BIPY 490 Human Neuropsychology partment in this catalog_ Provides a thorough introduction to the study of the anatomy and functional organization of the human brain BIPY 399 Current Topics in Biopsychology in relation to sensory, motor, cognitive and behavioral An occasional offering in an emerging area of functions. Emphasis is placed on understanding higher biopsychological study. human cortical functions as a basis for exploring the BIPY 474 Neuroscience major brain disorders. Neuropsychological principles A study of the brain; specifically the integrated roles of form an organizing matrix for the material of the course. the anatomy, chemiStry, histology and electrical activity Prerequisite: PSY 353 or BIPY 474 or equivalent. of the central nervous system.The laboratory component BIPY 499 Independent Study focuses on anatomy and techniques for the study of brain Individual research projects under the direction of a fac­ functioning. ulty member. Prerequisites: PSY 110; and BIO 163-164, BIO 112-113 Prerequisite: Permission of the chairperson or PSY 353; and one year of chemistry 1-6 credits Lecture and lab 4 credits

129 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY

Professors: R. Glassman, R. Martorella, S.M. Rhim, P. SOC 328 Sociology of the Arts 3 Stein, J Stimson, v: Parrillo (chairperson) SOC 330 Sociology of Death and Grief 3 Associate Professors: M. Ansari, C. Flint SOC 331 Evaluation of Social Action 3 Assistant Professor: M. Baumgartner, C. Magarelli, S. SOC 333 Sociology of Adulthood 3 Tarcli SOC 334 Sociology of Sports 3 SOC 335 Sociology of Law 3 Sociology/Anthropology SOC 336 Comparative Criminal Justice Systems 3 The sociology/anthropology major is a bachelor of arts SOC 354 Social Stratification 3 degree program. Students may follow a specific track in SOC 360 Self and Society 3 criminal justice or an advisor-guided program of studies SOC 365 Social Deviance 3 in either or both of the disciplines of sociology and an­ SOC 370 Population and Society 3 thropology. This program is designed to acquaint stu­ SOC 371 Forecasting Future Societies· 3 dents with basic concepts necessary to understand hu­ SOC 381 Sociology of Socialization 3 man relationships in our pluralistic society; contribute SOC 390 Sociology of Health and Illness 3 to the student's liberal education and cultural background; SOC 392 Sociology ofAging 3 provide basic courses in general theory, methodology and SOC 399 Selected Topics 3 specialized areas; supply relevant background for students SOC 402 Modern Sociological Theory 3 preparing for fields in which a knowledge of human rela­ SOC 403 Community Supervision and Treatment tions is essential. of the Offender 3 SOC 406 Social and Environmental Change 3 SOC 421 The Sociology of Revolution 3 SOC 423 Labor Law: Negotiation and Conflict 3 CURRICULUM SOC 455 Criminology 3 SOC 456 Juvenile Delinquency 3 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 33 CREDITS SOC 460 Sociology of Corrections 3 SOC 480 Seminar in Criminal Justice Required Courses 12 credits 3 SOC 481 Seminar in Applied Sociology 3 SOC 110 Principles of Sociology 3 SOC 491 Internship in Sociology 3 ANTH 130 Introduction to Anthropology 3 SOC 492 Internship in Criminal Justice 3 SOC 254 Sociological Research Methods 3 SOC 499 Independent Study 3 SOC 303 History of Social Theory m 3 Anthropology SOC 402 Modern Sociological Theory ANTH 200 Human Variation 3 ANTH 210 Archaeology Additional Courses 21 credits 3 ANTH 250 VisualAnthropology Select from the following by advisement: 3 ANTH 252 Biological Bases of Human Behavior SOC 160 Essentials of CriminalJustice Systems 3 3 ANTH 257 Sex and Culture SOC 201 . Social Problems 3 3 ANTH 260 Myth and Folklore and the Modern SOC 203 Marriage and the Family 3 World 3 SOC 220 Social Organization of Work 3 ANTH301 Anthropological Theory and Method SOC 240 The Impact of Sport in the Modern 3 ANTH302 Biological Anthropology World 3 3 ANTH329 Educational Anthropology SOC 250 Urban Sociology 3 3 ANTH330 Anthropology of Tourism SOC 251 Minority Groups in America 3 3 ANTH 341 Law in Society and Culture SOC 253 Elementary Sociological Statistics 3 3 ANTH342 EastAsian Ethnology SOC 255 Qualitative Sociological Methods 3 3 ANTH 353 Human Types -A Comparative Study SOC 256 Political Sociology 3 of Cultures SOC 265 Sexuality in Modern Life 3 3 ANTH356 Urban Anthropology SOC 290 Social Work and Social Welfare Policies 3 3 ANTH357 Kinship SOC 291 Social Work Practice 3 3 ANTH359 Cultural Change in LatinAmerica SOC 303 History of Social Theory 3 3 ANTH 361 Psychological Anthropology SOC 310 Sociology of War 3 3 ANTH399 Selected Topics SOC 320 Contemporary Issues in the Workplace 3 3 ANTH408 Indians of North America SOC 322 Sociology of Organizations 3 3 ANTH450 Shamans, Witches and Magic SOC 323 Labor Relations 3 3 ANTH491 Internship 3-6 SOC 324 Sociology of Religion 3 ANTH499 Independent Study 1-3 SOC 325 Sociology of Social Movements 3 SOC 326 American Religion 3 SOC 327 Collective Behavior 3

130 SOCIOLOGY

MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS SOC 251 Minority Groups in America Examines the experiences of all racial and ethnic groups Required Courses 9 credits from colonial beginnings to the present day from a so­ SOC 110 Principles of Sociology 3 ciological perspective. Particular emphasis on the recur­ ANTH 130 Introduction of Anthropology 3 ring patterns in dominant-minority relations; differential SOC 303 History of Social Theory 3 powers; the ethnic diversity in American society; the or contributions, socioeconomic conditions and institutional SOC 402 Modern Sociological Theory 3 variation of each group. Additional Courses 9 credits SOC 253 Elementary Sociological Statistics Courses in sociology/anthropology by advisement. A basic course introducing the use of quantitative meth­ ods to describe social life. No special mathematics back­ ground or aptitude required. Emphasis on learning to COURSES measure and make decisions about problems that soci­ ologists currently face in government, business, evalua­ Refer to anthropology department for descriptions of tive and theoretical research. anthropology courses. Unless otherwise noted, all SOC 254 Sociological Research Methods courses are 3 credits. Sociology 110 is a prerequisite Students learn to evaluate research reports so that their to all other sociology courses unless waived by the future decisions and work are based on social facts. Class instructor. discussions explore reasons why valid research is the basis of effective social action. Students also gain practice in SOC 110 Principles of Sociology basic data gathering techniques such as observation, in­ Examines the structure and dynamics of human society terviewing and questionnaire construction. No statistics and interprets social behavior within the context of mod­ or mathematics prerequisites. ern society and culture. A prerequisite to all other sociology courses unless SOC 255 Qualitative Sociological Methods waived by the instructor. Provides understanding and practice in gaining and ana­ lyzing useful information in social settings by using meth­ SOC 160 Essentials ofCriruinalJustice ods such as typologies, content analysis, participant ob­ Systems Philosophical and historical background of agencies and servation and interviewing. processes, law enforcement administration and techni­ SOC 256 Political Sociology cal problems, crime and the criminal as social and public Examines major works of political sociology with spe­ safety problems. cial emphasis on the conflicting concepts between the "liberal" ideas of such writers as Bell, Parsons and Dahl SOC 201 Social Problems An examination of various social problems from a socio­ and the "new left" approach of Goodman, Mills and logical perspectiye. The interrelatedness of social prob­ Marcuse. lems and the role of value-beliefs are stressed. SOC 265 Sexuality in Modern Life A biological, psychological and sociological study of hu­ SOC 203 Marriage and the Family A sociological approach to the study of marriage and fam­ man sexuality and the interaction between the biologi­ cal and psychological needs of the individual. Covers ily living. The student is required to develop a critical evaluation of studies and research in the field. curriculum and instruction for s~x education in the schools. SOC 220 Social Organization of Work Social Work and Social Welfare An analysis of the nature of work, the individual's rela­ SOC 290 Policies tion to work, the organizations workers form to protect An introduction to social welfare and the social work their interests and the interactions among workers, their profession. Attention is given to current issues, programs, organizations and other institutions. policies and the various settings for social work practice. Soc 240 The Impact of Sport in the Modern SOC 291 Social Work Practice World Designed for both cognitive and experiential learning, This course focuses on various aspects of sport in mod­ this course conceptualizes a generic practice model for ern society-economic, political and social aspects; is­ the helping process and demonstrates techniques through sues of gender and race; media and mass communica­ tions and the roles of scholar-athlete. role-playing. SOC 250 Urban Sociology SOC 303 History of Social Theory Focuses on the works of the great classical sociologists. Examines the growth and development of cities, but with The theories of Comte, Spencer, Durkeim, Marx, Weber, primary focus on the modern American metropolis: eco­ Simmel, Pareto, George Herbert Mead and others are logical patterns; urban institutions, with a particular em­ analyzed in light of contemporary social conditions and phasis on the problems of the inner city; the rise of sub­ . urbia and future prospects. in terms of the development of sociological theory.

131 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

SOC 310 Sociology of War SOC 330 Sociology of Death and Grief Examines the theories surrounding the causes, nature and Death as an institution is studied by focusing on death effects of modern warfare and its influence on shaping and social values, cultural, components of grief and so­ social structure and personality. cial functions of bereavement. Particular attention is paid to the social organization of death and dying in bureau­ SOC 320 Contemporary Issues i.n the cratic settings. Workplace Examines the separate rights and responsibilities of the SOC 331 Evaluation of Social Action employer and employee, and the inherent conflict be­ The principles, techniques and applications of evalua­ tween management prerogatives and employee tion research are learned through the utilization of re­ protections. search methodology and statistics. Students develop field­ work projects for analysis in the areas of administrative SOC 322 Sociology of Organizations studies, education, public safety, law, health, nursing, A theoretical course tracing development of organiza­ social and behavioral sciences. tional theory to the present; a practical course, consid­ ering the increasing impact of bureaucratic organizations SOC 333 Sociology of Adulthood on our lives. Focuses on the major issues for women and men during the early and middle years of adulthood. Included are an Soc 323 Labor Relations Examines the structural problems facing labor adminis­ examination of personality development; singlehood, marriage, family and parenting roles; work, career and trative apparatus at the state and local levels. Regional problems related to organizing tasks are discussed within avocational experiences. the framework of current labor law and collective bar­ SOC 334 Sociology of Sports gaining techniques. This course analyzes the relationship between sport, so­ ciety, social institutions and social interaction; cultural, SOC 324 Sociology of Religion social and situational factors affecting the dynamics of Examines the social di.mensions of religion and the rela­ sport; social processes and social change. tionship between religion and society. Sociology of Law SOC 325 Sociology of Social Movements SOC 335 An analysis of the social basis, functions and effects of Course is divided into two parts: the first deals with so­ cial movements emerging from class conflicts (unions, law, both as a profession and as a system of social control. unemployment unions, etc.); the second deals with cul­ tural and national conflicts (black struggles, women's lib­ SOC 336 Comparative Criminal Justice eration, the youth movement, etc.). Systems A comparative analysis of criminal justice systems in the SOC 326 American Religion United States and selected foreign countries. Emphasis Analyzes the social meanings of religion inAmerica, with on the administration and organizational aspects, func­ particular reference to the liberal and conservative view­ tions and processes at work in selected foreign criminal points. Explores the social significance of contemporary justice systems. The relationships of the police to the religious developments and movements such as the Jesus government and the people they serve are analyzed. Movement, cultism and Reverend Ike's BleSSing Plan. SOC 354 Social Stratification SOC 327 Collective Behavior Treats both theory and realities with an emphasis on An introduction to various types of collective behavior American society. Course concludes with an examina­ with a comparison of theoretical approaches to each type. tion of power in the United States. Focuses on groups of large size, with or without face-to-face interaction. Political expressions are dis­ SOC 360 Self and Society cussed, but the course orientation is theoretical and A study of the impact of society on the formation of each empirical rather than ideological. individual's personality through analysis of language, definitions and values. SOC 328 Sociology of the Arts Designed to show the reciprocal relationship between SOC 365 Social Deviance the arts and society. Examines how various attitudes, val­ Examines the concept of deviance in society through a ues, norms and institutions of society are revealed in mass study of the issues of value judgments, abnormality and culture forms (e.g., televiSion, rock music, painting, lit­ eccentricity. Implications are found for the causes of the erature, theatre, dance, photography and film), in an ef­ behavior of groups socially labeled as deviant. fort to help the student understand the vital place of the SOC 370 Population and Society arts in society, as well as the impact of culture on the Addresses four problems: (1) dangers of world popula­ arts. tion growth for individual survival; (2) the interaction between change, social structure and population; (3) social psychological attitudes in fertility decisions; (4) the uses of the census to describe social problems.

132 SOCIOLOGY

SOC 371 Forecasting Future Societies SOC 423 Labor Law: Negotiation and Conflict Students are introduced to current and classical models An analysis of private and public sector labor relations, of social change, visionary forecasts found in utopian and with an emphasis on law, practice and policy. Students dystopian fiction, the field of futuristics and the art of participate in practical collective bargaining and arbitra­ social forecasting. tion exercises as part of the learning experience. SOC 381 Sociology of Socialization SOC 455 Criminology. An in-depth analysis of personality development and be­ An examination of the various components of the crimi­ havior modification from infancy to adulthood through nal justice system and how they reflect societal values various agents of socialization. The work ofAries, Freud, and attitudes. Mead, Erikson, Bettelheim, Goodman and Sheehy are in­ SOC 456 Juvenile Delinquency cluded. A comprehensive study of the problems of delinquency. SOC 390 Sociology of Health and illness Blends all theoretical approaches with pertinent data in Analyzes social factors in relation to health and disease. its analysis of causes, treatment and control. Considers definitions of health, illness behavior, the for­ SOC 460 Sociology of Corrections mal and informal organization of health professions and An in-depth analysis of penal institutions from a institutions and the expanding role of government in the sociohistorical perspective. Included are how prisons health field. Uses both theory and current research. emerged, the prisonization process, women's prisons and SOC 392 Sociology of Aging the rehabilitation re-entry process. The demography of aging, age and its social structure, SOC 480 Seminar in Criminal Justice and age as a social problem. Population trends are exam­ An analysis of the major problems in criminal justice and ined as they relate to health problems of the elderly. Fo­ the relation of the criminal justice department to other cus on the changing role of the elderly in the kinship law enforcement and civic agencies. network. Prerequisites: 3 credits in criminal justice plus SOC SOC 399 Selected Topics 160,365 Special course(s) offered either on an experimental ba­ SOC 481 Seminar in Applied Sociology sis or to draw upon the strengths of a visiting scholar or An in-depth, critical analysis of the literature in the field to examine issues of contemporary significance. of applied sociology. Each student is expected to select a 1-6 credits specific social organization, problem or policy, explore SOC 402 Modern Sociological Theory the current research literature and make a presentation An analysis of contemporary social thought expressed about the empirical findings. Topics vary each semester by Talcott Parsons, Robert H. Merton, C. Wright Mills, according to students' interests. Lewis Coser, R. Dahrendorf, Herbert Marcuse, G. H. Mead, Prerequisite: senior status, 18 credits in sociology (12 E. Goffman, H. Blumer, Peter Blau, G. Homans, Garfinkel credits core courses plus 6 credits in applied sociology), and others. permission of instructor SOC 403 Community Supervision and SOC 491 Internship in Sociology Treatment of the Offender This course provides qualified students practical work Focuses on an analysis of theories and practices of pa­ experience in an applied sociology or anthropology set­ role and probation. Is also concerned with the current ting. Periodic conferences and a monthly seminar are an trend toward diversion of offenders from the criminal integral part of this program. justice system and special community programs. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor required SOC 406 Social and Environmental Change 3-6 credits Problems of environmental social change are critically SOC 492 Internship in Criminal Justice examined and evaluated. Emphasis on exploring small This course provides qualified students with practical and large scale modes of change. Develops skills in the work experience within the criminal justice system. Pe­ analysis of social change. Students learn to design micro riodic conferences and a monthly seminar are aJ;l integral changes on the institutional level and to recognize what part of the program. connections do and do not exist between micro and Prerequisite: 12 credits in criminal justice and permis- . macro level changes. sion of instructor SOC 421 The Sociology of Revolution SOC 499 Independent Study Examines revolution as a social phenomenon. Particular As approved and to be arranged. attention is given to contrasting the theories of revolu­ 1-6 credits tion of the traditional Marxian urban worker-centered in­ surrection with Third World guerrilla warfare groups.

133 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

PROGRAM INWOMEN'S STUDIES

CURRICULUM WS150 Racism and Sexism in the United States MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS What is it like to grow up black or white, male or female in a multicultural society? The course studies the histori­ I. Required Course cal, philosophical, social and political treatments and in­ One of the following: terpretations of blacks and women in the United States. POL 272 Politics and S= 3 Selected topics include media stereotypes of blacks and WSllO Women's Changing Roles 3 women, definitions and rationalizations of racism and Racism and Sexism in the United States 3 ws 150 sexism, the role that blacks and women have played in II. Plus five ofthefoUowing: U.S. history, the relationship between the AACS 255 The BlackWoman Experience 3 nineteenth-century abolitionist movement and the early ENG 217 Images of Women in Modern Literature 3 feminist movement, the relationship between the 1960s ENG 219 Nineteenth-Century Women's Voices 3 civil rights movement and the women's liberation ENG 220 Women, the Bible and Modern movement. Literature 3 WS307 Sex Stereotypes and Discrimination CMHL210 Women's Health 3 in Public Education Philosophy of Sexual Politics PHIL 324 3 Develops awareness of s= biases in our culture with POL 272 Politics and S= 3 particular emphasis on the role of the school. Explores PSY 311 Psychology ofWomen 3 methods of eIiminating such biases in classroom instruc­ WS110 Women's Changing Roles 3 tion. An examination of materials currently being used WS 150 Racism and Sexism in the United States 3 in public schools. WS307 S= Stereotypes and Discrimination in Public Education 3 WS 310 Contemporary Feminist Issues WS310 Contemporary Feminist Issues 3 Using recent scholarship and pedagogy in gender stud­ WS399 Selected Topics 3 ies, this course discusses new issues in feminism with an WS499 lndependentStudy 3 emphasis on diversity, including race, class, culture, ethnicity, sexual orientation, age, degree of physical abil­ ity. It reexamines ways of knowing, and discusses the impact of gender studies on traditional disciplines. COURSES Prerequisites:WS 110 orWS 150 and ENG 110

Refer to the appropriate departments for descriptions of WS399 Selected Topics courses outside of Women's Studies. Unless otherwise A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as noted, all courses are 3 credits. recommended by the program director and approved by the dean. WS 110 Women's Changing Roles Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson A history and analysis of the origins, philosophies, issues 1-6 credits and activities of the new women's movement. Deals with WS 499 Independent Study .sex roles in a changing society and role conflicts of both As approved and to be arranged men and women resulting from this movement.Analyzes 1-6 credits the image of women presented in the mass media.

134 SCHOOL OF SCIENCE AND HEALTH

Stephen K. Hall, Dean ricular and extracurricular activities. It is suggested that Office: Science Hall 317 these interviews take place in the spring of the junior year. The School of Science and Health offers degree programs in biology, chemistry, communication disorders, commu­ Pre-Medical Preparation nity health, computer science, environmental science, Prospective medical students should acquaint themselves geography, mathematics, exercise and movement science, with entrance requirements for medical schools by con­ and nursing for students wishing to pursue careers in sulting the handbook published annually by the Associa­ these disciplines. tion of American Medical Colleges, Admission Require­ The School of Science and Health also offers a degree ments of American Medical Colleges. They should read in liberal studies for students who wish to pursue a di­ the most recent issue to make sure that the requirements rected course of study integrating the offerings of the of the schools to which they plan to apply have not disciplines represented within the school. Programs in changed and are advised to purchase the publication by this school also prepare students for professional prac­ mail from the Association at 1 DuPont Circle, N.W.,Wash­ tice and educational roles in health care agencies and ington, D.C. 20036. schools. The woods, pond, waterfall and undeveloped All medical school applicants are required to take the parts of the campus are used for studies in ecology, biol­ Medical College Admissions Test, administered twice a ogy, geology and for surveying practice in environmen­ year, fall and spring, by the American College Testing Ser­ tal mapping. vice. MCAT applications can be obtained from the pre­ Seminars by prominent scientists, given throughout the professional advisor. year, k<;ep students and faculty abreast of recent research Students should take at least 8 credits in each of the and developments in the sciences. Each department has following course areas in order to meet the minimum a facu1ty active in research who regularly provide oppor­ reqUirements for the majority of medical schools: gen­ tunities for students to engage in research under their eral biology, general chemistry, calculus, organiC chem­ supervision. Modern scientific equipment and supplies istry and physics. Strongly recommended are courses in support both researchers and students. All professional English literature, foreign languages and advanced programs are accredited by their national accrediting science. agencies. Students are advised to elect as many of the required . Center for Research courses in science as possible in their freshman and sophomore years. Pre-medical students must have their The school was a recipient ofa $3.1 million Challenge to course of study approved by the pre-professional advi­ Excellence grant by the state to strengthen further its sor of the School of Science and Health. curriculum and facilities, ensuring student exposure to rapidly developing areas including biotechnology, bio­ Pre-Dental Preparation chemistry, environmental science and applied mathemat­ Admission requirements to dental schools are set by the ics. The school has established the Center for Research American DentalAssociation.Minimum requirements are to focus the school's teaching and research in these similar to the pre-med requirements listed above. Pre­ emerging areas. dental students must have their courses approved by the Pre-Professional Programs pre-professional advisor of the School of Science and Health and should take the Dental College Admissions All students planning to attend professional school must Test during the junior or senior year. have an interview with the Pre-Professional Committee and provide the committee with a brief resume of cur-

135 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

Veterinary Medicine Preparation culus, 6 credits; physics, 8 credits; microbiology, 3 cred­ Prospective veterinary smdents should acquaint them­ its; genetics, 3 credits; English, 6 credits. There is a re­ selves with the entrance requirements for veterinary quirement for farm work or work with a veterinarian. schools by consulting the handbook published annually Required courses should be taken as early as possible, by the American Veterinary MedicineAssociation or cata­ and the course of study should be approved by the pre­ logs of specific veterinary colleges. Because requirements professional advisor of the School of Science and Health change, it is important to check requirements annUally. as early as possible. All students must take the Veterinary College Admissions Liberal Studies Major Test or the GRE, whichever is required by the individual Students interested in severaI disciplines offered by the school. School of Science and Health, but not wishing to major The state of New Jersey has agreements with the fol­ in any particular one, may pursue the liberal studies ma­ lowing veterinary schools to accept qualified students jor and earn a bachelor of science degree in liberal who are New Jersey residents: Cornell University, Uni­ studies. versity of Kansas, University of Ohio and University of In this option, smdents, with the assistance of an aca­ Pennsylvania. demic advisor, select courses totaling 50 credits from at Minimum requirements are biology or zoology, 8 cred­ least three of the school's majors, taking no more than its; chemistry, including organiC and biochemistry, 16 I8.credits in anyone of them. credits; math including some analytic geometry and cal-

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY

Professors: R. Benno, R. Callahan, M. Hahn, N. Grant, Major facilities and their associated equipment include: S. Hanks, C. Y. Hu, D. Levine, J. Rosengren, M. Sebetich, The animal facilities, with colonies of genetically selected J. Voos, E. Wallace, J. Werth, D. Weisbrot mice and adjacent rooms for data collection and analy­ Associate Professors: R. Chesney, D. Desroches, A. sis; the neurobiology facility, including a computerized Isaacson, M. Wahrman (chairperson) image processing system and facilities for animal surgery Assistant Professors: E. Gardner, L. Risley, S. Vail and behavioral and physiological recording; electron mi­ croscopy facilities, including transmission and scanning The Department of Biology offers programs leading to a electron microscopes and associated specimen prepara­ bachelor of science in biology, a bachelor of science in tion equipment, an X-ray analyzer and three darkrooms; biotechnology, and a minor in biology, and provides a biotechnology facilities and tissue culture lab, including wide scope of biology electives and service courses for an automated DNA sequencer, DNA synthesizer,PCR unit, students from other disciplines. To meet the needs of liquid scintillation counter, electrophoresis units, com­ modern biologists, the department has established a cur­ puterized UV spectrophotometers, high pressure liquid riculum that provides a broad, basic foundation in the chromatography units and ultracentrifuges; greenhouses; fundamentals of biology and biotechnology. and a well-equipped ecology laboratory with both sta­ Students majoring in biology or biotechnology find ca­ tionary and field equipment. reer opportunities in many fields. Smdents may continue Interested students may inquire about the honors pro­ their education in medical, dental and veterinary schools, gram in biopsychology offered jointly by the Schools of 'or pursue graduate study in such diverse fields as animal Science and Health, and Humanities, Management and physiology, molecular biology, botany, biochemistry, ge­ Social Sciences. Certification is available for smdents in­ netics, behavior genetics, ecology, microbiology and neu­ terested in teaching science on the elementary or sec­ roscience. Graduates not electing advanced study may ondary level. obtain employment as technicians or research assistants in pharmaceutical industries, in hospital, clinical and gov­ ernment laboratories, environmental firms, and as el­ ementary or secondary school teachers. PROGRAM IN BIOLOGY The Biology Department is equipped with state,of-the­ The bachelor of science in biology introduces students art laboratories and facilities for biological and biotech­ to general principles in biology, and in-depth coverage nological studies. These facilities are accessible to under­ of concepts in genetics, cell biology, plant and animal graduates for use in laboratory courses and research biology. A wide range of electives is available in advanced projects. In addition to conventional biological facilities, biology courses encompassing many disciplines. Chem­ the department maintains specially equipped laborato­ istry,mathematics and physics are corequirements of the ries enabling students to gain experience with modern major. instruments and allowing faculty and students to pursue a wide range of research activities.

136 BIOLOGY

CURRICULUM BIO 265 General Plant Physiology 4 BIO 320 General Bacteriology 4 BIO 335 Field Botany 3 BIOLOGY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 33-39 CREDITS BIO 340 General Ecology 4 BIO 163 Gerieral Biology I 4 BIO 345 Conservation Biology 3 BIO 164 General Biology II' 4 BIO 350 Animal Behavior 3 BIO 205 Cell Biology 4 BIO 352 Economic Botany 3 BIO 206 General Genetics 4 BIO 402 Aquatic Ecology 4 Plant course (see list) 4 BIO 405 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 4 Animal course (see list) 3-4 BIO 410 Plant Growth and Development 4 BIO 480 Biology Seminar 2 BIO 416 Comparative Animal Physiology 4 or BIO 417 Histology 4 BIO 499 Independent Study 1-3 BIO 421 Developmental Biology 4 Electives 9-12 credits BIO 444 Evolution 3 "Three major elective courses by advisement (see list) BIO 450 Molecular Biology of Prokaryotes 4 BIPY474 Neuroscience 4 'Students may be =empt from taking the General Biol­ Behavior Genetics 4 ogy II (BIO 164) based on the results of the placement BIPY 475 BIO 484 Scanning Electron Microscopy 4 =amination offered by the Biology Department. These credits must be replaced by an upper-level biology course BIO 485 Transmission Electron Microscopy 4 Biochemistry I . 4 from the major elective list. The placement examination CHEM 327 is given during the fall semester. Note: Junior and senior biology majors may take gradu­ ate biology courses at the 500 level with the permission COREQUIREMENTS 32 CREDITS of the instructor and the Biology Department Chemistry 16 credits chairperson. CHEM 160-060 General Chemistry I 4 *BIO 112 and 113,GeneralAnatomy and Physiology I and CHEM 161-061 General Chemistry II 4 II, to be allowed as major courses by permission of the CHEM 251-051 Organic Chemistry I 4 Biology Department chairperson. These courses are for CHEM 252-052 Organic Chemistry II 4 students interested in certain health-related fields, such as physical therapy or chiropractic study. Mathematics 8 credits MATH 160-161 Calculus I and II 8 Honors in Biology or Students enrolled as biology majors may qualify for a MATH 160 Calculus I 4 degree with honors if they meet the following criteria: MATH 230 Statistics 4 L a minimum overall 3.25 G.P.A. Physics 8 credits 2. a minimum 3.50 G.P.A. in biology PHYS 255-256 College Physics I and II 8 3. at least three credits ofIndependent Study (BIO 499). or Honors students are advised by the departmental Inde­ PHYS 260-261 General Physics I and II 8 pendent Study Committee. This committee plus the Plant List student'S research/reading advisor serve as the student's BIO 261 General Botany 4 HonorsThesis Committee. BIO 265 General Plant Physiology 4 MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18-20 CREDITS BIO 335 Field Botany 3 BIO 163 General Biology I 4 Animal List BIO 164 General Biology II 4 BIO 112 GeneralAnatomy and Physiology 1* 4 Plus three additional biology courses, at least one of BIO 113 General Anatomy and Physiology II' 4 which must include a laboratory, by advisement. BIO 218 'Invertebrate Zoology 4 Note: Students who wish to minor in biology are strongly BIO 350 Animal Behavior 3 urged to include in their background a basic course in BIO 405 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 4 statistics and one year of general chemistry. BIO 416 Comparative Animal Physiology 4 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 27-30 CREDITS BIO 421 Developmental Biology 4 Students interested in obtaining teacher certification in BIFY 474 Neuroscience 4 biology (N-12) or elementary education certification (N- Major Elective Course List 8) must complete requirements listed under Department BIO 112 General Anatomy and Physiology I' 4 of Curriculum and Instruction. BIO 113 General Anatomy and Physiology II' 4 BIO 218 Invertebrate Zoology 4 BIO 261 General Botany 4

137 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

PROGRAM IN BIOTECHNOLOGY COURSES

The Department of Biology offers a major leading to a Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 4 credits. bachelor of science in biotechnology. This innovative program emphasizes coursework and training in many BIO 112-113 General Anatomy and Physiology I aspects of molecular biology, genetics, plant tissue cul­ andn ture, animal cell culture, DNA analysis techniques, pro­ A study of the structural and functional relationships of tein isolation and recombinant DNA techniques. Students the human body. First semester: detailed study of the in­ with the required grade point average may enter the bio­ dividual organism, cell functions, histology, integumen­ technology master's degree program directly. tary, skeletal, muscular, respiratory and circulatory BIOTECHNOLOGY MAJOR systems. Second semester: nervous, endocrine, reproduc­ tive, urinary and digestive systems. First-semester labo­ REQUIREMENTS 35 CREDITS ratory: dissection of the cat, human skeleton. Second BIO 163 General Biology I 4 semester: nervous, endocrine, reproductive, digestive and BrO 205 Cell Biology 4 urinary systems; metabolism, acid-base balance and wa­ BrO 206 General Genetics 4 ter and electrolyte balance. Open to all; required of nurs­ BIO 261 General Botany 4 ing and allied health majors. BIO 320 General Bacteriology 4 Prerequisite: BIO 112 for BrO 113 BIO 524 Molecular Biology 3 Lecture and lab BrO 530 Biotechnology:DNA 4 BIO 531 Biotechnology:Cell Culture 4 BIO 114 Applied Anatomy and Physiology CHEM 3.27 Biochemistry I 4 A study of human anatomy and physiology with empha­ sis on developing an understanding of the interrelation­ COREQUIREMENTS 32 CREDITS Chemistry 16 credits ships of the body systems in maintaining homeostasis in both health and disease. Emphasis on nervous and endo­ CHEM 160-060 General Chemistry I 4 crine control mechanisms and the muscular and respira­ CHEM 161-061 General Chemistry II 4 tory systems. Required of psychology and speech pathol­ CHEM 251-051 Organic Chemistry I . 4 ogy majors; open to others. Not open to biology/ CHEM 252-052 Organic Chemistry II 4 biotechnology majors. Mathematics 8 credits Lecture and lab MAW 160-161 Calculus I and II 8 BIO 118, Basic Anatomy and Physiology Physics 8 credits A study of the anatomy and physiology of the human or­ PHYS 255-256 College Physics I and II 8 ganism showing relationships between structure and or function, the integration of the various systems and main­ PHYS 260-261 General Physics I and II 8 tenance of homeostasis. Required of movement science Biotechnology Elective Course List 3-4 credits majors. Not open to biology majors. BrO 265 General Plant Physiology 4 Lecture and lab BIO 416 Comparative Animal Physiology 4 BIO 120 Human Biology BrO 417 Histology 4 Accent on human structure, function and behavior; ge­ BIO 421 Developmental Biology 4 netic makeup and hereditary potential; evolutionary his­ BrO 450 Molecular Biology of Prokaryotes 4 tory. Laboratory includes the dissection of the fetal pig BIPY 474 Neuroscience 4 as an example of mammalian anatomy, as well as varied BrO 499 Independent Study 1-3 exercises in human physiology, genetics and evolution. CHEM470 Advanced Biochemistry 3 Not open to biology majors, or students who have taken BIO 1140rBIO 118. Honors in Biotechnology Lecture and lab Students enrolled as biotechnology majors may qualify for a degree with honors if they meet the following BIO 130 Field Biology An introduction to plants and animals of New Jersey. In­ criteria: tended to develop ability to recognize biotic groups and 1. a minimum 3.25 overall GPA increase understanding of the necessity of harmonious 2. a minimum 3.50 GPA in biotechnology 3. at least three credits of Independent Study (BIO 499), relationships among people,plants and animals. Not open Honors students are advised by the departmental In­ to biology majors. Lecture and field lab dependent Study Committee. This committee plus the student's research/reading advisor serve as the student's Honors Thesis Committee.

138 BIOTECHNOLOGY

BIO 163-164 General Biology I and II BIO 302 Human Genetics For smdents intending to major in biology, provides a Basic tenets of genetics; includes the organization, func­ background in biological principles. Similarities and dif­ tion and regulation of hereditary material with emphasis ferences between living organisms, both plant and ani­ on human and medical application. For nursing and com­ mal, are discussed. Biology I: Subcellular and cellular munity health majors. Not open to biology majors. structure and function, cellular respiration, photosynthe­ Prerequisite: BIO 113 sis,genetics,DNA structure,replication, transcription and Lecture only protein synthesis. Biology II: The underlying principles 3 credits of whole organism structure and function; principles of BIO 312 Advanced Anatomy and Physiology evolution and ecology. Advanced studies in human physiology. Emphasis on car­ Prerequisite: BIO 163 for BIO 164 diology, circulation, respiration, acid-base balance, wa­ Lecture and lab ter balance and disorders of the nervous system. For nurs­ BIO 170 Basic Microbiology ing majors; open to others with some physiology Structure, function, nutrition and physiology of the vari­ background; not open to biology majors. ous groups of microorganisms. Relationship to environ­ Prerequisites: BIO 113 and one year of chemistry ment and other organisms and their medical importance Lecture and lab are considered, particularly infectious disease and immu­ BIO 320 General Bacteriology nity. Required for nursing majors; open to others; not Advanced studies on the structure and function of mi­ open to biology majors. croorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. The Lecture and lab . cultivation of microorganisms, microbial metabolism, BIO 205 Cell Biology ecology, immunology and virology are discussed. A study of the physiological and biochemical processes Prerequisites: One year of biology and one year of that regulate and maintain cell function. Cellular and sub­ chemistry cellular structures are discussed, especially as applicable Lecture and lab to cell function. BIO 335 Field Botany Prerequisites: BIO 163 and CHEM 161 A survey of the native seed plants commonly found in Lecture and lab the northern New Jersey environment; emphasis is on BIO 206 General Genetics field work, identification of specimens, both in the field A study ofthe organization,function,regulation and trans­ and in the laboratory and the relationship of different fer of hereditary material in viruses, bacteria and eukary­ species sharing common habitats. Major seed plant fami­ otes, including man. lies are discussed in lecture. Prerequisites: BIO 163-164 Prerequisites: BIO 163-164 Lecture and lab Lecture and Lab BIO 218 Invertebrate Zoology 3 credits The study of invertebrate animals, which make up 98 BIO 340 General Ecology percent of all animal species. Special emphasis on ecol­ Basic structural and functional aspects of our ecosystem, ogy, habitat, economic importance and special structures, including detailed study at the community, population which make the animals competitive in our world. Field and organismallevels. trips augment lectures and laboratories. Prerequisites: Two years of biology and one year of Prerequisite: BIO 164 chemistry Lecture and lab Lecture and lab BIO 261 General Botany BIO 345 Conservation Biology An introduction to the biology of the plant kingdom; An examination of the recent, alarming losses of global structural, functional, economical, ecological and evolu­ biological diversity and analysis of conservation strate­ tionary aspects of plants. gies designed to prevent, minimize and/or repair eco­ Prerequisites: BIO 163-164 logical damage. Conservation of biodiversity is consid­ Lecture and lab ered from an ecological perspective then integrated with BIO 265 General plant Physiology economical and political issues to explore the implica­ A study of the processes of the living plant including tions of national and international conservation efforts. growth, development, water relations, respiration, pho­ Prerequisites: One year of biology or environmental tosynthesis, photorespiration, hormone action and envi­ science ronmental relationships. Emphasis placed on experimen­ Lecture only tal understanding of these processes and their integration 3 credits into the whole plant and its environment. The labora­ BIO 350 Animal Behavior tory includes a student project. A survey of animal behavior, including physiological as­ Prerequisite: BIO 164 pects and ecological and adaptive implications. Lecture and lab Prerequisites:Two semesters of science Lecture only 3 credits

139 SCIENCE AND REALm

BIO 352 Economic Botany-Plants for Mankind are explored.A broad range of organisms are considered. Explores the importance of plants and plant products in Both living and preserved embryos are studied in the terms of food, clothing, shelter and medicines, as well as laboratory. their aesthetic value to humankind. Prerequisite: BIO 206 and one year of chemistry Prerequisite: BIO 130 or 163 Lecture and lab Lecture only BI0444 Evolution 3 credits The history of evolutionary theory,heredity,populations, BIO 399 Selected Topics classification, speciation, adaptation, evidence for organic A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as evolution, vertebrate and human evolution and the prob­ recommended by the department and approved by the lem of human population. dean. Prerequisites: Two years of biology, including BIO 206 Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Lecture only 1-6 credits 3 credits BIO 402 Aquatic Ecology BIO 450 Molecular Biology of Prokaryotes A critical examination of the ecology of fresh water biota A detailed examination of the molecular biology of bac­ with special attention to the physical features of the en­ teria and bacteriophages. DNA structure and replication, vironment. Surveys are made of streams, ponds and lakes prokaryotic gene expression (transcription, translation, in the environs. Three all-day field trips included. genetic code and regulation), microbial genetics, plas­ Prerequisite: BIO 340 or 20 credits in science and math mids, transposons and genetic engineering are covered. Lecture and field laboratory Prerequisites: BIO 206 and CHEM 252 Lecture and lab BIO 405 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy The phylogenic history of each chordate system, includ­ BI0480 Biology Seminar ing integument, skeleton, muscles, digestive tract, circu­ Restricted to senior biology majors. The course requires latory, excretory, respiratory, nervous and reproductive each student to do an in-depth study of a selected topic systems. Laboratory includes dissection of representative with an evolutionary theme. The work requires library chordates (lamprey, shark, necturus, cat). research and preparation of both a written and an oral Prerequisites: Two years of biology and one year of presentation of that work, including details of research chemistry procedures where applicable. Students are expected to Lecture and lab read and discuss each other's presentations. Prerequisite: Seven courses in biology BIO 410 Plant Growth and Development 2 credits Factors that control the growth and development of seed plants are discussed. Research data is presented to illus­ BIO 484 Scanning Electron Microscopy trate morphogenic principles. Laboratory exercises in­ Theory and functioning of the scanning electron micro­ volve growing whole plants under various conditions and scope. Each student is required to carry out a project. plant tissue culture. Prerequisites: Two years of biology and one year of Prerequisites: BIO 206 and CHEM 252 chemistry Lecture and lab Lecture and lab BIO 416 Comparative Animal Physiology BIO 485 Transmission Electron Microscopy A comparative approach to the basic physiological pro­ The principles and practice of transmission electron mi­ cesses of animals. Emphasis on the functional modifica­ croscopy; including theory, electron optics, specimen tions animals develop in order to cope with their preparation, operation of electron microscope, photog­ environment. raphy, related instruments and techniques. Prerequisites:Two years of biology and CHEM 252 Prerequisites: Two years of biology and one year of chem­ Lecture and lab istry Lecture and lab BIO 417 Histology The microscopic anatomy, organization and function of BIO 497 Readings in Biology normal mammalian tissues. Study of tissues and organs Student studies' a particular field of biology under the by light microscopy comprises the laboratory component personal direction of a fuculty member. of the course. Prerequisite: Permission of the chairperson Prerequisites: Two years of biology and one year of 1-3 credits chemistry BIO 498 Field Experience in Biology Lecture and lab A supervised educational experience outside of the regu­ BIO 421 Developmental Biology lar departmental progratO. Pass/filiI course. The study of embryonic change in living organisms. Cel­ Prerequisite: Permission of the chairperson lular and biochemical mechanisms that account for the 1-3 credits emergence of form in embryos and regenerating tissues

140 BIOTECHNOLOGY

BIO 499 Independent Stndy Chemistry 8 or 16 credits Individual research projects under the direction of a fac­ either ulty member. May be substituted for BIO 480. CHEM 160-161 General Chemistry r and II Prerequisite: Permission of the chairperson (incl.labs 060,061) 8 1-3 credits and Refer to the Graduate Catalog for descriptions of BIO CHEM 251-252 Organic Chemistry I and II 524, 530, 531 (Required Biotechnology courses). (incl. labs 051,052 ) 8 or CHEM 131-132 College Chemistry and Organic Biochemistry (incl.labs 031,032) 8 HONORS PROGRAM IN Statistics 7 or 8 credits BIOPSYCHOLOGY MATH 230-232 Statistics I and Statistical Computing 7 or Professors: R. Benno (Biology),]. Green (psychology), PSY 202-203 Experimental Psychology I and II 8 M. Hahn (Biology, coordinator), D. Vardiman (Psychol­ ogy) Physics 4 or 8 credits Associate Professors: D. Desroches (Biology) Choose one of the following by advisement (not required of nursing students): The Honors Program in Biopsychology draws on newly PHYS 255-256 College Physics I and 11 8 emerging discoveries in such fields as behavior, the brain or sciences, genetics, psychopharmacology and many oth­ PHYS 260-261 General Physics I and II 8 ers to unravel the biology of the mind and behavior. The or National Science Foundation awarded two grants to sup­ PHYS 110 Introduction to Physics 4 port the development of this exciting program.As with CORE COURSES 14 CREDITS all honors programs at WPC, biopsychology is not itself a PSY 353 Physiological Psychology 3 major, but a distinctive cluster of courses that deepens, BIPY 474 Neuroscience 4 broadens and adds challenge to students' chosen majors. BIPY 475 Behavior Genetics 4 Open to majors in anthropology, biology, chemistry, Topical electives in biopsychology* 3 nursing, psychology and speech pathology, this program 'Choose from sociobiology, psychopharmacology, human is highly recommended for students planning graduate neuropsychology, biorhythms in physiology and behav­ study, including premedical/dental/veterinary/graduate ior and special current topics as announced. nursing studies and, in general, for those students inter­ ested in clinical or research careers. As an honors pro­ gram, biopsychology is designed for highly motivated individuals seeking opportunities to learn and to demon- COURSES strate excellence. Interested students begin in the freshman year with a Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. set of foundation courses carefully selected to provide a firm basis for the study of more advanced disciplines. PSY 353 Physiological Psychology Students begin taking the core biopsychology courses in This course provides an introduction to the structure and the junior year. The curriculum is enriched with semi­ function of the nervous system and explores the biologi­ nars, discussion groups, research opportunities and cal bases of perception, consciousness, hunger, sexual­ speaker series. Students and faculty participate together ity, sleep;memory and reward. in a closely knit academic community. Prerequisites: PSY 110 and BIO 114 or equivalent PSY 415 Psychopharmacology After a brief review of brain anatomy and function, the . CURRICULUM course focuses on the synapse (chemical neurotransmis­ sion mechanisms) followed by in-depth exploration of the various neurotransmitter systems. On this base, the FOUNDATION COURSES 26-43 CREDITS major classes of psychoactive drugs are examined with Biology 4 or 8 credits respect to their effects and their mechanisms of action. BIO 163-164 General Biology I and 11 8 Drug classes covered include opiates, anti-anxiety agents, or alcohol, stimulants, antidepressants, hallucinogens and BIO 112-113 GeneralAnatomy and Physiology I and 118 antipsychotic drugs. ' or Prerequisites: PSY 110 and BIO 112-113 or 163-164 or BIO 114 AppliedAnatomy and Physiology 4 PSY 353 Psychology 3 credits PSY 110 General Psychology 3

141 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

BIPY 399 Selected Topics fluencing individuals, groups, species and phyla, with A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as special emphasis on human groups. recommended by the program coordinator and approved Prerequisites: PSY 110; BIO 163-164 or BIO 112-113 or by the dean. BIO 114 Prerequisite: Permission of the program coordinator 1-6 credits BIPY479 Biorhythms in Physiology and Behavior BIPY 474 Neuroscience Focuses on the role of biological rhythms in the adaptive A study of the brain; specifically the integrated roles of functioning of organisms. Examines yearly, monthly, tidal, the anatomy, chemistry, histology and electrical activity daily and sleep/dream cycles; the nature and control of of the central nervous system.The laboratory component internal clock mechanisms and the implications of bio­ focuses on anatomy and techniques for the study of brain rhythms for illness and psychopathology. functioning. Prerequisites: PSY 110; BIO 163-164 or BIO 112-113 or Prerequisites: PSY 110; BIO 163-164 or BIO 112-113 or BIO 114 PSY 353; and one year of chemistry. Lecture and lab BIPY 490 Human Neuropsychology 4 credits Also offered as PSY 590 - see Graduate Catalog Provides a thorough introduction to the study of the BIPY475 Behavior Genetics anatomy and functional organization of the human brain An introduction to the concept of gene-environment in­ in relation to sensory, motor, cognitive and behavioral teraction as a determinant of both animal and human functions. Emphasis is placed on understanding higher behavior. Exposure to various methods of experimental human cortical functions as a basis for exploring the and correlational types of investigation. major brain disorders. Neuropsychological principles Prerequisites: PSY 110; BIO 163-164 or BIO 112-113 or form an organizing matrix for the material of the course. BIO 114; and one year of chemistry. Prerequisites: PSY 353 or BIPY 474 or equivalent Lecture and lab 4 credits BIPY 499 Independent Study Individual research projects under the direction of a fac­ BIPY 476 Developmental Biopsychology Ulty member. Designed to introduce students to the scope and meth­ Prerequisite: Permission of the program coordinator ods of a psychobiological approach to development. 1-6 credits Stresses the phylogenetic and ontogenetic processes in-

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS

CHEMISTRY

Professors: S. Hall,A. Merijanian, 1. Rivela, G. Sharma thy, podiatry, etc.), engineering, computer science, busi­ (chairperson),A. Speert ness administration and law. Entry-level positions in gov­ Associate Professors: G. Gerardi, R. McCallum, S. Raj ernment, teaching and industry, which involve aspects of research, manufacturing, sales and management, are B.S. in Chemistry also immediate career options. The chemistry program is designed to provide students Major instrumentation for student laboratory with the scientific knowledge and skills necessary to coursework and research in chemistry includes: JOEL pursue a broad range of professional careers. The pro­ DX303 Mass Spectrometer, Varian Gemini 200MHz Fou­ gram leads to a B.S. degree and is certified by the Ameri­ rier Transform Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrom­ can Chemical Society as meeting all the professional stan­ eter; Bruker 300 Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spec­ dards required for baccalaureate education in chemistry. trometer; Perkin-Elmer Fourier Transform Infrared A student is required to take major courses in the princi­ Spectrometer; Lehman Labs Inductively Coupled Plasma pal branches of chemistry: analytical, biochemistry, inor­ Spectrometer;VarianAtomicAbsorption Spectrophotom­ ganic, organic and physical, in addition to directed elec­ eter; infrared, visible and ultraviolet spectrophotometers; tives in mathematics, physics, computer science, biology three computer-controlled gas chromatographs; two and English. Waters high pressure liquid chromatographs;Dionex Ion With a bachelor's degree in chemistry, a student is pre­ Chromatograph; refrigerated low and high speedcentri­ pared to continue his or her education by enrolling in fuges, electrophoresis instrumentation; and refrigerated graduate programs in chemistry or other sciences, pro­ fraction collector. Microcomputer facilities are also con­ fessional school programs (medicine, dentistry, osteopa- veniently located in the Science Complex.

142 CHEMISTRY

Honors in Chemistry ENG 110 Writing Effective Prose 3 Students enrolled as chemistry majors may qualify for a MATH 160 Calculus I 4 degree with honors if they meet the following criteria: Second Semester 1. A minimum 3.25 overall GPA CHEM 161 General Chemistry II 4 2. A minimum 3.3 GPA in all chemistry courses CS 130 Introduction to Computer 3. MeetA.e.S. certification requirements Programming/BASIC 3 4. Take CHEM 499 Independent Study resulting in a MATH 161 Calculus II 4 written Honors Research Thesis to be presented as a General Education course 3 seminar to the department. Summer Session General Education <5 SOPHOMORE YEAR First Semester CURRICULUM CHEM 201 Analytical Chemistry 5 CHEM 251 Organic Chemistry I 4 PHYS 260 General Physics I 4 B.S. in Chemistry (69-81 credits) General Education course 3 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS Second Semester LECTURE AND lAB 43-55 CREDITS CHEM 252 Organic Chemistry II 4 4 A. Chemistry Core 39 Credits MATH 201 Calculus III PHYS 261 General Physics II 4 CHEM 160.060 General Chemistry I 4 General Education course CHEM 161-061 General Chemistry II 4 3 CHEM 201·001 Analytical Chemistry 5 Summer Session General Education 6 CHEM 251-051 Organic Chemistry'l 4 JUNIOR YEAR CHEM 252-052 Organic Chemistry II 4 First Semester CHEM 311-011 Physical Chemistry I 4 CHEM 311 Physical Chemistry I 4 CHEM 312-012 Physical Chemistry II 5 CHEM 327 Biochemistry I 4 CHEM 320 Inorganic Chemistry 4 ENG 300 Technical Writing 3 CHEM 327 Biochemistry I 4 General Education course 3 CHEM 480 Seminar in Chemistry' Second Semester -No lab CHEM 312 Physical Chemistry II 5 B. Chemistry Electives CHEM 320 Inorganic Chemistry 4 General Education course Select four credits from the following list to meet the 6 minimum requirements for the major. For A.e.S. certifi· Summer Session Upper-Level Electives 6 cation CHEM 401, CHEM 426 and two additional ad­ SENIOR YEAR vanced courses are required. First Semester Advanced Courses 4-16 Credits CHEM 426 Organic Spectroscopy 4 CHEM 322 Environmental Chemistry 4 Advanced Chemistry Elective 8 CHEM 401 Analytical Instrumentation 4 General Education :5 Second Semester CHEM 403 Physical Chemistry III 3 CHEM 401 Analytical Instrumentation 4 CHEM 421 Advanced Organic Chemistry 3 CHEM 480 Seminar in Chemistry 1 CHEM 423 Chemistry of Natural Products 4 General Education Electives 6 CHEM 426 Organic Spectroscopy 4 Upper-Level Electives 3 CHEM 460 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 3 CHEM 470 Advanced Biochemistry 3 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 27 CREDITS CHEM 499 Independent Study 1-3 Students who are interested in obtaining certification in chemistry or physical science must complete the C. Corequisites 26 Credits sequence outlined under Department of Curriculum PHYS 260 General Physics I 4 and Instruction. PHYS 261 General Physics II 4 BIO 163 General Biology I 4 CHEMISTRY MINOR 18 CREDITS MATH 161 Calculus II 4 CHEM 160 General Chemistry I 4 MATH 201 Calculus III 4 CHEM 161 General Chemistry II 4 ENG 300 Technical Writing 3 Plus an additional 10 credits in chemistry by advisement. CS 130 Intro. to Computer ProgrammingIBASIC3 Note: Students choosing a minor in chemistry are strongly COURSE SEQUENCE/ACS CERTIFIED PROGRAM urged to elect the following: MATH 160, 161,PHYS 260, 136 CREDITS 261. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester BIO 163 General Biology I 4 CHEM 160 General Chemistry I 4

143 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

COURSES CHEM 201 Analytical Chemistry: Lecture The theory and methods of quantitative analytical chem­ Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. istry with emphasis on chemical equilibrium and practi­ cal laboratory experience. CHEM 115 Introductory Chemistry Prerequisite: CHEM 161 An introduction to the concepts, principles and termi­ 3 credits nology of chemistry. Designed primarily for students who CHEM 001 Analytical Chemistry: Lab have little or no background in the fundamentals of chem­ Analytical Chemistry laboratory is a practical coUrse in istry, who wish to learn the basics of chemistry in prepa­ the methods of quantitative analysis. Students are intro­ ration for courses such as CHEM 131 or CHEM 160. duced to a variety of common chemical analyses includ­ Lecture only ing gravimetric, volumetric and instrumental methods. CHEM 120 Chemistry in Perspective The course emphasizes the development of rigorous re­ An introduction to the fundamental concepts and prin­ producible laboratory technique. ciples of chemistry, with a view of the development of The laboratory must be taken concurrently with this physical science as a human endeavor. The nature of CHEM 201. the scientific method is emphasized, along with an eluci· Prerequisite: CHEM 161 dation of the pervasive application of chemistry in mod­ 2 credits ern technology and society. Designed as a general educa­ CHEM 251-252 Organic Chemistry I and II: tion course in science. Lecture Lecture and lab A thorough exposition of the chemistry of carbon com­ 4 credits pounds including synthetic methods, chemical reactions; CHEM 131 College Chemistry: Lecture reaction mechanisms, stereochemistry, and use of spec­ Development of the fundamental concepts of chemistry troscopy in structure elucidation. including stoichiometry, reactivity, atomic and molecu­ CHEM 051 Organic Chemistry I: Lab lar structure, equilibrium and introduction to organiC 1 credit chemistry. Part of a terminal sequence with CHEM 132. This is the first of the two courses required for nursing CHEM 052 Organic Chemistry II: Lab 1 credit and health science majors. Lab must be taken concurrently. CHEM 311-312 Physical Chemistry I and II: Lecture CHEM 031 College Chemistry: Lab 1 credit Chemical thermodynamics, behavior of gases, reaction kinetics, electrochemistry and introductory quantum me­ CHEM 132 Organic Biochemistry: Lecture chanics. Development of the fundamental concepts of organic Prerequisites: CHEM 252, MATH 161 and PHYS 261 chemistry and biochemistry; emphasizes metabolism in the context of physiological chemistry. This is the sec­ CHEM 011 Physical Chemistry I: Lab 1 credit ond semester of a two-semester sequence. A terminal course. CHEM 012 Physical Chemistry II: Lab Prerequisite: CHEM 131 2 credits Lab must be taken concurrently CHEM 320 Inorganic Chemistry CHEM 032 Organic Biochemistry: Lab Systematic study of the elements and their compounds 1 credit with special reference to their location in the periodic table. CHEM 160-161 General Chemistry I and II: Prerequisite: CHEM 161 Lecture The electronic structure of atoms, molecular structure Lecture and lab 4 credits and chemical bonding, the states of matter, solutions, reaction rates and chemical equilibrium, ionic equilib­ CHEM 322 Environmental Chemistry ria, thermodynamics, acid-base concepts, electrochem­ Considers the composition and dynamics of the environ­ istry and coordination compounds. Laboratories must be ment, the reactions that take place, and the impact of taken concurrently. chemical technology. Prerequisite: High school chemistry, CHEM 120 or 159 Corequisite: CHEM 252 for CHEM 160, and MATH 115 for CHEM 161 Lecture and lab CHEM 060-061 General Chemistry I and II: Lab 4 credits 1 credit each

144 .CHEMIS1RY

CHEM 327 Biochemistry I CHEM 421 Advanced Organic Chemistry This course has been designed to familiarize all science Advanced study of organic chemistry with deliberate students with major aspects of biochemistry. Topics cov­ emphasis on synthetic reaction mechanisms, principles ered include structures and functions of amino acids; of stereochemistry and current advances in organic three-dimensional structure, dynamics and function of chemistry. proteins; DNA and RNA molecules of heredity; mecha­ Prerequisites: CHEM 252 and CHEM 312 nisms of enzyme actions; control of enzyme activity; struc­ Lecture only ture and biological functions of vitamins, carbohydrates CHEM 423 Chemistry of Natural Products and lipids; the dynamics of membrane structure; bio­ Major classes of natural products of plant origin, their chemical thermodynamics; glycolysis; citric acid cycle; synthesis and the theory of biogenesis. Methods of iden­ fatty acid metabolism, electron and oxidative tran~port tification and structural elucidation of natural products. phosphorylation; photosynthesis. Prerequisite: CHEM 252; prerequisite or corequisite: Prerequisites: CHEM 252 Lecture and CHEM 052 Lab CHEM 312 Lecture and lab Lecture and lab 4 credits 4 credits CHEM 399 Selected Topics CHEM 426 Organic Spectroscopy A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as Introduces the theory and application of spectroscopy recommended by the department and approved by the to the structure determination of organic molecules. dean. Prerequisites: CHEM 252 and CHEM 312 Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Lecture and lab credits 1-6 4 credits C~M 401 Analytical Instrumentation CHEM 460 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Applications of modern chemical instruments with em: Coordination chemistry, kinetics and mechanisms of in­ phasis on the underlying physical principles of organic reactions and organometallic chemiStry. instrumentation. Prerequisite: CHEM 320; prerequisite or corequisite: Prerequisites: CHEM 252 and 312 CHEM 312 Lecture and lab Lecture only 4 credits CHEM 470 Advanced Biochemistry CHEM 403 Physical Chemistry ill Elaborates on topics discussed in CHEM 327, with em­ Provides the theoretical basis for understanding the elec­ phasis on macromolecular structures such as mitochon­ tronic structure of molecules. drial and photosynthetic membranes, multienzyme com­ Prerequisite or corequisite: CHEM 312 plexes and the mechanisms' of replication, transcription Lecture only and translation. CHEM 410 Industrial Chemistry Prerequisite: CHEM 327 Emphasizes the practical aspects of the chemical Lecture only industry'S practices, economics, rationale and decisions. CHEM 480 Seminar Introduces a detailed description of the common basic A study of specialized problems in chemistry and an in­ raw material sources, and their relationship to major in­ troduction to the chemical literature. Making formal oral dustrial and consumer products and environmental con­ and written presentations on specific topics in chemi,s­ cerns of chemical processes. try is required. Prerequisite: CHEM 252 1 credit Lecture only CHEM 499 Independent Study Individual research under the supervision of a faculty member; or internship placement in industry. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHEM 312 1-3 credits

145 SCIENCE AND HEALm

PHYSICS motion, elasticity, harmonic motion, sound and acous­ tics, electrostatics, DC and AC electric circuits and in­ Professor: S. La strumentation, magnetostatics, electromagnetic waves, Assistant Professor: K. Martus geometrical and physical optics, polarization and an in­ troduction to modern physics. Courses p~pare students for entry into graduate school Corequisites: MAm 160 and 161 or science-oriented careers in industry, research, teach­ Lecture ana lab ing, environmental or governmental work. Offerings in­ 4 credits each clude service courses required by other curricula. PHYS 300 Mechanics Covers basic concepts in mechanics as required for ad­ vanced work in physics. Topics: mathematical formula­ COURSES tion of mechanics utilizing vector analysis, particle dy­ namics, systems of particles, translational and rotational Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. movement of rigid bodies, angular momentum and en­ ergy considerations. PHYS 110 Introduction to Physics Prerequisite: PHYS 261; corequisite: MAm 201 Designed to give the nonscience student an adequate 4 credits understanding of the nature of science and of the funda­ PHYS 302 Electricity and Magnetism mental physical laws that govern our everyday lives. Top­ Basic course covering the fundamental concepts of elec­ ics include forces, motion, heat energy, electricity, atomic tricity and magnetism. Topics: vector mathematics, energy and fundamental ideas in chemistry. Laboratory electrostatics, solution of electrostatic problems, dielec­ work is closely integrated with the above topics. tric materials, circuitry and solution of networks, Lecture and lab magneto statics, electromagnetic induction, magnetic 4 credits materials, atomic origin of magnetism, ferromagnetic PHYS 170 General Astronomy materials and introduction to field theory. A nonmathematical study of our nearest star, the sun, as Prerequisite: PHYS 300 ,well as its planets and their moons. Star counts and the PHYS 304 Optics structure of our island universe of stars, dust and gas are Theoretical and experimental aspects. Topics: reflection discussed. Reading on the "Big Bang" theory of how thou­ and refraction, plane and spherical surfaces, thin lenses; sands of galaxies were scattered at fantastic speeds. Not field stops and aperture stops, ray-tracing, aberrations, open to students who have previously taken an astronomy optical instruments, nature of light waves, superposition course. and interference. Fesnel and Fraunhofer diffraction, dif­ 2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab fraction gratings. Cerenkov radiation, nature and origin PHYS 250-251 Basic Electronics I and IT of polarization. The general philosophy of electronics as a "way of life" 4 credits and its function as a basic tool in our present scientific PHYS 319 Environmental Physics' culture. Fundamentals of electronics including basic This course deals with the flow of energy in natural and components and circuit configurations. Actual circuits human-made systems. Building on the First and Second are assembled, tested and their behavior explored. A de­ Laws of Thermodynamics and the general principles of scriptive laboratory course in basic electronic circuits classical mechanics, the concepts of energy and entropy without the use of extensive mathematics. are quantitatively applied to natural ecosystems and vari­ Prerequisite: PHYS 110 or permission of the instructor ous energy resources, such as fossil fuels, nuclear energy, Lecture and lab hydropower, wind, tides, solar power, etc. These re­ PHYS 255-256 College Physics I and IT sources are also discussed in terms of the societal and An introductory physics course for students who do not environmental impacts of the associated technologies. intend to specia1ize in the physical sciences. Requires Prerequisites: ENV 110 and PHYS 261 or 256 no mathematics beyond algebra and geometry as prereq­ 3 credits uisites. Underlying principles and basic laws of PHYS 399 Selected Topics Newtonian mechanics, electromagnetism and modern A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as physics are explored. recommended by the department and approved by the Lecture and lab dean. 4 credits each Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson PHYS 260-261 General Physics I and IT 1-6 credits Basic courses for physics, chemistry and mathematics majors and a foundation for all advanced work in phys­ ics. Topics: introduction to vectors, statics, kinematics, work and energy, impulse and momentum, rotational

146 COMMUNICATION DISORDERS

PHYS 403 Modern Physics I PHYS 480 Seminar Spectroscopic and other representative phenomena that Emphasis on research, current literature and classroom form experimental foundations of modern physics. Top­ discussion of new ideas. ics: special theory of relativity, dual properties of elec­ Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor tromagnetic radiation. Young's diffraction, blackbody ra­ 1 credit diation, photoelectric effect. Compton effect, specific PHYS 499 Independent Study heats. Frank-Hertz experiment. Rutherford scattering. Individual research under the supervision of a faculty Bohr's atomic model, quantum mechanical description member. of a particle, elementary theory of nuclear structure and 1-3 credits reactions. Prerequisite: PHYS 300

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION DISORDERS

Professor: J. Hsu (graduate coordinator) Corequirement Associate Professors: E. Chopek, A. Oratio PSY 210 Developmental Psychology 3 Assistant Professors: V. Bhat, C. Gelfer (chairperson) 'Only 9 credits of CODS 302 count toward the 128 cred­ Director of Speech and Hearing Clinic: C. Gaur its required for graduation. BIO 114,AppliedAnatomy, is a required General Educa­ The undergraduate program leading to a bachelor of arts tion course. in speech pathology requires that students complete 59 to 60 credits of general education courses and 36 credits in the major. Ninety hours of supervised clinical experi­ Accelerated Bachelor's Master's Option ence must be completed in the WPC Speech and Hear­ UNDERGRADUATE SPEECH ing Clinic. PATHOLOGY The department also offers an accelerated bachelor's/ COURSES 36-42 credits master's option that requires successful completion of CODS 160 Phonetics 3 48 to 54 credits of major courses at the undergraduate CODS 161 The Nature of Speech, Language and 3 level. These credits include up to four graduate-level Communication Systems courses which are taken in the senior year. Students se­ CODS 205 Speech Laboratory I (Observation) 3 lecting this option must complete 100 hours of super­ CODS 262 Introduction to Communication vised clinical experience in the College's Speech and Disorders 3 Hearing Clinic. CODS 263 Articulation Disorders 3 Following completion ofthe B.A. degree requirements, CODS 302 Speech Laboratory Continuing" 6 students in the accelerated program must apply for ad­ CODS 361 Anatomy and Physiology of the mission to the graduate program. Matriculation into the Auditory and Vocal Mechanism 3 graduate program is contingent upon meeting the CODS 363 Introduction to Audiology 3 department's stated criteria. CODS 366 Language Theory and Therapy 3 CODS 462 Auditory Rehabilitation 3 CODS 464 Hearing Science 3 CURRICULUM GRADUATE SPEECH PATHOLOGY COURSES 12 credits MAJOR COURSES 36 credits To be taken in the senior year.t CODS 160 Phonetics 3 CODS 506 Stuttering and Other Rhythm Disorders 3 CODS 161 The Nature of Speech, Language and 3 CODS 606 Diagnostic Methods in Speech Communication Systems Pathology 3 CODS 205 Speech Laboratory I (Observation) 3 CODS 622 Neurologically Based Speech Disorders 3 CODS 262 Introduction to Communication Elective Course 3 Disorders 3 GRADUATE SPEECH PATHOLOGY CODS 263 Articulation Disorders 3 COURSES 33 credits CODS 302 Speech Laboratory Continuing' To be completed within 2 years after receiving the B.A. (two semesters) 6 degree.t CODS 361 Anatomy and Physiology of the Auditory and Vocal Mechanism 3 Required Courses: CODS 363 Introduction to Audiology 3 CODS 500 Computers and Statistical Principles for 3 CODS 366 Language Theory and Therapy 3 Clinical Research CODS 462 Auditory Rehabilitation 3 CODS 603 Voice Disorders 3 CODS 464 Hearing Science 3

147 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

CODS604 Language Disorders in Children 3 CODS 261 Speech Disorders CODS605 Aphasia 3 A course for students who are not communication disor­ CODS608 Oinical Audiology 3 ders majors. Focuses on the normal acquisition and de­ CODS609 Clinical Practicum (2 semesters) 6 velopment of speech and language and on the organic CODS619 Research Methods in Communication and functional factors which interfere with normal ac­ Disorders 3 quisition and development. The role of the special edu­ CODS 621 Psycholinguistics and Language cation teacher in the school speech therapy program is Acquisition 3 considered. CODS 642 Speech Science 3 CODS 262 Introduction to Communication Elective Courses Disorders Students may select from the following: The purpose of this introductory course is to bring to CODS 503 Phonological Disorders 3 beginning students of communication disorders an un­ CODS 610 Cleft Palate and Related Maxillo 3 derstanding of speech, language and hearing disorders. Facial Disorders Emphasis is on the nature and causes of communication CODS 620 ProjectThesis Seminar 3 disorders. Discussion of treatment is limited to general CODS 625 Teaching Speech and Language to principles since remedial methods are studied in greater the Hearing Impaired 3 detail in more advanced communication disorders CODS 641 Clinical Management of the courses. Multicutural Caseload 3 CODS 263 Articulation Disorders CODS 599 Special Topics 3 A study of articulation and phonological disorders asso­ "Only 12 credits ofCODS 302 count toward the 128 cred­ ciated with developmental, structural and neurological its required for graduation. problems. The course focuses on causes, assessment and tSee the WPC Graduate Catalogue for course descrip- remediation of articulation and phonological disorders. tions. Prerequisite: CODS 262 CODS 302 Speech Laboratory Continuing The course is part of a two-semester program of clinical COURSES practicum in speech-language pathology, offering a mini­ mum of90 clock hours of supervised clinical experience, Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. accompanied by group seminar and individual confer­ ences. It provides students the opportunity to learn the CODS 160 Phonetics essential elements of effective clinical interaction and to The course focuses on the perception and production of experience the basic therapeutic processes involved in the sounds of American speech. The International Pho­ modifying articulatory/language behaviors. netic Alphabet (lPA) is mastered as a system for analyz­ Prerequisites: CODS 160,262,263,205,366 and permis­ ing speech patterns and for recording pronunciations. sion of the clinic director There are many opportunities to use the IPA when read­ 1 to 3 credits ing phonetic transcriptions, as well as transcribing into CODS 361 Anatomy and Physiology of the IPA samples of normal speech and defective speech. Auditory and Vocal Mechanism CODS 161 The Nature of Speech, Language and Designed to analyze the processes of speech and hear­ Communication Systems ing in terms of anatomy and physiology. Specific aspects A general orientation to the study of human language of speech including respiration, phonation, articulation communication.Topics include the nature of the speech and resonation are presented. The ear and hearing are signal, the structure and content of language, the nature also discussed. Finally, the nervous system is studied in of communicative interaction, human versus animal com­ terms of its function as an integrating mechanism. Vari­ munication, the relationship between language and ous pathologies as they relate to speech and hearing are thought, dialect variation and bilingualism, and the rela­ also considered. tionship between the written and spoken system. Prerequisite: BIO 114 CODS 162 Basic Speech SkiI1s CODS 363 Introduction to Audiology Enables students to develop maximum vocal and Provides a general understanding of contemporary ap­ articulatory output,control the speech mechanism,elimi­ proaches to clinical assessment of hearing. The course nate regional accents; explores the impact of dialectical will review basic test procedures for estimation of air differences that impair communication. conduction and bone conduction ~esholds, the assess­ CODS 205 Speech Laboratory I ment of the middle ear function, and clinical masking. Through weekly seminars and supervised observation of Prerequisite: CODS 361 a minimum of 25 hours of speech and/or language therapy, this course exposes the student to all aspects of the speech-language clinical process. Prerequisite: CODS 263

148 COMMUNITY HEALlli

CODS 365 Voice Disorders in Children CODS 426 Organizing Speech and Hearing Functional and organic voice disorders in children. Etiol­ Programs ogy, classification, methods of diagnosis and evaluation, The factors important to the organization, administration therapy methods and techniques. and supervision of speech and hearing programs in the Prerequisite: CODS 361 public schools. The school speech pathologists' CODS 366 Language Theory and Therapy interprofessional relationships as they relate to the pro­ gram are considered. A review of the nature of human language. The course focuses on the acquisition of language in normally devel­ Prerequisite: CODS 425 oping children and also describes the nature of language CODS 462 Auditory Rehabilitation disorders, assessment techniques and intervention strat­ Discusses the ramifications of hearing loss as they per­ egies. tain to both the pediatric and adult populations. Diag­ CODS 367 Sign Language I nostic techniques, amplification systems and therapy Designed to teach sign language and the manual alpha­ strategies as they relate to both auditory habilitation and bet to health professionals, speech pathologists, rehabilitation are presented. Finally, counseling and edu­ rehabilitationists and teachers of children with special cational needs are considered for each popUlation. problems so they can work with children and adults who Prerequisite: CODS 363 have a need for an alternate means of communication. CODS 463 Stuttering and Other Rhythm CODS 370 Sign Language II Disorders Designed to strengthen further the manual communica­ This course emphasizes the nature, onset and etiology tion skills of health professionals, speech pathologists, of stuttering and rhythm disorders. Diagnostic procedures rehabilitationists and teachers of children with special for children and adults and treatment approaches are re­ problems. viewed. Prerequisite: CODS 367 CODS 464 Hearing Science This course deals with materials concerning the physi­ CODS 399 Selected Topics cal nature of sound and its measurements, instrumenta­ Topics not offered by other courses will be offered as tion related to hearing assessment, micro-anatomy and needed. physiology of the auditory system, and the psychologi­ 1-6 credits cal correlates of sound. CODS 425 Teaching Speech Prerequisites: CODS 361 and CODS 363 The speech therapist's role in the development and con­ duct of speech improvement programs in the public CODS 499 Independent Study schools. Speech materials suitable for use with school­ As approved and to be arranged. age children according to classroom curriculum needs 1-6 credits are reviewed and discussed. Special attention is given to See WPC Graduate Catalog for course descriptions of materials used with school-age children who have speech courses numbered 500 or higher. and language problems.

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY HEALTH

Professors: S. Hawes, S. Lisbe (chairperson) CURRICULUM Associate Professors: J. Levitan, R. Blonna, M. Grodner Assistant Professors: J. Hayden, D. Joslin MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 45 CREDITS CMHL 250 Health Education:Theory and Practice 3 The Department of Community Health offers a major CMHL 300 Community Health Program Planning 3 program leading to a bachelor of science degree in com­ CMHL 315 Human Disease 3 munity health/school health education. The program is CMHL 320 Nutrition 3 approved by the Society for Public Health Education. CMHL 361 ResearchAnalysis and Evaluation Certification in school health education is also available in Health 3 for movement science majors. The major in community CMHL370 Concepts and Issues ofAging 3 health is designed to prepare individuals to work as health CMHL400 Epidemiology 3 educators in a variety of community settings. Health edu­ CMHL430 Health Counseling 3 cators are responsible for the planning, implementation CMHL450 Health Administration 3 and evaluation of health promotion/disease prevention CMHL 451 Methods in Health Education 3 programs. Employment opportunities exist in local, state, CMHL490 Human Sexuality 3 federal and voluntary health agencies, community health CMHL491 Drugs and Health 3 centers, hospitals, clinics, health maintenance organiza­ CMHL496 Seminar in Community Health 1 tions and private industry. CMHL497 Fieldwork in Community Health 8

149 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

Corequisites 7-8 Credits CMm 300 Community Health Program BIO 170 Basic Microbiology 4 Planning Choose one of the following three courses: Building on the foundations of health education, this BIO 302 Human Genetics 3 course introduces the generic skills needed to assess, or plan, implement, and evaluate health education programs. CHEM 131 Chemistry H An overview of the populations with special health edu­ or cation needs, selected health problems and available ENV 110 Environmental Foundations 4 health services are presented. Required General Education Courses 17 Credits Prerequisite: CMHL 250 BIO 112 General Anatomy and Physiology I 4 CMm 315 Human Disease BIO 113 General Anatomy and Physiology II 4 Selected disease processes are presented from a health MATH 130 Elementary Statistics 3 education perspective. The causes, signs, symptoms, di­ PSY 110 General Psychology 3 agnosis, treatment, prognosis, risk factors and preven­ CMHL 120 Current Health Issues 3 tion strategies are discussed. Emphasis is on the relation­ ship of risk factors and prevention strategies to health education. Prerequisites: BIO 112, BIO 113, BIO 170 COURSES CMm 320 Nutrition Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. A foundation study of human nutrition emphasizing its relationship to optimum physical and emotional health. CMHL 120 Current Health Issues Includes basics of sound nutrition, requirements of vari­ Issues that are crucial to students' personal lives are ex­ ous food elements, diet planning, diet patterns for spe­ amined with an emphasis on the relationship between cific age groups, nutritional fads and weight control. lifestyle and health. The course enables students to deal CMm 361 Research Analysis and Evaluation in more effectively with the health problems faced during Health the college experience, and subsequently throughout life. This course introduces students to the basic aspects of These issues may include: stress, sexuality, nutrition, research methodology and evaluative techniques in mental health and illness, aging, chronic and communi­ health-related areas. Students will develop skills for criti­ cable disease, drug and alcohol use, and dealing with cally reading professional literature and preparing a re­ . death and other selected topics. search proposal. CMm 210 Women's Health Prerequisite: MATH 130 This course addresses contemporary issues on the health CMm 370 Concepts and Issues of Aging of women, with attention given to increasing students' An introduction and overview of aging as an interdisci­ understanding of their bodies, identifying resources and plinary and developmental process, with attention to the services available in the community, and developing the relationship of one's aging to growing older in contem­ necessary consumer skills for interaction with the health porary society. Students examine the psychosocial, bio­ care system. Topics include mental health,nuttition,sexu­ logical and cultural aspects of aging. Topics include men­ ality, pregnancy and childbirth, cancer detection and tal health, nutritional needs, demographics, the common treatment, gynecological care, menstruation and meno­ causes of morbidity and mortality, economic concerns, pause, aging and victimization. and legislation as it relates to the health needs of aging CMHL 220 Stress Management persons. This course is designed to enable students to understand CMm 399 Selected Topics the role of stress in their lives. The course focuses on Study of special health topics not covered in depth in the physiological and psychological aspects of stress, the any existing courses. Topics vary from semester to se­ role of stress in the etiology of many chronic diseases mester in response to student demand and professional and the development of a repertoire of coping strategies interest and are announced in Current Master schedules. to enable students to manage personal stress. The course Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair examines a variety of interpersonal and environmental 1-6 credits stressors ranging from the workplace to the family. CMm 400 Epidemiology CMHL 250 Health Education: Theory and The study of the distribution and determinants of dis­ Practice eases/conditions in populations.The course provides an Provides an introduction to the profession of health edu­ overview of epidemiological principles and practices

150 COMMUNITY HEALTH

CMIll. 420 Environmental Health CMIll. 490 Human Sexuality This course examines the social, economic and political The biological, sociological, psychological and educa­ dimensions of environmental problems that impact on tional aspects of human sexuality are presented. Students health and development. Emphasis is on those human explore the personal decision making process and dis­ activities in the environment that contribute to a dete­ cuss issues related to reproduction, sexual response, rioration in quality of life. Professional opportunities in sexual orientation, birth control, dating and relationships, environmental health are covered. communication, sexual health, atypical behavior, sexual CMIll. 430 Health Counseling violence and cultural influences. This course is designed to give the student basic infor­ CMIll. 491 Drugs and Health mation regarding the interrelationship between health This course presents an overview of the field of substance problems and social, psychological, environmental influ­ abuse and addiction from b'io-psycho-sociological per­ ences and personality development. Implications for spective. Students examine the dynamics of dependency, human behavior are examined; counseling skills and pro­ co-dependency, pharmacology, intervention and treat­ cedures are presented with emphasis placed on the skills ment modalities, prevention strategies and community of listening, observation and collecting/using health in­ services. Skills are developed for assessment, counseling, formation. Understanding emotional communication and program development and referral. its effect and subsequent intervention strategies are CMIll. 496 Seminar in Community Health explored. Seminar is designed to prepare students for selecting their CMIll. 450 Health Administration fieldwork assignments. The course reviews the param­ This course examines the structure and function of a eters of the fieldwork experience, provides an in-depth variety of health care agencies using the context of sys­ look at the various locations in which public health edu­ tems, role and management theories. The process of as­ cation is practiced, familiarizes students with the' roles sessing, planning, implementing and evaluating are ex­ and responsibilities of entry-level health educators and amined in a variety of organizational contexts. Emphasis provides opportunities for self-assessment. The class cul­ is placed on developing first level supervisory skills and minates with students selecting their placement sites for techniques. Writing a grant proposal is the major assign­ the spring. Open only to senior community health ment in this course. majors. Take concurrently with CMHL 497, Fieldwork in Com­ I credit munity Health. CMHL 497 Fieldwork in Community Health CMIll. 451 Methods in Health Education A 320-hour supervised internship designed to provide Principles and procedures for teaChing, planning and an opportunity for students to apply their academic prepa­ evaluating health education experiences are presented. ration in professional work settiflgs. Students are assigned Necessary concepts in the development of the health tasks that allow them to develop and increase their com­ education component of programs and criteria for their petencies as entry-level health educators. Students are inclusion are identified. Also, techniques and skills required to follow all regulations of the agencies in which needed for teaching large and small groups. Open only they are placed in a professional manner (i.e. dress code, to senior community health majors and movement sci­ punctuality, confidentiality). Open only to senior com­ ence majors seeking health education certification. munity health majors. CMIll. 470 Health Aspects of Aging Prerequisite: CMHL 496 Basic health needs and concerns of the population. In­ 8 credits terpretation of health care systems. Prevention of illness CMHL 499 Independent Study and disease and promotion of good health throughout This course provides an opportunity for academically the lifespan. qualified students to earn college credit for a project CMIll. 471 Community Health Services and planned jointly with a faculty sponsor and not already covered by an existing course. Registration for this course Aging must be signed by the respective dean and the chairper­ An interdisciplinary approach to the analysis of theory and practice of community health resources that offer son of the department. health and social services to the aging. Examines health 1-6 credits and health-related programs and establishes relationships between need and services.

151 SCIENCE AND REALm

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND QUANTITATNE ANALYSIS

Professors: L.S. Cheo, 1. Presby Associate Professors: 1. Gaydosh, E. Hu, J. Najarian, A.S. Noetzel (chairperson) Assistant Professors: G. Ndjatou

COMPUTER SCIENCE able. Computing equipment is located in the Coach House Computer Center, Science Hall, and White Hall. Apple The Department of Computer Science offers a compre­ computers and other microcomputers are also available hensive program of study, in both the theory of computer for student use in other sites on the campus. science and its applications, leading to a Bachelor of Sci­ ence (B.S.) degree. The Computer Science program in­ Student Group cludes the study of algorithmics; program design and There are, at this time, approximately 180 majors in the analysis; computer languages and software development; department. Student groups and activities include ACM applications packages; computer hardware, systems, and (Association for Computing Machinery) Student Chap­ operating systems; artificial intelligence; numerical analy­ ter, Computer Society of Student Government Associa­ sis; optimization; graphics; data communications and tion, and a WPC Chapter of the National Computer Sci­ computer networks, and the theory of computation. A ence Honors Society, Upsilon Pi Epsilon. broad and solid foundation in problem solving, model­ The Hon~r Society: Upsilon Pi Epsilon ing and decision making is formulated, and the skill of (UPE) programming is developed. Theoretical concepts are re­ The WIlliam Paterson College Chapter certification ofUPE inforced through extensive lab work and computer was awarded in May 1988. The name of this chapter is projects. Gamma Chapter of New Jersey.At this time, there are 34 For this degree program, a student must complete a student members and two faculty members of this chap­ total of 42 credits of computer science work, of which ter. A student must possess the following qualifications 27 credits are in required courses and 15 are in electives. to be selected as a member of UPE: In addition, 16 credits of corequisites in computer sci­ 1. G.P.A. of 3.3 or greater. ence application areas are required. The college require­ 2. Minimum of 18 credits in computer science with ment for graduation is 128 credits. Two minor programs grade of B or better. in computer science and quantitative analysis are also 3. All computer science courses with grade of C+ or offered through this department. better. Computer Facilities WPC Student Chapter of the ACM (Asso­ A variety of computing facilities are available to students. ciation for Computing Machinery) and Severa11aboratories are equipped with mM-compatible Computer Society of SGA microcomputers, PS!2's and 386 and 486 computers. The WPC Student Chapter ofACM was chartered in July These computers communicate with each other, and with 1974. The Computer Society of SGA was establiShed in file servers that provide many different software re­ 1978.At this time, there are approximately 50 members sources, through an extensive Loca1Area Network (lAN). in these organizations. The LAN also provides access for authorized users to external networks such as Internet.A segment of the LAN Department Newsletters hosts a'SUN SPARCStation file server, which provides Periodically, a departmental newsletter is produced by computing resources under the Solaris Operating System the faculty (with additional input from students and other (a version of UNIX).The file server and microcomputers sources). It announces forthcoming events, activities, on this network segment constitute an environment for (extracurricular, educational or research) and recent de­ the study of systems programming, and various program­ velopments (new hardware and software installation). ming paradigms, by computer science students.Another Often the newsletter incudes a tutorial describing the LAN environment is found in the Computer Science Re­ procedures for using packages, programs and other com­ search Lab, where several SUN SPARC 1 + workstations, puter tools. terminals, and assorted microcomputers are connected to a SUN SPARC 1 + server. For students learning deter­ ministic and probabilistic simulation and program-solv­ ing on analog devices, an EAI Analog computer is avail- ,

152 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS

StudentInterns~pPrograr.n CS 270 Computer Statistical Techniques For qualified students, internship opportunities are avail­ (ECON 210 Economic Statistics I able. Internship offers practical experience in industrial as prerequisite*) 3 and business concerns on a part-time basis while attend­ CS 330 linear Programming and Operations ing William Paterson College as full-time students. Research 3 CS 360 Computer Calculus 3 'This course is credited toward upper-level electives CURRICULUM Free Elective (recommended to be included) 1 credit COMPUTER SCIENCE MAJOR CS 130 Introduction to Computer Programming/BASIC REQUIREMENTS 58 credits 3 CS 210 Advanced Microcomputer Applications 3 Core Requirements 27 credits CS 235 Introduction to Fortran 3 CS 140 Computer Science I 3 CS 253 COBOL I 3 CS 240 Computer Science I! 3 CS 352 COBOL I! 3 CS 201 Computer literacy:Microcomputer General Education" 60 credits Applications 3 CS 250 C/UNIX and Software Design 3 General Education** CS 280 Computer and Assembler Language 3 Upper-Level Electives 9 credits CS 341 Computer Architecture 3 Non-Western Requirement (may be taken as part of GE CS 342 Data Structures 3 or upper level electives). CS 345 Operating Systems 3 Total credits required for the degree 128 credits CS 480 Computer Science Seminar 3 "MATII 160, PHYS 260 and PHYS 261 and ECON 201 Computer Science Electives 15 credits are the required General Education courses in mathematics and science and social science for the (Distributed in different areas, at least 12 credits computer-science degree. from 400-level courses) COMPUTER SCIENCE MINOR PROGRAM 18 CS 362 Computer Simulation 3 CS 380 Data Communications and Computer CREDITS (Open to all noncomputer science majors) Networks 3 CS 399 Selected Topics 3 Required Courses 12 credits CS 410 Artificial Intelligence 3 CS 140 Computer Science I 3 CS 420 Compiler Construction 3 CS 240 Computer Science I! 3 CS 440 Data Base Management 3 CS 260 Discrete Structures 3 CS 445 Automata 3 CS 280 Computer and Assembler Language 3 CS 461 Computer Graphics 3 Electives 6 credits CS462 System Simulation 3 Choose two courses CS 499 Independent Study 3 CS 341 Computer Architecture 3 Corequisites 16 credits CS 342 Data Structure 3 MATH 161 Calculus I! 4 CS 360 Computer Calculus 3 CS 260 Discrete Structures 3 CS 362 Computer Simulation 3

QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS

Professor: 1. Presby Associate Professor: 1. Gaydosh

CURRICULUM Additional Gourses 9 credits Select three courses: QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS MINOR CS 270 Computer Statistical Techniques I 3 (Open to all students) 18 CREDITS CS 330 linear Programming and Operations Research 3 Required Courses 9 credits CS 362 Computer Simulation 3 ECON 210 Economic Statistics I 3 ECON 211 Economics Statistics II 3 MATH 120 Finite Math 3 ECON 430 Econometrics 3 MATH 150 Applied Calculus 3 MGT 470 Introduction to Operations Research 3

153 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

COURSES CS 260 Discrete Structures Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. A study of the mathematical theory and techniques un­ derlying computer science. Topics: combinatorial analy­ CS 130 Introduction to Computer sis, graph theory, Boolean algebra, set theory, matrices, Programming/BASIC probability and statistics. Introduces the basic principles and applications of com­ Prerequisite: CS 140 puting systems, microcomputers in particular. Tech­ CS 270 Computer Statistical Techniques niques of computer programming are introduced through An introductory course to study the existing major sta­ BASIC. tistical packages such as DATA-TEXT, BMDP, SPSS, SAS, CS 140 Computer Science I etc. Some basic JCL concepts used for this purpose are An introduction to design and representation of algo­ discussed. Topics include statistical programs and their rithms. Problem solving and programming techniques: applications, chi-square, regression, correlation, factor top-down analysis and recursion. Emphasizes computer analysis, analysis of variance and multiregression. solution of numerical and nonnumerical problems using Prerequisites: CS 140 and MATH 130 or ECON 210 the C programming language. CS 280 Computer and Assembler Language Prerequisite: MATH 115 or equivalent An introduction to the study of the basic structure and CS 201 Computer literacy: Microcomputer language of machines. Topics include basic concepts of Applications Boolean algebra, number systems, language, addressing Designed to present an overview of computers, computer techniques, data representation, file organization, sym-' science and use of computers. The course familiarizes bolic coding and assembly systems, use of macros, batch . students with hands-on experience and various types of operation and job handling. applications. Popular software packages, such as current Prerequisites: CS 240 and CS 260 version of LOTUS 1-2-3 and Wordperfect are used to in­ 330 linear Programming and Operations troduce spreadsheets and word p'rocessing concepts. cs Research CS 210 Advanced Microcomputer An introduction to the concept of operations research Applications and mathematical techniques applied to decision prob­ This course introduces advanced level topics in micro­ lems when the inputs are known. Topics include linear, computer applications. Topics include software pack­ nonlinear and dynamic programming with applications ages in the area of database management, desktop pub­ to transportation, assignment, resource allocation, pro­ lishing, data communication, graphical user interfaces and duction scheduling and inventory problems. system utilities. Prerequisite: CS 240 and CS 260 Prerequisite: CS 201 or equivalent CS 341 Computer Architecture CS 235 Introduction to FORTRAN An introduction to the architecture of digital computer Designed to teach students how and why a computer is systems. Topics include levels of computer description, used. The student gains the experience of how to pro­ instructions and modalities, gate networks, the control gram in the FORTRAN programming language. Simple unit, memories, I/O organization, the von Neumann com­ applications in the most frequently used mathematical puter model, multiprocessors and multicomputers, spe­ models are included. cial purpose systems, massively parallel computers and CS 240 Computer Science II computer networks. Analysis of algorithms, strategies for learning new lan­ Prerequisite: CS 280 and PHYS 261 guages and advanced program constructs and method­ CS 342 Data Structures ologies.The C programming language is used in the pro­ An introduction to data structures. Topics: strings, lists, gramming exercises. restricted data structures, graphs and trees, file structures, CS250 C/UNIX and Software Design sorting, searching, memory management and advanced This course is an introduction to the principles of soft­ data structure applications. ware design and development methodology. The course Prerequisites: CS 240 and CS 260 familiarizes the student with the programming language CS 345 Operating Systems C and the UNIX operating system environment. They are An introduction to operating systems and their design. also familiarized with advanced software design and sup­ Topics include file systems, memory management and port tools. Software performance and measures and con­ concurrent processes. Experience is developed in sev­ current programming methods are discussed. eral operating systems, such as UNIX, DOS and MVS/XA, Prerequisite: CS 240 etc. CS 253 COBOL I Prerequisite: CS 280 Introduction to the COBOL language with applications to commercial problems.Topics in business information processing such as payroll and inventory management are examined.

154 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS

CS 352 COBOL II CS 420 Compiler Construction A study of the data processing systems and advanced fea­ An introduction to the major techniques used in com­ tures of COBOL. Topics include binary number systems, piler Writing. Topics include formal language theory, lexi­ computer system design, card systems, tape systems, di­ cal and syntactic analysis, code generation and optimiza­ rect access systems, operating systems and job control tion, error diagnostics and recovery. language; modular programming, structured program­ Prerequisite: CS 342 ming, subprograms and COBOL Compiler supplied sub­ CS 440 Data Base Management program; report writers, sorting and merging procedures; Flow of data, its representation, transmission and stor­ program debugging; test data; computer security and age.Topics include data collection, conversion and veri­ privacy. fication; data transmission systems; data representations; Prerequisite: CS 253 data organization and storage; data manipulation and file CS 360 Computer Calculus management; data calculation; information display and Emphasizes building algorithms for solution of numeri­ retrieval; storage-program concepts and processing tech­ cal problems, the sensitivity of these algorithms to nu­ niques; programming and operating systems. merical errors and the efficiency of these algorithms. Prerequisite: CS 342 Topics: solutions to nonlinear equations, systems of lin­ CS445 Automata ear equations; interpolation and quadrature solutions; This course emphasizes the central concepts of effective numerical differentiation and integrations; eigenvalues procedures of computer-like machines, such as finite-state and eigenvectors. machines, pushdown automation, register machines and Prerequisites: CS 240, CS 260 and MATH 161 (MATH 202 the Turing machine.Topics include automata made up of recommended) parts, the memories of events in finite-state machines, CS 362 Computer Simulation computability, the relation between the Turing machine Probabilistic simulation models; generation of random and recursive functions. numbers, Monte Carlo-method; elementary queuing Prerequisite: CS 360 theory. Deterministic simulation models; applications to CS 461 Computer Graphics physics, economics and biological processes. Other An introduction to computer graphic principles and tech­ nonnumerical problems included are searching and sort­ niques. Design of interactive two- and three-dimensional ing techniques, information retrieval techniques. computer graphic systems, display files, image genera­ Prerequisites: CS 240, CS 260, CS 270 or equivalent tion, and fractals, applications to CAD systems, anima­ CS 380 Data Communications and Computer tion and other fields. Network Prerequisite: CS 360 Introduces the basic concepts, principles, design proce­ CS 462 System Simulation dures and applications of computer networks and data Introduction to the principles of simulation and the ap­ communication systems. ISO reference model is used as plication of several simulation languages to systems stud­ the basis to discuss the general functions and protocols ies. Discussion of the techniques applicable to both con­ of the network architecture. Typical networks such as tinuous and discrete systems and an explanation of the ARPANET and others are discussed in relation to the ISO probability theory and statistical techniques involved in reference model.This course also introduces students to the construction of valid models and analyzing results. other important issues in data communications includ­ ing network security, network management, etc. CS 480 Computer Science Seminar Prerequisites: CS 270, CS 342 and PHYS 261 Current topics in computer sciences are discussed. Prerequisites: CS 342, CS 360 and instructor's CS 399 Selected Topics permission. A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as recommended by the department and approved by the CS499 Independent Study Dean. As approved and to be arranged. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson 1-6 credits 1-6 credits CS410 Artificial Intelligence Problem representation, search strategies and list process­ ing. Exercise in using current expert system construc­ tion tools. Prerequisites: CS 240, CS 260 and CS 342

155 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND GEOGRAPHY

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE State-of-the-art mini- and micro-computer networked facilities are conveniently located in the Science Associate Professors: R. Pardi (chair), P.Thiuri Complex, while more powerful mainframe and Assistant Professors: S. Dodge super-computer facilities are available to authorized us­ Collaborating faculty from other departments: ers through high-speed telecommunications lines. S. Hanks (professor, Biology), M. Sebetich (professor, Bi­ ology), R. McCallum (Associate, Chemistry/physics), L. Risley (Assistant, Biology), S. Vail (Assistant, Biology) CURRICULUM The Environmental Science Program is a comprehensive bachelor of science degree program dealing with the in­ MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 61 CREDITS teraction of humans and their environment from the pri­ Required Major Courses (Complete aU 0ftbe mary perspective of the natural sciences. The program following): includes basic courses in the natural sciences (biology, ENV 110 Environmental Foundations 4 chemistry, physics and the earth sciences) and more ad­ ENV 115 General Geology 4 vanced courses relating the natural sciences to environ­ ENV 301 Field Experience 3 mental concerns. Advanced courses include ecology, ENV 370 Soils 4 soils, hydrogeology, environmental chemistry, environ­ ENV 380 Junior Seminar 3 mental physics, toxicology, aquatic ecology and conser­ ENV 480 Senior Practicum 3 vation biology. The program is structured so that the student gains a Corequirements (Complete aU oftbefollowing): holistic perspective of the environment. The program BIO 340 General Ecology 4 includes an interdisciplinary course, Environmental Foun­ BIO 163-164 General Biology I and II 8 dations, which integrates the natural sciences, social sci­ CHEM 160-161 General Chemistry I and II (with labs) 8 ences and humanities. Two upper-level, non-science, ECON 201 Macroeconomic Principles 3 environmental courses, including environmental ethics, MATH 160 Calculus I 4 are required as part of the program. The program's MATH 161 Calculus II or MATH 230 Statistics I 4 capstone course is the Senior Practicum in which stu­ PHIL 335 Environmental Ethics 3 dents use their training in a real case study to broaden a PHYS 260-261 General Physics I and II' 8 student's environmental experience of a specific envi­ or ronmental problem. The program includes a formal co-op PHYS 255-256 College Physics I and II 8 (field experience) requirement. Science Electives (Select 10 credits from among With a bachelor's degree in environmental science, a the foUowing): student is prepared for entry-level positions in research, BIO 261 General Botany 4 manufacturing, sales and management. Potential employ­ or ers include governmental agencies, private consulting BIO 218 Invertebrate Zoology (by advisement) 4 firms and industries dealing with environmental prob­ BIO 345 Conservation Biology 3 lems.Also, students are prepared to continue their edu­ BIO 402 Aquatic Ecology 4 cation at the post-baccalaureate level. The major is also CHEM 322 Environmental Chemistry 4 suitable for students contemplating a career in teaching PHYS 319 Environmental Physics 3 at levels N-12. ENV 423 Toxicology 3 Major equipment available to environmental science ENV 470 Hydrogeology 3 majors includes a mass-spectrometer-gas-chromatograph; transmission and scanning electron microscopes (with Nonscience Electives (Select 3 credits from among x-ray analyzer); UV-visible and infrared spectrometers; the following): 200 Mhz nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer; five ECON 230 Economics of the Environment 3 gas or high-pressure liquid chromatographs; atomic ab­ HUM 201 Humanities Honors Seminar III: sorption spectrophotometer; inductively coupled plasma Technology and Human Values 3 emission spectrograph; ion chromatograph; low, high and POL 355 Politics of the Environment 3 ultra-high speed centrifuges; liquid scintillation counter; PSY 360 Environmental Psychology 3 electrophoresis instrumentation; refrigerated fraction col­ SOC 406 Social and Environmental Change 3 lector; a research greenhouse; an ecology lab with a wide Note: 8 credits of Science, Math 160 (4), Econ 201 (3) range of both stationary and field equipment; a seismo­ included in GE. graph, weather station and soils laboratory.

156 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

Highly Recommended SENIOR YEAR CS 130 Introduction to Computer 30-34 credits Progr.anunUng/BASIC 3 Fall or ENV Science Elective 6-8 CS 201 Computer literacy and Microcomputer General Education courses 6 Applications •• 3 Upper-level Elective 3 ENG 300 Technical Writing 3 Spring or ENV480 Senior Practicum 3 ENG 330 Critical Writing ••• 3 General Education courses and Electives ECON202 Microeconomic Applications ••• 3 12-14 MATI! 230 Statistics I 4 Note: Students interested in a four-year course of study "For students planning to go on to graduate or profes­ may also elect to take several courses during sununer sional school, the General Physics I-II sequence is highly sessions I and II depending on the course selected. recommended. These students are encouraged to take ·May be counted as either an upper-level elective or an MATI! 230, Statistics I, as well. upper-level GE elective. ··Could be counted as an upper-level GE elective. •• These courses may count as upper-level electives. ···Could be counted as an upper-level elective. Sample Four-Year Program FRESHMANYEAR 33 credits COURSES Fall BIO 163 General Biology I 4 Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits, 3 hours CHEM 160 General Chemistry I 4 of lecture. ENG 110 Writing Effective Prose 3 ENV 110 Environmental Foundations 4 ENV110 Environmental Foundations Spring An introduction to the study of the environment from BIO 164 General Biology II 4 the viewpoints of several disciplines of the natural sci­ CHEM 161 General Chemistry II 4 ences, the social sciences and humanities. These disci­ MATI! 160 Calculus I 4 plines include biology, chemistry, physics, geology, soils, General Education courses 6 political science, economics, law, anthropology, sociol­ ogy and ethics.The course stresses a holistic view of the SOPHOMORE YEAR 35 credits Fall environment. The companion workshop includes field BIO 340 General Ecology 4 trips and hands-on experiences that complement the materials in the lecture. ECON 201 Macroeconomic Principles 3 MATI! 161 Calculus II or MATI! 230-Statistics I 4 3 hours lecture and discussion, 2 1/2 hours workshop PHYS 260 General Physics I 4 4 credits or ENV 115 General Geology PHYS 255 College Physics I 4 Includes the study of the origin and evolution of the earth, General Education courses 3 the rocks and minerals that compose it, the geological Spring processes that are constantly changing it, the origin and ENV 115 General Geology 4 evolution of plants and animals that live upon it and the ENV370 Soils 3 role of geology in shaping man's environment. Labora­ PHYS261 General Physics II 4 tory and field trips introduce rocks,minerals,fossils, maps or and landscape features. PHYS256 College Physics II 4 3 hours lecture, 2 1/2 hours lab General Education course 3 4 credits Computer course • ENV 150 Meteorology ]UNIORYEAR 30-32 credits This course deals with the factors responsible for the Fall changes in weather and climate. Topics include the ENG 300 Technical Writing·' 3 chemical and physical description of the atmosphere, cir­ or culation of air masses, weather analysis and forecasting, ENG 330 Critical Writing"' 3 climatic changes and human impact on weather and cli­ ENV Science Elective mate (air pollution, weather modification, greenhouse 3-4 effect). PHIL 335 Environmental Ethics 3 ENV 220 Histor,ica1 Geology General Education courses 6 Spring The study of the origin and evolution of the earth and life as revealed by the geological record in the rocks. In­ ENV301 Field Experience 3 cludes the concepts of plate tectonics and sea-floor ENV370 Soils 3 spreading; the origin, growth and drift of the continents; ENV380 Junior Seminar 3 the rise and fall of mountain ranges; the advance and re- ENV Nonscience 3 General Education courses 3-6

157 SCIENCE AND HEALTII treat of the seas and glaciers and the evolution of plants are discussed and team debate as needed. The student is and animals as shown by the fossil record. Major empha­ also instructed in the use of microcomputers and vari­ sis on the geological history of North America. ous software packages for word and data processing Prerequisite: ENV 115 (spreadsheet), data management (data bases) and 3 hours lecture, 2 1/2 hours lab graphical methods. 4 credits ENV389 Environmental Factors in Land Use ENV 301 Field Experience Introduces the subject of the use and misuse of land, the This course places the student in an active working ex­ consequent need for governmental review and regula­ perience with either a professional agency, a business or tion and the important role of a Natural Resource Inven­ a municipal body involved in some pertinent work re­ tory (NRl) in that process. Surveys the components of lated to the environment. Objectives are to expand stu­ an NRI and shows how portions of one are compiled. dents' backgrounds and their appreciation of the field, Final class sessions are devoted to students' oral presen­ give them first-hand experience and introduce them to tations of their semester projects. Prerequisite to the se­ potential employers or help them identify areas of spe­ nior seminars. cialization for graduate study. Students must work a mini­ Prerequisites: ENV 110 and junior standing mum of one full day per week with the agency to fulfill ENV 399 Selected Topics an on-the-job requirement. This requirement can also be A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as fulfilled by a cooperative education placement with the recommended by the department and approved by the program director's recommendation. dean. Prerequisites: ENV 110, 115, BIO 340, CHEM 161 and Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson junior standing 1-6 credits ENV 315 Introduction to Oceanography ENV 423 Toxicology The study of the origin, evolution and extent of the This course considers the toxic effects of natural sub­ oceans; waves, currents, tides, and tsunami; the plant and stances and human-made pollutants on living organisms animalllfe of the sea; the nature and topography of the (both plants and animals) either in terrestrial or aquatic sea floor; recent discoveries relating to sea floor spread­ ecosystems. Biogeochemical cycles,metabolic pathways, ing and continental drift; the role of the oceans in weather toxicity testing and bioassays, epidemiology, mutagen­ and climate. eSis, carcinogenesis and regulatory law are among the Prerequisite: ENV 110, 115 or one year of science topics covered. 3 hours lecture Prerequisites: ENV 115 and CHEM 161 Geomorphology ENV327 ENV 450 Environmental Computer The nature, origin and evolution of landscapes and mate­ Applications rials at or near the surface of the earth and the processes This course examines the application of mathematical that bring about changes. The nature and properties of computer simulation to the solution of environmental soils and the role of man and his activities. problems. The general development of computer mod­ Prerequisite: ENV 220 or permission of instructor els is reviewed as well as their specific use. The student ENV370 Soils employs working simulation models in the analysis of Acquaints students with the fundamentals of soil science. actual case studies while Critically evaluating and com­ It teaches that soil is a natural resource that must be paring the results of different models for particular prob­ managed and conserved. Topics studied include the physi­ lems. Familiarity with basic principles of computer op­ cal and chemical properties of soil, soil water, soils gen­ eration and some programming experience are expected esis and classification, soil microbiology, soil conserva­ of the student. tion and management. Particular attention is given to the ENV 470 Hydrogeology soils of New Jersey. The laboratory emphasizes fieldwork This course deals with the interrelationships of geologi­ and the measurement of chemical, physical and biologi­ cal materials and processes with water. It quantitatively cal properties of soil as measured. addresses the occurrence, distribution, movement and Prerequisites: ENV 115 and CHEM 161 chemistry of all waters of the earth. Topics studied in­ 3 hours lecture, 2 1/2 hours lab clude the hydrologic cycle, groundwater, runoff and 4 credits streamflow, water chemistry, water pollution, water re­ ENV380 Junior Seminar sources and treatment. Designed to give third-year students a chance to reflect Prerequisites: ENV lIS, CHEM 161 and MATII 160 upon their reasoning processes and learn how to evalu­ ENV 480 Senior Practicum ate critically a number of topics of major environmental Student task force groups participate in a common project concern. Methods of critical evaluation are taught as a utilizing the methodologies and skills learned in the class­ means of investigating the logic and reasoning behind room. Included are graphic and communicative skills, ideas and concepts. Arguments are analyzed for format, data collection and evaluation, as well as field and labo­ logic, justification and persuasiveness. All students are ratory techniques. An example of such a project is the expected to take an active part in the discussions and compilation of a natural resource inventory for a neigh- evaluations. Oral and written reports on specific topics

158 GEOGRAPHY boring community. The subject of the study is selected ing firm or industry in the environmental area. by the instructor, but the student's role in the team study 1-6 credits (may be taken twice for a maximum of 6 is jointly determined by both the student and the instruc­ credits) tor. Student and instructor maximally seek to simulate Summer Studies at the New Jersey Marine the working conditions of a professional consultant team Sciences Consortium engaged in a practical project. Regular work meetings WPC holds membership in the consortium,andWPC stu­ are held during class time with a formal written and oral dents may take formal courses for academic credit in presentation at the end of the semester. marine sciences at Sandy Hook or the Field Station.These Prerequisites: ENV 380 and senior standing courses are given from June through August and are pri­ ENV481 Senior Seminar marily undergraduate courses for sophomore through A continuation of ENV 480 senior levels. Independent study in the marine sciences Prerequisites: ENV 480 and senior standing is offered at undergraduate and graduate levels. Course 2 credits offerings vary somewhat from year to year, but the fol­ lowing are usually repeated: introduction to marine sci­ ENV 499 Independent Study ences, oceanography, basic scuba (NAUI certification), Independent research under the supervision of a faculty basic sailing, marine biology, ecology of the estuary member. Alternatively, a student may undertake another (graduate only) and coastal marine geology. co-op experience with a governmental agency, consult-

GEOGRAPHY

The B.A. degree in geography provides a sound liberal CURRICULUM education in addition to solid preparation for diverse fields of employment as a professional geographer. The MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 30 CREDITS geographer is primarily cpncerned with interpreting and Required Courses 9 credits explainihg the occurrence, distribution and interrelation­ GEO 150 World Regional Geography ships of the physical and cultural elements that can be 3 GEO 220 Environment and Humans discerned in the landscape. Geography analyzes phenom­ 3 GE0480 Seminar:Topics in Geography ena according to the attributes of location, extent and 3 density. The constantly changing physical and human Systematic Courses 12 credits landscapes on the earth's surface challenge the geogra­ Choose four of the following: pher to provide continuing interpretations of all parts of GEO 230 Population and Settlement 3 the world from the spatial point of view. GEO 300 Geopolitics 3 For students pursuing a terminal bachelor's degree or GEO 310 Trade and Transportation Geography 3 teaching certification, a geography major provides both GEO 320 Cultural Geography 3 the regional and global perspective required of respon­ GEO 360 Geography of Hunger and Food Supply 3 sible citizens. For the same reasons, geography is espe­ GEO 365 Geography of Plants and Animals 3 cially valuable for those entering graduate work in busi­ GEO 399 Selected Topics 3 ness administration, planning, law or medicine. Top level GEO 401 Cartography 3 professional positions are growing in the fields of plan­ GEO 499 Independent Study 3 ning geographic information systems, cartography, re­ Regional Geography 9 credits mote sensing and computer mapping. These fields, as Choose three of the following: well as college teaching, require advanced degrees. GEO 331 Geography of Asia 3 Majors planning to teach in secondary schools should GEO 332 Geography of the Middle East 3 meet certification requirements in social studies. All ma­ GEO 333 Geography of Europe 3 jors are assigned a faculty advisor. The following courses GEO 334 Geography ofAfrica 3 are designed to provide the geography major with a firm GEO 335 Geography of Latin America 3 foundation of world regional and physical geography, GEO 336 Geography of the Commonwealth of followed by an appropriate selection of more specialized Independent States 3 systematic and regional geography courses. GEO 338 Geography of the United States and Resources of the department include several microcom­ Canada 3 puters and two SUN workstations, high-speed plotters GEO 339 Geography of New Jersey 3 and digitizers. Geographic and map software include the GRASS 4.1 system, IDRlSI and MapInfo. MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 credits GEO 150 World Regional Geography 3 GEO 338 Geography of the United States and Canada 3

159 SCIENCE AND HEALTII

GEO 110 Cultural Geography 3 GEO 334 Geography of Mrica plus one course from among the following: This geographical area deals with the geographical analy­ GEO 300 Geopolitics 3 sis of the region's physical features, natural resources, GEO 230 Population and Settlement Geography 3 cultural patterns, problems and economic potentials, GEO 401 Cartography 3 together with its place in the world. or any Physical Geography course GEO 335 Geography of Latin America This geographical area deals with the geographical analy­ sis of the region's physical features, natural resources, COURSES cultural patterns, problems and economic potentials, together with its place in the world. Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. GEO 336 Geography of the Commonwealth of Independent States GEO 150 World Regional Geography This geographical area deals with the geographical analy­ A survey of the whole earth by natural regions and other sis of the region's physical features, natural resources, geographic realms; basic physical, cultural, socioeco­ cultural patterns, problems and economic potentials, nomic and political factors are considered. together with its place in the world. GE0220 Environment and Humans GE0338 Geography of United States and An overview of the basic concepts and theory of physi­ Canada cal and human geography. Focus on functional relation­ This geographical area deals with the geographical analy­ ships between land forms, climate, soils, vegetation, wa­ sis of the region's physical features, natural resources, ter, and human patterns and processes. cultural patterns, problems and economic potentials, GEO 230 Population and Settlement together with its place in the world. Geography GEO 339 Geography of New Jersey A geographical interpretation of the world's population This geographical area deals with the geographical analy­ distribution, numbers and dynamics through time. Spe­ sis of the region's physical features, natural resources, cial emphasis on the distribution of man's habitation cultural patterns, problems and economic potentials, forms and patterns, including the functioning of urban together with its place in the world. areas. GE0360 Geography of Hunger and Food GEO 300 Geopolitics Supply The influence of such factors as location, size, form, sur­ World-wide and local perspectives on causes and conse­ face, climate, natural resources and population on the quences of hunger. Regional and cross-cultural aspects political development of nations and their roles in world of food consumption patterns, production parameters, politics. distribution, marketing and official intervention. Empha­ GEO 310 Trade and Transportation Geography sis on developing areas including Brazilian experience A study of the exchange of commodities among the and other case studies. world's trading nations and an examination of the types GEO 365 . Geography of Plants and Animals of transport for the convenience of freight and Spatial relationships of the living environment. A sys­ passengers. tems approach to functional processes, characteristics GEO 320 Cultural Geography and relationships of the ecological elements to water and The imprint of human society upon the earth's surface. vegetation. Both natural succession and man-induced The application of the concept of culture to geographic changes, including pollution within the ecosystem. problems. GEO 399 Selected Topics GEO 331 Geography of Asia A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as This geographical area deals with the geographical analy­ recommended by the department and approved by the sis of the region's physical features, natural resources, dean. cultural patterns, problems and economic potentials, 1-6 credits together with its place in the world. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson GEO 332 Geography of the Middle East GE0401 Cartography This geographical area deals with the geographical analy­ A basic course in map making. Covers projections, the­ sis of the region's physical features, natural resources, matic, relief and statistical cartography. cultural patterns, problems and economic potentials, GE0480 Senior Seminar together with its place in the world. A history of geographical ideas, aims and methods, in­ GEO 333 Geography of Europe cluding current achievements of the profession of geog­ This geographical area deals with the geographical analy­ raphy. A research paper is required. sis of the region's physical features, natural resources, GEO 499 Independent Study cultural patterns, problems and economic potentials, As approved and to be arranged. together with its place in the world. 1-6 credits

160 EXERCISE AND MOVEMENT SCIENCES

DEPARTMENT OF EXERCISE AND MOVEMENT SCIENCES

Professors: 1. Dye, T. ]able, v. Overdorf (chairperson), Movement Science Performance Skills 8 credits S. Silas PEAK 161 Soccer .5 Associate Professors: S. Becker, P. Huber, S. Laubach, PEAK 162 Basketball .5 ]. Manning PEAK 163 Track and Field .5 Assistant Professors: K. Gill, S. vonDuviIIard PEAK 164 Tumbling .5 PEAK 165 Golf .5 The Department of Exercise and Movement Sciences of­ PEAK 167 Badminton .5 fers a major program leading to the bachelor of science PEAK 168 Racquetball .5 degree in physical education with concentrations in PEAK 169 Folk, Square, Ballroom Dance .5 adapted physical education, athletic training, teacher PEAK 261 Field Hockey .5 certification N-12 physical education and exercise physi­ PEAK 262 Volleyball .5 ology. (Note: Concentrations in dance, aquatics, recre­ PEAK 263 Conditioning .5 ation and leisure and coaching and officiating are cur­ PEAK 264 Tennis .5 rently not active). PEAK 266 Self-Defense .5 In addition to core courses and performance skills, at PEAK 267 Swimming .5 least one concentration must be completed to meet de­ PEAK 268 Modern Dance-Exercise Skills gree requirements. Field experiences in professional set­ Concentrations for Majors in the Department tings are part of the curriculum for all concentrations. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER CERTIFICATION Students seeking certification in both health and physi­ REQUIREMENTS (N-12)* 30 CREDITS cal education are afforded this opportunity through in­ terdisciplinary studies. Minors are offered in athletic train­ PETC 311 Movement Education 3 ing, adapted physical education, dance, exercise PETC 356 Gymnastics physiology, recreation and physical education. Elective PETC 461 Concepts of Coaching Select two from the following: courses are offered to satisfy, in part, the general educa­ tion requirement and to fulfill recreational outlets. PETC 357 Team Handball/Speedball .5 PETC 358 Softball/Flag Football .5 Assessments and Retention PETC 359 Archery/Rec Games .5 Providing students continued advisement and academic PETC 360 Orienteering/Hiking .5 counseling is of major concern to the Department of Professional Education Sequence Exercise and Movement Sciences.The faculty is also con­ PETC 395 Curriculum and Teaching Physical cerned about standards of quality of its graduates. The Education in the Elementary School 3 department maintains a performance standard by which PETC 396 Curriculum and Teaching Physical students are reviewed for continuing eligibility as majors. Education in the Secondary School 3 Details of this performance standard are provided by PETC 397 Practicum I: Elementary School department advisors to those who intend to major in the Experience exercise and movement sciences. PETC398 Practicum II: Secondary School Experience 1 PETC 495 Seminar in Physical Education CURRICULUM EDUC 415 Senior Teaching Internship 12 ClRL 330 Reading Strategies for the Content Areast 3 MAJOR CORE REQUIREMENTS 33 CREDITS PSY 210 Developmental Psychology** 3 Core Courses 25 credits 'PSY 110 - General Psychology, CMHL 120 - Current BIO 118 Basic Anatomy and Physiology* (4) Health Issues, and AACS 150 - Racism and Sexism in the PEAC 150 Introduction to the Profession of United States, are to be completed for certification, but Movement Science and Leisure Studies 1 may be applied to fulfill general education requirements. PEAC250 Kinesiology 3 "General Education elective course PEAC 251 Standard First Aid and Personal Safety 2 tState requirement for certification PEAC 252 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation 1 Students must have a 2.5 GPA in the major and overall to PEAC 254 History and Philosophy of Sport and be eligible for teacher certification. Forms are available Physical Activity 3 in the departmental office for application to the program. PEAC 255 Special Physical Education 3 PEAC 350 Physiology of Exercise 3 See the section on Curriculum and Instrnction for PEAC 353 Psychology of Motor Learning 3 additional certification requirements. PEAC 354 Tests and Measurements 3 Those seeking certification are required to take the Na­ PEAC 450 Psychosocial Dimensions of Sport 3 tional Teachers Exam (NTE) in physical education dur­ 'General Education requirement ing their last semester. Note: Math 130 and either Chem 131,031 or Phys 110 are also required in GE.

161 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

HEALTH EDUCATION CERTIFICATION EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY 15 CREDITS ENDORSEMENT 15 CREDITS PEEP 386 Graded Exercise Testing and Exercise This certification program is for physical education teach­ Prescription 3 ing majors only. PEEP 388 Leadership Training in Exercise CMHL 300 Community Health Education Program Programs 3 Planning 3 PEAT 267 Prevention and Care ofAthletic Injuries 3 CMHL320 Nutrition 3 PEDA462 Exercise Programs for Older Adults 3 CMHL451 Methods in Health Education 3 PEEP 490 Internship in Exercise Physiology 3 CMHL490 Human Sexuality 3 CMHL 320 Nutrition' 3 CMHL491 Drugs and Health 3 "General education elective course ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION' 12 CREDITS Note: Upon completing this concentration, students are All course prerequisites must be fulfilled. eligible to take the certification test given by the YMCA Required or the American College of Sports Medicine. PEDA 360 Physical Education for the MINOR REQUIREMENTS Orthopedically Handicapped 3 All course prerequisites must be met before admission Choose a minimum of 3 credits from following: to minors. Please see advisors for appropriate prerequi­ PEDA 362 Physical Education for the Mentally sites and requirements. Retarded 3 Exercise and Movement Sciences Electives PEDA460 Physical Education for the Perceptually The following courses are open to all students. These Impaired and/or Emotionally Disturbed 3 courses are designed to allow students to acquire skills PEDA462 Exercise Programs for Older Adults 3 in sports and dance. PERE 390 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation 3 PEEL 109 Combatives 2 Choose 0-6 credits from the following: PEEL 200 Target Archery 2 CODS 367 Sign Language 3 PEEL 201 Badminton 2 CODS 370 Sign Language II 3 PEEL 202 Bowling 2 PSY 354 Psychology of Learning 3 PEEL 203 Golf 2 SPED 412 Education of Emotionally/Socially PEEL 204 Tennis I 2 Maladjusted 3 PEEL 205 Tennis II SPED 413 Education of Neurologically Impaired 3 2 PEEL 206 Fencing 2 'This concentration is temporarily on hold for depart­ PEEL 207 Volleyball 2 mental review. PEEL 209 Karate I 2 ATIll.ETIC TRAINING PEEL 210 Karate II 2 CONCENTRATION 26 CREDITS't PEEL 211 HathaYoga 2 All department requirements and course prerequisites PEEL 212 Afro-Caribbean Dance 2 must be fulfilled. PEEL 21.3 Folk, Square and Ballroom Dance I 1 PEAT 267 Prevention and Care ofAthletic Injuries 3 PEEL 214 Folk, Square and Ballroom Dance II PEAT 362 Athletic Training Modalities 3 PEEL 215 Movement Skill Development 2 PEAT 363 Advanced Athletic Training 3 PEEL 216 Personal Fitness 2 PEAT 369 Assessment ofAthletic Injuries 3 PEEL 217 Horseback Riding 2 PEAT 370 Therapeutic Exercise 3 PEEL 218 Jogging and Orienteering 2 PEAT 467 Fieldwork in Athletic Training 3 PEEL 219 Backpacking 2 PEAT 468 Seminar in Athletic Training 2 PEEL 220 Cycling 2 PEDA 360 Physical Education for Orthopedically PEEL 221 Basic Skin and Scuba Diving 2 Handicapped 3 PEEL 222 Racquetball 2 CMHL 320 Nutrition" 3 PEEL 223 Aerobics 2 "All interested students must apply for acceptance into PEEL 250 Personal MovementAnalysis 3 the athletic training concentration during the spring se­ Exercise and Movement Sciences General mester of their first year on campus. Details on athletic Education Courses training concentration admission criteria are available Required from department advisors. PEGE 150 Fitness for Life 3 "General education elective course Electives fTeacher certification is recommended in the state of New PEAQ 204 Elementary Swimming 2 Jersey to assist in obtaining a job. Licensure in the state PEEL 201 Badminton 2 of New Jersey is required. PEEL 203 Golf 2 The Athletic Training program is approved by the nation­ PEEL 204 Tennis I 2 al governing board of the National Athletic Trainers PEEL 223 Aerobics 2 Association. PEGE240 Impact of Sport in the Modern World 3 PEGE330 Psychology of Sport 3 PEGE340 Social History of Western Sport 3

162 EXERCISE AND MOVEMENT SCIENCES

COURSES PEAC 353 Psychology of Motor Learning Acquaints the student with the concepts and principles Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. involved in motor skill learning and performance; in par­ ticular, the implications for teaching are considered. PEAC 150 Introduction to the Profession of Prerequisites: BIO 118, Psy 110, and PEAC 250 Exercise and Movement Sciences PEAC 354 Tests and Measurements Familiarizes the student with the exercise and movement A study of the role of evaluation in physical education. sciences program; possible careers that require knowl­ The organization and administration of a testing program. edge about the movement sciences. Students visit vari­ Also, appropriate statistical methods used in a testing ous professional sites in the field. program. 1 credit Prerequisites: MATH 130, PEAC 150 PEAC 250 Kinesiology • PEAC 450 Psychosocial Dimensions of Sport The study of human motion, which includes the struc­ A study of sport in relation to the concepts, theories and ture and function of the various systems that contribute principles of psychology and sociology. Enables the stu­ to movement. Special emphasis is placed on the bones, dent to understand the human organism's involvement joints and muscles as links in the production of move­ in sport and physical activity and the relationship of sport ment.Also emphasized is the biomechanical analysis of to culture and society. motion. Analysis of motor skills and exercises from these Prerequisites: BIO 118, PEAC 150, PSY 110, SOC 110 perspectives. Prerequisite: BIO 118 PEAK 161 Soccer A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the PEAC 251 Standard First Aid and Personal game with applications for each of the concentrations. Safety .5 credit Develops an individual's first aid capabilities. Provides the skills of initial emergency care necessary to sustain PEAK 162 Basketball A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the and maintain life support until qualified medical person­ game with applications for each of the concentrations. nel arrive. The current American Red Cross instructor's manual and updated tests for standard first aid and per­ .5 credit sonal safety are the bases for the course. Students who PEAK 163 Track and Field successfully complete the course receive a certification A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the from the American National Red Cross. sport with applications for each of the concentrations. 2 credits .5 credit PEAC 252 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation PEAK 164 Tumbling The correct techniques of external chest compression A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the and mouth-to-mouth resuscitation are stressed. Students activity, with applications for each of the concentrations. learn to recognize early warning signs, risk factors and .5 credit symptoms. Students who successfully pass the course, PEAK 165 Golf and are positively evaluated by an authorized CPR instruc­ A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the tor, receive certification through the American National game with applications for each of the concentrations. Red Cross. .5 credit 1 credit PEAK 167 Badminton PEAC 254 History and Philosophy of Sport and A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the Physical Activity game with applications for each of the concentrations. The study of physical activity and sport from preliterate .5 credit times to the present day. Emphasis on nineteenth- and twentieth-century sports and physical education. PEAK 168 Racquetball Prerequisite: PEAC 150 A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the . game with applications for each of the concentrations. PEAC 255 Special Physical Education .5 credit A general study and application of adaptive techniques and procedures for handicapped individuals in physical PEAK 169 Folk, Square and Ballroom Dance activity. A study of the fundamental principles and steps in dance Prerequisites: BrO 118 and PEAC 250 with applications for each of the concentrations. .5 credit PEAC 350 Physiology of Exercise The body's physiological response to exercise with con­ PEAK 198 Basic Conditioning sideration to age, sex, physical fitness and environmen­ Students learn about and experience conditioning pro­ tal stresses.The laboratory provides experiences that rep­ grams for fitness and/or various sports activities. Students licate theoretical constructs. work with the professor to design a program suitable for Prerequisites: BIO 118 and PEAC 250 their individual needs. 1 credit

163 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

PEAK 200 Beginning Tennis PEAQ 227 Diving Students are introduced to the basic skills of tennis, which To equip the individual with the basic fundamentals of enable them to playa limited game. diving. Instruction includes forward, back, reverse, in­ 1 credit ward and twist dives.The coaching and offiCiating of div­ ing as it pertains to a competitive situation are also in­ PEAK 230 Recreational Games cluded. Development of performance proficiency in bowling. 1 credit Recreational games include such activities as shuffle­ board, quoits, horseshoes, table tennis, frisbee and non­ PEAQ 228 Synchronized Swimming competitive and new games. The student learns to perform modern synchronized 1 credit strokes and stunts. Students experience swimming in rhythm with others to choreographed routines. PEAK 261 Field Hockey 1 credit A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the game with applications for each of the concentrations. PEAQ 263 lifeguard Training .5 credit Techniques of rescuing individuals from the water. In­ struction in self-rescue and the use of equipment. Ad­ PEAK 262 Volleyball vanced lifesaving certificates are awarded upon success­ A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the ful completion of criteria established by the American game with applications for each of the concentrations. Red Cross . . 5 credit Prerequisite: PEAQ 204 or permission of the instructor PEAK 263 Conditioning 2 credits A study of the fundamental principles of conditioning PEAQ 265 Water Safety Instructor with applications for all concentrations and sports. The instruction of advanced lifesaving and the nine .5 credit strokes of swimming. Emphasis is placed on the student's PEAK 264 Tennis ability to instruct other students in the class. All phases A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the of swimming instruction are covered.Water Safety Instruc­ game with applications for each of the concentrations. tor Certificate is awarded upon successful completion of .5 credit criteria established by the American Red Cross. PEAK 266 Self-Defense Prerequisite: PEAQ 263 A study of the primary maneuvers and principles for de­ 2 credits fending oneself. PEAQ 363 Administering and Conducting .5 credit Recreational Water Activities and PEAK 267 Swimming Programs A study of the basic strokes and skills for survival and A study of the various recreational activities conducted rescue in the water. at pools, lakes and shore areas. The individual gains an .5 credit understanding of the water and the types of programs best suited to each environment. PEAK 268 Modern Dance-Exercise Skills 2 credits A study of the basic principles of dance with applica­ tions to exercise skills. PEAQ 463 Pool Management 1 credit A study of the general principles of pool management. Emphasis on the technical aspects of pool equipment and PEAK 399 Selected Topics machinery as well as organizational procedures for di­ A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as recting the pool. recommended by the department and approved by the 2 credits dean. 1-6 credits PEAT 267 Prevention and Care of Athletic Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair Injuries Lecture and laboratory work concerned with the preven­ PEAK 499 Independent Study tion and care of common athletic injuries: preventing As approved and to be arranged. sprains, strains, bruises, friction burns and blisters. Other 1-6 credits first aid methods dealing with hemorrhage, fracture and PEAQ 204 Elementary Swimming unconsciousness are also covered. The responsibilities This course equips the individual with basic water safety and 1egallimitations of treatment are emphasized. skills and knowledge in order to help ensure safety while Prerequisites: BIO 118 and PEAC 250 in, on or near the water. 2 credits

164 EXERCISE AND MOVEMENT SCIENCES

PEAT 362 Athletic Training Modalities PECO 371 Coaching and Officiating Volleyball Lecture and laboratory experiences concerned with the Advanced offensive and defensive team strategies, rules rationale, use and application of therapeutic modalities and officiating. Includes laboratory experiences in coach­ in the rehabilitation of athletic injuries. Each modality is ing and officiating. The student is also exposed to vari­ presented with regard to physiological effects on body ous teaching and evaluating techniques. tissues, therapeutic indications and contraindications and Prerequisite: PEAK 262 or permission of instructor clinical applications. 2 credits Prerequisite: PEAT 267 PECO 372 Coaching and Officiating Soccer PEAT 363 Advanced Athletic Training Techniques and principles of coaching and officiating Advanced topics and techniques concerned with care, soccer. Laboratory experiences are provided for officiat­ prevention and recognition of athletic injuries. Includes ing and coaching. principles and practices of manual muscle testing, the Prerequisite: PEAK 161 or permission of the instructor history and organization of the athletic training profes­ 2 credits sion and the administration of athletic training programs PECO 373 Coaching and Officiating Basketball as well as journal review. Fundamental and advanced skills as well as theories of Prerequisites: PEAT 362 and permission of instructor offense and defense are learned by the student. Tech­ PEAT 369 Assessment of Athletic Injuries niques of officiating, organizing and administering a Lecture and laboratory experiences concerned with the basketball team in a high school program are stressed. mechanism, etiology, pathology, and evaluation of ath­ Prerequisite: PEAK 162 or permission of the instructor letic injuries. Includes clinical signs and symptoms, and 2 credits techniques in performing appropriate tests and assess­ PECO 374 Coaching and Officiating Softball ment procedures for recognizing athletic injuries. Techniques and principles of coaching and officiating Prerequisites: PEAT 362, PEAT 363; permission of softball are emphasized along with laboratory experience instructor for officiating and coaching. PEAT 370 Therapeutic Exercise Prerequisite: PETC 351 or permission of the instructor Lecture and laboratory experiences concerned with the 2 credits rationale, use and application of exercise in the rehabili­ PECO 375 Coaching and Officiating Baseball tation of athletic injuries, including principles involved Techniques of coaching, officiating, purchasing and car­ with various types of exercise. Basic components of de­ ing for equipment and playing areas are emphasized. signing and implementing rehabilitation programs includ­ Prerequisite: PETC 358 or permission of the instructor ing a review of current research. 2 credits Prerequisites: PEAT 362 and permiSSion of instructor PECO 470 Coaching and Officiating Football PEAT 467 Fieldwork in Athletic Training Prepares students for coaching football in high schools. Culminating practice experience. The student serves as Fundamentals, strategy of offensive and defensive play, an athletic trainer in a designated local high school un­ purchase and care of equipment and other administra­ der the direct supervision of a certified athletic trainer. tive problems are emphasized. Prerequisites: PEAT 369 and 500 hours of approved clini­ Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor cal experience; permission of instructor 2 credits PEAT 468 Seminar in Athletic Training PECO 471 Coaching and Officiating Gymnastics Exposure to medical and surgical procedures in athletic Intended for the future coach and/or judge in gymnas­ medicine. Lectures by physicians and other health care tics. Film analyses and judging tests are offered. professionals. Surgical observation and follow-up with Prerequisite: PETC 356 or permission of the instructor physician, therapist and/or patient. Includes observation 2 credits at allied health care facility. Prerequisites: PEAT 467 and permiSSion of instructor PECO 472 Coaching and Officiating Swimming 2 credits Fundamentals of aquatic activities through analyZing strokes and teaching procedures, planning and officiat­ PECO 360 Olympic and Rhythmic Gymnastics ing swimming meets, organizing and administering an Advanced skills culminating in the creation of individual aquatic program. routines in competitive events. Prerequisite: PEAQ 204 or permission of the instructor Prerequisites: One semester ballet, tumbling and appara­ 2 credits tus, or permission of the instructor PECO 473 Coaching and Officiating Wrestling PECO 370 Coaching and Officiating Field Designed to prepare wrestling officials for certification Hockey through classroom and practical application. The areas Techniques and principles of coaching and officiating of team coaching, officiating, recruiting and meet orga­ field hockey are stressed. Laboratory experiences are nizing are also included. provided for officiating and coaching. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor Prerequisite: PEAK 261 or permission of the instructor 2 credits 2 credits

165 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

PECO 474 CoacWng and Officiating Tennis ground with which to appreciate dance as an audience Designed to make students knowledgeable about the member. Geared for students without previous dance process involved in selecting and coaching a tennis team. experience. In addition, the techniques necessary to become a rated PEDN 275 History of Dance tennis official are included. A survey course of dance as part of world history from Prerequisite: PEAK 264 or permission of the instructor pre-Christian civilization to the present. Studies from the 2 credits early fifteenth century (when dance manuals first ap­ PECO 475 CoacWng and Officiating Track peared) are emphasized. Participation in Renaissance and and Field Baroque period dances. Readers of Labanotation may use Techniques and methods of coaching and officiating, in­ the language of dance as a research method. cluding laboratory experiences in officiating and evalua­ PEDN 280 Modern Dance I tion of facilities and equipment. An introductory course in contemporary dance. Empha­ 2 credits sis on developing the student's appreciation of the art of PECO 476 Organization and Administration dance through experiential understanding of the move­ of Athletics ment principles of the Humphrey-Weidman-Limon school Constructed as a coordinator of all courses dealing With . of modern dance. an athletics program. Emphasis on the organization of 2 credits the program and its administration in relation to all per­ PEDN 281 Modern Dance II sonnel involved. Continuation of the study of Humphrey-Weidman-Limon Prerequisite: Permission of instructor school of modern dance. Relates its principles to teach­ PEDA 360 Physical Education for the ing, performing, recreation and therapy. Orthopedically Handicapped 2 credits Familiarizes prospective teachers with various types of PEDN 283 Ballet I physical handicaps. Exercises, games and activities for Theory and performing techniques of classical ballet at the correction or treatment of specific disabilities. the beginning level. Based on the Royal Academy of Practicum required. Dance system of training. Prerequisite: PEAC 255 2 credits PEDA 362 Physical Education for the PEDN 284 Ballet II Mentally Retarded Theory and performing techniques of classical ballet at Identifies causes and namre of mental retardation. Prac­ the advanced-beginner level. Based on the Royal Acad­ tice in implementing group and individual physical edu­ emy of Dance syllabus. cation programs for the mentally retarded child. 2 credits Practicum required. Prerequisite: PEAC 255 PEDN 288 ModernJazz Dance Technique Theory and performance of modern jazz dance technique. PEDA 460 Physical Education for the 2 credits Perceptually Impaired and/or Emotionally Disturbed PEDN 289 Beginning Tap Dance Identifies nature and cause of impairment. Practice in A basic course in theory and practice of tap dance and a implementing physical education programs for impaired study of this American art form. persons. Practicum required. 2 credits Prerequisite: PEAC 255 PEDN 376 Dance Performance Workshop I PEDA 462 Exercise Programs for Older Adults . Performance on an intertnediate/advanced technical level Prepares students to plan and conduct basic physical and choreography in a workshop situation. Emphasizes activity and exercise programs for the elderly. Although field experience performing, choreographing and pro-" the emphasis is on exercise routines and fitness programs, ducing a dance concert for educational purposes. students also learn to lead older adults in rhythmic and Prerequisite: Registration by audition only dance activities and recreational games. A three-week 2 credits training period is followed by a twelve-week practical PEDN 377 Dance Performance Workshop II experience at a senior citizen site (nutrition site,day care A continuation of Dance Performance Workshop I. The center or some other senior citizen center).Weekly semi­ student takes a role of creative leadership in choreogra­ nars are held in conjunction with the practical phy and production. experiences. Prerequisite: PEDN 376 Prerequisite: PEAC 350 2 credits PEDN 130 Introduction to the Art of Dance Elementary technique, improvisation, studies in compo­ sition, lectures, films and discussions on dance theory, philosophy and current trends of dance. Provides a back-

166 EXERGSEAND MOVEMENT SCIENCES

PEDN 380 Choreography PEEL 202 Bowling Dance composition on a beginning level for teachers, Students learn the aiming approach and delivery for a recreation leaders and performers. strike and various techniques involved in picking up Prerequisite: Four credits in modern dance and/or ballet spares. The class is conducted at a bowling alley. or permission of instructor 2 credits PEDN 381 Advanced Choreography and Dance PEEL 203 Golf Production The development of basic fundamentals including grip, Choreography on an advanced level. Study of produc­ stance, swing and putting. Elementary game strategy in­ tion techniques for dance. Field experience choreograph­ corporating terminology involving rule interpretation is ing and producing a dance concert. also included. Prerequisite: PEDN 380 2 credits PEDN 399 Selected Topics PEEL 204 Tennis I A topic not covered by an existing course will be offered Designed for the beginning player, students learn the as recommended by the department and approved by basic strokes, namely, forehand, backhand, serve and the Dean. volley. Game strategies, court etiquette, match observa­ Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair tions and rules are also included. 1-6 credits 2 credits PEDN 440 Dance Exercise Leadership Training PEEL 205 Tennis II Prepares students to teach dance classes in schools and Development of performance proficiency in tennis. A recreational organizations. Deals with the "hows" and study of the various skills in tennis and their applications "whys" of dance movement. in a game situation. Prerequisite: PEDN 280 or 380 or permission of the in­ 2 credits structor PEEL 206 Fencing 2 credits An introduction to skills and techniques of foil fencing. PEDN 473 Labanotation 2 credits Reading and dancing repertory from Labanotation scores. PEEL 207 Volleyball Helps students understand movement, improve perform­ Designed for students with little or no experience with ing ability and provides written and spoken terminology. the game. Fundamental skills, strategy and rules are Prerequisites: PEDN 280 and 283 learned. PEED 310 Strategies for Teaching Health and 2 credits Physical Education PEEL 209 Karate I Focuses on the objectives and philosophy of health and Introduces students to the basic principles of weapon­ physical education programs in today's elementary less self-defense. With the empty hand, students are schools. Student lesson plans are required. Participation taught the elementary techniques of blocking, parrying, by students in a spectrum of physical education activi­ kicking and punching. Close combat measures are also ties. Required for students seeking elementary education covered, along with the code of moral and ethical re­ certification. sponsibilities that come with learning this art form. 2 credits 2 credits PEEL 109 Combatives PEEL 210 Karatell This course introduces the student to measures of pro­ This course is a refinement of Karate I. Advanced appli­ tection aimed at safe-guarding life and limb. Unlike PEEL cations of technique and multiple uses for single tech­ 209, Karate I, it focuses on escape and avoidance. The niques are cove!ed. student, however, is taught the rudiments of striking, Prerequisite: PEEL 209 kicking and blocking sensitive areas of the body to ini­ 2 credits tiate attacker discouragement. 2 credits PEEL 211 Hatha Yoga This course introduces students to a variety ofHathaYoga PEEL 200 Target Archery techniques (i.e, postures, breathing, meditation). Basic Development of skill in target archery and a survey of yoga philosophy and the benefits which may be derived other popular forms of archery. from doing Hatha Yoga are included. 2 credits 2 credits PEEL 201 Badminton PEEL 212 African-Caribbean Dance Development of skill in badminton, including basic A beginning course inAfrican and Caribbean dance forms. strokes and playing strategy. 2 credits 2 credits

167 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

PEEL 213 Folk, Square and Ballroom Dance I PEEL 223 Aerobics This course includes performance of the fundamental A complete aerobic fitness program that utilizes various skills of contemporary square dance, folk dance and rhythmic =ercise regimens to help students understand couples ballroom dancing. and experience the effects of physical conditioning. 1 credit 2 credits' PEEL 214 Folk, Square and Ballroom Dance n PEEL 250 Personal Movement Analysis Includes performance of the intermediate skills of con­ This course is based upon a system established by Rudolf temporary square dance,foik dance and couples ba11room Laban, which brings clarity to the understanding and dancing, including ability to teach these dances. performance of functional and expressive movement. As 1 credit a language, Laban Movement Analysis provides an objec­ tive vocabulary to observe and describe dynamic quali­ PEEL 215 Movement Skill Development ties of movement, actions of the body, changes in body This course =plores the early stages of skill development. shape and architectural space. This course i~ especia1ly 2 credits helpful to those interested in anthropology, art, commu­ PEEL 216 Personal Fitness nication, dance, education, fitness, psychology, theatre, A course designed to help students develop a commit­ sociology, writing and management. ment to a lifetime of fitness. PEEL 399 Selected Topics 2 credits A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as PEEL 217 Horseback Riding recommended by the department and approved by the This course is designed to provide equestrian education dean. in the English style of walk, trot and canter. Also included Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair are stable techniques in grooming, bridling, saddling and 1-6 credits care of equipment. PEEP 386 Graded Exercise Testing and Exercise 2 credits Prescription PEEL 218 Jogging and Orienteering Theoretical information about the administration and Orienteering: Teaches students how to find their way application of graded =ercise stress tests. with a map and compass to a given destination through Prerequisite: PEAK 350 an unknown area. Physiological and social benefits are PEEP 388 Leadership Training in Exercise discussed. Jogging: An introduction to and active par­ ticipation in jogging. Exercise principles and the mechan­ Programs Students learn to organize, lead and supervise programs ics of running presented. of physical =ercise and conditioning in industrial, busi­ 2 credits ness, recreational, educational and athletic settings. Also, PEEL 219 Backpacking how to use results of diagnostic tests to prescribe appro­ Students are introduced to backpacking as a recreational priate activities for a wide variety of populations. pursuit. Hiking techniques and skills are developed. Sur­ Prerequisite: PEEP 386 or permission of instructor viving in the wilderness is also discussed. PEEP 399 Selected Topics 2 credits A topic not covered by an existing course will be offered PEEL 220 Cycling as recommended by the department and approved by A course to introduce the fundamentals of bicycle riding the Dean. and its availability as a low-impact aerobic activity. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair 2 credits 1-6 credits PEEL 221 Basic Skin and Scuba Diving PEEP 482 Advanced Exercise Physiology Designed to provide diving education in the use, care Advanced concepts concerning the physiological adap­ and styles of diving equipment, physiology, physics, dive tations of man and animals to exercise. With these con­ tables and decompression schedules, first aid and com­ cepts established, the student then =plores the more munication. Completion of the course entitles the stu­ controversial issues of exercise physiology. dent to a scuba check-out card. Students desiring the basic Prerequisite: PEAC 388 certification card issued by the National Association of in Skin Diving Schools can fulfill the certification require­ PEEP 490 Internship Exercise Physiology ments by completing two additional, independent les­ This is the culminating experience for students in the sons with the instructors. Exercise Physiology concentration. Students are assigned to a corporate fitness center and/or a hospital-based car­ 2 credits diac rehabilitation center for practical experience in the PEEL 222 Racquetball application of concepts. Designed to provide students the basic concepts of play­ Prerequisite: Completion of all coursework in the con­ ing the game of racquetba1l, including emphasis on fun­ centration damental skills, rules and regulations and strategy. 2 credits

168 EXEROSEAND MOVEMENT SCIENCES

PEGE 150 Fitness For Life PERE 294 Camp Counseling A study of the general nature and structure of exercise A study of the nature and duties of counseling in private, and fitness as it pertains to the individual. The purpose muIlicipal and organizational camps. Techniques of group of this course is to assist the individual in gaining an un­ work and the planning, organizing and executing of pro­ derstanding of the effects of exercise, sports and physi­ grams are included. cal activity on the physical and psychological self. Em­ PERE 305 Community Recreation phasis is placed on the physiological, sociological and A study of community recreation with emphasis on his­ biological development of the individual student through tory, theory and philosophy; governmental involvement; planning a personal exercise program. other social institutions; current principles and practices. PEGE 240 The Impact of Sport in the PERE 306 Recreation Facilities and Modern World Management Sport is a prominent entity with a great impact on mod­ A study of the design and management of facilities and ern life. To help the student understand the extent of areas for leisure enjoyment, including use of existing fa­ that impact, this course examines the many meanings of cilities, feasibility studies, site selection, principles of sport for the American people through (1) an evaluation planning, construction and maintenance procedures. of the influences of sport on America's youth, its educa­ tional institutions and its communities - from village to PERE 390 Introduction to Therapeutic metropolis; (2) an investigation of the promotion of sport Recreation by the mass media, the business community and govern­ Provides an in-depth study of therapeutic recreation for ment; (3) an analysis of the role of sport in such complex the ill and handicapped in various settings. Emphasis on issues as gender and racial stereotyping and discrimina­ the role of recreation as a means of therapy in rehabilita­ tion; (4) an examination of the relationship of sport to tion. Internship experience is undertaken. such contemporary concerns as violence and drug abuse; PERE 482 Leisure Crafts and Activities in and (5) an investigation of Am erica's participation in in­ Recreation ternational sport. A study of leisure crafts through creative activities with a Prerequisites: SOC 110 and PSY 110 multiplicity of craft media. Focuses on program imple­ PEGE 330 Psychology of Sport mentation with various types of groups. This course entails a look at the psychological principles PERE 490 Organization and Administration of involved in physical activity and sport. Although the theo­ Recreation Programs retical basis from which the principles derive is consid­ The exploration of major problems and practices in the ered, emphasis is on the application of these principles. organization and administration of recreational programs Prerequisite: PSY 110 in various settings. PEGE 340 Social History of Western Sport PERE 491 Fieldwork in Recreation This course provides a view of Western civilization An internship that enables the student to observe tech­ through the window of sport. Building on the concepts niques of and practice in a recreational setting. The stu­ established in the two Western civilization courses re­ dent is assigned to a recreation program. quired for general education, it helps to close some of Prerequisites: Completion of concentration courses the unavoidable gaps left by earlier political, economic, PETC 311 Movement Education religious, cultural and ideological analyses of Western A different approach toward teaching where a more in­ society. The study of sport not only broadens students' dividualized program is set up with the larger group vision of life and culture in the Western world, but also (class). Students become aware of the basic movements enhances their understanding of it. of the body in relation to time, space and force at their Prerequisites: mST 101 and HIST 102 own rate according to ability level. PERE 290 Foundations and Programs in 3 credits - Recreation PETC 356 Gymnastics A study of the nature, scope, history and philosophy of This course enables students to develop proficiency in recreation, its meanings, the services rendered in vari­ performing, spotting, and analyzing skills on apparatus. ous settings, its relationship to allied disciplines and sci­ Prerequisite: PEAK 164 entific foundations. 1 credit PERE 292 Recreational Leadership PETC 357 Team Handball/Speedball A study of methods, materials and skills necessary for This course enables the student to perform skills neces­ persons preparing to assume leadership roles in recre­ sary for the game, as well as analyzing movement skills. ational programs. .5 credit PERE 293 Programs in Recreation PETC 358 Softball/Flag Football The study of public, voluntary and private recreation This course enables students to become proficient in programs sponsored by governments, education, indus­ performing and analyzing skills for these activities. try and other organizations. Considerations are given to administration, financial support, facilities and leadership. .5 credit

169 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

PETC 359 Archery/Rec Games Experiences include working with individuals and small Students become proficient in skills for these activities, groups and teaching the entire class. Taken concurrently plus focus on facilitating skill acquisition and analysis. with PETC 395 . .5 credit Prerequisite:Admission to teacher certification program; PETC 360 Orienteering/Hiking see also Curriculum and Instruction 1 credit This course enables the student to become proficient in the motor skills and intellectual development necessary PETC 398 Practicum IT: Secondary School for orienteering and hiking. Experience .5 credit This experience in the school is correlated with meth­ PETC 395 Curriculum and Teaching Physical ods of teaching physical education and human movement. Primarily devoted to teaching classes and small groups. Education in the Elementary School Taken concurrently with PETC 396. The principles of curriculum development in elementary Prerequisites: PETC 397; see also Curriculum and school physical education programs. Students learn how to teach physical education activities designed for elemen­ Instruction 1 credit tary school children.Taken concurrently with PETC 397. Prerequisite:Admission to teacher certification program PETC 461 Concepts of Coaching PETC 396 Curriculum and Teaching physical This course provides an introduction to the concepts Education in the Secondary School associated with coaching of interscholastic and intercol­ legiate sports. The student is exposed to various tech­ The physical education teacher's role in facilitating the adolescent student's growth and development through niques, principles and fundamentals that are associated movement activities. A variety of teaching styles are ex­ with coaching. 1 credit plored . .Includes administrative duties and responsibili­ ties of the physical education teacher at the secondary PETC 495 Seminar in Physical Education level. Taken concurrently with PETC 398. Current trends and developments in public education are Prerequisite:Admission to teacher certification program explored. Particular attention is given to classroom man­ agement and problems that confront student teachers. PETC 397 Practicum I: Elementary School The course is conducted during the semester of the stu­ Experience In this pre-student-teaching experience, the student is dent teaching experience. 1 credit assigned to work in a school for the purpose of observ­ ing and assisting the experienced physical educator.

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

Professors: E. Goldstein, M. Kaplan, E. Phadia, Placement in mathematics courses is based on the New R. Stevenson Jersey College Basic Skills Placement test scores and high Associate Professors: J. Coomes, B. Eastman, M. Jani, school records. Students who do not demonstrate readi­ S. Maheshwari (chairperson) ness for calculus are required to take preparatory courses Assistant Professors: N.Assimakopoulos, S. Hyman, D. that do not count toward the mathematics major. Stu­ Kalish, M. LJarull, C. Mancuso, D. Miller, S. Robinson dents who have taken calculus in high school may apply for advanced placement with credit. By rotation, all our The Department of Mathematics offers courses in most major courses are offered during evening hours to serve principal branches of mathematics. The primary goal of part-time majors. the program is to prepare majors for professional careers Students interested in obtaining teacher certification and graduate school, and to create in each student an in mathematics must complete additional courses as pre­ awareness and appreciation of the beauty and importance scribed by the School of Education (see Department of of mathematics in various facets of life through active Curriculum and Instruction). learning experiences. Mathematics majors are encouraged to minor in areas The program leading to a bachelor of arts degree in in which mathematics can be extensively applied, such mathematics has two major tracks, namely, mathematics as computer science, biology, physics, chemistry, and applied mathematics. A minor in mathematics and a economics, business administration, psychology and sta­ minor in statistics are also available. It is expected that tistics. Mathematics majors who intend to pursue a gradu­ an additional program leading to a bachelor of science ate program are advised to satisfy the intermediate read­ degree in mathematics will be offered in the near future. ing level in one of the following foreign languages: Accordingly, the course requirements may change for the German, French or Russian. bachelor of arts degree.

170 MATHEMATICS

The department has a computer lab for priority use by MATH 380 Mathematical Models and Applications 3 our majors. In addition, the School of Science and Health MATH 399 Selected Topics 3-4 has two other computer labs for general use. These labs MATH 401 Applied Algebra 3 provide an excellent facility for course work as well as MATH 421 Mathematical Statistics 3 for senior projects and research. MATH 424 Introduction to NumericalAnalysis 3 Students will be expected to use a variety of technolo­ MATH 499 Independent Study 1-3 gies (such as graphing calculators, computers, etc.) APPUED MATHEMATICS TRACK 51-52 CREDITS throughout the mathematics major course work, as part MATH 195 Math Lab 3 credits of a concerted effort to meet the changes in the way math­ (Strongly recommended but not required) ematics is now being done, and also to meet the techno­ logical challenges of the twenty-ftrst century. Required Courses 33 credits Students must complete a sophomore exam. in keep­ MATH 161 Calculus II 4 ing with the college policy on assessment of student MATH 200 Logic and Discrete Mathematics 3 learning. MATH 201 Calculus III 4 MATH 202 Linear Algebra 3 Honors in Mathematics MATH 230 Statistics 4 Students enrolled as mathematics majors may qualify for MATH 322 Differential Equations 3 a degree with honors if they meet the following criteria: MATH 324 Probability 3 1. a minimum 3.25 GPA overall MATH 325 Topics from Applied Mathematics 3 2. a minimum 3.70 GPA in mathematics major courses MATH 380 Mathematical Models and Applications 3 3. an independent study for credit beyond the degree MATH 424 Introduction to NumericalAnalysis 3 requirements. The results of this independent study Additional Required Courses 9 credits must be presented as a seminar to the department ENG 300 Technical Writing and will fortn a written thesis resulting in an honor's 3 or thesis. ENG 330 Critical Writing 3 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS CS 140 Computer Science I 3 Students must fullill the requirements of either the Math­ CS 200 level or above 3 ematics track or the Applied Mathematics track. Note: 9-10 credits In both tracks, MATH 160, Calculus l,is the required Math Electives Choose three from the following: GEcourse. MATH 232 Statistical Computing 3 MATH 301 Modern Algebra 3 MATH 302 Advanced Calculus 3 CURRICULUM MATH 323 Foundations of Geometry 3 MATH 399 Selected Topics 3-4 MATHEMATICS TRACK 50-51 CREDITS MATH 401 AppliedAlgebra 3 MATH 195 Math Lab 3 credits MATH 411 Advanced Discrete Mathematics 3 (Strongly recommended but not required) MATH 421 Mathematical Statistics 3 MATH 422 Complex Analysis 3 Required Courses 32 credits MATH 426 Calculus of Variations 3 MATH 161 Calculus II 4 MATH 499 Independent Study . 1-3 MATH 200 Logic and Discrete Mathematics 3 MATH 201 Calculus III 4 TEACHER CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS MATH 202 Linear Algebra 3 Students interested in obtaining teacher certillcation in MATH 301 Modern Algebra 3 mathematics must complete, .in addition to one of the MATH 302 Advanced Calculus 3 Mathematics Track or Applied Mathematics Track, a total MATH 323 Foundations of Geometry 3 of 27 extra credits from courses prescribed by the School MATH 422 Complex Analysis 3 of Education (see Department of Curriculum and In­ MATH 423 Real Analysis 3 struction). MATH 425 Introduction to Topology 3 MATHEMATICS MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18-21 Additional Required Courses 9 credits CREDITS ENG 300 Technical Writing 3 Required Courses 11 credits or MATH 160 Calculus I 4 ENG 330 Critical Writing 3 MATH 161 Calculus II 4 CS 140 Computer Science I 3 MATH 202 Linear Algebra 3 CS 200-level or above 3 Electives 9-10 credits Electives 9 -10 credits Three additional mathematics courses from those listed Choose three from the following: under the mathematics major. At least two of these MATH 322 Differential Equations 3 courses must be at the 300 level or higher. MATH 324 Probability 3 MATH 325 Topics from Applied Math 3

171 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

For students majoring in business, economics, bi~ MATIl105 Preparatory Algebra ology and psychology: This'course covers polynomial arithmetic, factoring, solv­ Required Courses 9-11 credits ing equations (linear and quadratic) with applications and graphing.This is a self-paced course, not a formal lecture MATH 120 Finite Math 3 course. Note: Credits for this basic skills course or are MATH 202 Linear Algebra not applicable toward degree requirements. Plus one of the following two groups of courses: MATIl110 COntemporary Mathematics MATH 130 Elementary Statistics and 3 This course is intended to provide an understanding of MATH 150 Applied Calculus I or 3 some of the mathematical ideas expected of an educated MATH 160 Calculus I and 4 adult. Topics include logic, set theory, introductory com­ MATH 161 Calculus IT 4 binatorics and applications selected by the instructor. Electives 9 credits MATII 115 COllege Algebra Three additional mathematics courses from the 200 level An algebra course with emphasis on the logical develop­ or higher by advisement. ment of the subject. Topics include: the algebra of frac­ tions; linear equations and inequalities; exponents; radi­ STATISTICS MINOR REQUIREMENTS cals and complex numbers; non-linear equations and Offered in response to the demand for professionals inequalities; and graphing linear equations, solving sys­ trained in various branches of statistics such as biostatis­ tics, quality control, operations research, economic fore­ tems of equations, conic sections in standard position with centers at the origin, graphs and operations offunc· casting, opinion polls and marketing analysis. This minor tions and inverse functions. prepares students to be proficient in statistical techniques useful in their chosen professions. MATIl116 Precalculus Required Courses 19 credits This course prepares students for calculus by studying relations, functions and their applications, and graphs. For a Non-Matbematics Major The functions studied include polynomial, rational, ex­ MATH 120 Finite Math 3 ponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions. or Prerequisite: MATH 115 or Department Chairperson's MATH 202 Linear Algebra permisSion MATH 150 Applied Calculus I 3 MATH 230 Statistics 4 MATIl120 Finite Mathematics MATH 232 Statistical Computing 3 An introduction to linear programming and probability MATH 324 Probability 3 for decision making. Topics include linear systems, ma­ MATH 421 Mathematical Statistics 3 trices, the simplex method, and methods and concepts of elementary probability theory with applications to For a Matbematics Major business, economics and social sciences. Some optional MATH 230 Statistics 4 topics include: Markov chains, graph theory, networks MATH 324 Probability 3 and game theory. MATH 232 Statistical Computing 3 Prerequisite: MATH 115 or equivalent ~TH 399 Selected Topics 3 MATH 421 Mathematical Statistics 3 MATH 130 Elementary Statistics Plus one of the following (by advisement): The development of statistical concepts with applications MGT 470 Introduction to Operations Research .3 . to various disciplines. Topics include descriptive and in­ ECON 211 Economic Statistics IT 3 ferential statistics, probability, binomial distribution, nor­ Note: These courses cannot be used for both a math mal distribution, sampling theory, estimation, confidence major and statistics minor. intervals, hypothesis testing, t-test, Chi square test, and regression and correlation. Not open to science or mathematics majors. COURSES MATH 150 Applied Calculus I (for students majoring in business, economics, psy­ Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. chology and social science) This course covers essential ideas of the calculus: func· MATH 101 COllege Arithmetic tions, limits, continuity, differentiation, antiderivatives. This course covers the arithmetic of whole numbers, Business applications are stressed. Trigonometry is not signed numbers, fractions, decimals and percents, with required. May be followed by MATH 161 or MATH 250 to an emphasis on estimation and problem solving. This is complete one year of calculus. a self-paced course, not a formal lecture course. Prerequisite: MATH 115 or equivalent Note: Credits for this basic skills course are not applicable toward degree requirements_

172 MATI!EMATICS

MATH 160 Calculus I MATH 232 Statistical Computing Limit and continuity of functions,derivatives, differentia­ In this course students solve statistical problems on the tion of algebraic and trigonometric functions, applica­ computer with the help of statistical packages, such as tions (including related rates and optimization), differ­ SAS, BMD, Mystat, etc., and learn to interpret the out­ entials, antiderivatives; integration, definite and indefinite puts and draw inferences.Topics include analysis ofvari­ integrals, Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, numerical ance with and without interactions, correlation and re­ integration, applications (area between two curves). gression analysis, general linear models, multiple Prerequisite: Math 116 comparisons and analysis of contingency tables. 4 credits Prerequisites: MATI! 230; or MATI! 130 and instructor's MATH 161 Calculus n permission Applications of the integral. Derivatives and integrals of MATH 250 Applied Calculus n logarithmic, =ponential, inverse trigonometric and hy­ (A continuation ofApplied Calculus I for students major­ perbolic functions. Techniques of integration. Infinite ing in bUSiness, economics, biology and psychology.) . series and introduction to the approximation problem Topics include elementary differential equations; differ­ with Taylor polynomials. entials; applications of integration to probability and sta­ Prerequisite: MATI! 150 or MATI! 160 tistics; functions of several variables; optimization and 4 credits Lagrange multipliers. MATH 195 Math Lab Prerequisite: MATI! 150 or MATI! 160 Elementary linear algebra including systems of equations, MATH 301 MOdern'Algebra matrix operations, matrix inverses, determinants, An introduction to groups, isomorphisms, rings, integral Cramer's rule and computer applications using a com­ domains, fields and polynomial rings. Emphasis is placed puter algebra system (e.g., Mathematica). Introduction on techniques of proofs. to procedural programming language (e.g., PASCAL) and Prerequisite: MATI! 200 applications, elementary root finding methods, iteration, MATH 302 Advanced Calculus recursion, binary trees and graphics. An in-depth study of limit, continuity and convergence. Prerequisite: MATI! 115 or equivalent Topics include uniform continuity, supremum and MATH 200 Logic and Discrete Mathematics infimum of sets, sequences, Cauchy convergence crite­ An introduction to rigorous reasoning through logical and rion, uniform convergence; infinite series, power series intuitive thinking.Topics include formal logic, set theory, and Fourier Series; Nested Intervals Theorem, Bolzano­ proofs, mathematical induction, partial ordering, rela­ Weierstrass Theorem, and Heine-Borel Theorem. tions, functions, graph theory and applications. Prerequisites: MATI! 200 and MATI! 201 .Prerequisite: MATI! 160 or instructor's permission MATH 322 Differential Equations MATH 201 Calculus ill A study of the methods of solution and applications of Conic sections, rotation of axes, graphing and area in ordinary differential equations. Topics include first and polar coordinates. Vectors and vector-valued functions, second order equations; =istence and uniqueness of calculus of functions of several variables, including par­ solutions; separation of variables; exact equations; inte­ tial differentiation and multiple integrals. grating factors; linear equations; undetermined coeffi­ Prerequisite: MATI! 161 cients; variation of parameters; transform methods; se­ 4 credits ries solutions; systems of equations and elementary MATH 202 linear Algebra numerical methods. An introductory course in the theory of linear transfor­ Prerequisite: MATI! 161 mations and vector spaces. Topics include systems of MATH 323 Foundations of Geometry equations, matrices, determinants, inner product spaces, Develops an axiomatic approach to the study of geom­ eigenvalues and eigenvectors. etry with specific applications to finite and non-Euclid­ Prerequisite: MATI! 161 ean geometries. Knowledge of Euclidean (high school) MATH 230 Statistics geometry is assumed. A rigorous course for math and science majors empha­ Prerequisites: MATI! 161 and MATI! 200 sizes: measures of central tendency; measures of varia­ MATH 324 Probability tion; graphical techniques for univariate and bivariate A mathematical treatment of probability theory. Topics data; correlation and regression,probability, binomial and include probability axioms; combinatorial problems; dis­ normal distributions; estimation; confidence interval; test­ crete and ~ontinuous sample spaces; random variables; ing of hypotheses; contingency tables; analysis of vari­ mathematical =pectation; probability functions; densi­ ance; nonparametric methods; use of packages such as ties; basic discrete and continuous distribution functions; SAS, Minitab; etc. bivariate densities and distribution functions; marginal 4 credits and conditional probabilities. Prerequisites: MATI! 161; or MATI! 150 and instructor's permission

173 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

MATH 325 Topics from Applied Mathematics MATH 421 Mathematical Statistics Topics are selected .from various branches of applied A theoretical treatment of statistical topics including dis­ mathematics. The mathematical principles and theories tribution theory; sampling; point and interval estimation; involved are applied to problems in the physical sciences, methods of estimation; properties of estimators; maxi­ mathematiCS, biological sciences, business and computer mum likelihood estimation; Neyman-Pearson Lemma; science. hypothesis testing and linear models. Prerequisite: MATH 201 or instructor's permission Prerequisite: MATH 324 MATH 380 Mathematical Models and MATH 422 Complex Analysis Applications Elements of complex analysis. Topics include complex Quantitative analysis process; linear programming (LP) numbers, analytic functions, Cauchy integral theorem, graphical method and sensitivity analysis; LP applications Cauchy integral formula, power series and conformal in health care; business and transportation; the Simplex mapping. Method: algebraic approach and applications; transpor­ Prerequisite: MATH 302 tation and assignment problems; graph theory and MATH 423 Real Analysis network models. A rigorous approach to the theory of functions of real Prerequisite: MATH 202 or MATH 120 variables.Topics include metric spaces and their proper­ MATH 399 Selected Topics ties, sequences,limits, continuity, uniform continuity, dif­ A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as ferentiability, integration, and Riemann-Stieltjes integral. recommended by the department and approved by the Prerequisite: MATH 302 dean.The number of credits for MATH 399 may vary from MATH 424 Introduction to Numerical Analysis 1 to 5 for a selected topic. MATH 399 cannot be credited Treatment of numerical methods including numerical more than twice, each on a different topic, toward de­ integration, numerical solution of equations and systems gree requirements. of equations, approximation of functions, numerical so­ Prerequisite: Permission of department chair lution of differential equations, applications and com­ 1-5 credits puter implementation of numerical methods. MATH 401 Applied Algebra Prerequisite: MATH 322 Concepts of modern algebra are applied to different ar­ MATH 425 Introduction to Topology eas. Topics include Boolean algebra and applications to Topological spaces and their properties, connectedness, switching theory; automata (flnite state machines) and compactness, boundedness, limit points, continuity, ho­ Turing machines; recursive functions and some ideas in meomorphisms, topological invariants, separation and theory of computability, groups, rings, polynomial rings, countability axioms. flnite fields applied to coding theory, development of Prerequisite: MATH 302 binary group codes, Hamming codes, B-C-H codes, rela­ tions of geometry and statistical block designs to codes; MATH 426 Calculus of Variations importance of codes in communications. The study of functionals and function spaces, variation Prerequisite: MATH 301 or MATH 202 or instructor's of a functional and the concept of weak and strong permission extremum. Topics include isoperimetric problem; Lagrange's and Hilbert's problem; Euler's equation and MATH 411 Advanced Discrete Mathematics Lagrange multipliers; Hamilton-Jacobi equation and This is an advanced course in discrete mathematics pri­ Jacobi's theorem; variational methods in problems of marily dealing with discrete dynamical systems, algo­ optimal control and the maximum principle. rithms, combinatorics and graph theory. Emphasis is Prerequisite: MATH 302 and MATH 322 placed on complexity of algorithms, on existence and optimization problems in graph theory and on associated MATH 499 Independent Study algorithms. An individual research project under the direction of a Prerequisite: MATH 200 and MATH 380 faculty member and with the approval of the chairper­ son. The number of credits for each independent study may vary from 1 to 3 per semester, up to a limit of 6 credits. 1-6 credits

174 NURSING

DEPARTMENT OF NURSING

Professors: S. DeYoung (chairperson), M. Patrick Second baccalaureate degree applicants may be eligible Associate Professors: C. Bareford, C. Barry, , G, Just, D. for the two calendar year full-time Accelerated Track in Maciorowski, C. O'Grady, N. Samarel Nursing. Due to limited enrollment, spaces in this track Assistant Professors: C. Barbarito (half time),]. Bliss, must be reserved through the Nursing Department Chair­ K. Connolly, D. D'Amico, I. Foti, R. Harrison,A. Lynch person. (half time), C. Mahoney (half time), K. MacMillan (half Any student seeking information regarding the recom­ time), M. McElgunn (half time), P. O'Brien-Barry (half mended sequence of courses in the nursing major should time),R. Sandler (half time),].Tracy, G.Verchot (half time) contact the NurSing Department. Instructors: 1. Carney (half time), V Coyle (half time), Policies C. Hollema The nursing department conducts a performance The Department of Nursing is nationally accredited by standards review after each semester. Students who the National League for Nursing. Its primary mission is do not maintain a 2.0 grade point average in the the education of students who will serve as professional major and corequisite courses or who do not nursing practitioners in various health care delivery set­ achieve a grade of C or better are evaluated for re­ tings. This department offers a major in professional nurs­ tention/progression in the nursing major. ing supported by a concentration in the biological, physi­ Nursing laboratory courses are conducted both on and cal and social sciences and a broad base of general off campus. Automobile transportation is required for education courses. Graduates of this program are awarded most off-campus experiences. a bachelor of science degree with a major in nursing. Nursing students are required to have a yearly physi­ Upon completion of the program, graduates are eligible cal examination and to submit the results to the Nursing to take the National Council Licensure Examination Department. (NCLEX),administered by the New Jersey Board of Nurs­ ing, to become a registered professional nurse. Nursing courses include a clinical laboratory compo­ CURRICULUM nent in which faculty guide students in the development and application of knowledge and skills in a variety of MAJOR COURSES 56 credits health care settings. An on-campus learning center pro­ NUR 210 Nursing as a Profession 3 vides a large inventory of audiovisual materials, carrel NUR 212 Adaptation Nursing I 3 room, hospital equipment, and supplies for student labo­ NUR 213 Adaptation Nursing II 3 ratory experiences. NUR 214 Adaptation Nursing I Laboratory 2 Entrance Requirements NUR 215 Adaptation Nursing IT Laboratory 3 In addition to the College's admissions requirements, prospective nursing majors are required to take both a NUR312 Expanding Family and Adaptation biology and chemistry course, with laboratory, in high Nursing 4 school. NUR313 Established Family and Adaptation Students can be admitted to the program as freshmen Nursing 3 or as transfers. Transfer students and students changing NUR314 Expanding Family and Adaptation 4 majors are eligible for admission f~llowing application Nursing Laboratory and review by the department. It should be noted that NUR315 Established Family and Adaptation 4 students must have completedBIO 112-113,170 and PSY Nursing Laboratory 110 and 210 (with grades of C or better) before being NUR316 Family Systems and Adaptation 3 permitted to begin the adaptation nursing sequence of NURt Nursing Elective 3 courses. NUR410 Community Systems 2 Permission to take courses in the nursing program is NUR411 Professional Practice Theory 3 dependent on evidence of student achievement in pre­ NUR412 Adaptation in the Community 3 paratory courses and the number of available seats. NUR413 Professional Clinical Practice I 2 Registered nurse students from diploma and associate NUR414 Adaptation in the Community degree programs may apply for admission following a tran­ Laboratory 4 script evaluation. Opportunity is provided to challenge NUR415 Professional Clinical Practice II 3 some courses in the major. A current RN license in New NUR416 Senior Seminar 1 Jersey is required. For further information, registered NUR 450 Nursing Research 3 nurse students should address inquiries to the RN Coor­ tSelected from among NUR 319, 320, 321, 323,434, dinator, Department of Nursing. 435,451

175 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

COREQUISITE COURSES' 36 credits NUR 215 Adaptation Nursing n Laboratory BIO 112 GeneralAnatomy and Physiology I 4 Building on class theory from NUR 213, students prac­ BIO 113 General Anatomy and Physiology II 4 tice in a clinical setting which provides for care of the BIO 170 Basic Microbiology 4 client experiencing physical health problems, as well as BIO 312 Advanced Anatomy and Physiology 4 the opportunity to practice with all levels of health care CHEM 131 College Chemistry 3 providers. CHEM 031 College Chemistry Laboratory 1 Prerequisites: NUR 212 and 214 CHEM 132 Organic Biochemistry 3 Taken concurrently with NUR 213 CHEM 032 Organic Biochemistry Laboratory 1 (9 laboratory hours) CMHL 320 Nutrition 3 NUR218 Physical Assessment MATH 130 Elementary Statistics 3 Designed for the graduate/licensed nurse, this course PSY 110 General Psychology 3 introduces the concept of health assessment. Health his­ PSY 210 Developmental Psychology 3 tory taking and the techniques of examination are em­ *Note: Degree requirements not listed (36) include addi­ phasized as is the concept wellness. tional general education courses. 1 credit The following courses are designed for licensed gradu­ NUR 219 Nursing Technologies ate nurses only. Building on class theory from NUR 212, the graduate/ NUR 218 Physical Assessment licensed nurse has the opportunity to refme application NUR 219 Nursing Technologies 1 of concepts, cognitive and psychomotor skills. This in­ NUR 322 Adaptation of Client in a Family cludes communication theory, teaching/learning prin­ Framework 4 ciples, and psychomotor nursing skills. NUR 417 Community Health Adaptation 1 credit Laboratory 2 NUR418 Mental Health Adaptation Nursing 2 NUR 312 Expanding Family and Adaptation NUR419 Mental Health Adaptation Nursing Nursing Laboratory 2 Emphasizes the evolving and growing family members and their adaptation status during growth and develop­ mental cycles in hearth/illness. Psychosocial sltessors of the expanding family are included and physiological ad­ COURSES aptation is emphasized. Prerequisites: NUR 213, 215, CHEM 132 and 032 Unless otherwise noted, all courses are 3 credits. 4 credits

NUR 210 Nursing as a Profession NUR313 Established Family and Adaptation Identifies historical and evolutionary perspectives in nurs­ Nursing ing as they impact on current issues and trends in health Studies adaptation by the adult to various stressors af­ care delivery and profeSSional nursing. fecting members of established and maturing family units. Altered physiologic functioning and the associated NUR 212 Adaptation Nursing I psychosocial responses provide the focus for the study Utilizes the Roy Adaptation Model as a framework for the of adults and their health status. nursing process which identifies normative ranges and Prerequisites: NUR 213, 215, CHEM 132 and 032 health problems of the total individual. Prerequisites: BIO 113,170 and PSY 210 NUR 314 Expanding Family and Adaptation Nursing Laboratory NUR 213 Adaptation Nursing n Laboratory provides for application of theory from NUR A further study of the human response to internal and 312. Students utilize cognitive and psychomotor skills external changes is the focus. Concepts of illness and implementing the nursing process with female and male prevention of complications and their application to the parents, the neonate, infants, children and adolescents.. health ~nd illness are introduced, along with leadership Prerequisites: NUR 213, 215, CHEM 132 and 032 and group process skills. 4 credits (12 laboratory hours) Prerequisites: NUR 210,212, and 214 NUR 315 Established Family and Adaptation NUR 214 Adaptation Nursing I Laboratory Nursing Laboratory Building on theory presented in NUR 212 and laboratory Laboratory applies theory from NUR 313. Students uti­ content, assessment techniques and basic nursing activi­ lize cognitive and psychomotor skills in the implementa­ ties emphasize the one-to-one relationship between stu­ tion of the nursing process with ill adult members of an dent and client with a focus on wellness and illness pre­ established family. vention. Prerequisites: NUR 213,215, CHEM 132 and 032 Prerequisites: BIO 113,170 and PSY 210 4 credits (12 laboratory hours) Taken concurrently with NUR 212 2 credits (6 laboratory hours)

176 NURSING

NUR 316 Family Systems and Adaptation NUR410 Community Systems Study of family structure, development and function of­ Focuses on the role of the community as it relates to the fers a framework for assessing family health status. Com­ health status of individuals, families, and groups. Com­ mon and specialized stressors affecting family adaptation munity behavior as well as the sociopolitical dynamics are identified. The nursing process with the family as a of health/illness care are =plored. client is the major focus. Prerequisites: NUR 312,313,314 and 315 Prerequisites: NUR 213,215, CHEM 132 and 032 2 credits NUR 319 Children with Cancer: Nursing Role NUR 411 Professional Practice Theory in Adaptation Designed to facilitate transition from a student role to Nursing elective which focuses on the nursing role in that of the beginning professional practitioner. Enables adaptation for children with cancer and their families in the student to examine both the sociocultural and eco­ the acute, long- term or terminal phases of the illness. nomic forces affecting the nursing profession within the Prerequisites: NUR 312, 314, 316, BIO 312 health care delivery system. Emphasis is placed on lead­ ership/management theory. NUR320 Nursing Promotion of Adaptation in the Elderly Prerequisites: NUR 410,412, 414 and 450 Nursing elective course focuses on the nurse's role in NUR 412 Adaptation in the Community assisting the elderly client to adapt to physiological, so­ Focuses on acutely and chronically ill clients and their cial and psychological changes. Students plan nursing in­ families in both community and psychiatric settings. terventions based on an assessment of the older client's Emphasis is placed on alterations in role function, self­ specific health needs and the latest research findings. concept and interdependence modes. Prerequisites: NUR 214,215 Prerequisites: NUR 312,313,314,315,316 NUR 321 Women's Health and Adaptation NUR 413 Professional Clinical Practice I Nursing Offers the student the opportunity to practice various Nursing elective which focuses on selected issues related roles of the professional practitioner. Clinical =pertise to women's health within Roy's Adaptation framework. is developed via the application of the nursing process. Women's growth and development is examined from a Prerequisites: NUR 410,412 and 414 nursing perspective according to selected theorists. Stu­ 2 credits dents discuss the planning and implementation of nurs­ NUR414 Adaptation in the Community ing care for women with selected health problems in both Laboratory acute care and community settings. Laboratory course provides for application of theory from Prerequisite: NUR 312 past and concurrent courses. Students use cognitive and NUR322 Adaptation of the Client In a Family psychomotor skills in the nursing care of individuals,fami­ Framework lies and communities responding to sustained stressors Provided for the RN student, this course focuses on the affecting self-concept, role function, and interdepen­ =panding role of the nurse in providing health care to dence modes. Clinical practice is in both mental health families at all stages of the developmental life cycle. Clini­ and community settings. cal practice (6 hr/wk) is provided in complement to lec- Prerequisites: NUR 312, 313, 314, 315, 316 ture component. 4 credits (12 laboratory hours) '. Co- or prerequisites: NUR 316 NUR415 Professional Clinical Practice II 4 credits Offers the student opportunity to provide care to groups NUR323 The Child with a Chronic Condition of patients/clients at selected levels of prevention. The Nursing strategies directed towards maximizing multi­ student applies theories of leadership, management, dimensional health in children with chronic illness or change and teaching-learning in the practice setting. disability are the foci of this course. Prerequisites: NUR 410.412,414 and 450 Prerequisites: NUR 316 and either NUR 312 or NUR 313 NUR416 Senior Seminar NUR 399 Selected Topics Students select and research a current professional nurs­ A topic not covered by an existing course will be offered ing issue and present the topic in seminar format to the as recommended by the department and approved by class. the Dean. Prerequisites: NUR 410, 412, 414, and 450 Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair 1 credit 1-6 credits

177 SCIENCE AND HEALTH

NUR417 Community Health Adaptation NUR435 Adaptation of the HIV+ Client Nursing Laboratory Nursing elective which focuses on the nursing role in Laboratory course designed for the RN student. It pro­ adaptation to changes accompanying infection with hu­ vides for application of theory from past and concurrent man immuno-deficiency virus (HIV). Students provide courses. Students use cognitive and psychomotor skills personal and health educational support to an IllV+ in­ in the nursing care of individuals, families and communi­ dividual who is functioning independently in the ties responding to sustained stressors in the community community. setting. Prerequisites: NUR 410, 412, 414 Prerequisites: NUR 316, 322 NUR 450 Nursing Research 2 credits (6 laboratory hours) Designed to help the student understand and use research NUR 418 Mental Health Adaptation Nursing concepts and methods by developing the ability to ana­ Designed for the RN student. The focus is on the indi­ lyze, criticize and interpret research. Students critique a vidual within the family system who =periences alter­ published research study and conduct group research ations in self-concept,role function and interdependence projects. in response to threats to psychic and social integrity. Prerequisites: MATH 130 and completion of 300-level Relevant psychosocial theories contributing to ineffec­ nursing courses tive behaviors are studied. NUR 451 Concepts of Nursing Administration Prerequisites: NUR 316, 322 Nursing elective course. designed to assist the professional 2 credits nurse in using current management theory and strategy NUR 419 Mental Health Adaptation Nursing to investigate and approach the unique issues and prob­ Laboratory lems in nursing health care management. Potential con­ Laboratory course designed for RN students. Provides an flict areas in health care management are identified as opportunity to apply the Roy Adaptation Model in the they impact on the nurse manager's role and responsi­ nursing care of individuals and/or families responding to bilities. threats in psychic and social integrity. Application of the Prerequisites: Completion of 300-leve1 nursing courses theory from NUR 418 is geared to a client population of NUR499 IndependentStndy acutely or chronically mentally ill individuals. An opportunity to pursue areas of nursing interest. Prerequisites: NUR 316, 322 As approved and to be arranged. 2 credits (6 laboratory hours) 1-6 credits NUR434 Critical Care Nursing Nursing elective course designed to prepare senior stu­ dents for practice in the complex environment of the critical care unit. The focus is on the care of the criti­ cally ill adult. The course includes both formal classroom presentations and supervised clinical experience. Prerequisites: NUR 410, 412, 414

178 DIRECTORIES

Administration Director, Admissions Leo DeBartolo President Director, Affirmative Action Arnold Speert Robbie Cagnina Vice President for Academic Affairs and Provost Director, Alumni Affairs To be named Michael Driscoll Vice President for Administration and Finance Director, Analysis and Response Center Peter Spiridon Diane Ackennan Vice President for Enrollment Management and Director, Athletics Student Services Arthur Eason To be named Director, Campus Police/SecUrity Operations Dean, School of the Arts and Communication Peter Ryerson George McCloud Director, Career Services Dean, School of Education Kenneth Zurich Nancy E. Seminoff Director, Certification Dean, School of Humanities, Management and Dolores Podhajski Social Sciences Director, College Relations Elaine Gardiner Richard D. Nirenberg Dean, School of Science and Health Director, Continuing Education Stephen K. Hall John Riismandel Dean of Students Director, Data Processing Henry Krell Leonard Bogdon Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs and Director, Educational Opportunity Fund Program Associate Provost Ana Class-Rivera Susan McNamara Director, External Relations Associate Vice President for Administration Dennis Santillo Timothy W. Fanning Director, Facilities, P1anning and Operations Associate Vice President for Business Services and John Urinyi Controller Director, Field Laboratory Experiences Steve Bolyai To be named Assistant Vice President for Academic Affairs Director, Financial Aid Administration Georgia Daniel Marc Schaeffer Director, Freshman Life Assistant Vice President for Administration and Anne Wright Finance Director, General Education Walter Johnson Stephen Hahn Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Director, Human Resources Research To be named To be named Director, Institutional Planning, Research and Assistant Vice President for Human Resources Evaluation Rajendra Singh Dona Fountoukidis Assistant Vice President for Minority Education Director, Instruction, Research and Technology Henry Gardner Phillip Long Internal Auditor Director, Library Services Richard Felton To be named Dean, Enrollment Management Director, MBA Program Nancy Norville William Matthews Associate Dean of Students, Counseling Director, Minority Education Robert Peller Rita Manas Administrative Assistant to the President and Director, Payroll Board of Trustees Paul Schmidt Letitia Vadala Director, Public Information Director, Academic Advisement Barbara Bakst Judith Gazdag Director, Publications Director, Academic Support Programs Lorraine Terraneo Priscilla Orr Assistant Dean/Director, Residence Life Roland Watts

179 DIRECTORIES

Director, Speech and Hearing Clinic Adam Geyer Cathryn Lea Gaur Professor of Secondary Education, Emeritus Director, Student Center Robert Goldberg Mitch Fahrer Director of Library, Emeritus Director, WPC Foundation John Gower Joseph Tanis Professor of Educational Administration, Associate Director of library, Reader Services Emeritus NonnaLevy Virgie Granger Registrar Associate Professor of English, Emeritus Mark Evangelista Marietta Gruenert Professor of Special Education, Emeritus Emeritus Faculty Catherine Hartman Associate Professor of Secondary Education, Sidney Berman Emeritus Associate Professor of Communication, Emeritus Harold Hartman Joseph Brandes Professor of Educational Administration, Professor of History, Emeritus Emeritus Grace Brown Wathina Hill Associate Professor of Reading and Language Professor of Speech Pathology, Emeritus Arts, Emeritus Leo Hilton SaIlyBurk Professor of Urban Education and Community Assistant Professor in the library, Emeritus Affairs, Emeritus Alpha Caliandro James Houston Associate Professor of Early Childhood Educa­ Professor of Psychology, Emeritus tion, Emeritus Ann Hudis Robert Capella Associate Professor of Community Health, Professor of Biological Sciences, Emeritus Emeritus Vito caporale Seymour C. Hyman Associate Professor of History, Emeritus President Emeritus and Professor of Chemistry, Paul Chao Emeritus Professor of Sociology, Emeritus Herbert Jackson Mary Jane Cheesman Assistant Professor of Communication, Assistant Professor of Physical Education, Posthumously Emeritus Kenneth Job Sanford darke Professor of Elementary Education, Emeritus Professor of Secondary Education, Emeritus Angelo Juffras Jesse Cooper Professor of Philosophy Emeritus librarian, Emeritus Mark Karp Sam Cooper Professor of Reading and Language Arts, Professor of School Personnel Services and Emeritus Social Work, Emeritus MIlton Kessler John Drabble Associate Professor of Secondary Education, Professor of History, Emeritus Emeritus Herbert Lee Ellis Martin Krivin Professor of History, Emeritus Professor of Music, Emeritus Leona Emrich Robert Latherow Professor of Biological Sciences, Emeritus Professor of Music, Emeritus Ruth Fern Kathleen Leicht Associate Professor of Secondary Education, Assistant Professor of Special Education, Emeritus Emeritus Louise Fonken Howard Leighton Associate Professor of Physical Education, Professor of Art, Emeritus Emeritus Adele Lenrow Anna Freund Associate Professor of Communication, Emeritus Associate Professor of Communication, Emeritus Robert Leppert John Fulton Professor of Theatre, Emeritus Associate Professor of English, Emeritus Dunli Molly Geller Professor of History, Emeritus Associate Professor of Elementary Education, John McRae Emeritus Professor of English, Emeritus Rilymond Miller Associate Professor of History, Emeritus

180 ACCREDITATIONS

Harriet Modemann Accreditations and Certifications librarian, Emeritus American Chemical Society Harold Moldenke American Speech-language-Hearing Association Professor of Science, Emeritus Educational Standards Board Marguerite Moreno Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Professor of Early Childhood Education, Schools Emeritus National Association of Schools of Music Professional Robert Nemoff Services Board Professor of Psychology, Emeritus National Association of Music Merchants Affiliated Music Richard Nickson Business Institutions Professor of English, Emeritus National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education Margaret O'Connor National League for Nursing Associate Professor of Music, Emeritus New Jersey State Department of Higher Education Herbert Raymond New Jersey Board of Nursing Associate Professor of Art, Emeritus Society for Public Health Education Elizabeth Rinaldi New Jersey Board of Higher Education Associate Professor of Elementary Education, Emeritus Stephen B. Wiley, Esq., Chair Leonard Rosenberg Dr. William O. Baker, Vice Chair Professor of Political Science, Emeritus Dr. Robert Altman william Rubio Sister Jacqueline Burns Professor of Foreign languages, Emeritus Mrs. Anne S. Dillman James Ruban Rabbi Martin Freedman Associate Professor of Art Emeritus Thomas H. Gassert, Esq. John Runden Mr. RobertW. KeanJr. Professor of English, Emeritus Ms. Carolyn P. Landis Alvin Shinn Mr. Donald]. Loff Professor of Biology, Emeritus Mr. Edward]. MeadeJr. Louis Stoia Mr. Albert W. Merck Professor of Special Education, Emeritus Mr. Delbert S. Payne Marguerite Tiffany Mr. Alvin]. Rockoff Associate Professor of Art, Emeritus Ms. linda Stamato Francis Tomedy Dr. Deborah P. Wolfe Professor of Psychology, Emeritus Dr. Edward D. Goldberg, Chancellor of Higher Gabriel Vitalone Education Professor of Curriculum and Instruction, Dr. Leo F. KJagholtz, Commissioner of Education Emeritus The William Paterson College Board of Trustees PaulVouras Clarice B. Jackson, Chair Professor of Geography, Emeritus A. H. Benner, Vice Chair IlnaWalter Robert H. Taylor, Secretary Professor of Elementary Education, Emeritus David H. Cheng Reinhold Walter Frederick Gruel Professor of Mathematics, Emeritus Sol Hoffman Aaron Weinstein Henry ]. Pruitt Jr. Assistant Professor of Accounting and Law, Dennis Roberts, Student Trustee Emeritus Arnold Speert, President of the College Edward Willis Penelope Stohn Brouwer, Chancellor's Professor of History, Emeritus Representative Mildred Wittick Gwendolyn P. Taylor Professor of Reading & language Arts, Emeritus Lydia Trinidad FeUx Yerzley Jennifer Ziemak, Student Trustee Professor of Physics, Emeritus MarieYevak Professor of School Personnel Services and Social Work, Emeritus Jackson Young Professor of Speech, Emeritus Jonas Zweig Associate Professor of Secondary Education, Emeritus

181 DIRECTORIES MEMBERSlflPS

Memberships Metropolitan New York College Placement Officers American Association for Affirmative Action Association' American Association of Colleges of Nursing Metropolitan Swimming Conference American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools Admissions Officers Mid-Atlantic Association of Museums American Association of Museums Mid-Atlantic Placement Association American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business Morris County Chamber of Commerce American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education National Academic Advising Association American Association of Higher Education National Alliance for Action American Association of State Colleges and Universities National Association for the Advancement of Colored American Association of University Women People American Conference of Academic Deans National Association of College and University Business American Council of Arts Officers American Council on Education National Association cif College Admissions Counselors American Historical Association National Association of Chiefs of Police American Library Association National Association of College Broadcasters American Math Society National Association of Education Buyers American Prospect Research Association National Association of Graduate Admissions American Symphony Orchestra League Professionals American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers National Association of Foreign Student Affairs: (ASCAP) Association of International Education Arts Council of Essex National Association of Schools of Music Association for School, College and University Staffing National Association of Student Employment Association for Student Judicial Affairs Administrators Association for the Study of Higher Education National Association of Student Financial Aid Association of College and University Museums and Administrators Galleries National Association of Student Personnel Association of College'and University Offices, Inc. Administrators Association of Communication Administrators National Athletic Trainers Association Association of Colleges and University Auditors National Collegiate Athletic Association Association of Governing Boards of Universities and National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education Colleges National League for Nursing Association of Performing Arts Presenters National Student Exchange Association of Supervision and Curriculum Developers National University Continuing Education Association Association of University Technology Managers National Wildlife Federation Box Office Management International New Jersey Athletic Conference College Art Association New Jersey Association of Baccalaureate and Higher College and University Personnel Association Degree Programs in Nursing College Board New Jersey Association of College Admissions College Placement Council Counselors Collegiate Athletic Administrators of New Jersey New Jersey Association of Colleges of Teacher Collegiate Athletic Association of New Jersey Education Collegiate Track Conference New Jersey Association of Financial Aid Administrators Commerce and Industry Association of New Jersey New Jersey Association of Colleges and Universities Council for the Advancement and Support of Education New Jersey Association of Student Financial Aid Council of Colleges of Arts and Sciences Administrators Council of Graduate Programs New Jersey College and University Coalition of Eastern Association of Student Financial Aid Womens' Educators Administrators New Jersey College Basketball Coaches Association Eastern College Athletic Association New Jersey Marine Science Consortium Global Studies Consortium New Jersey Placement Group Greater Paterson Chamber of Commerce New Jersey State College Chief Student Affairs Officer Hispanic Association of Higher Education of New Jersey New Jersey State College Governing Boards Association Institute of Internal Auditors North American Association of Summer Sessions Institute of Mathematical Statistics North Jersey Regional Chamber of Commerce Intercollegiate Broadcasting System Professional Administration System Associations International Communication Association Public Relations Society of America International Council of Fine Arts Deans Society for College and University Planning Mathematical Association of America Sonneck Society of American Music Metropolitan Athletic Director Association Speech Communications Association Tri-County Chamber of Commerce

'182 PROFESSIONAL STAFF

Faculty and Professional Staff Vincent Baldassano, Assistant Professor, Educational Leadership. B.A., M.A., Jersey City State College; M.A., EllsworthJ. Abare, Associate Professor, Special Newark State College; Ed.D., Teachers College, Education and Counseling. A.B., University of California Columbia University. Appointed September 1970. at Davis; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University. Jane Bambrick, Librarian 2. B.A., College Misericordia; Appointed February 1967. M.L.S., Rutgers University. Appointed October 1970. Diane Ackerman, Infonnation Systems Analyst, Monique Barasch, Assistant Professor, Languages and Enrollment Management. B.A., William Paterson College. Cultures. Baccalaureate, Paris; M.A., Rutgers University; AppointedJanuary 1979. Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September Angela M. Aguirre, Professor, Languages and Cultures. 1979. B.A., M.Phil., CUNY; M.A., Queens College; Ph.D., Colleen Barbarito, Assistant Professor (half time), CUNY. Appointed September 1980. Nursing B.S., William Paterson College; M.S., M.S.N., Hugh Aitken, Professor, Music. B.S., M.S., Juilliard Seton Hall University, Ed.D., Teacher's College, School of Music. Appointed September 1970. ~olumbia University. Appointed September 1984.

Laura Aitken, Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. Tobias J. Barboza, Head Athletic Trainer. B.S., B.A., Colby College; M.A., Wellesley College; M.S., New Springfield College; M.S., SUNY Albany. Appointed York University; Ph.D., Fordham University. Appointed August 1974. September 1970. Connie Bareforo-Gleim, Associate Professor, Nursing. Louise Albers, Job Location and Development B.A., B.S.N., SUNY Binghamton; M.A., Ph.D., New York Coordinator, Career Services. B.A., William Paterson University. Appointed September 1987. College; M.S., New Jersey Institute of Technology. Julie Barrier, Assistant Director, Continuing Education. Appointed December 14, 1992. B.A., Upsala College; M.A., Kean College; Ed.S., Rutgers Jeffrey Albies, Associate Director, Athletics. B.S., Long University. Appointed October 1985. Island University; M.S., Hunter College, CUNY. Anita Barrow, Associate Professor, Anthropology. B.A., Appointed January 1978. University of Pittsburgh; M.A., Ph.D., University of Abdolmaboud Ansari, Associate Professor, Sociology. California at Berkeley. Appointed September 1984. B.A., Teacher's College; M.A., Tehran University; Ph.D., Claudette Barry, Associate Professor, Nursing. B.S:N., New School for Social Research. Appointed March 1986. St. John's University; M.S.N., Yale University; Ed.D., Peter M. Appelbaum, Assistant Professor, Curriculum Seton Hall University. Appointed September 1984. and Instruction. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Duke James Barszcz, Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Ph.D., University; M.A., Ed.D., University of Michigan. Rutgers University; M.A., Indiana University. Appointed Appointed September 1993. September 1990. Nick Assimakopoulos, Assistant Professor, Mathemat­ Richard Bartone, Assistant Professor, Communication. ics. M.S., National University of Athens. Appointed B.F.A., M.A., Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September 1968. September 1989. Richard Atnally, Professor, English. B.A., St. John's Mary P. Baumgartner, Assistant Professor, Sociplogy. University, Ph.D., University of Florida. Appointed B.A., M.Phil., M.A., Ph.D., Yale University. Appointed August 1975. September 1993. Cordelza Bailey, Assistant Director, EOF Program. B.A., SVea Becker, Associate Professor, Exercise and Drew University; M.A., Ohio State University. Appointed Movement Sciences. B.S., Fairleigh Dickinson University; April 1990. M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University; Teaching James D. Baines, Professor, Educational Leadership. Certificate in Labanotation, Dance Notation Bureau. B.A., Southwestern University; M.A., Baylor University, Appointed September 1968. Ph.D., Tulane University. Appointed September 1970. Edward Bell, Professor, Educational Leadership. B.S., A. Elsie Ba1res, Assistant Director, Admissions. B.A., Ohio State University; M.A., New York University; Ed.D., Montclair State College. Appointed March 1988. Fordham University. Appqinted September 1975.

Barbara Bakst, Director of Public Infonnation, Robert Denno, Professor, Biology. B.S., M.S., Tulane Department of College Relations. B.A., Saint Lawrence University; Ph.D., University oflowa. Appointed University. Appointed December 1980. September 1982.

183 DIRECTORIES

Vishwa Bhat, Assistant Professor, Communication Joseph Caffarelli, Associate Director, Residence life. Disorders. B.S., M.S., University of Mysore; Ph.D., B.A., M.A., Montclair State College. Appointed February University of Texas. Appointed October 1989. 1990.

Robert Bing, Associate Professor, Accounting and Law. Robbie Cagnina, Director, Affinnative Action. B.A., A.B., Rutgers University;].D., Georgetown University. M.A., Rutgers University. Appointed January 1984. Appointed September 1974. Francis F. Cal, Assistant Professor, Economics and Julie Beshore-Bliss, Assistant Professor, Nursing. B.S., Finance. B.S., School of Electrical Engineering, Shanghai University of Northern Colorado; M.A., M.Ed, Ed.D., Jiao Tong University; M.S., Management School, Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed ShanghaiJiao Tong University; Ph.D., City University of September 1989. New York. Appointed September 1993.

Richard Blonna, Associate Professor, Health Science. Robert F. Callahan, Professor, Biology. B.S., Iona B.S., William Paterson College; M.A., Seton Hall College; M.S., Ph.D., Fordham University. Appointed University; Ed.D., Temple University. Appointed January 1966. September 1986. linda P. Carney, Instructor (halftime), Nursing. B.S., Leonard Bogdon, Director, Data Processing. B.S., Rutgers University, M.A., New York University. King's College., M.P.A., Rutgers University. Appointed Appointed September 1993. October 1981. Charles Carter, Assistant Professor, Curriculum and Stephen Bolyal, Associate Vice President for Business Instruction. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., University of Services and Controller, Administration and Finance. Michigan; Ph.D., University of Toledo. Appointed B.A., Northeastern University; M.B.A., Fairleigh September 1993. Dickinson University. Appointed February 1988. Anthony Cavotto, Director, Auxiliary Services, Student Sherle Boone, Professor, Psychology. .B.A., North Center. B.A., M.B.A, William Paterson College. Carolina Central University; Ed.M., Ed.D., Rutgers Appointed September 1976. University. Appointed September 1975. Maya Chadda, Professor, Political Science. B.A., William Boos, Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.A., Bombay University; M.A., New York University; Ph.D., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University . New School for Social Research. Appointed September of Chicago. Appointed September 1993. 1977.

Michael R. Boroznoff, Assistant Registrar. B.A., Jerome P. Chamberlain, Associate Professor, William Paterson College. Appointed September 1976. Communication. B.A., Indiana University; M.A., New School for Social Research. Appointed September 1977. Richard Bradberry, Director, library. B.S., Alabama State University; M.S., Atlanta University; Ph.D., Shirley Chambers-McFarlane, Assistant Director of University of Michigan. Appointed July 1992. Financial Aid. B.A., William Paterson College. Appointed October 1989. Claudia Broglio, Managing Assistant Director, Human Resources. B.A., Montclair State College. Appointed Shirley Cheetham, Academic Computing Support April 1985. Specialist, School of Science and Health. B.Sc., University of East Anglia. Appointed November 1988. Paulette Brower-Garrett, Assistant Director Advise­ ment Center. B.A., Drew University; M.A., Seton Hall Ii Hsiang S. Cheo, Professor, Computer Science. B.S., University. Appointed April 1988. National Cheng Kung University; M.S., University of California at Berkeley; Ph.D., New York University. James Andrew Brown, Associate Professor, Art. B.F.A., Appointed September 1972. Calvin College; M.F.A., Western Michigan University. Appointed September 1982. Robert H. Chesney, Associate Professor, Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia. Appointed September Stephen L Bryant, Associate Professor, Music. B.M., 1985. Oberlin College; M.A., William Paterson College; M.M., University of Michigan. Appointed September 1989. Elena G. Chopek, Associate Professor, Communication Disorders. B.A., Montclair State College; M.A., Ed.D., Edward Burns, Associate Professor, English. B.A., Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed Brooklyn College, CUNY; Ph.D., City University of New September 1968. York. Appointed September 1989. Ronald Christensen, Assistant Director, Admissions. B.S., Fairleigh Dickinson University, M.A., Central Michigan University. AppointedJuly 1989.

184 PROFESSIONAL STAFF

Ann Clliberti, librarian I, Head of Collection Develop­ Carol D'Allara, Assistant Director, Recreation Services. ment. B.A., Hamilton College; M.S. and Ph.D., Rutgers B.A. Lehman College, CUNY; M.Ed. Utah State Univer­ University. Appointed May 1992. sity. Appointed September 1988.

Philip E. Cioffari, Professor, English. B,A., St. John's Nicholas D'Ambrosio, Associate Professor, Curriculum University; M.A., Ph.D., New York University. Appointed and Instruction. B.A., M.A., Montclair State College. February 1966. Appointed September 1958.

Ted Clancy, Program Assistant, Shea Center for Donita D'Amico, Assistant Professor, Nursing. B.S., PerfOmllng Arts. Appointed September 1988. William Paterson College; Ed.M., Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed September 1977. Ana Class-Rivera, Director, Educational Opportunity Fund Program. B.A., St. Peter's College; M.A., Jersey City Georgia Daniel, Director, Financial Aid. B.A., M.A., State College. Appointed October 1984. University of Toledo. Appointed March 30, 1992.

Daniel Cleary, Electronic Technician, Communication. Alice Davis, Associate Director, Human Resources. B.A., William Paterson College. Appointed February B.A., M.S., Rutgers University. Appointed June 1988. 1988. Roy G. Davi,s, Associate Professor, Accounting and Anthony Coletta, Professor, Curriculum and Instruc­ Law. B.S., Washington and Lee University; M.B.A., tion. B.A., William Paterson College; M.A., Seton Hall Rutgers University; New Jersey CPA. Appointed University; Ph.D., University of Connecticut. Appointed September 1972. September 1973. Alice Deakins, Associate Professor, English. B.A., Sheila Collins, Associate Professor, Political Science. Whitworth College; M.A., University of Washington; B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., Ph.D., Columbia University. Appointed September 1988. The Union Institute. Appointed September 1990. Octavio De La Suaree, Professor, Languages and Murray Colosimo, Instructor (half time), Music. B.M., Cultures. B.A., University of Miami; M.A., Ph.D., CUNY. M.M., M.Ed., Manhattan School of Music. Appointed Appointed September 1973. September 1990. Leo DeBartolo, Director of Admissions. B.A., Saint Kathleen A. Connolly, Assistant Professor, Nursing. Michael's College; M.Ed., University of Vermont; M.A., B.S., Georgetown University; M.Ed., Teachers College, New School for Social Research. Appointed October Columbia University. Appointed September 1975. 1987.

Theodore Cook, Associate Professor, History. B.A., Elizabeth DeGroot, Professor, English. B.A., M.A., Trinity College; M.A., University of London; Ph.D., Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September Princeton University. Appointed September 1988. 1961.

Judith A. Coomes, Associate Professor, Mathematics. Patricia Delehanty, Women's Basketball Coach. B.S., B.A., Montclair State College; M.S., University of Toledo. Rutgers University. Appointed August 1986. Appointed September 1966. David Demsey, Associate Professor, Music. B.S., Gilbert Correa, Assistant Director, Campus Activities. University of Maine, M.M., Juilliard School, D.M.A., M.A., Hunter College; B.A., Fordham University. Eastman School of Music. Appointed September 1992. Appointed September 1991. Danie1le Desroches, Associate Professor, Biology. B.A., Vicki Lynn Coyle, Instructor (half time), Nursing. B.S., Hunter College, CUNY; M.A., Ph.D., City Upiversity of Trenton State College; M.S.N., Rutgers University. New York. Appointed September 1981. Appointed January 1990. RaymondJ. DesRoches, Professor, Music. B.A., M.M., Scott Crain, Electronic Technician, Communication. Manhattan School of Music. Appointed September 1970. B.A. William Paterson College. AppointedJuly 1988. Sandra De Young, Professor, Nursing. B.S.N., Fairleigh Joanne Cunningham., Assistant Professor, African, Dickinson University; M.A., Ed.M., Ed.D., Teachers African-American and Caribbean Studies. B.A., M.A., College, Columbia University. Appointed September Ed.D., Rutgers University. Appointed September 1992. 1985.

Marina Cunningham., Assistant Director, Continuing Rosa Diaz, Assistant to Vice President, Enrollment Education. B.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Northwest­ Management and Student Services. B.A., Montclair State ern University. Appointed January 1988. College; M.A., Syracuse University. AppointedJune 1990.

185 DIRECfORIES

Sheridan L Dodge, Assistant Professor, Environmental Douglass Evans, Assistant Professor, Communication. Science/Geography. B.A., Dartmouth College; M.A., B.S., West Virginia State College; M.S., Indiana Univer­ Boston University; Ph.D., Michigan State University. sity; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed September 1993. Appointe!i September 1982.

Gopal C. Dora!, Professor, Economics and Finance. Mitchell Fahrer, Director, Student Center. B.A., B.A., Panjab University; M.A., University of Delhi; Ph.D., Temple University; M.A. Indiana University of Pennsylva­ Wayne State University. Appointed September 1974. nia. Appointed May 1988.

Mildred L Dougherty, Associate Professor, Curriculum Diane Falk, Assistant Professor, Music. B.A., Montclair and Instruction. B.Ed., University of Alberta; M.A., State College; M.A., Columbia University; Ed.D., William Paterson College; Ed.D., Rutgers University. Teachers College, Columhia University. Appointed Appointed September 1968. September 1992.

Michael Driscoll, Director, Alumni Affai(s. B.A., Timothy W. Fanning, Associate Vice President for William Paterson College; M.A., Seton Hall University. Administtation. B.A., M.A., Montclair State College. Appointed August 1982. Appointed August 1971.

William Duffy, Librarian 1. A.B., Seton Hall University; Leslie Farber, Instructor, Art. B.A., M.F.A., University of M.L.S., Rutgers University. Appointed March 1980. Michigan. Appointed September 1986.

Harold Dunn, Electronic Technician, Communication. Ming Fay, Associate Professor, Art. B.F.A., Kansas City Appointed May 1988. Art Institute; M.F.A., University of California at Santa Barbara. Appointed September 1985. UndaJ. Dye, Professor, Exercise and Movement Sciences. B.S., Bowling Green State University; M.S., Joan T. Feeley, Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. Springfield College; Ph.D., New York University. B.A., College Misericordia; M.S., Hunter College CUNY; Appointed September 1967. Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September 1971. Ana N. Eapen, Professor, Economics and Finance. B.S., University of the Philippines; M.A., Ph.D., University of Richard Fdton, Inteinal Auditor. B.A., Bloomfield Michigan. Appointed September 1973. College; M.B:A., Manhattan College. Appointed July 1987. Arthur Eason, Director, Athletics. B.A., Montclair State College; M.A., William Paterson College. Appointed Terence R. Finnegan, Assistant Professor, History. September 1970. B.A., M.A., Marquette University, Ph.D., University of Illinois - Urbana. Appointed September 1993. Beatrice E. Eastman, Associate ProfesSor, Mathemat­ ics. B.A.,Vassar College; M.A., New York University; Paul D. Finney, Assistant Professor, Music. B.S., M.S., M.A., Hunter College CUNY; Ph.D., Fordham University. University of Illinois. Appointed September 1965. Appointed September 1977. James G. Fitzsimmons, Associate Professor, Curricu­ Melvin A. Edelstein, Professor, History. B.A., lum and Instruction. B.A., Montclair State College; M.A., University of Chicago; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University. William Paterson College; M.A., University of Oklahoma; Appointed September 1973. M.A., Columbia University. Appointed September 1966.

Catarina T. F. Edinger, Associate Professor, English. Charley Flint, Associate Professor, Sociology. B.S., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Sao Paulo. Appointed North Carolina A & T State University; M.A., Ph.D., September 1985. Rutgers University. Appointed September 1984.

Nancy Einreinhofer, Gallery Director. B.A., M.A., Richard A. Foley, Professor, Music. B.M. Oberlin Wtlliam Paterson College. Appointed September 1980. College; M.A., Columbia University; D.M.A., University of Michigan. Appointed September 1973. Vllma Elliott, Assistant Director of EOF. B.A., M.A., Hunter College. Appointed October 1991. Donato D. Fornuto, Professor, Music. B.A., City College, CUNY; M.A., Hunter College, CUNY; Ed.D., Robin Endicott, Assistant Director, Alumni Affairs. B.A. Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed Dickinson College. Appointed June 1990. September 1967.

Mark Evangelista, Registrar. B.A., M.Ed., William Ignatia E. Foti, Assistant Professor, Nursing. B.S., St. Paterson College. Appointed September 1970. John'S University; M.A., New York University. Ap­ pointed January 1975.

186 PROFESSIONAL STAFF·

Dona Fountoukidis, Director of Planning, Research Arvin Ghosh, Associate Professor, Economics and and Evaluation, B.A., Allegheny College; M.A., University Finance. M.A., Calcutta University; M.A., University of of Michigan; Ed.D., Rutgers. Appointed October 1985. Wisconsin; Ph.D., City University of New York. Appointed September 1984. Dianne Franconeri, Newswriter/Media SpeciaJist, Office of Public lnfonnation, Department of College Katherine Gill, Assistant Professor, Exercise and Relations. B.A., Duquesne University; M.A., University of Movement Sciences. Ph.D., Florida State University. ,: Notre Dame. Appointed October 1988. . Appointed September 1990.

Marie-Louise Friquegnon, Associate Professor, Deborah Gilleran, Writer!Editor, Office of Publica· Philosophy. B.A., Barnard College; M.A., Ph.D., New tions, Department of College Relations. B.A.; Montclair York University. Appointed September 1969. State College; M.A., Rutgers University. Appointed November 1992. Pamela Fueshko, Executive Assistant for Administra­ tion and Finance. B.A., M.A., William Paterson College. Barbara Gillespie, Nurse, Student Services. R.N., Appointed September 1978. Paterson General Hospital School of Nursing. Appointed September 1982. Gerald Gallagher, Head Football Coach/Academic Coordinator. B.A., William Paterson College. Appointed Ronald Glassman, Professor, Sociology. B.A., Queens July 1989. College; M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D., New School . for Social Research. Appointed September 1979. Donald Garcia, Associate Professor, Music. B.M., , , Sanford University; M.M., Southern Baptist Theological Kenneth Gold, Assistant Professor, Communication. Seminary; B.S., M.S., Juilliard School of Music. Appointed B.A., University of Connecticut, M.S., Boston University. September 1971. Appointed September 1992.

Elaine Gardiner, Dean, School of Humanities, Eleanor M. Goldstein, Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Management and Social Sciences, Professor, English. City College, CUNY; M.S., Case Institute of Technology; B.A., Washington College; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio University. Ph.D., CUNY. Appointed September 1969. Appointed August 1992. Marjorie T. Goldstein, Associate Professor, Special E. Eileen Gardner, Assistant Professor, Biology. B.S., Education and Counseling. B.A., Syracuse University; Northwestern University; Ph.D., University of Texas, M.A., George Washington University; Ph.D., Yeshiva Austin. Appointed September 1987. University. Appointed September 1983.

Henry Gardner, Assistant Vice President for Minority Janice Golojuch, Assistant Professor, Art. A.A.S., State Education. B.S., Kent State University; M.S. and Ed.D., University of New York Technical College, B.A., M.A., Indiana University. AppointedJune 14, 1993. State University of New York, M.F.A., Syracuse University. Appointed September 1992. Cathryn Lea Gaur, Director, Speech and Hearing Clinic. B.S., M.A., Louisiana State University. Appointed Bradley Gooch, Assistant Professor, English. B.A., M.A., March 1992. Ph.D., Columbia University. Appointed September 1992.

Loms Gaydosh, Associate Professor, Computer Cynthia Gramllch.coveIlo, Head Field Hockey and Science. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.·, Fordham University. Softball Coach. B.A., William Paterson College·. Appointedjanuary 1979. Appointed October 1987.

Judith Gazdag, Director, Academic Advisement Center. Barbara M. Grant, Professor, Curriculum and B.A., M.A., Montclair State College. AppointedJuly 1980. Instruction. B.S., William Paterson College; M.Ed., University of Virginia; Ed.D., Teachers College, ., Carole E. Gelfer, Assistant Professor, Communication Columbia University. Appointed September 1963. Disorders. B.A., State University College at Cortland; M.A., Hunter College; Ph.D., City University of New Neil G. Grant, Professor, Biology. B.S., University of York. Appointed September 1988. Illinois; Ph.D., University of North Carolina. Appointed September 1977. Gary Gerardi, Associate Professor, Chemistry/Physics. B.S., Manhattan College; M.P.S., Ph.D., St.John's Will B. Grant, Professor, Theatre. B.S., Southern Illinois University. Appointed September 1977. University; M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., Cornell University. Appointed September 1970. Timothy Gerne, Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. A.B., St. Peter's College; M.A., Seton Hall University; Judith Green, Professor, Psychology. A.B., Bard Ed.D., New York University. Appointed September College; Ph.D., University of Rochester School of 1966. Medicine. Appointed September 1977.

187 DIRECfORIES

George Gregoriou, Associate Professor, Political Sharon R. Hanks, Professor, Biology. B.A., Scripps Science. B.A., Ph.D., New York University. Appointed College; M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers University. Appointed September 1968. September 1974.

Reginald Grier, Associate Professor, Accounting and Cinzia Hannibal, Assistant Director of Transfer Law. B.A., City College, CUNY; M.S.C., Ed.D., George Admissions. B.A., Andres Bello Catholic University, Washington University. Appointed September 1981. Venezuela. Appointed September 1990.

Joanne Griffin, Accountant 1, Business Services. B.S., Berch Haroian, Professor, Economics and Finance. Montclair State College. Appointed February 1980. B.B.A., City College, CUNY; M.A., Ph.D., New York University. Appointed August 1978. Frank Grippo, Associate Professor, Accounting and Law. B.A., Seton Hall University; M.B.A., Fairleigh Brenda Harris, Assistant Registrar. B.A., Douglass Dickinson University; New Jersey C.P.A. Appointed College; M.Ed., Trenton State College. Appointed September 1979. September 1977.

Joan Griscom, Instructor (halftime); Women's Studies. Ruth Harrison, Assistant Professor, Nursing. B.S.N., B.A., Vassar College; M.A., University of Minnesota; University of San Francisco; M.A., New York University. M.R.E., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D., New York Appointed September 1989. University. Appointed September 1987. Joan R. Hartman, Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Michele Grodner, Associate Professor, Health Science. Fairleigh Dickinson University; M.A., New York B.A., Rutgers University; M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College, University. Appointed September 1965. Columbia University. Appointed September 1987. James D. Hauser, Professor, English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., carol S. Gruber, Professor, History. B.A., Brandeis University of Pennsylvania. Appointed September 1970. University; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Appointed January 1977. Thomas B. Haver, Associate Professor, Psychology. B.S., Seton Hall University; M.A., New York University. Bruce A. Gulbranson, Professor, Theatre. B.S., New Appointed February 1967. Bedford Institute of Textiles and Technology; M.A., University of Virginia; M.S., Institute of Textile Suzanne Law Hawes, Professor, Health Science. Seton Technology; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia Hill College; B.S., Columbia University; M.A., Teachers University. Appointed September 1966. College, Columbia University; Ed.D., Rutgers University. AppointedJuly 1978. Nan Guptill, Professor, Music. B.M., M.M., University of Wisconsin. Appointed September 1969. John David Haxton, Professor, Art. B.A., University of South Florida; M.F.A., University of Michigan. Appointed Martin E. Hahn, Professor, Biology. B.A., Ohio State September 1974. University; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University, Ohio. Appointed September 1973. Joanna Hayden, Assistant Professor, Health Science. B.A., M.A., Montclair State College; Ph.D., New York Stephen Hahn, Associate Professor, English; Director, University. Appointed September 1990. General Education. B.A., Amherst College; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University. Appointed September 1984. Leola G. Hayes, Professor, Special Education and Counseling. B.S., Winston-Salem University; M.S., City Michael Hailparn, Professor, Philosophy. B.A., Fresno University of New York; Professional Diploma, Teachers State College; M.A., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia College, Columbia University; M.A., Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September 1%5. University. Appointed September 1964.

Stephen K. Hall, Dean, School of Science and Health, Thomas Heinzen, Assistant Professor, Psychology. Professor, Chemistry. B.A., Internation Christian B.S.G.S., Rockford College; Ph.D., CUNY. Appointed University, Tokyo, Japan; M.A., University of Toronto, September 1991. Toronto, Canada; Ph. D., University of Pittsburg. AppointedJune 1994. Hollie Heller-Ramsay, Assistant Professor (half time), Art. B.S., University of Delaware; M.F.A., Rochester Unda Hamalian, Professor, English. B.A., M.A., City Institute of Technology. Appointed September 1989. College, CUNY; Ph.D., Temple University. Appointed September 1984. KarenJ. ffilberg, Assistant Director, Recreational Services. B.S., University of New Hampshire; M.S., Sally N. Hand, Professor, English. B.A., University of Indiana University. Appointed 1992. Georgia; M.A., Florida State University; Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September 1964. AnnJ. Hill, Librarian 2. B.A., Cornell University; M.L.S., Rutgers University. Appointed March 1986.

188 PROFESSIONAL STAFF

Joseph Vinson Hill, Assistant Professor, Music. B.A., Jacob Johnson, Assistant Director, Admissions. B.A., Dartmouth College. Appointed January 1977. Ithaca College. Appointed December 1986.

Charles Hirschkind, Accountant 3, Business Services. Walter Johnson, Assistant Vice President for Adminis­ B.B.A., Saint John's University; M.B.A., Baruch College. tration and Finance. B.S., Howard University; M.B.A., Appointed February 1988. Rutgers University. Appointed February 1988.

David Horton, Assistant Professor (halftime), Art. Leslie A. Jones, Assistant Professor, African, Mrican­ B.F.A., M.A., Ohio State University. Appointed Septem­ American and Caribbean Studies. B.A., M.A., St. John's ber 1983. University. Appointed September 1970.

Jennifer Hsu, Professor, Communication Disorders. John S.Jordan, Associate Professor, English. B.A., B.A., University of California at Berkeley; M.A., Gallaudet University of California at Los Angeles; Diploma in College; M.A., Ph.D., City University of New York. Education, University of East Mrica; M.Ed., Ph.D., Appointed September 1979. Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed September 1974. Ching Yeh Hu, Professor, Biology. B.S., Taiwan Agriculture College; M.S., Ph.D., West Virginia Daphne Joslin, Assistant Professor, Community Health. University. Appointed September 1969. B.A., Skidmore College; M.A., Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September 1992. Erh-Wen Hu, Associate Professor, Computer Science. B.S., Cheng-Kung University; M.S., University of GlorlaJust, Associate Professor, Nursing. B.S., Upsala Cincinnati; M.S., SUNY Stony Brook; Ph.D., Polytechnic College/Mountainside Hospital; M.A., Ed.M., Teachers Institute of New York. Appointed September 1978. College, Columbia University; Ph.D, New York University. Patricia A. Huber, Associate Professor, Exercise and Movement Sciences. B.S., M.Ed., North Texas State Diana Kalish, Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.A., University; Ed.D., Columbia University. Appointed Brooklyn College, CUNY; M.A., Yeshiva University; September 1968. Ph.D., CUNY. Appointed September 1985.

Lenore ·B. Hummel, Professor, Special Education and Meryle Kaplan, Coordinator, Women's Center. B.A., Counseling. B.S., Queens College; M.A., Ed.D., Teachers Douglass College; M.A., University of Connecticut; College, Columbia University. Appointed September Ph.D., Columbia University. Appointed October 1992. 1960. Meyer Kaplan, Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Hunter Jane Hutchison, Librarian 1. B.A., North Carolina State College, CUNY; M.A., Adelphi College; Ph.D., Stevens University; M.L.S., University of North Carolina. Institute of Technology. Appointed September 1969. Appointed December 1982. Rochelle Kaplan, Assistant Professor, Curriculum and Stella Hyman, Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Instruction. B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., New York Syracuse University; M.S., New York University. University; Ph.D., CUNY. Appointed September 1988. Appointed September 1968. Leandro Katz; Assistant Professor, Communication. Allen Isaacson, Associate Professor, Biology. B.S., City B.A.,Universidad Nacional Buenos Aires. Appointed College, CUNY; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., New September 1987. York University. Appointed September 1969. Erin Kelleher, Assistant Director of Career Services. Anthony Izzo, Accountant 1, Business Services. B.S., B.A., Western New England College; M.Ed., Springfield Rider College. Appointed October 1978. College. Appointed January 1992.

J. Thomas Jable, Professor, Exercise and Movement Ki Hee Kim, Professor, Marketing and Management Sciences. B.S., University of Dayton; M.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., Sciences. B.A., Dan Kook University; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. Appointed December University of Texas. Appointed September 1980. 1975. Gary Kirkpatrick, Professor, Music. B.M., Eastman MahendraJani, Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.S., School of Music; Artist's Diploma, Academy for Music Gujarat University; M.S., Ph.D., City University of New and Dramatic Arts, Vienna. Appointed September 1973. York. Appointed September 1980. RobertJ. Kloss, Professor, English. B.S., Pennsylvania Amy G. Job, Librarian 1. B.A., M.A., Montclair State State University; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. College; M.L.S., Rutgers University. Appointed Septem­ Appointed September 1969. ber 1968.

189 DIRECfORIES

Emroy Knaus, Assistant Professor, Marketing and B.A., Hwa Kiu University, Hong Kong; M.A., Ph.D., New Management Sciences. B.S., Washington University; York University. Appointed September 1974. M.G.A., Harvard Graduate School of Business Administra­ tion; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Appointed Gloria A. Leventhal, Professor, Psychology. A.B., September 1992. Hunter College, CUNY; M.A., Ph.D., Yeshiva University. Appointed September 1972. Daniel KoIak, Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland. Appointed Donald M. Levine, Professor, Biology. B.A., University September 1989. of Vermont; M.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Appointed September 1962. Henry Krell, Dean of Students. B.S., Utah State University; M.A., University of Connecticut. Appointed Jean Levitan, Associate Professor, Health Science. B.A., February 1992. Case Western Reserve University; M.A., New York University; Ph.D., New York University. Appointed Jeffrey Kresky, Professor, Music. B.A., Columbia September 1978. College; M.F.A., Ph.D., Princeton University. Appointed September 1973. Norma Levy, Associate Director of Library Services, Reader Services. B.A., New York University; M.L.S., Pratt Nell Kresse1, Associate Professor, Psychology. B.A., Institute. Appointed May 1979. M.A., Brandeis University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University. Appointed September 1985. Aubyn Lewis, Assistant Director, Counseling. B.S., City College, CUNY; M.S., University of Bridgepon. Barbara Kurek, Assistant Director, Financial Analysis. Appointed May 1978. B.A., William Paterson College. Appointed September 1978. Clifton liddicoat, Associate Professor, Economics and Finance. B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; M.A., Susan Kuveke, Associate Professor, Special Education Temple University. Appointed September 1966. and Counseling. B.S., SUNY Oneonta; M.Ed., University ofIllinois; Ph.D., Yeshiva University. Appointed Judith Echeveria linder, Assistant Director, Commu­ September 1974. nity Affairs. B.A., Montclair State College. Appointed August 1987. Stanley Kyriakides, Professor, Political Science. A.B., Brooklyn College, CUNY; M.B.A., Ph.D., New York Stuart G.lisbe, Professor, Health Science. B.S., M.S., University. Appointed September 1965. City College, CUNY; Ed.D., SUNY Buffalo. Appointed September 1968. Sung Y. La, Professor, Chemistry/Physics. B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan College; M.A., University of Connecti­ John livingston, Assistant Professor, History. B.S., cut; Ph.D., University of Connecticut. Appointed Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Princeton September 1968. University. Appointed September 1988.

Susan A. Laubach, Associate Professor, Exercise and Peter Ljutic, Bursar. B.S., Mercy College. Appointed Movement Sciences. B.S., Douglass College; M.Ed., August 1989. Rutgers University; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia Marcelo Llarull, Assistant Professor, Mathematics. University. Appointed September 1966. M.A., Ph.D., SUNY Stony Brook. Appointed September Martin M. Laurence, Professor, Economics and 1990. Finance. B.S., Columbia University; M.B.A., Ph.D., New Phillip D. Long, Director of Instruction and Research York University. Appointed September 1970. Technology. A.B., University of California at Santa Cruz; Alan H. Lazarus,Professor, Art. B.F.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. AppointedJanuary Rochester Institute of Technology. Appointed Septem­ 1994. ber 1974. Jay F. Ludwig, Professor, Theatre. B.A., Montclair State Anthony H. Leckey, Assistant Director, Admissions. College; M.A., Bowling Green University; Ph.D., B.S., SUNY Buffalo. Appointed August 1993. University of Illinois. Appointed September 1961.

Tina R. Lesher, Assistant Professor, Communication. Karl R. Lunde, Professor, Art. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., B.A., Wheeling Jesuit College; M.A., University of Columbia University. Appointed September 1970. Missouri; Ed.D., Rutgers University. Appointed Gregory R. Lusardi, Assistant Football Coach/Weight September 1989. Room Supervisor. B.S., Slippery Rock State College; Cho Kin Leung, Professor, Economics and Finance. M.A., Montclair State College. Appointed September 1989.

190 PROFESSIONAL STAFF

Aine Lynch, Assistant Professor, (halftime) Nursing. Fort P. Manno, Professor, English. B.A., Bates College; B.S., William Paterson College; M.S., Pace University. M.A., University of Connecticut; Ph.D" University of AppointedJanuary 1993. Minnesota. Appointed September 1966.

Sharon Ann Lynch, Professional Services Specialist N, Stephen Marcone, Professor, Music. B.A., M.M.E., Communication Disorders. M.A., Montclair State Ed.D., Syracuse University. Appointed September 1984. College. Appointed September 1991. George I. Martin, Assistant Professor, Curriculum and H. Dorothy Maciorowski, Associate Professor, Instruction. B.S., M.S.Ed., State University of New York; Nursing. B.S., Jersey City State College; Ed.M., Teachers Ed.D., University of Virginia. Appointed September College, Columbia University. Appointed September 1993. 1968. Joseph Martinelli, Sports Information Director, Office Kristina C. MacMillan, Assistant Professor (half time), of Public Information, Department of College Relations. Nursing. B.S., Skidmore College; M.S.N., Boston College. B.S., Clarion State College; M.S., Indiana University of Appointed September 1992. Pennsylvania. Appointed October 1987.

Clyde Magarelli, Assistant Professor, Sociology. B.A., Esther Martinez, Assistant Professor, Languages and M.A., University of Maryland; Ph.D., SUNY Binghamton. Cultures. B.A., New York University; M.A., Ph.D., Appointed September 1967. University of Michigan. Appointed September 1992.

CharlesJ. Magistro, Associate Professor, Art. B.F.A., Reynaldo Martinez, Assistant Director, Advisement Carnegie-Mellon University; M.F.A., Ohio State Center, B.A., William Paterson College. Appointed University. Appointed January 1977. October 1993.

Sandeep Maheshwarl, Associate Professor, Mathemat­ Rosanne T. Martorella, Professor, Sociology. B.A., City ics. B.T., Indian Institute of Technology; D.Sc., College, CUNY; M.A., Ph.D., New School for Social Washington University. Appointed September 1987. Research. Appointed September 1977.

Carol Ann Mahoney; Assistant Professor (half time), Kevin E. Martus, Assistant Professor, Chemistty/ Nursing. B.S., Catholic University; M.S., University of Physics. B.A., Kean College of New Jersey; M.S., Ph.D., Maryland. Appointed January 1992. Lehigh University. Appointed September 1993.

Kathleen Malanga, Head of Reference, Ubrarian 2. John Mason, Assistant Professor, Political Science. B.A., B.A., Douglass College; M.L.S., University of Texas. Washington Square College, New York University; M.A., Appointed September 1983. Queens College, CUNY; M. Phil., Graduate Center, CUNY, Ph.D., Graduate School, CUNY. Appointed Patricia M. Malone, Assistant Professor, Curriculum September 1992. and Instruction. B.A., Tufts University; M.S., M.B.A., Ed.D., University of Massachusetts. Appointed Septem­ Edward Matthews, Assistant Production Designer, ber 1993. Theatte. B.A., SUNY Plattsburg; M.A., Idaho State University. Appointed July 1987. Anthony M. Maltese, Professor, Communication. B.A., Rutgers University; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia William Matthews, Associate Professor, Marketing and University; Ph.D., Ohio University. Appointed Septem­ Management Sciences. B.S., University of Durham; ber 1960. M.B.A., D.BA., Harvard University. Appointed Septem­ ber 1989. John R. Mamone, Associate Professor, Educational Leadership. B.A., Thiel College; Diploma, University of Anthony J. Mazzella, Professor, English. B.A., Seton Madrid; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Rutgers Hall University; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. University. Appointed September 1969. Appointed September 1968.

Rita Manas, Director, Office of Minority Education. RobertJ. McCallum, Associate Professor, Chemistry/ B.A., Kean College; M.A., Seton Hall University; Ph.D., Physics. B.S., Clarkson College; Ph.D" University of Rutgers. Appointed April 1990. Minnesota. Appointed September 1978.

CarIJ. Mancuso, Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Vernon McClean, Professor, African, African-American University of Scranton; M.A., Montclair State College. and Caribbean Studies. B.A., St. Augustine's College; Appointed September 1967. M.A., Atlanta University; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed September 1969. James Manning, Associate Professor, Exercise and' Movement Sciences. B.S., M,S., Niagara University; M.S., George McCloud, Dean, School of Arts and Communi­ Indiana State University; Ph.D., University of Maryland. cation, Professor, Communication. B.A., Eastern Appointed January 1984. Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Appointed July 1992.

191 DIRECfORIES

Jonathan McCoy, Associate Director of Admissions. Barry Morganstern, Associate Professor, Communica­ B.A., Montclair State College. Appointed October 1988. tion. B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois University; Ph.D., University of Missouri. Appointed September 1981. Marie McE1gunn, Assistant Professor (half time), Nursing. B.S., M.S., Hunter Bellevue-CUNY. Appointed William Muir, Associate Professor, Art. B.A., M.S., September 1979. University of Michigan. Appointed September 1960.

Richard McGuire, Bookstore Manager. B.A., William Marie Murphy-Radford, Librarian 1. B.A., Trenton Paterson College. Appointed November 1977. State College; M.L.S., Syracuse University. Appointed September 1984. Lester McKee, Academic Coordinator, Office of Minority Education. B.A., Dillard University. Appointed Robert Murphy, Supervisor of Audio Visual Services. September 1988. B.S., Saint Peter's College. Appointed December 1987.

Char1es McMickle, Professional Services Specialist n, Helena Myers, Assistant Director, Financial Aid. B.A., Communication. M.A., New York University. Appointed William Paterson College. Appointed December 1975. September 1987. Stephanie Mykietyn, Box Office Manager, School of Susan P_ McNamara, Associate Vice President for the Arts and Communication. B.A., Montclair State Academic Affairs and Associate Provost. Professor, College; M.F.A., Brooklyn College. Appointed November English. B.A., Lake Erie College; M.A., University of 1985. Pennsylvania; Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September 1967. Irwin Nack, Associate Professor, History. A.B., Long Island University; M.A., Columbia University. Appointed Daniel Meaders, Assistant Professor, History. B.A., September 1964. College of Staten Island; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University. Appointed September 1991. John Najarian, Associate Professor, Computer Science. B.S., M.Phil., Ph.D., CUNY. Appointed September 1985. Kenneth Medaska, Assistant Registrar. B.A., William Paterson College. Appointed April 1980. Sarah Na11e, Associate Professor, History. A.B., Bryn Mawr College; M.A., Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. Ashot Merijanian, Professor, Chemistry/Physics. B.Sc., Appointed September 1986. Abadan Institute of Technology; M.A., Ph.D., The. University of Texas at Austin. Appointed September Prabhaker Nayak, Professor, Marketing and Manage­ 1966. ment Sciences. B.A., U.B., University of Bombay; M.A., M.B.A., Indiana University; Ph.D., Ne~ York University. Gregory Miles, Administrative Services Assistant, Appointed September 1970. Administration and Finance. B.A., William Paterson College. Appointed July 1987. Gilbert Ndjatou, Assistant Professor, Computer Science and Quantitative Analysis. Licence (B.S.), Maitrise (M.S.), David Miller, Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Yaounde University, Yaounde, Cameroon; Ph.D., Columbia College, Columbia University; Ph.D., Courant Graduate School and University Center, CUNY. Institute of Mathematical Sciences, New York Univer­ Appointed September 1992. sity. Appointed September 1992. Martin Neilan, Physician, Health Services. B.A., Rutgers Barbara D. Milne, Director of Student Programs. B.A., University; M.D., Autonomous University of Guadalajara, William Paterson College; M.B.A., Fairleigh Dickinson School of Medicine. Appointed March 1987. University. Appointed April 1978. Charlotte Nekola, Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Virginia R. Mollenkott, ~fessor, English. A.B., Bob Drew University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Jones University; M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., New Appointed September 1988. York University. Appointed September 1967. Helene Nemeth, Tests and Measurement Specialist, Alberto Montare, Professor, Psychology. B.A., M.S., Center for Academic Support. B.A., M.A., Montclair State City University, CUNY; Ph.D., Yeshiva University. College. Appointed January 1989. Appointed September 1980. Sheri Newberger, Orchestra Manager. B.A., Hunter Marie Monteagudo, Librarian 3. B.A., Douglass College, M.A., William Paterson College; M.S., Brooklyn College; M.L.S., Rutgers University. Appointed January College. Appointed September 1988. 1990. Lori Newman, Area Coordinator of Residence Life. M.A., B.A., Rider College. Appointed September 1990.

. 192 PROFESSIONAL STAFF

Richard D. Nirenberg, Director of College Relations. Richard Pardi, Associate Professor, Environmental B.S., Northwestern University. Appointed November Science/Geography. B.A., M.A., Queens College; Ph.D., 1991. University of Pennsylvania. Appointed September 1984.

Andrew Noetzel, Associate Professor, Computer Lucille M. Paris, Professor, Art. B.A., M.F.A., University Science. B.E.E., City College of New York; Ph.D., of California at Berkeley; Ed.D., Teachers College, University of Pennsylvania. Appointed September 1990. Columbia University. Appointed September 1959.

Nancy Norville, Dean of Enrollment Management, Barbara L Parker, Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Enrollment Management and Student Services. B.A., The University of California at Los Angeles; M.A., City West Virginia Wesleyan College; M.A., Drew University. College, the City University of New York; Ph.D., New Appointed November 1986. York University. Appointed September 1989.

Frances Novick, Librarian 2. B.S., Kean College; M.L.S., Betty Ann Parrella, Personnel Assistant 2. B.A., Rutgers University. Appointed June 1986. William Paterson College. Appointed September 1966.

Jeanne Nutter, Assistant Professor, Communication. Vincent N. Parrillo, Professor, Sociology. B.S., Seton B.A., M.A., University of Cincinnati; Ph.D., Howard Hall University; M.A., Montclair State College; Ed.D., University. Appointed September 1992. Rutgers University. Appointed July 1966.

Patricia O'Brien-Barry, Assistant Professor (Half­ Ronald G. Parris, Professor, African, Mrican-American Time), Nursing. B.S.N., Seton Hall UniversiW; M.S.N., and Caribbean Studies. B.A., University of Toronto; B.A., University of Pennsylvania. Appointed September 1993. University of Rochester; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., Yale University. Appointed September 1989. John O'Connor, Professor, Philosophy. B.A., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University. Appointed Mary Patrick, Professor, Nursing. B.S.N., Tuskegee July 1987. Institute; M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed September 1983. Catherine O'Grady, Associate Professor, Nursing. B.S.N., Georgetown University; M.A., University of Diana Peck, Associate Professor, Communication. Nebraska, Omaha; M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College, B.F.A., Boston University; M.A.T., Trenton State College; Columbia University. Appointed September 1987. M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed September 1978. hnafidon Olaye, Associate Professor, Communication. B.A., M.A.,M.P.A., California State University; Ph.D., Robert M. Peller, Associate Dean of Students, Ohio University. Appointed September 1984. Counseling, Student Services. B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., Adelphi University. Appointed September 1970. Albert Oratio, Associate Professor, Communication Disorders. B.A., M.A., Montclair State College; Ph.D., Donna Perry, Professor, English. B.A., Merrimack Bowling Green State University. Appointed September College; M.A., Duquesne University; Ph.D., Marquette 1978. University. Appointed September 1982.

Priscilla Orr, Director, Academic Support Programs. John Peterman, Associate Professor, Philosophy. B.A., B.A., University of Montana; M.A., Columbia University. University of Wisconsin; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State Appointed August 1984. University. Appointed September 1980.

CarmenJ. Ortiz, Assistant Director, EOF Program. II.A., Edward Petkus, Associate Professor, Educational M.A., William Paterson College. Appointed September Leadership. B.A., William Paterson College; M.A., 1990. Montclair State College; Ed.D., Rutgers University. Appointed September 1968. Virginia G. Overdorf, Professor, Exercise and Movement Sciences. A.B., Ohio Wesleyan University; Frank Petrozzino, Assistant Director, Campus Events M.S., Indiana University; M.A., Montclair State College; Services, B.A., Montclair State College. Appointed Ed.D., Columbia University. Appointed September 1967. August 1988.

Behnaz Pakizegi, Professor, Psychology. B.A., Eswar G. Phadia, Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Macalester College; Ph.D., Cornell University. Appointed Osmania University; M.A., Karnatak University; M.S., September 1977. Ph.D., Ohio State University. Appointed September 1973. Rimona Palas, Instructor, Accounting and Law. B.A., Haifa University; Ph.D., Rutgers University. Appointed Jacques Pluss, Associate Professor, History. B.A., September 1993. Lafayette College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Appointed September 1984.

193 DIRECfORIES

Dolores Podhajski, Director of Certification, School of John Riismandel, Director of Continuing Education. Education. B.S., Central Connecticut State University; B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., Vanderbilt University; M.A., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University. Ph.D., University of Maryland. Appointed]uly 1993. Appointed October 1992. Maureen E. Riley-Davis, Librarian 1. B.A., H. Sophie Janet S. Pollak, Associate Professor, Anthropology. Newcomb College, Tulane University; M.A.T., University A.B., Douglass College; M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., of Massachusetts; M.L.S., Rutgers University. Appointed Rutgers University. Appointed September 1977. December 1975.

Leonard Presby, Professor, Computer Science. B.A., Terry M. Ripmaster, Professor, History. B.A., M.A., M.S., Yeshiva University; M.S., Columbia University; Western Michigan University; Ph.D., New York Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September University. Appointed September 1966. 1975. Lance S. Risley, Assistant Professor, Biology. B.S., Sam Lily Prince, Assistant Professor, Art. B.F.A., Rhode Houston State University; M.S., University of Tennessee; Island School of Design; M.F.A., Bard College-Milton Ph.D., University of Georgia. Appointed September Avery Graduate School of the Arts. Appointed Septem­ 1990. ber 1992. Lonis J. Rivela, Professor, Chemistry/Physics. B.S., Gary P. Radford, Assistant Professor, Communication. Rutgers University; M.S., Ph.D., University of North B.A., Sheffield City Polytechnic; M.S., Southern Illinois Carolina. Appointed September 1969. University; Ph.D., Rutgers University. Appointed September 1990. Maximina Rivera, (Acting) Resident Director, Residence Life. B.A., Seton Hall University; M.A., Susan G. Radner, Professor, English. A.B., Smith Montclair State College. Appointed]uly 1993. College; M.A., Hunter College, CUNY. Appointed September 1964. George C. Robb, Assistant Professor, History. B.A., University of Texas, Ph.D., Northwestern UniverSity. Kathleen Ragan, Associate Director, Foundation. B.A., Appointed September 1993. M.A., Montclair State College. Appointed August 1988. Sam Robinson, Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Swad.esh Raj, Associate Professor, Chemistry/Physics. University of North Carolina; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic B.S., M.S., Agra University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State Institute and State University. Appointed September University. Appointed September 1985. 1989.

Taghi Ramin, Assistant Professor, Economics and John N. Rockman, Assistant Professor, Curriculum and Finance. B.S., University of Tehran; M.A., Long Island Instruction. B.S., Antioch College; M.A., George Peabody University; Ph.D, New York University. Appointed College. Appointed September 1959. September 1984. Ricardo Rodriguez, Athletic Equipment Manager. Richard L. Reed, Professor, Art. B.S., M.Ed., State A.A.S., Middlesex County College. Appointed August College, Kutztown; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia 1988. University. Appointed September 1964. William Rosa, Associate Professor, Languages and Rufus Reid, Associate Professor, Music. B.M., North­ Cultures. B.A., Universidad de Puerto Rico; M.A., western University. Appointed October 1979. Michigan State University; Ph.D., Ohio State University. Appointed September 1986. Susan Reiss, Director, Child Care Center. B.S., SUNY New Paltz; M.S., Bank Street College. Appointed Robert Rosen, Associate Professor, English. B.S., December 1991. Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University. Appointed September 1978. Soon Man Rhim. Professor, Sociology. B.Th., Yonsei University; M.R.E., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Sharon Rosengard, Assistant Director, Career Services. Columbia University; Ph.D., Drew University. Appointed B.S., Ithaca College; M.Ed., Seton Hall University. September 1971. Appointed August 1993.

Carol Rhodes, Assistant Professor, Curriculum and John H. Rosengren, Professor, Biology. B.A., Wooster Instruction. B.A., M.S., Brooklyn College; Ph.D., New College; M.A., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia York University. Appointed September 1992. University. Appointed September 1959.

John Rhodes, Assistant Professor, Communication. Paula Rothenberg, Professor, Philosophy. B.A., M.A., A.B., Occidental College; M.A., New York University. New York University. Appointed September 1969. Appointed September 1990.

194 PROFESSIONAL STAFF

Margaret Rothman, Associate Professor, Art. B.A., Gary K. Schubert, Professor, Art. B.S., University of Oberlin College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Wisconsin; M.F.A., University of Massachusetts. Appointed September 1974. Appointed September 1969.

Yvonne Roux, librarian II, Head of Lending Services. Michael]. Sebetich, Professor, Biology. B.S., Duquesne B.S., Trenton State College; M.L.S., Rutgers University. University; M.A., College of William and Mary; Ph.D., Appointed July 1992. Rutgers University. Appointed September 1977.

Martin Rudnick, Associate Professor, Accounting and Shari B. Selke, Professional ServiCeS Specialist IV, Law. B.S., M.A., University of Alabama; C.P.A. Appointed Theatre. B.A., Brooklyn College. AppointedJanuary September 1978. 1990.

Annemarie Russonie1lo, Writer/Editor, Office of Susan Semegram, Alumni Records and Research Publications, Department of College Relations. B.A., Coordinator. B.S., William Paterson College. Appointed Montclair State College; M.A., New York University. October 1990. Appointed September 1989. Nancy E. Seminoff, Dean, School of Education, Peter Ryerson, Chief, Operations, Police and Public Professor, Cutriculum and Instruction. B.S., Northern Safety. B.S., William Paterson College. Appointed Michigan University; M.A., Michigan State University; October 1988. Ed.D., Wayne State University. Appointed September 1991. Orlando E. Saa, Professor, Languages and Cultures. B.A., Camillas University; B.A., St. Mary's University; Stephen R. Shalom, Professor, Political Science. B.S., M.A., Spring Hill College; M.A., Ph.D., Tulane University. Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.A., Northeast­ Appointed September 1974. ern University; Ph.D., Boston University. Appointed September 1977. James T. Sadler, Assistant Professor, Art. B.F.A., Massachusetts College of Art. Appointed September David]. Shapiro, Professor, Art. B.A., M.A., Oare 1993. College; Ph.D., Columbia University. Appointed January 1981. Nelda Samare1, Associate Professor, Nursing. B.S., University of the State of New York; M.S., Hunter Gurdial Sharma, Professor, Chemistry/physics. M.S., College; Ed.D., Rutgers Graduate School of Education. Ph.D., Panjab University. Appointed September 1980. Appointed September 1990. Erin Shaughnessy, Head Women's Basketball Coach. Barbara S. Sandberg, Professor, Theatre. B.S., Indiana B.S., William Paterson College. Appointed October University; M.A., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia 1992. University. Appointed September 1963. Gerald Sheehan, Associate Professor, Accounting and Robin Lynn Sandler, Assistant Professor, (half-time), Law. B.S., Fordham University; J.D., New York Law Nursing. A.A.S., Bergen Community College, B.M. School. Appointed September 1972. Indiana University; B.S., M.S., Seton Hall University. Appointed September 1993. Carole]. Sheffield, Professor, Political Science. B.S., Eastern Connecticut State College; M.A., Ph.D., Miami Dennis Santillo, Director, External Relations. B.A., University, Ohio. Appointed September 1973. Seton Hall University. AppointedJuly 1972. Nancy Sheffield-Warman, librarian 3. B.A., Beloit Gunvor G. Satta, Associate Professor, History. College; M.L.S., Rutgers University. Appointed Decem­ Candidatus Magister, University of Oslau; M.A., ber 1991. University of Florida. Appointed September 1965. David Sherman, Production Company Manager, Arlene Scala, Instructor (half-time), Women's Studies. Theatre. B.S., Centenary College; M.A., Montclair State B.A., M.A., William Paterson College. Appointed College. Appointed September 1988. September 1986. William Siegrist, Assistant Director of Physical Plant. Alan Schaeffer, Program Assistant, Shea Center. B.A., B.S., New Jersey Institute of Technology. Appointed May Kean College. Appointed September 1990. 1989.

Marc Schaeffer, Assistant Vice President for Academic Melanie Sigal, Student Advocate. B.A., Wesleyan Affairs Administration. B.A., Queens College, CUNY; University; M.Ed., Teachers College, Columbia M.A., Hunter College, CUNY; Ed.D., Teachers College, University. Appointed November 1989. Columbia University. Appointed December 1989.

Paul Schmidt, Director of Payroll. B.A., St. Charles Seminary; J.D., Rutgers University. Appointed May 1980.

195 DIRECfORIES

Scott Sigmon, Assistant Professor, Special Education Barbara Stomber, Student Government Advisor. B.S., and Counseling. B.A., Bloomfield College; M.A., William Paterson College; M.A., Montclair State College. Montclair State College; Ed.D., Rutgers University. Appointed January 1990. Appointed September 1992. Daniel S. Sugarman, Professor, Psychology. B.A., New Sam Silas, Professor, Exercise and Movement Sciences. York University; M.A., Ph.D., Teachers College, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Appointed Columbia University. Appointed September 1962. July 1985. MyronJ. Swack, Professor, Special Education and Toby Silverman, Professor, Psychology. B.A., Brooklyn Counseling. B.S., Ohio State University; M.A., Eastern College, CUNY; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Michigan. University; Ph.D., New York University. Appointed Appointed September 1969. September 1975. Paul Swanson, Associate Professor, Economics and Barry R. Silverstein, Professor, Psychology. B.A., City Finance. B.A., Iowa State University; M.A., M. Phil., College, CUNY; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia Ph.D., Columbia University. Appointed September 1982. University. Appointed September 1969. Joseph Tanis, Director, William Paterson College Rajendra Singh, Assistant Vice President for Human Foundation. B.A., M.A., William Paterson College; M.A., Resources. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., University of Montclair State College. Appointed November 1975. Minnesota. Appointed March 1989. Susanna Tardi, Assistant Professor, Sociology. B.A., WllUam Small, Jr., Professor, Political Science. A.B., Kean College of New Jersey; M.A., Ph.D., New York Howard University; J.D., Howard University School o( University. Appointed September 1992. law. Appointed September 1970. Frank Tedesco, Network Support Specialist, Instruc­ Keith Smith, Instructor, Curriculum and Instruction. tion, Research and Technology. B.A., William Paterson B.F.A., M.F.A., California College of Arts and Crafts. College. Appointed January 1991. Appointed September 1993. Gary H. Telfer, Instructor, Art. B.A., University of Sharon Smith, Associate Professor, Art. B.A., Stanford Ottawa; B.F.A., Nova Scotia College of Art and Design; University; M.A., Ph.D., New York University. Appointed M.A., William Paterson College. Appointed September September 1974. 1993.

Mary Ann Spatz, Assistant Director, Center for Jinn-Tsair Teng, Associate Professor, Marketing and Academic Support. B.S., Fordham University; M.S., lona Management Sciences. B.S., Tamkang University, College. APPointed)anuary 1988. Tamsui, Taiwan; M.S., National Tsing-Hua University, Taiwan; Ph.D., Graduate School of Industrial Administra­ Arnold Speert, President; Professor, Chemistry/ tion, Carnegie-Mellon University. Appointed September Physics. B.S., City College, CUNY; Ph.D., Princeton 1992. University. Appointed September 1970. Lorraine Terraneo, Director, Office of Publications, Deborah Spina, Assistant Director of Student Department of College Relations. B.A., M.A., Northeast­ Development. B.A., Villanova University; M.A., Bowling ern University. Appointed September 1986. Green State University. Appointed October 1989. Ella Susan Thacker, Assistant Registrar. B.A., Peter Spirldon, Vice President for Administration and University of Pittsburgh; M.S., Robert Morris College. Finance. B.S., M.S., New York University. Appointed AppointedJuly 1993. December 1979. Pamela Theus, librarian 2. B.S., West Chester Peter Stein, Professor, Sociology. B.A., City College University; M.L.S., Drexel University. Appointed May CUNY; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University. Appointed 1988. September 1979. Phillip Thiurl, Associate Professor, Environmental Robert L Stevenson, Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Science and Geography. B.A., St. Michael's College; Hobart College; M.Ed., Rutgers University; Ph.D., New M.Sc., Cornell University; Ph.D., Syracuse University. York University. Appointed February 1967. Appointed September 1992.

John B. Stimson, Professor, Sociology. A.B., M.A., Isabel Tirado, Associate Professor, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September Hunter College, CUNY; Ph.D., University of California at 1974. Berkeley. Appointed September 1985.'

196 PROFESSIONAL STAFF

Vincent Tong, Assistant Professor, Marketing and Serge P. Von Duvillard, Assistant Professor, Exercise Management Sciences. B.A., New York University; M.A., and Movement Sciences. B.S., M.S., SUNY Cortland; University of Michigan; Ph.D., Yale University. Ph.D., FACSM, University of North Texas. Appointed Appointed September 1991. September 1993.

Janet P. Tracy, Assistant Professor, Nursing. B.S.N., Jane R. Voos, Professor, Biology. B.A., Hunter College, University oflowa; M.S., University of Colorado, 1972. CUNY; Ph.D., Columbia University. Appointed Appointed September 1991. September 1968.

Ousseynou Traore, Associate Professor, African, Miryam Wahrman, Associate Professor, Biology. B.A., African-American and Caribbean Studies. B.A., Case Hunter College, CUNY; Ph.D., Cornell UniverSity. Western Reserve University; M.A., University of Akron; Appointed September 1984. D.E.A. (Diplome d'Etudes Approfondies) (M. Phil.), M.A., Ph~D., Universite de la Sorbonne Nouvelle, Paris Muruku Waiguchu, Professor, Accounting and Law. III; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Appointed B.A., Central College; M.A., Queens College; Ph.D., September 1992. Temple University. Appointed September 1970.

Joan Tuohy, Professor, Educational Leadership. B.S., Edith Wallace, Professor, Biology. B.A., M.A., Montclair Oneonta State College; M.A., Teachers College, State College; Ph.D., Rutgers University. Appointed Columbia University; Ed.D., Rutgers University. September 1968. Appointed September 1968. Roland Watts, Assistant Dean/Director, Residence Life. Marlon P. Turkish, Professor, Curriculum and B.A., Richmond College; M.A., Cambridge College. Instruction. A.B., George Washington University; M.A., Appointed July 1986. Teachers College, Columbia University; Ph.D., Fordham Reynold H. Weidenaar, Assistant Professor, Communi­ University. Appointed February 1972. cation. B.Mus., Cleveland Institute of Music; M.A., Ph.D.; . Kathleen Unger, Director, Recreation Services; B.S. New York University. Appointed September 1993. Niagara University; M.A., Montclair State College. Jane Weidensaul, Associate Professor, Music. B.S., Appointed October 1987. Juilliard School of Music; M.F.A., Ph.D., Rutgers John Urinyi, Director of Facilities, Planning and University. Appointed September 1975. Operations. B.S., M.S., Stevens Institute of Technology. Martin Weinstein, Professor, Political Science. B.A., Appointed March 1993. Columbia College; M.A., Ph.D., New York University. Lee Vadala, Administrative Assistant, President's Office.' Appointed September 1971. B.A., William Paterson College. Appointed November David R. Weisbrot, Professor, Biology. B.S., M.A., 1976. Brooklyn College, CUNY; Ph.D., Columbia University. Stephen Garrett Vail, Assistant Professor, Biology. Appointed January 1973. B.A.; Carleton College; M.S., University of Maryland; Valentino Weiss, Associate Operations Director, Ph.D., University of California, Davis. Appointed Student Center. B.A., William Paterson College. September 1993. Appointed November 1974. Joseph Van Putten, Instructor, Art. B.F.A., M.A., Shelley Wepner, Associate Professor, Curriculum and William Paterson College. Appointed September 1992. Instruction. B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., Ed.D., Donald R. Vardiman, Professor, Psychology. B.A., University of Pennsylvania. Appointed September 1982. Texa,s Technological College; Ph.D., University of Jean M. werth, Professor, Biology. B.S., Nazareth Oklahoma. Appointed September 1970. College; M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Appoiilted Hank Robert Verbeek, Graphic Artist. A.A.S., New September 1972. School for Social Research/Parsons School of Design. Stanley C. Wertheim, Professor, English. B.A., M.A., Appointed August 1983. Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September Gertrude Verchot, AssiStant Professor (half time), 1970. Nursing. B.S., M.S., Seton Hall University. Appointed Matthew Whelan, Assistant Director of Admissions. September 1993. B.A., Mercyhurst College. Appointed February 1992 .. Alfred Vizzone, Training and Support Specialist, Instruction, Research and Technology. B.A., M.A., William Paterson College. Appointed January 1993.

197 DIRECfORIES

Doris G. White, Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. Stanley W. Wollock, Professor, Curriculum and B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Appointed Instruction. B.S., Kutztown State College; M.Ed., September 1957. Western Maryland College; Ed.D., New York University. Appointed September 1962. Robert K. White, Professor, Psychology. B.A., Milligan College; Ph.D., University of Texas. Appointed William H. Woodworth, Professor, Music. B.M.E., September 1968. Eastern Michigan University; M.M., University of Kentucky; Ed.D., University of Michigan. Appointed Patricia Whiteman, Assistant Director, Residence Life. September 1966. B.A., M.Ed., Elmira College. Appointed October 1987. Anne Wright, Director of Freshman Life. B.A., James Wilkerson, Assistant Professor, Accounting and Rosemont College; M.A., Montclair State College. Law. A.B., M.A., Seton Hall University; J.D., Rutgers Appointed March 1989. School of Law. Appointed September 1981. Keumsil Kim Y oon, Associate Professor, Languages Bruce Williams, Assistant Professor, Languages and and Cultures. B.A., Ewha University; M.A., Ph.D., Cultures. B.A., M.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., University of Paris·Sorbonne. Appointed October 1985. Ph.D., University of California·Los Angeles. Appointed September 1993. WilliamJ. Younie, Professor, Special Education and Counseling. B.S., Boston State College; Ed.M., Tufts Gloria Williams, Assistant Director, Advisement University; Ed.D., Columbia University. Appointed Center. B.A., M.A., William Paterson College. Appointed September 1970. July 1979. Ann Yusaitis, Assistant Director, Counseling. B.S., M.A., William M. Willis, Professor, Educational Leadership. Seton Hall University. Appointed September 1967. Ed.M.,Ed.D., Harvard Graduate School of Education. Appointed September 1972. Jane Zeff, Associate Director of Planning, Research and Evaluation. B.A., Hunter College; Ph.D., University of Lois M. Wolf, Associate Professor, Political Science. Massachusetts. Appointed November 1989. B.A., M.A., Rutgers University. Appointed September 1964. Mary Beth Zeman, Newswriter/Media Specialist, Office of Public Information, Department of College Lisa R. Wolfson, Assistant Registrar. B.A., Brooklyn Relations. B.A., Douglass College of Rutgers. Appointed College. Appointed July 1993. August 1986.

Robert Wolk, Librarian 3. B.A., M.L.S., Brooklyn Kenneth M. Zurich, Director, Career Services. B.A., College; M.A., State University of New York at Oneonta. M.A., Montclair State College. Appointed November Appointed December 1989. 1972.

198 CAMPUS MAP

BERGEN COUNTY ~

WAYNE

BUTTERMILK FALLS ~~~_\ --.--. -.- \ \ NORTH HALEDON \ \ \ \ \. ._.,) .,...... ,.,. LOT _.- 1 .-' 22. WATER TOWER & TO ROUTE 23, ~ _.-.- PUMPING STATION ROlITE 46, 21~ .-' 23. WAREHOUSE ROUTE 80 AND _.-'''"1. SHEA CENTER FOR 24. WIGHTMAN FIELD r PERFORMING ARTS (A) COMPLEX THE GARDEN 2. HOBART MANOR 25. CALDWEll PLAZA ~ STATE PARKWAY 3. HOBART HALL (e) 26. TENNIS COURTS 4. MATELSON HALL (p) 27. ATHLETIC LOCKER RAlZERROAD 5. WHITE HALL (E) FACILITY 6. COACH HOUSE (l) 28. CENTER FOR 7. WIGHTMAN GYM (G) ACADEMIC SUPPORT 8. HUNZIKER HALL (H) 29. THE TOWERS 9. BEN SHAHN CENTER 30. REC CENTER (R CTR) . FOR THE VISUAL ARTS (B) 31.ATHLETICFIElOS 10. ASKEW LIBRARY (l) 32. CAMPUS POLICE 11. MORRISON HALL BUilDING 12. PCOl 33. TEMPORARY 13. RAUBINGER HALL (R) CLASSROOMS (X) 14. HUNZIKER WING (W) 34. GREENHOUSE 15. HEATING PLANT & 35. PEDESTRIAN CENT. MAINT. FACILITY OVERPASS 16. WAYNE HALL (Z) 36. COLLEGE HALL 17. SCIENCE HALL (5) 37. HILLSIDE HALL 18. STUDENT CENTER 38. PAYROLL BUILDING 42 ~: ~~~i!~E~L ~: ~:6ES:s~6N STAND )" 21. CENTRAL CHILLER PLANT 41. BLEACHERS &PRESS BOX U 42. CATHOLIC CAMPUS P . MINISTRY SHUTILE BUS CIRCLES PERIMETER OMPTON ROAD (8.11" •• Cod.. I. Bold) OF CAMPUS EVERY 15 MINUTES. SIGNS INDICATE SHUTILE BUS STOPS. VISITORS USE GATE 2 OFF POMPTON ROAD TO PATERSON -+ 6/93

199 How TO REACH WPC

L From New York City via George Washlngton Bridge or lincoln TunneJ 5. From Northern New Jersey: or Eastern New Jersey: Take Route 23 South to the Ratzer Road/Service Road jughandle. Cross highway, Take Route 46 West or Route 80 West or Route 3 West to 46 West. 'Proceed to then proceed North on Service Road to Ratzer Road exit. Proceed on Ratzer Road; Route 23 North. Continue on Route 23 North to Alps Road exit. Proceed move into left·hand lane to approach first trnffic light. Proceed through light; then approximately tWo miles to third trnffic light at intersection of Alps and Ratzer immediately bear right to continue on Ratzer Road. Proceed to third trnffic light at Roads. Turn right on Ratzer and proceed approximately two miles to trnffic light the intersection of Rauer Road and Hamburg Turnpike. After crossing intersection, at intersection of Ratzer Road and Hamburg Turnpike. After crossing intersection, Ratzer Road becomes Pompton Road. Proceed about 200 yards. College entry Ratzer becomes Pompton Road. Proceed about 200 yards. College entry Gates 4 Gates 4 through I are on left along Pompton Road. through I are on left along Pompton Road. Or: Take Route 208 South to exit marked Colonial Road· High Mountain Road • Franklin 2. From Southern and Central New Jersey via the Garden State Parkway: Lakes .. Proceed on exit ramp to stop sign. Turn left on High Mountain Road Take Garden State Parkway North to Exit 153B (on left), marked Route 3 and 46, Continue approximately three and one·haIf miles to fork. Take right fork on West Paterson. Take Route 3 to Route 46 West. Follow directions from • in #1 Belmont Avenue. Proceed on Belmont about two miles to trnffic light (Dunkin' above. Donuts on left). Turn right on Pompton Road. Proceed uphill approximately one­ 3. From Western New Jersey: half mile. College entry Gates I through 4 are on right along Pompton Road. Take Route 80 East to Exit 53. Proceed onehaif mile on Route 46 East. Exit on 6. From Northern New Jersey via the Garden State Parkway: Riverview Drive, Wayne. Proceed to sixth trnffic light. 'Mn right on Valley Road. Take the Garden State Parkway South to Exit 159, Route 80 West. Follow directions Proceed to fourth trnffic light. Turn right on Ratzer Road and proceed from • in #I above. approximately two miles to trnffic light at intersection of Ratter Road and Hamburg Turnpike. After crossing intersection, Ratzer becomes Pompton Road. Proceed Public Transportation about 200 yards. College entry Gates 4 through I are on left along Pompton Road. Public transportation to the College is available from the surrounding areas. The New Jersey Transit bus P54 rons directly to the College. For further information on 4. Take Route 46 East Follow directions from • in #1 above. bus service, telephone 1-800-772-2222.

200 INDEX

Academic Calendar ...... 4 Coaching and Officiating ...... 161 Academic Honors ...... 28 Communication, Dept. of ...... 50 Academic Information Services ...... 19 Communication Disorders, Department of ...... 147 Academic Integrity Policy ...... 28 Community Health, Dept. of ...... 149 Academic Regulations ...... 28 Complaints-Grades/Student Academic Performance. 37 Academic Standing ...... 30 Computer Facilities ...... : ...... 20 Academic Support Programs ...... 19 Computer Science and Quantitative Analysis, Accounting ...... 81 Dept. of ...... 152 ,Accounting and Law, Dept. of ...... 81 Computer Science Program ...... 152 Accreditation ...... 181 Continuing Education ...... 39 Activities ...... 24 Counseling Services ...... 21 Adapted PhYSical Education ...... 162 Course Credit Load ...... 31 Administration ...... : ...... 179 Course Repeat ...... 32 Admission ...... 10 Credit ...... 32 Adult Learner Assistance Program ...... 13 Credit by Examination ...... 32 Adult Students ...... 13 Curriculum and Instruction, Dept. of ...... 72 Advanced Placement ...... 13 Curriculum Individualization ...... 34 Advanced Standing Students ...... , ..... 11 Dance ...... 161 Advisement Center ...... 19 Degree Programs ...... 41 Advisor Assignments ...... 19 Degree Requirements ...... 34 Mrican,African American and Caribbean Studies, Dining Services ...... 23 Dept. of ...... 85 Directions to WPC ...... 200 Alumni Association ...... 20 Directories ...... 179 Anthropology, Department of ...... 88 Disabled Student Services ...... 21 Application Requirements ...... 10 Dismissal ...... 31 Aquatics ...... 164 Dormitories ...... 7-9,22 Arabic ...... , ...... 113 Early Admissions ...... 13 Art, Dept. of ...... 43 Economics ...... 91 Arts and Communication, School of ...... 43 Economics and Finance, Dept. of ...... 91 Assessment ...... 38 Education, School of ...... 70 Athletic Training ...... 162 Educational Leadership, Dept. of ...... 76 Athletics ...... 25 Educational Opportunity Fund ...... 39 Attendance ...... 31 Electives ...... 35 Audit Course ...... 31 Elementary Education ...... 72 Awards ...... 16 Emedtus Faculty ...... 180 Basic Skills Reading Course ...... 80 English, Dept. of ...... 94 Basic Skills ...... 34 Environmental Science and Geography, Dept. of .... 156 Beacon ...... 25 Exercise and Movement Sciences, Dept. of...... 161 Biology, Dept. Of ...... 136 Exercise Physiology ...... 162 Biopsychology Honors Program ...... 40,81,125,141 Extracurricular Activities ...... 26,35 Biotechnology ...... 138 Facilities ...... 7 Board of Trustees ...... 181 Fees ...... 15 Business Administration ...... 116 Field Laboratory Experiences ...... 70 Campus Facilities ...... 7 Finance ...... 91 Campus Map ...... 199 Financial Aid ...... 15 Campus Ministry ...... '" ...... 20 Foreign Language Requirement ...... 106 Career Services ...... 20 French ...... 107 Center for Research ...... 135 Freshman Life ...... 21 Certification, Teacher ...... 70 Freshman Seminar ...... 21,40 Chemistry ...... 142 Full-Faith-and-Credit-Policy ...... 12 Chemistry and Physics, Dept. of ...... 142 General Education Requirements ...... 34 Child Care Center ...... 20 General Information ...... 7 Chinese ...... 113 Geography ...... : ...... 159 Class Standing ...... 31 German ...... 113 Classical Performance ...... 57 Grades ...... 36 CLEP ...... 33 Grade Regulations ...... 36 Clubs and Activities ...... ;...... 24 Graduate Programs ...... 40

201 INDEX

Grants (Student) ...... 17 Physics ...... 146 Greek ...... 114 Pioneer Yearbook ...... 25 Hazing ...... 25 Policies and Procedures ...... 26 Health Education Certification Endorsement ...... 162 Political Science. Dept. of ...... 122 Health Services ...... 21 Portuguese ...... 115 Hebrew ...... 114 Pre-Dental Preparation ...... 135 History. Dept. of ...... 99 Pre-Law Preparation ...... 39 Honor S.ocieties ...... 25 Pre-Medical Preparation ...... 39. 135 Honors ...... 28 Pre-Professional Programs ...... 135 Honors Programs ...... 40.81.104 Professional Staff ...... 179 Housing ...... 22.23 Psychology. Dept. of ...... 125 Humanities Honors ...... 40.81.104 Quantitative Analysis ...... 153 Humanities Interdisciplinary Courses ...... 104 Rec Center ...... 25 Humanities. Management and Social Sciences. Recreation ...... 161 School of ...... 80 Recreational Services ...... 25 Immunization ...... 27 Reinstatement ...... 31 Independent Study ...... 37 Residential Facilities ...... 7-9. 22-23 Institutional Support Services ...... 19 Residence Life ...... 23 Insurance ...... 15.21 ROTC ...... 33 International Management Honors ...... 40.81 Russian ...... 115 International Students ...... 13.22 SAPB ...... 24 Italian ...... 114 Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy ...... 18 Japanese ...... 115 Scholarships ...... 16 Jazz Studies ...... 56 Science and Health. School of ...... 135 Junior Year Abroad ...... 107 Semester Abroad ...... 39 Korean ...... 115 Senior Citizens ...... 14 Languages and Cultures. Dept. of ...... 106 Services. Support ...... 19 Latin ...... 115 Sociology/Anthropology ...... 130 Law ...... 81 Sociology. Dept. of ...... 130 Leave of Absence ...... 38 Spanish ...... 107 Legal Interpretation!franslation ...... 108 Special Admission ...... 12 Liberal Studies Major ...... 66. 80. 136 Special Education Concentration ...... 78 Library ...... 22 Special Education and Counseling. Dept. of ...... 77 Loans ...... 17 Special Programs ...... 39 Majors ...... 19. 35 Speech Pathology ...... 147 Marketing and Management Sciences. Dept. of ...... 116 Student Activities Programming Board ...... 24 Mathematics. Dept. of ...... 170 Student Center ...... 25 Memberships ...... 182 Student Exchange Program ...... 22 Military Credit ...... 33 Student GovernmentAssociation ...... 24 Minority Education ...... 39 Student Life ...... 24 Mission Statement ...... 2 Subject Field Certification ...... 72 Movement Science ...... 161 Summer Sessions ...... 39 Music. Dept. of ...... 55 Theatre. Dept. of ...... 66 New Jersey Board of Higher Education ...... 181 Transfer Admission ...... 11 New Jersey Marine Sciences Consortium ...... 159 Thition ...... 15 Nondegree Students ...... 13 Undeclared Students ...... 38 Nursing. Dept. of ...... 175 Undergraduate Degree Requirements ...... 34 Obligation of Payment ...... 38 Veterans ...... 18. 23. 33 Organizations ...... 24 Veterinary Medicine Preparation ...... 136 Parking ...... 15 Visiting Students ...... 14 Pass/Fail Option ...... 36 WPC Introduction ...... 3 Payment ...... 15 Withdrawal ...... 32. 38 Philosophy. Dept. of ...... 118 Women's Center ...... 25 Physical Education Certification ...... 161 Women's Studies ...... 134 WPSC Radio ...... 25

202 NOTES NOTES 2NoTES· NOTES NOTES NOTES Printed on recycled stock. WPC College Relations/Publications 30M 6/94